Brijlal Biyani Shiksha Samiti Amavati’s

BRIJLAL BIYANI SCIENCE COLLEGE, AMRAVATI

Affiliated to Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati,

Maharashtra, India
NAAC Accredited with CGPA 2.97 at B++ Grade & ISO 9001:2015
Certified

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES AND COURSE OUTCOMES

U.G. and P.G. First Year 2022-2023 (CBCS Pattern)

S. No. Name of Subject

B. Sc.
01 Biotechnology 1

02 Botany 10

03 Chemistry 28

04 Computer Science 42

05 Electronics 51

06 English 61

07 Mathematics 74

08 Physics 81

09 Statistics 89

10 Zoology 96

11 Environmental Studies 114

12 B. B. A. 117

13 B. Com 130

14 B. C. A. 160
 M. Sc.
15 Botany 222

16 Chemistry 256

17 Computer Science 296

18 Electronics 362

19 Mathematics 383

M. Com
20 M. Com 403

Dr.(Ms) S. N. Gupta Dr. D. S. Dhote

IQAC Coordinator Principal
 1

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty: Science and Technology

Programme: B. Sc. (Biotechnology)

POs:

At the time of graduation, Students will be able to

[Link] Thinking: Take informed actions after identifying the assumptions that frame our thinking and
actions, checking out the degree to which these assumptions are accurate and valid, and looking at our ideas and
decisions (intellectual, organizational, and personal) from different perspectives. [Link] Communication:
Speak, read, write and listen clearly in person and through electronic media in English and in one Indian language,
and make meaning of the world by connecting people, ideas, books, media and technology.

PO3. Social Interaction: Elicit views of others, mediate disagreements and help reach conclusions in group
settings.

PO4. Effective Citizenship: Demonstrate empathetic social concern and equity centred national development, and
the ability to act with an informed awareness of issues and participate in civic life through volunteering.

PO5. Ethics: Recognize different value systems including your own, understand the moral dimensions of your
decisions, and accept responsibility for them.

PO6. Environment and Sustainability: Understand the issues of environmental contexts and sustainable
development.

PO7. Self-directed and Life-long Learning: Acquire the ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in
the broadest context socio-technological changes

PSOs:
Upon completion of the programme successfully, students would be able to
1. understand the structures and purposes of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells.
2. understand the structures and purposes of basic components of cell.
3. understand the cellular components underlying mitotic cell division.
4. apply their knowledge of cell biology in cell function.

Employability Potential of the Programme:

The Biotechnology sector in India is extremely innovative and on the rise. Next few years are bound to see
exponential growth in this sector. India is among the top 12 Biotechnology destinations in the world and ranks third
in the Asia-Pacific region. The industry comprises around 5000 biotech companies, with 4,240 being start-ups and
760 being core biotech companies, with the number of startups expected to touch 10,000 by 2024.
India has 665 FDA-approved plants; 44% of the global abbreviated new drug applications (ANDA) and more than
1400 manufacturing plants, which are compliant with WHO’s requirements. It is regarded as one of the most
significant sectors in enhancing India’s global economic profile. India has been blessed with a highly talented pool
of students in biotechnology.

The National Biotechnology Development Strategy (2015 – 2020) and National Education Policy (2016) envision
a quality education system to produce graduates equipped with the knowledge, skills, attitude, and values that are
required to lead a productive life and participate in the country’s development process. Improving employability in
this sector is heavily dependent on the overall curriculum of the educational programs. Since the last curriculum
revision exercise was undertaken long ago, it is necessary to update the current curriculum.

The curriculum updating exercise not only brings the course curricula at par with the current development in
Biotechnology sector but also seeks to create manpower and human resource capable of high order thinking and
skills.

The programme has been aligned with the National Biotechnology Development Strategy (2015-2020) put forth
by Department of Biotechnology, Ministry of Science and Technology, Government of India, which provides a
strategic roadmap for India’s emergence as a global Biotechnology innovation and manufacturing hub, which also
highlight importance of human resource development and need for nurturing tailor-made human capital for
advanced strategic research and entrepreneurship.

1
 2

Syllabus Prescribed for B. Sc. I Sem I Year UG Programme

Programme:
Semester 1

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

1BTC-DSC-3 Cell Biology 90 hrs

COs
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to
1. understand the Cell as a basic structural and functional unit of life
2. differentiate prokaryotic and eukaryotic Cell.
3. understand the structure and function of various cell organelles
4. understand the basics of Cell organization, Cell communication and Cell transport.
5. understand the cellular components underlying cell division and cell cycle.

Unit Content
Unit I Introduction to cell

A. Origin of life: Miller experiment

B. Discovery of cell and Cell theory. Exceptions to the cell theory
C. Cell as a basic unit of living system
D. Prokaryotic and eukaryotic cell: Similarities and differences
E. Structure of prokaryotic (bacterial) cell
F. Structure of eukaryotic (plant and animal) cell
G. Similarities and differences between plant and animal cell

(15 periods)

Unit II Cell organelles: Structure and Function

A. Nucleus
B. Cell wall
C. Plasma membrane
D. Mitochondria
E. Golgi complex
F. Endoplasmic reticulum,
G. Lysosomes and Vacuoles
H. Chloroplast
I. Ribosomes
J. Peroxisomes
(15 periods)
Unit III Cytoskeleton and cell locomotion

A. Structure and function of microtubules

B. Structure and function of actin filament
C. Structure and function of intermediate filaments
D. Cell locomotion : Flagellar, ciliary and amoeboid locomotion
E. Stem cells: Properties and applications
(15 periods)

Unit IV Cell division and cell transport

A. Cell division, Mitosis and meiosis

B. Overview and phases of cell cycle
C. Cancer
D. Programmed cell death
E. Cell transport across membrane: Active, Passive, Diffusion, Osmosis,
Transporters, Ion channels

(15 periods)

2
 3

Extracellular Matrix, Membrane function, Cell lysis

Unit V A. Extracellular Matrix: Composition, molecules that mediate cell adhesion.
B. Cell junctions.
C. Signal transduction (Basic steps)
D. Types of receptors: Cell surface receptors and nuclear receptors.
E. Cell lysis methods, Density gradient and Differential centrifugation

(15 periods)
Unit VI Skill Enhancement Module: Basic Microscopic techniques
A. Light microscopy
B. Dark field microscopy
C. Phase contrast microscopy
D. Immuno fluorescence microscopy
E. Electron microscopy
(15
periods)

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
Reference Books:
1. Karp, G. 2010. Cell and Molecular Biology: Concepts and Experiments. 6th Edition. John
Wiley & Sons. Inc.
2. De Robertis, E.D.P. and De Robertis, E.M.F. 2006. Cell and Molecular Biology. 8th
[Link] Williams and Wilkins, Philadelphia.
3. Cooper, G.M. and Hausman, R.E. 2009. The Cell: A Molecular Approach. 5th edition.
ASM Press & Sunderland, Washington, D.C.; Sinauer Associates, MA.
4. Becker, W.M., Kleinsmith, L.J., Hardin. J. and Bertoni, G. P. 2009. The World of the Cell. 7th
edition. Pearson Benjamin Cummings Publishing, San Francisco.

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022 Year UG

ProgrammeProgramme: B. Sc. Biotechnology

Semester I Code of the Title of the Course/Subject (No. of Periods/Week)

Course/Subject (Laboratory/Practical/practicu
m/hands-on/Activity)
- Practical – I Practical based on DSC I 06

CO:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. Adapt basic knowledge on various techniques and areas of cell biology.

Practical-I :

1. Compound microscope
2. Study the effect of temperature and organic solvents on semi permeable membrane.
3. Demonstration of dialysis.
4. Study of plasmolysis and de-plasmolysis.
5. Demonstrate Cell fractionation and identification of cell fraction
6. Study of structure of any Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic cell.
7. Cell division in onion root tip.

Learning Outcome:

Student would be able to design and execute experimental procedures in cell biology.

3
 4

Syllabus Prescribed for B. Sc. I Sem II Year UG

Programme
Programme: B. Sc. Bio Technology
Semester II

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

DSC-3 Biomolecules 90 hrs

COs
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. describe the properties of some important biomolecules.

2. explain important functions of biomolecules in living systems.
3. perform tests to detect the presence of carbohydrates and proteins.
4. explain classification of carbohydrates, proteins, lipids, nucleic acids etc.

Unit Content
Unit I Carbohydrates –
A. Importance, classification, physical and chemical properties of carbohydrates
B. Structure, configuration and biochemical importance of monosaccharides
(Glucose and Fructose) Oxidation, Reduction; Vitamins- classification, sources,
functions and applications
C. Reducing and non-reducing sugars- structure, configuration and biochemical
importance of disachharides and glycosidic bond (Sucrose, Lactose, Maltose,
Isomaltose)
D. Structure and functions of polysaccharides (Starch, glycogen, chitin)
(15 periods)

Unit II Lipids –
A. Importance and properties.
B. Classification-- simple lipids, complex lipids, derived lipids, sterols,
C. Fatty acids: saturated and unsaturated fatty acids with examples
D. Triacylglycerols: Structure & properties
E. Biological significance of fats,
F. Structure & functions of Phospholipids and glycolipids: lecithins, cephalins,
phosphoinositides & spingomyelins,glycolipids-cerebrosides, gangliosides
G. Steroids: properties & functions of ergosterol, cholesterol, bile acids

(15 periods)
Unit III Proteins –
F. Classification, structure, physical and chemical properties of amino acids
G. Classification of proteins.
H. Peptide bond and peptides: Characteristic properties and formation
I. Peptide-hormones
J. Structure of proteins: primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary.
K. Biological importance of proteins.
(15 periods)

Unit IV Nucleic acids –

A. Structure and functions: Physical & chemical properties of Nucleic acids
B. Purine & pyrimidine bases,
C. Nucleosides & nucleotides,
D. Biologically important nucleotides
E. Structure and functions of DNA
F. structure and forces responsible for A, B & Z – DNA
G. denaturation and renaturation of DNA
H. Structure and functions of RNA (mRNA , tRNA, rRNA)
(15 periods)

4
 5

Enzymes-
Unit V
A. Terminology: Enzyme, substrate, prosthetic group, coenzyme, cofactor, active
site, inductive enzymes, allosteric enzymes, Isozymes, metalloenzymes,
ribozymes, abzymes
B. Classification and nomenclature
C. Effect of temperature, pH, substrate concentration and enzyme concentration on
enzyme catalyzed reactions.
D. Mechanism of enzyme action
E. Michaelis Menton equation
F. Enzyme inhibition (competitive and non-competitive),
G. Role of co-enzymes.

Unit VI Skill Enhancement Module: Qualitative analysis of biomolecules

a. Benedicts test for monosaccharides
b. Qualitative analysis of amino acids
c. Qualitative analysis of proteins
d. Test for nitrogen, sulphur, halogens and phosphorus
(15 periods)

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
[Link] Principles of Biochemistry By: David L. Nelson and Cox
[Link] By: Rex Montgomery
[Link]’s Biochemistry By: Robert K. Myrray
[Link] By:Trevor Palmer
5. Enzyme structure and mechanism By: AlanFersht
6. Principles of Biochemistry By: Donald J. Voet, Judith [Link], Charlotte [Link]
[Link] Biochemistry By Cooper
Reference Books:
Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:
Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:
Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

5
 6

Applied
Knowledge
Syllabus Prescribed for UG ProgrammeProgramme: B. Sc. Biotechnology

Semester II Code of Title of the Course/Subject (No. of Periods/Week)

theCourse/Subject (Laboratory/Practical/practicu
m/hands-on/Activity)
- Practical – II Practical based on DSC II 06

CO:
Upon successful completion of this course, students would be able to
1. Adapt basic knowledge on various techniques and areas of biological chemistry.

Practical-II :

1. Demonstrate Qualitative tests of sugars, amino acids and lipids

2. Estimation of total sugars by Anthron method
3. Reducing sugars by DNS method
4. Estimation of proteins by Biuret method
5. Enzyme assay- catalase or invertase
6. Determination of acid value of fats
7. Amylase activity assay

Learning Outcome:

Student would be able to design and execute experimental procedures in biochemistry.

6
 7

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati

Scheme of teaching, learning &Examination leading to the Degree Bachelor of Science (Three Years ... Six Semesters Degree Course- C.B.C.S)

(B. Sc Part-I) (Semester- I) BIOTECHNOLOGY

Teaching & Learning Scheme Duration Examination & Evaluation Scheme

of Exams
Hrs.
Maximum Marks
Sr. Subjects Subject Teaching Period Per week Credits Minimum Passing
No Code
Theory Practical Total Theory Skill Practical Total Marks Grade
+ M.C.Q Enhancement Marks
L T P Total Module
External
Internal Intern Externa
al l

1 BTC 3hrs. 20
1(Theory) 6 - - 6 4.5 - 4.5 80 - - 100 40 p
2 BTC lab 1 - - 6 6 - 2.25 2.25 3 hrs. - - - 50 50 25 p
(Practical)
3

5 AEC (Theory)

6 AEC (Practical)

7 GOEC – 1 College Level Evaluation

8 Induction 30 Hrs. (One Week) at the beginning of semester – 1 only Non exam credit, evaluation at college level
Programme
Total

L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical

7
 8

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati

Scheme of teaching, learning &Examination leading to the Degree Bachelor of Science (Three Years ... Six Semesters Degree Course- C.B.C.S)

([Link] Part-I) (Semester- II) BIOTECHNOLOGY

Teaching & Learning Scheme Duration Examination & Evaluation Scheme

of Exams
Hrs.
Maximum Marks
Sr. Subjects Subject Code Teaching Period Per Credits Minimum Passing
No week
Theory/ Practical Total Theory Skill Practical Total Marks Grade
Tutorial + M.C.Q Enhancement Marks
L T P Total Module
External
Internal Intern External
al

1 BTC 3hrs. 20
2(Theory) 6 - - 6 4.5 - 4.5 80 - - 100 40 p
2 BTC lab 2 - - 6 6 - 2.25 2.25 3 hrs. - - - 50 50 25 p
(Practical)
3
4 DSC-
…….(Practical) if
applicable
5 AEC (Theory)

6 AEC (Practical)

7 GOEC – II College Level Evaluation

Total

L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical

Note : Internship /Field Work / Work Experience will be conducted after IInd semester till Vth semester in vacations for 15/30 days (60 hrs.)

8
 9

9
 1

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty: Science and Technology
Programme: B. Sc. Botany

POs:
The students graduating with the degree [Link]. with Botany will be able to

[Link] Thinking: Take informed actions after identifying the assumptions that frame our thinking and
actions, checking out the degree to which these assumptions are accurate and valid, and looking at our ideas and
decisions (intellectual, organizational, and personal) from different perspectives.
[Link] Communication: Speak, read, write and listen clearly in person and through electronic media in
English and in one Indian language, and make meaning of the world by connecting people, ideas, books, media
and technology.
PO3. Social Interaction: Elicit views of others, mediate disagreements and help reach conclusions in group
settings.
PO4. Effective Citizenship: Demonstrate empathetic social concern and equity centred national development, and
the ability to act with an informed awareness of issues and participate in civic life through volunteering.
PO5. Ethics: Recognize different value systems including your own, understand the moral dimensions of your
decisions, and accept responsibility for them.
PO6. Environment and Sustainability: Understand the issues of environmental contexts and sustainable
development.
PO7. Self-directed and Life-long Learning: Acquire the ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in
the broadest context socio-technological changes

PSOs:
Upon completion of the programme successfully, students would be able to
1. Identify major groups of plants and compare the characteristics of lower ( microbes, algae ,fungi, bryophytes
and pteridophytes) and higher ( Gymnosperms and angiosperms).
2. use evidence based comparative botany approach to explain the evolution of organism and understand the
genetic diversity.
3. explain various plant processes and functions, metabolism, concepts of gene, genome and how organism’s
function is influenced at the cell, tissue and organ level.
4. understand adaptation, development and behavior of different forms of life.
5. demonstrate the experimental techniques and methods of their area of specialization in Botany.

Employability Potential of the Programme:

A career in botany can be one of the most preferred careers for the science graduate. The subject botany, which is
related to the study of plants means studying about algae, fungi, diseases, higher plants, growth, metabolism and the
structure among different groups. Job profile in botany includes study of plants, research, working with various
industries, teaching, self-employment and many more fields.
Botany person is able to study plant life along with finding solutions to problems related to that of forest
and agriculture. Botanist also deals with space travel agriculture, artificial environments, hydroponics and various
other interesting areas of research.
Botany graduates and post graduates are required by various organizations ranging from local to multinationals to
research organizations to hospitality and tourism industry depending upon their nature of activities. They fit into
different roles depending upon nature of work and evolve into senior position at high salaries.
After graduation in botany, candidate can look forward to being a part of industry such as pesticide,
fungicide, biofertilizer, food processing unit, pharmaceuticals etc. by working as a lab technician.
The amount of diversity in the field of botany gives liberty to student to choose specialization as per their
own interest, choice and interest. Student can work in organization/ industry as a
I. Plant explorer with special skill of writing, photography, passion in expedition etc.
II. Conversationalist in organizations working for conservation of environment
III. Ecologist
IV. Environment consultant
V. Agriculture consultant
VI. Botanical Field technician
VII. Green house operator
VIII. Plant biochemist
IX. Horticulturist
X. Nursery manager
XI. Taxonomist
XII. Plant pathologist
XIII. Farming consultant
XIV. Molecular biologist
The numbers of professions for botanist are endless. More ever the applications of plant sciences improve
the yield and supply of medicine, food fibers, building materials and other plant products. The knowledge

10
 2

of plant sciences is essential for development and management of forests, parks, waste land, sea wealth etc.
Few examples of industry with which botany student can work are
 Chemical industry
 Food industry
 Arboretum
 Forest services
 Botanical survey of India
 Biotechnology firms
 Oil industry
 Land management agencies
 Seed and Nursery companies
 Plant health inspection services
 National parks
 Biological supply houses
 Plant resources laboratory
 Educational institutions

The pay scale of botanist has views diversity ranging from 15000 to 60000 and more per month depending upon
job role and organization. Salary also varies in government and private sector. One can secure job through
competitive exams in government sector such as forest services, biological survey of India, in teaching field,
research assistant etc.
Future Prospectus
A student offering botany as a subject for his graduation has tremendous scope for his progression
 Botany student can opt for further study in number of esteemed institutions of national importance like IIT,
IISER, ATREE, NIT, IISc, BARK, TIFR.
 After graduation student can opt for M Sc in various applied subject like Plant Breeding, Seed technology,
genetic engineering, plant biotechnology etc. in addition to M Sc in botany
 One can establish his own industry
 Can opt entrepreneur as his career
 One Can make his career as administrative officer through state and union public service commission IFS,
IAS, Range forest officer, drug inspector etc.
 Huge scope in research with prestigious institution like CCMB, TIFR, IIT, IISc etc.
 Student can opt teaching in Kendriya vidyalaya, Navodaya vidyalaya etc. by taking degree like B Ed or
can crack National eligibility test or state eligibility test and become senior lecturer in higher education.

11
 3

Scheme of Teaching, Learning & Examination leading to the Degree in Bachelor of Science in the Programme Environmental Science
(Three years- Six Semester Degree Programme- C.B.C.S.)
([Link]. Part I) Semester I

Sr. Subject Subject Teaching & Learning Scheme Duration of Examination & Evaluation Scheme
code Teaching Periods Per Credits Exam Hours Theory Practical Total Minimum
Week Marks Passing
L T P Total T/T Practical Total Theory+ MCQ Skill Enhancement Internal External Marks Grade
External Module
1 DSC I Environment EVS (1S) 6 - - 6 4.5 - 4.5 03 80 20 - - 100 40 P
& Ecology
2 Lab EVS 1S - - 6 6 - 2.25 2.25 03 - - 25 25 50 25 P
PR
3 Total 6 - 6 6 4.5 2.25 6.30 06 80 20 25 25 150 65 P

L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical

# Student may complete their Internship/ Field Work/ Work experience from Second to Fifth semester of Bachelor of Science in the Programme, according to their convenience; @ denotes Non-Examination credits.
Note: Internship/ Apprenticeship/ Field Work Experience (during vacations of semester II to V This will carry 5 credits for learning of 150 hours. Its credits and grades will be reflected in final semester VI credit
grade report.

12
 4

Scheme of Teaching, Learning & Examination leading to the Degree in Bachelor of Science in the Programme Environmental Science
(Three years- Six Semester Degree Programme- C.B.C.S.)
([Link]. Part I) Semester II

Sr. Subject Subject Teaching & Learning Scheme Duration Examination & Evaluation Scheme
code Teaching Periods Per Week Credits of Exam Theory Practical Total Minimum
Hours Marks Passing
L T P Total T/T Practical Total Theory+ Skill Internal External Marks Grade
MCQ Enhancement
External Module
1 DSC -2 EVS (2S) 6 - - 6 4.5 - 4.5 03 80 20 - - 100 40 P
Physical Environment &
Natural Resources
2 Lab EVS 2S - - 6 6 - 2.25 2.25 03 - - 25 25 50 25 P
PR
3 Total 6 - 6 6 4.5 2.25 6.30 06 80 20 25 25 150 65 P

L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical

# Student may complete their Internship/ Field Work/ Work experience from Second to Fifth semester of Bachelor of Science in the Programme, according to their convenience; @ denotes Non-Examination credits.
Note: Internship/ Apprenticeship/ Field Work Experience (during vacations of semester II to V This will carry 5 credits for learning of 150 hours. Its credits and grades will be reflected in final semester VI credit
grade report.

13
 5

Syllabus Prescribed for Three Year UG Programme

Programme : [Link].
Semester 1

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

BOT(1S)/Botany DIVERSITY Of MICROBES , 72

PHYCOLOGY,
MYCOLOGYAND
PHYTOPATHOLOGY

Cos
After completion of this course successfully , the students would be able to
1. understand microbial diversity, reproduction and economic importance.
2. differentiate the microbes, algae and fungi on the basis of morphology, cellular organization, nutrition
and metabolic activities.
3. classify and identify the various algal genera.
4. classify and identify the various fungal genera.
5. Systematize the plant diseases and their pathogens
6. Apply understanding of microbial diversity, phycology and mycology for teaching primary to high
school students

Unit Content
UNIT-I Introduction to Microbial World
1.1 Important groups of Microorganisms- Prion, Viroids ,Viruses,
12
Mycoplasma, Eubacteria, Archaebacteria and Cyanobacteria
1.2 Viruses – General characteristics and Morphological types of viruses ,
Structure of TMV and SARS-CoV-2 (Covid-19) , Replication of viruses-
lytic & lysogenic , Economic importance of viruses with reference to
vaccine production.
1.3 General characteristics and Economic importance of Archaebacteria,
General characteristics, cell structure, reproduction and economic
importance of bacteria with reference to industry (Fermentation and
Medicines)

UNIT-II Cyanobacteria and Algae -

2.1 General characteristics, structure and reproduction of cyanobacteria. -
2.2 Introduction to cryptogams. -
2.3 General characteristics of algae with reference to habitat, thallus -
organization, pigmentation, reserve food and reproduction. -
-
2.4 Classification according to F.E. Fritsch up to the classes -
2.5 Economic importance of algae as food and in industry. -
-
2.5.1 Ecological importance of Cyanobacteria with reference with soil -
fertility. -
-
1
2
Unit-III Algae 12
General characteristics of following Classes and life cycle of respective genera.
3.1 Chlorophyceae - Oedogonium
3.2 Charophyceae - Chara ( only Morphology and Sex
organs)
3.3 Xanthophyceae - Vaucharia
3.4 Phaeophyceae - Ectocarpus

14
 6

3.5 Rhodophyceae - Batrachospermum

UNIT-IV Introduction to Fungi 12

4.1 General Characteristics of Fungi
4.2 Classification of fungi (Ainsworth-1973)

4.3 General characteristics of following Subdivisions and life cycle of respective

genera

4.3.1 Myxomycotina - Stemonitis

4.3.2 Mastigomycotina- Albugo
4.3.3 Zygomycotina -Rhizopus
4.3.4 Ascomycotina - Aspergillus

UNIT-V Fungi and Applied Mycology 12

5.1 General characteristics of following Subdivisions and life cycle of respective
genera

5.1.1 Basidiomycotina - Puccinia graminis tritici

5.1.2 Deuteromycotina - Alternaria

5.2 Lichen –Types and Economic importance

5.3 Applied mycology - Application of fungi in industry , medicines and agriculture

UNIT-VI Phytopathology 12
5.1 General symptoms – Rust, smut , powdery mildew, downy mildew, blight
, , stem rot and root rot
,anthracnose, leaf spot etc.
5.2 Symptoms, Pathogen biology and disease management of Bacterial
diseases-
5.2.1- Citrus canker
5.2.2- Angular leaf spot of cotton
5.3 Symptoms, pathogen biology and disease management of viral diseases-
5.3.1- Yellow vein mosaic of Bhindi
5.3.2-Curl leaf of papaya
5.4 Symptoms, pathogen biology and disease management of fungal
diseases
5.4.1. Tikka disease of groundnut
5.4.2 Powdery mildew of Tectona grandis (Teak)

*SEM-- Mycotechnology and Phytopathology

[Link] technology –
1.1 Definition, types and application of Mycorrhiza
1.2 Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungi (AMF) - Isolation technique of
AMF spores and identification.
1.3 Soil trap culture, Monoculture , Mass multiplication and Biofertilizer.

OR
2. Mushroom cultivation technology
2.1 Nutritional and medicinal value of edible mushroom
2.2 Types of edible mushroom available in local area-Agaricus bisporus,
Pleurotus.
2.3 Cultivation technology – infrastructure , substrate, polythene bags,
vessels, sterilization ,preparation of spawn, bed preparation ,paddy straw
(or locally available), etc.
2.4 Storage and marketing.
Or

3. Study of plant pathology of local crop plants.

1.1 Symptomology
1.2 Fungal diseases of cotton and soybean
1.3 Chemical fungicides against diseases of cotton and soybean.
1.4 Biological control

COs:- After completion of skill enhancement module learner will be able to

1. Acquire skill of isolation of Arbuscular Mycorrhizal Fungal and also able to
classify the various species of mycorrhiza.
2. Evaluate the AMF spore in the soil sample of crop plants.

15
 7

3. Establish own production unit of mushroom cultivation

4. Asses the economy of mushroom cultivation
5. Diagnosed the local crop diseases.
6. Advise the proper fungicides or other measures to prevent crop diseases.

** Activities-
1. Collection of rhizosphere soils from different locations and isolation
of AMF spores from these soil samples and identification
Submission of skill enhancement report with microphotographs of
AMF species its culture.
OR
2. Hands on training to students on mushroom cultivation outside
institution
3. Visit to local mushroom cultivation center and submission of its
report / Internship in mushroom cultivation center
4. Arranging workshop of mushroom cultivation for hands on
training within institution.
5. Submission of activity report.
OR
1. Collection of diseased plant parts of soybean and cotton from local
fields.
2. Diagnosis of disease on the basis of symptoms and micro-examination or
culturing of pathogen.
3. Suggestion of fungicide or biological control.
4. Report submission including photographs and microphotographs of host
and pathogen.

16
 8

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
1. Dube, H. C. (1990). An Introduction to [Link] Pub. House Ltd. New Delhi.
2. Gangulee, H. C. and Kar, A.K. (2001). College Botany Vol. [Link] and Allied Press Ltd. Kolkata.
3. Krushnamurthy, K. V. (2007). An advanced Text Book on Biodiversity: Principles and Practice. Oxford and
IBH
Publishing Kumar, H.D. (1988). Introductory [Link] East-West Pres Ltd. New Delhi.
4. Kumar, H. D. and Singh, H.N. (1976). A Text Book of [Link] East-West Pres Ltd. New Delhi.
5. Mehrotra, R. S. and Aneja, C.R. (1990). An Introduction To Mycology,Wiley Eastern Ltd. NewDelhi.
6. Pandey, B.P. (1994). A Text Book of [Link] and Co. [Link] Delhi.
[Link] 7. Pandey, S.N. and Trivedi, P.S. (1997). A Text
Book of Botany Vol. II ,Vikas Publishing House (P.) Ltd. New
Delhi.
8. Pandey, S.N. and Trivedi, P.S. (1997). A Text Book of Botany Vol.I ,Vikas Publishing House (P.) Ltd. New
Delhi.
9. Pandey, S.N., Trivedi, P.S. and Mishra, S.P. (1995). A Text Book of Alage, Vikas Publishing House (P.) Ltd.
New Delhi.
10. Parihar, N.S. (1977). Biology and Morphology of Pteridophytes. Central Book Depot, Allahabad.
11. Parihar, N.S. (1984). An Introduction To Embryophyta Vol. I Bryophyta. Central Book Depot, Allahabad
12. Rashid, A. (1996). An Introduction To Bryophyta. Vikas Publishing House Ltd. New Delhi.
13. Saxena, A.K. and Sarbhai, R.M.(1992). A Text Book of Botany [Link] [Link] Prakashan Mandir,
Agra.
14. Sharma, O.P. (1989). A Text Book of Fungi. Tata McGraw-hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
15. Sharma, O.P. (1990). A Text Book of Algae. Tata McGraw-hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
16. Smith, G.M. (1995). Cryptogamic Botany. Vol. II (Bryophytes and Pteridophytes). McGraw-Hill Book
Company, New York and London33
17..Sethi, I.K. and Walia, S.K. (2011). Text book of Fungi and Their Allies, Macmillan Publishers India Ltd.
18 Sharma, P.D. (2011). Plant Pathology, Rastogi Publication, Meerut, India.
19. A Text book of microbiology – [Link],[Link] publication pvt ltd.
20. A Text book of microbiology– [Link],CBC , publication
21. A Text book of Botany – Diversity of microbes and cryptogams-Singh,Pande,JainRastogi publication meerut.
Reference Books:
1. Lee, R.E. (2008), Phycology, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. 4 thediion.
2.. Agrios, G.N. (1997), Plant Pathology, 4th edition, Academi Press, U.K.
3..Alexopoulos, C.J., Mims, C.W., Blackwell, M. (1996). Introductory Mycology, 4th32. 22
4. Prescott’s microbiology- Christopher,[Link],[Link]-McGraw Hil
[Link], J. and Weber, R. (2007). Introduction to Fungi.3 rd edition. Cambridge University Press,
6. The Algae World -Dinabandhu Sahoo • Joseph Seckbach Editors Springer 2016

Weblink to Best Reference Books-

[Link]

[Link]
Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant
[Link]
Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:
[Link]
([Link]
[Link]
:

17
 9

Syllabus Prescribed for Three Year UG

Programme: [Link].

Semester 1

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (No. of Periods/Week)

(Laboratory/Practical/practicum/hands-
on/Activity)

BOT(1S)/BOTANY Practical 2

COs
After completion of this course successfully , the students would be able to

1. Identify and classify the algae on the basis of morphology and other characters.

2. Create monograph of Algae and Fungi.

3. Demonstrate the structural details of viruses and bacteria included in practical work.

4. Evaluate the plant diseases of local plants and diagnosed the diseases on the basis of symptology.

* List of Practical/Laboratory Experiments/Activities etc.

1 Study of types of bacteria from temporary / permanent slides / photographs.

2 Study of TMV and SARS CoV-2 Viruses from Models/ Photographs.

3 Algae - Preparation of temporary mount, identification with reasons of following

algal materials :

Nostoc, Oedogonium, Chara, Vaucheria, Ectocarpus, Batrachospermum

4 Fungi and Plant Pathology :

1. Study of following Genera - Stemonitis,, Albugo, Rhizopus, Aspergillus.

Puccinia, Cercospora,
2. Study of Crustose, Fruticose and Foliose lichen.
3. Study of symptoms of fungal, viral, bacterial diseases.

Photographic herbarium of diseased plant parts from local region

Addition 1. Botanical Excursion (short/long)
al 2. Visit to any biodiversity rich area to study the plant diversity in natural
Activitie habitat.
s
The botanical excursion is compulsory for all students and the report of excursion
should be submitted at the time of practical examination
Submissi 1. Photographic herbarium of diseased plant plants.
on
2. Tour reports or field visit report

18
 10

Faculty: Science and Technology

Programme: [Link] (Botany)

Syllabus Prescribed for Three Year UG/PG Programme: [Link]

Semester- II

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

BOT( 2 S)/Botany Bryophytes, Pteridophytes, 60

Gymnosperms and Morphology
of Angiosperms

COs
After completion of this course successfully , the students would be able to
1. demonstrate on understanding of Archegoniate, Bryophytes, Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms.
2. identify and classify plants from Bryophytes, Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms.
3. develop critical thinking on morphology, anatomy and reproduction of Bryophytes, Pteridophytes and
Gymnosperms.
4. acquire skill of collection and preservation of Bryophytes, Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms

Unit Content
Unit I: Bryophytes 12
1.1 General characteristics, affinities with algae and pteridophytes and Classification of
Bryophytes by [Link]
1.2 Morphology, Anatomy and Reproduction of
i) Marchantiales : Marchantia
ii) Anthocerotales : Anthoceros
iii) Briales : Funaria
1.3 Ecological and Economical Importance of Bryophytes

Unit II: Pteridophytes

2. 1 General characteristics of Pteridophytes 12
2. 2 Types of Stele in Pteridophytes
2. 3 Classification of Pteridophytes by [Link]
2. 4 Morphology, Anatomy and Reproduction of
i) Sphenopsida : Equisetum
ii) Lycopsida : Selaginella
iii) Filicopsida : Marsilea

Unit III: Gymnosperms and Palaeobotany 12

3.1 General characteristics and affinities of Gymnosperms with Angiosperm
3.2 Classification of Gymnosperms by D.D. Pant
3.3 Morphology, Anatomy and Reproduction of
i)Coniferopsida : Pinus
ii)Gnetopsida : Gnetum
3.4 Economic importance of Gymnosperms.
3.5 Process of plant fossilization and types of fossils.
Unit IV: Morphology of Angiosperms 12
4.1Life cycle pattern : Annual, Biennial and Perennial
4.2 Angiosperm plant body : Morphology and Modification of Root and Stem
4.3 Leaf : Types, Modifications , Phyllotaxy, Venation and Stipules
4.4 Inflorescence : Racemose ,Cymose and Special Types
4.5 Flowers: Structure of Flower- Calyx, Corolla, Androecium, Gynoecium and Placentation
Unit V: Utilization of Plant Wealth 12
5.1 Fruits : Morphology and Type
5.2 Morphology, variety and economic importance of
5.2.1 Food plant: Cereal- Wheat ( Triticum aestivum) ;
Pulses- Pigeon pea (Cajanus cajan),
5.2.2 Spices : Cardamom (Ellataria cardamomum),
5.2.3 Oil yielding plants : Sunflower (Helianthus annus)
5.2.4 Fiber Plants: Cotton (Gossypium sp.),
5.2.5 Essential oils- Plant Description and Uses – Rose (Rosa sp.),
Nilgiri oil (Eucalyptus sp. )

19
 11

Unit VI : Traditional Knowledge of Medicinal Plants 12

Morphology, Phytochemistry and medicinal uses of
6.1. Aloe vera
6.2. Adhatoda vasica
6..[Link] racemosus
6.4. Azadirachta indica
6.5. Catharanthus roseus
6.6. Chlorophytum borivillianum
[Link] officinalis
[Link] sanctum
6.9. Rauwolfia serpentina
[Link] negundo
[Link] somnifera
6.12Tinospora cordifolia
*SEM : Skill Enhancement Module
Herbal Technology
1. Definition and Scope of Herbal Technology
2. Overview of “Ayush”
3. Cultivation, harvesting, processing and storage of herbal plant parts and product
4. Morphology and Microscopic Examination. And Preliminary Phytochemistry of
i) Catharanthus roseus
ii) Ocimum sanctum
iii) Azadirachta indica
iv) Achyranthes aspera
v) Aloe vera

COs:
On
completion of this course the students will able to
1. Understand the herbal technology.
2. Develop the skill for cultivation of plants.
3. Acquire the skill of morphological and microscopic examination of herbal plants.
4. List the major herbs, their Botanical names and chemical constituent’s.

**Activities 1. Photographic collection and preparation of e-herbarium of medicinal plants

2. Cultivation of herbal medicinal plants in college garden, home kitchen garden.
3. Preliminary phytochemical analysis of Mentioned medicinal plants
4. Microscopic preparation of herbal medicinal plants and its microphotography.
5. Project on local herbal plants to be submitted at the end of session.

Course Material/Learning Resources

Textbooks:
1) A.C. Dutta : Text Book of Botany.
2) Andrews A.N. : Studies in Paleobotany.
3) Arnold C.A. : Introduction of Paleobotany.
4) Bhatnagar S.P. and Moitra A., 1996 : Gymnosperms, New Age International Limited, New Delhi.
5) Bhojwani & Bhatnagar : Embryology of Angiosperms.
6) Coulter M.J. & Chamberlain C.J. : Morphology of Gymnosperms.
7) Cutter E.G., 1971 : Plant Anatomy Experiment and Interpretation Part-II, Organs, Edward Arnold, London.
8) Cutter, E.G. 1969 : Part-I, Cells and tissues, Edward, Arnold, London.
9) Davis P.H., and Heywood V.H., 1993 : Principles of AngiospermTaxonomy: Oliver and Boyd, London.
10) Eames E.J. : Morphology of vascular Plants.
11) Gangulee&Kar : College Botany [Link]
12) Gangulee Das and Dutta : College Botany, Vol.I
13) Giford E.M. and Foster A.S., 1988 : Morphology and Evolution of Vascular Plants, W.H. Freeman
&Company, New York.
14) Hartmann H.T. and Kestler D.E., 1976 : Plant Propagation Principlesand practices, 3rd edition, prentice Hall
of India [Link]. New Delhi.
15) Heyhood V.H. and Moore D.M. (Eds) 1984 : Current concepts plant Taxonomy. Academic Press, London.
16) Jeffrey C., 1982: An introduction to Plant Taxonomy, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, London.
17) Maheshwari P. : Introduction of Embryology of Angiosperms.
18) Pande B.P. : A Text Book of Angiosperms.
19) Proctor M. and Yeop, 1973 : The Pollination of Flowers, William Collins Sons, London.
20) Radford A.E., 1986 : Fundamentals of Plant Systematics, Harper and Row, New York.
21) Rendle A.B. : Classification of flowering plants, Vol.I&[Link].
22) S. Sundar Rajan : College Botany, [Link] & [Link].
23) Saxena and Sarabhai : A Text Book of Botany, [Link]
24) Sharma O.P. : Gymnosperms.

20
 12

25) Shukla & Mishra :Paleobotany.

26) Singh and Jain: Taxonomy of Angiosperms.
27) Singh, 4. 1999, Plant Systematics - Theory and Practices, Oxford and IBH Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
28) Sporne K.R.: Morphology of Gymnosperms.
29) Sporne K.R., 1965: The Morphology of Gymnosperms, Hutchinson & Company, (Publisher) Ltd. London.
30) Stace C.A., 1989: Plant Taxonomy and Biosystematics (2nd Edition Edward Arnold, London.
31) Stewart W.N., 1983 :Paleobotany and Evolution of Plants, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
32) Thomas P., 2000: Trees - Their natural history, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
33) Trivedi B.S. & Sharma B.B. : Introductory Taxonomy.
34) Tyagi&Kshetrapal : Taxonomy of Angiosperms.
35) Vasistha P.C.: Gymnosperms.
36) Vasistha P.C.: Taxonomy of Angiosperms.
37) VyasPurohitGarg : A Text Book of Gymnosperms.
38) Walton: An Introduction & Study of fossil.
39) Modern Practical Botany, Volume-I, [Link], [Link] Pub., N.W.
40) Modern Practical Botany, Volume-II, [Link], [Link] Pub., N.W.
41) Modern Practical Botany, Volume-III, [Link], [Link] Pub., N.W. Sahni, K.C. 2000.
42) The Book of Indian Trees, 2nd edition. Oxford University Press, Mumbai.
43) Schery, R.W. 1972. Plant for Man. 2nd Ed. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey. Prentice Hall.
44) Sharma, O.P. 1996. Hill’s Economic Botany (Late [Link], adapted by [Link]) Tata McGraw Hill
Co. Ltd., New Delhi.
45) Swaminathan, M.S. and Kocchar, S.L. (Eds) 1989. Plants and Society. Macmillan Publication Ltd., London.
46) Thakur, R.S., Puri, H.S. and Husain, A. 1989. Major and Aromatic Plants, CSIR, Lucknow.
47)Thomas, P. 2000. Trees : Their National History, Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge.
48). Wagner, H., Hikino, H. and Farnswarth, N. 1989. Economic and
Medicinal Plant Research, Vols. 1-3. Academic Press, London.
49) Walter, K.S. and Gillett, H.J. 1998. 1997 IUCN Red List of Threatned Plants. IUCN, the World Conservation
Union, IUCN, Gland, Switzerland, and Cambridge, U.K.

50) A Text Book of Botany –Paleobotany, Gymnosperms, Morphology and Utilization of Plants (2014),
[Link], [Link], [Link], [Link], [Link],113 114
[Link], Published by NabhPrakashan, Amravati.
51) Morphology of Angiosperms and Utilization of Plants, [Link] Ingole, Published by PaygunPublishers,
Amravati.

Reference Books:
[Link]
[Link]
5_5[Link]
WeblinktoEquivalentMOOConSWAYAMifrelevant:
[Link]
WeblinktoEquivalentVirtualLabifrelevant:
Anypertinentmedia(recordedlectures,YouTube,etc.) if relevant:
[Link]
[Link]

21
 13

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University,

Amravati Syllabus Prescribed for Three Year UG/PG Programme
Programme: [Link]

Semester II

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (No. of Periods/Week)

(Laboratory/Practical/practicum/hands-
on/Activity)

Bryophytes, Pteridophytes,
BOT(2S)/Botany 02
Gymnosperms and Morphology of
Angiosperms, Utilization of Plants

COs

By the end of the Lab/Practical Course, generally students would be able to:
1) Understand forms of Bryophytes, Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms.
2) Acquire the skill of preparation of slides of plant body and reproductive organs.
3) Classify and identify different plant parts on the basis of external morphology.
4) Describe the plants in technical language.
5) develop critical understanding on morphology, botanical names and cultivation practices of economically
important plants..

*List of Practical /Laboratory Experiments/Activities etc.

1 Bryophytes :
Study of morphology and anatomy of vegetative and reproductive parts of following
genera – Marchantia, Anthocerous, Funaria
2 Pteridophyta:
Study of morphology and anatomy of vegetative and reproductive parts of following
genera – Selaginella,Equisetum,Marsilea
3 Gymnosperms:
Study of morphology and anatomy of vegetative and reproductive parts of following
genera – Pinus, Gnetum
4 Study of types of fossil.

5 Morphology-:
Detail morphological study of following types of plant parts -
Root ,Stem , Leaves, Stipule, Inflorescence, Flower , Placentation, Fruits
6 Utilization of plants: Morphology varieties and economic importance of following
plants

i) Food plants-Wheat
ii) Pulses – Pigeanpea
iii) Spices- Cardamom
iv) Oil yielding plants- Sunflower
v) Fiber yielding- Cotton
vi) Mentha piperata (only uses)
vii) Eucalyptus (only uses)
7 Medicinal plants- .
Aloe vera Adhatoda vasica ,Asparagus racemosus , Azadirachta indica,
Catharanthus roseus ,Chlorophytum borivillianum Emblica officinalis, Ocimum
sanctum , Rauwolfia serpentina., Vitex negundo , Withania somnifera , Tinospora
cordifolia
Addition 1. Botanical Excursion (short/long)
al 2. Visit to any biodiversity rich area to study the plant diversity in natural habitat.
Activitie
s 3. The botanical excursion is compulsory for all students and the report of excursion
should be submitted at the time of practical examination.

22
 14

4. Photographic collection of bryophytic, pteridophytic and gymnospermic plants

specimens
Submissi 1. Photographic herbarium of Bryophytes, Pteridophytes, Gymnosperms etc.
on [Link] excursion report

23
 15

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Part A
Faculty: SCIENCE and TECHNOLOGY
Programme: [Link]. (Botany)
Part B

Syllabus Prescribed for three Year UG Programme: Botany

GENERAL INTEREST COURSE-1

Semester 1

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

BOT(1S) Botany GIC-1 / Floriculture and 30

Landscaping

COs
After completing this course, the students would be able to
1. understand techniques of floriculture and landscaping
2. undertake project work, extracurricular activities
[Link] professional skill, knowledge & employability skills while performing jobs.
4. Create landscaping and adapt floriculture as profession or hobby

Unit Content
15 (periods)
Unit I: Floriculture

1.1 Introduction, Importance and scope of Floriculture

1.2 Plant propagation techniques:

1.2.1 Vegetative methods- Rhizome,Corm,Bulb, Sucker, Offset, Tuber, Bulbils
1.2.2 Artificial methods- Budding, Grafting, Cutting, Layering Propagating media
and potting techniques.
1.3 Study of flowering annuals, biennials and perennials
1.4 Study of cultivation practices, Disease and pest management of following plants
Rose, Chrysanthemum, Gladiolus,Marigold, Gaillardia and Gerbera
1.5 Importance of flower shows and exhibitions
1.6 Commercial production of Floricultural crops, Harvesting, grading, storage,
packaging and marketing

Unit II 15 (periods)
Unit II: Landscaping(15 L)
2.1 Aim, objectives and importance of landscaping
2.2 Designing map, individual and institutional landscaping.
2.3 Precautions and maintenance for durability of landscaping.
2.4 Urban landscaping, Landscaping for specific situations, institutions,
industries, residents, hospitals, roadsides, traffic islands, dam sites, IT parks,
corporate.
2.5 Interior scaping: Introduction, Necessity, Role and opportunities.
2.6 Materials used in Interior scape, selection of plants, design and Maintenance.

24
 16

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
1. Text book of floriculture and landscaping, Anil K Singh, AnjanaSisodia
2. Objective Floriculture and Landscaping by Desh Raj
3. Introductory Ornamental Horticulture and landscape garden, Rajaneeh Singh and Bijendrakumarsingh
4. GARDEN Revitalizing Ideal Necessities, by Amravati Garden Club
5. Floriculture in India, G S Randhava and A. Mukhopadhya
6. Floriculture, Landscaping and Turf Management by AlagarsamyNithya Devi and Alagarsamy Ramesh
Kumar
7. Floriculture and Landscaping –Vol.1 by NayaUdyog and T K Bose
8. Floriculture and Landscaping at a Glance by LaxmiLalSomani
9. Text Book on Commercial Floriculture and Ornamental Horticulture with Landscape Architecture by
Ashok Kumar and Abhinav Kumar
10. Laurie, Alex and Ries, Victor (2004). Floriculture- Fundamentals and Practices. Agrobios, (India),
Jodhpur
11. Beckett, Kenneth A (2002). The Encyclopaedia of Garden Plant. Silverdale Book
12. Prasad and Kumar (2005). Commercial floriculture. Agrobios (India) jodhpur.
13. Dey, S.C. (2000). Pot culture and [Link] 9India). Jodhpur.
14. Dey, S.C. (2003). Indore Gardening. Agrobios (India). Jodhpur.
15. Dey, S.C. (2003). Flower from bulbous plant. Agrobios (India)jodhpur.
16. Gardeners Encyclopaedia of Plant and Flower – the Royal Horticultural society (Dorling Kindersley,
London).
17. McDonald, Elvin (2002). The 400 best garden plant. Quantum Books. London.
18. Wyman’s Gardening Encyclopedia Donald Wyman, Macmillan, co. London.
19. The Dictionary of Garden Plants in colour with House and Greenhouse plants Roy
Hay and [Link] (R.H.S. Mermeid Books,London.
20. The Books of Flowers [Link], Chancellor Press, London.
21. Garden Flowers JoanComptn, Hamlyh publ. [Link].
22. Handbook of multiplication of plants (1999) [Link], Discovery Publ. House, [Link].
23. GopalaswamyIyengar: Complete Gardening in India, [Link], Banglore.

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Part A
Faculty: SCIENCE and TECHNOLOGY
Programme [Link].
Part B
Syllabus Prescribed for three Year UGProgramme: Botany

GENERAL INTEREST COURSE-2

Ethnobotany and Ethnopharmacology

Semester- II

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

BOT(2S) Botany GIC-II / Ethnobotany and 30

Ethnopharmacology

COs
After completion of this course, student would be able to
1. Appreciate the need to conserve floristic and cultural diversity of the region.
2. Rescue and document Ethnobotanicals for sustainable use of plant resources.
3. Understand the need for development of new drugs for safe and more rational use of herbal
preparations.

25
 17

4. develop laboratory skills in testing of herbal drugs and new commercial products.

Unit I: Ethnobotany Content

15
(periods)
1. 1 Introduction, relevance, scope and status of Ethnobotany. Methods and techniques
used in Ethnobotany - Field level activities for data collection- Approach, Documentation
(Audio, Video recording, Photographs, Interview – Methods, Questionnaire, and Data
sheet), Authentication of plantspecies (Field Book, Herbarium) Field and Lab Procedures,
Peoples biodiversity Register (PBR).

1. 2. Impact of Ethnobotany in herbal-medicine industry, land-use development,

agriculture, forestry, betterment of rural livelihoods and education. Biodiversity and
conservation of some useful medicinalplants.
[Link] used in ethno medicine- e.g.: Guggul (Commiphora),Musali (Chlorophytum
borivilum ) Salai guggul ( Boswellia serrata ) Arjuna (Terminalia arjuna),
turmeric (Curcuma longa) Preparation and their uses

15
Unit II: Ethnopharmacology (periods)

15 Lecture

2.1 Introduction, scope and relevance of Ethnopharmacology. Brief account of

Phytochemistry, pharmacodynamics and pharmacokinetics. Classification and
sources of crude drugs. Quality, safety and efficacy of herbal medicines/
neutraceuticals
2.2 Biological screening of herbal drugs - introduction and need for
phytopharmacological screening: Antimicrobial screening of herbal drugs,
Screening for anticancer activity, Screening for antioxidant activity, Screening
for Antiurolithiatic. Screening for anti-inflammation and analgesic activity,
Screening for antiulcer activity, Screening for antidiuretic activity, Screening
for liver related disorders. Database on pharmaceutical uses of plants.
2.3 Plants used by ethnic groups as food, medicines (Ethnomedicine),
beverages, fodder, fibre, resins, oils, fragrances and other uses. NWFP (Non-
Wood Forest Produces), animal products, minerals, artifacts, and rituals, used
by Tribal and Folk Communities of Melghat (Amravati ,Maharashtra)
2.4 Role of ethnomedicine and its scope in modern times.

2.5 Role of Ethnobotany in conservation and sustainable development

26
 18

Course Material/Learning Resources

Suggested Readings

1) Akerele, O., Heywood, V. and Synge, H. (1991). The Conservation of Medicinal Plants. Cambridge
University Press.

2) AYUSH ([Link]). About the systems—An overview of Ayurveda, Yoga and

Naturopathy, Unani, Siddha and Homeopathy. New Delhi: Department of Ayurveda, Yoga and
Naturopathy, Unani, Siddha and Homoeopathy (AYUSH), Ministry and Family Welfare,
Government of India.

3) CSIR- Central Institute of Medicinal and Aromatic Plants, Lucknow (2016). Aush Gyanya:
Handbook of Medicinal and Aromatic Plant Cultivation.

4) Dev, S. (1997). Ethnotherapeutics and modern drug development: The potential of Ayurveda.
Current Science 73:909–928.

5) Jain, S.K. and Jain, Vartika. (eds.) (2017). Methods and Approaches in Ethnobotany: Concepts,
Practices and Prospects. Deep Publications, Delhi

6) Saroya, A.S. (2017). Ethnobotany. ICAR publication.

7) Thakur, R. S., H. S. Puri, and Husain, A. (1989). Major medicinal plants of India. Central Institute
of Medicinal and Aromatic Plants, Lucknow, India.

8) Traditional plant medicines as sources of new drugs. P J Houghton in Pharmacognosy Trease and
Evan's.16 Ed .2009

9) Cunningham, A. B. (2001). Applied Ethnobotany. Earthscan publishers Ltd. London &

Sterling,VA, USA Cotton, C.M. (1996).

10) Ethnobotany-Principles and application. John Wiley& Sons Ltd., West Sussex, England

11) In vivo and in vitro assays Glimpses of ethnopharmacology 1994 Eds. P Pushpangadan ,V George
and [Link]

12) Faulks, P.J. (1958). An introduction to Ethnobotany, Moredale Publ. London

13) Jain, S. K. (1981). Glimpses of Indian Ethnobotany. Oxford & IBH publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi.

27
 1

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty: Science and Technology
Programme: [Link]. ( Chemistry )

POs:
At the time of graduation, Students would be able to

[Link] Thinking: Take informed actions after identifying the assumptions that frame our
thinking and actions, checking out the degree to which these assumptions are accurate and valid,
and looking at our ideas and decisions (intellectual, organizational, and personal) from different
perspectives.

[Link] Communication: Speak, read, write and listen clearly in person and through
electronic media in English and in one Indian language, and make meaning of the world by
connecting people, ideas, books, media and technology.

PO3. Social Interaction: Elicit views of others, mediate disagreements and help reach
conclusions in group settings.

PO4. Effective Citizenship: Demonstrate empathetic social concern and equity centred national
development, and the ability to act with an informed awareness of issues and participate in civic
life through volunteering.

PO5. Ethics: Recognize different value systems including your own, understand the moral
dimensions of your decisions, and accept responsibility for them.

PO6. Environment and Sustainability: Understand the issues of environmental contexts and
sustainable development.

PO7. Self-directed and Life-long Learning: Acquire the ability to engage in independent and
life-long learning in the broadest context socio-technological changes

PSOs:
Upon completion of the programme successfully, the learners would be able to-
1. Understand the scope, methodology and application of modem chemistry.
2. Apply theoretical and practical concepts of instruments that are commonly used-in most
chemistry field.
3. Plan and conduct scientific experiments and record the results of such experiments.
4. Get acquainted with safety of chemicals, transfer, and measurements of chemicals, preparation
of solutions, and using physical properties to identity compounds and chemical reactions.
5. Describe how chemistry is useful to solve social, economic and environmental problem and
issues facing our society in energy, medicine, and health.

Employability Potential of the Programme:

A degree in Chemistry is an intelligent choice for future employability and earning potential for
learners. Degree program with Chemistry offers the necessary knowledge, develop skills and
nurture creativity to achieve success in virtually any field that's even distantly related in some way
to chemistry. A degree in chemistry is recognized as a symbol of quality and commitment by
employers both inside and outside the chemical industries. Chemistry provides jobs in cutting-
edge technologies within science and research as well as in many fields of distant relations.
Chemistry graduates apply their skills within the areas of environmental sciences, medical fields,
scientific equipment sales, science communication, teaching or academic research, a few to
mention. Thus, a degree in chemistry widens numerous prospects and opportunities for a wide

28
 2

variety of careers in many different fields like science, research, business and health care, etc.
Chemistry inculcates excellent analytical and mathematical skills, which lead to enhanced
problem-solving abilities and critical thinking. This improves the likelihoods to secure job in other
fields too. Some important skills and abilities honed by chemistry learners include:

• Cutting-edge scientific and numerical skills

• Curiosity to understand and solve
• Attention to collect and analyse details
• Patience and determination
• Research and development skills
• Analytical skills
• Use of ICT enabled techniques
• Written and oral communications skills

The thriving and widely recognized branches of chemistry like Organic, Inorganic, Physical,
Analytical, etc. not only expand critical thinking and the ability to understand other scientific and
engineering concepts more easily, but also open new horizons to pursue career in different fields.
Organic chemistry offers research and development of organic materials, modify and study
carbon-based materials to develop a product having a specific purpose for wider use. They also
accomplish various scientific studies to identify or find applications for compounds for society.
Many industries like pharmaceuticals, agriculture, paints, dyes, and many more prefer to employ
organic chemists. Inorganic chemistry has a greater potential in the fields of metallurgy, synthesis
of new materials from different elements, bioinorganic, etc. It focusses on solving the fundamental
problems associated with structure of atoms, molecules and their properties. Analytical chemists
find their role for toxicology examinations, quality control and assessment, analysis of
pharmaceuticals, investigations for forensic analysis, development of equipment, etc. Analytical
chemists work for a particular private or government laboratory or organization, and also develop
particular specialties like food technology, forensics or toxicology, to name a few. Physical
chemistry enhances critical ability and inculcates problem solving skills among the learners. All
industries rely heavily on physical parameters for manufacturing and quality assurance of
products.
Apart from the technical and specific skills, a chemistry graduate also acquires fundamental
professional skills throughout the degree program to pursue careers not directly related to the field.
These skills include:
• Effective listening and communication skills
• Presentation and interaction skills
• Data collection, analysis and reporting skills
• Modern ICT enabled skills
• Aptitude to work proficiently independently or in a team

Future scope for [Link]. Chemistry graduates:

● Prestigious institutions like IIT, NIT, IISER, IISc, BARC, TIFR, a few to mention, offer higher
studies such [Link]. and Ph.D.
● Likewise, foreign Universities also accept chemistry graduates for higher studies.
● Chemistry student can become small or medium scale entrepreneur (own industry).
● Union and State Public service commissions like UPSC, MPSC, Bank Probationary officers,
other competitive examinations, etc. offer a multitude of jobs and positions like Drug Inspector,
Lab chemist, forensic analyst, etc. for chemistry graduates.
● Students can take teaching jobs at Kendriya Vidyalaya, Navodaya Vidyalaya, High Schools
after completing [Link]. or respective eligibility criteria.
● Laboratory technician in various Public Sector Units like ONGC, IOCL, NTPC, BARC, and
Private sector industries.
● Students can become Content Developer for IT industries.
● Students can become Quality Control Chemists/ Food Inspector at Food Co-operation of India,
Food Safety and Standards etc
● Laboratory technicians to look after sophisticated instruments like NMR, Mass Spectrometer,
UV-Visible Spectrophotometer, Single crystal machines, XRD, SEM, AAS, TEM etc. in
research laboratory of academic institutions as well as private sector companies

29
 3

● Research Scientist/ Operations Manager/ Chemists / Quality Manager / Research Manager at

various industries like Pharmaceuticals, Cement, Plastic, Drugs, Paint, Dyes, Agricultural
sector, etc.
● Employee at Security Printing and Minting co-operation of India
● Employee at Office of Controller general of Patent design and trade work

30
 4

Syllabus Prescribed for Three Year UG/PG Programme

Programme:
Semester 1

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

CHE(1S)T Chemistry 1S 84

COs:
By the end of this course, the students would be able to:
1. Solve the conceptual questions using the knowledge gained by studying periodicity in atomic
radii, ionic radii, ionization energy and electron affinity of elements.
2. Apply concepts of acids and bases as well as non-aqueous solvents and their industrial usage.
3. Compare different reaction intermediates, functional group chemistry through the study of
methods of preparation, properties and chemical reactions with underlying mechanism.
4. Choose correct synthetic approach to prepare derivatives of industrially important molecules
5. Solve different numerical problem of varying difficulty associated with gaseous and liquid state.
6. Apply the concepts from advanced mathematics to solve the derivation of different chemical
formulae.

Unit Content
Unit I Periodicity of Elements:
s and p block elements: Pauli’s Exclusion Principle, Hund’s rule of maximum
multiplicity, Aufbau principle. Shapes of s and p orbitals. Electronic configuration for
s and p block elements. Detailed discussion of the following properties of the elements,
with reference to s and p-block. (a) Nuclear charge and number of shell and its
variations (b) Atomic and ionic radii and their variations (d) oxidation states (e)
Ionization potential, Successive ionization potential and its variations. (f) Electron
affinity and its trends. (g) Electronegativity and its variations. Effect of ionization
energy and electronegativity on different properties of elements namely metallic and
non-metallic character, relative reactivity, oxidizing and reducing properties. Diagonal
relationships: Li with Mg, B with Al. Abnormal behavior of nitrogen.
Periods: 14
Unit II A) Acids and Bases- Arrhenius, Bronsted-Lowry, and Lewis’s theory of acids and
bases, Theory of solvent systems and Lux-Flood concept of acids and bases. Hard and
soft acids and bases. Pearson’s HSAB or SHAB principle with important applications.
B) Nonaqueous Solvents-Requirements of a good solvent. Water as a universal
solvent. Physical properties of solvents namely liquid range, dielectric constant, dipole
moment, heat of vaporization and solubility behavior. Classification of solvents. Acid
base, precipitation, redox, solvolysis and complexation reactions in liquid ammonia.
Merits and demerits of liquid ammonia as a solvent.
Periods: 14
Unit III Basics of Organic Chemistry:
A) Electronic Displacement and Reactive Intermediates: Inductive, Electromeric,
Resonance, Mesomeric effects, Hyperconjugation and their applications, dipole
moment, homolytic and heterolytic fission with suitable examples. Electrophiles and
nucleophiles. Types, shape and their relative stability of carbocations, carbanions, free
radicals and carbenes and nitrene.

31
 5

B) Aliphatic Hydrocarbons: Formation and reaction of alkanes, Formation of alkenes

and alkynes by elimination reactions (with mechanism of E1, E2, E1cb), Saytzeff and
Hofmann eliminations, Reactions of alkenes and alkynes, Diels-Alder reaction.
C) Structural isomers: Definition, classification, and examples.
Periods: 14
Unit IV Aromatic Compounds:
A) Structural Properties: Aromaticity and Huckel’s rule (Benzenoid and Non-
Benzenoid compounds), Kekule and Dewar structures, Molecular orbital diagram of
benzene, Anti-aromatic and non-aromatic compounds.
B) Orientation effect: Effect of substituent groups, Activating and deactivating group,
Theory of reactivity and orientation on the basis of inductive and resonance effects.
C) Electrophilic aromatic substitution: Halogenation, nitration, sulphonation and
Friedal Craft’s alkylation/acylation with their mechanism.
Periods: 14
Unit V Gaseous State:
Postulates of kinetic theory of gases, Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution of velocities
(only qualitative treatment), RMS velocity, Average velocity, Most probable velocity,
Relationship between RMS velocity and Average velocity, RMS velocity and Most
probable velocity, Mean free path, Collision diameter, Collision number or Collision
frequency, Deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour, Explanation of deviations,
Derivation of van der Waal’s equation for real gases. Critical phenomenon, Andrew’s
experiment (isotherms of carbon dioxide) Critical constant Pc, Tc, Vc in terms of van
der Waal’s constant (a, b) Derivation of reduced equation of state, Law of
corresponding state, Numerical.

Periods: 14
Unit VI A) Liquid State:
Definition of surface tension, Its SI unit and effect of temperature on surface tension,
Derivation of expression for relative surface tension by stalagmometer method.
Applications of surface tension. Viscosity, definition of coefficient of viscosity, Its SI
unit and effect of temperature on viscosity, Derivation of expression for relative
viscosity by Ostwald’s viscometer method, Applications of viscosity.

B) Physical Properties and Molecular Structure:

I. Electrical Properties:
(i) Polar and non-polar molecules. Dipole moment.
(ii) Induced polarization and orientation polarization. Clausius Mossotti equation (only
qualitative treatment).
(iii) Measurement of dipole moment by temperature and refractitivity methods.
(iv) Applications of dipole moment for the determination of molecular structure. i.e.
percentage ionic character of covalent bonding, molecular geometry, cis-trans isomers,
ortho, meta and para isomers of a disubstituted benzene.
II. Magnetic Properties:
(i) Paramagnetic and diamagnetic substances, origin of paramagnetism, diamagnetism,
ferromagnetism and antiferromagnetism.
(ii) Volume, specific, mass and molar susceptibility. Relationship between molar
magnetic susceptibility and magnetic moment.
(iii) Relationship between magnetic moment and number of unpaired electrons.
(iv) Gouy’s balance method for determination of magnetic susceptibility.
(v) Application of magnetic moment in the determination of molecular structure.
(vi) Numerical
Periods: 14
*SEM:
A) Create models for periodic table or periodic properties, or shape of orbitals, categorization of
acids and bases on the basis of various theories, Compare applications of non-aqueous solvents.

32
 6

B) Analyze the role of reaction intermediates in different organic reactions, classification of

aromatic and non-aromatic compounds with justification.
C) Numerical associated with gaseous and liquid state, Applications of van der Waal’s equation
for other gaseous constants and parameters, Prediction of molecular structures using physical
properties, Data collection and analysis for surface tension and viscosity coefficient of different
liquids.
COs:
By the end of this module, the students will be able to:
1. Create models associated with periodic table
2. Associate reaction intermediates and functional group chemistry with different types of
reaction mechanisms.
3. Solve numerical problem associated with gaseous and liquid state.
**Activities: Model creation, Chart preparation, memory maps, Class tests, assignments,
project, survey, group discussion, industrial visit, or any other innovative
pedagogical method.
Any two activities be conducted from above. Class tests are compulsory. Equal
weightage for each activity.

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
1. Principles of Inorganic Chemistry by Puri, Sharma and Kalia- Vishal Publications, Delhi.
2. Text book of Inorganic Chemistry by K.N. Upadhyaya, Vikas Publishing House, Delhi.
3. A Text Book of Chemistry for first Semester of [Link]. by AUCTA Association and DnyanPath
Publication, Amravati

Reference Books:
1. Inorganic Chemistry by A.K. De, Wiley East Ltd.
2. Inorganic Chemistry by Meisler and Tarr, 4th Edition, Pearson Pub.
3. Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry by Malik, Tuli and Madan, S. Chand & Co.
4. Concise Inorganic Chemistry by J.D. Lee, ELBS.
5. Inorganic Chemistry by J.E. Huheey- and Kettle, Harper & Row.
6. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, Vol-I, Satya Prakash, Madan, Tuli, Basu.
7. Organic Chemistry Vol. I, II and III by Mukharjee, Singh and Kapoor- Wiley Eastern.
8. Organic Chemistry by S.K. Ghosh.
9. Reaction Mechanism in Organic Chemistry by S.M. Mukharjee and S.P. Singh.
10. Stereochemistry and mechanism through solved problems by P.S. Kalsi.
11. Organic Chemistry by TWG Solomons, 8th edition, John Wiley
12. Organic chemistry by R. K. Bansal
13. Physical Chemistry: Walter, J. Moore, 5th edn., New Delhi.
14. Physical Chemistry: G.M. Barrow, McGraw Hill, Indian Edn.
15. Principles of Physical Chemistry: Maron and Prutton.
16. Principles of Physical Chemistry: Puri, Sharma, and Pathania.
17. Physical Chemistry: P.W. Atkins, 6th Edn.
18. Physical Chemistry: Levine
19. Practical Organic Chemistry by F.G. Mann, B.C. Saunders, Orient Longman.
20. Comparative Practical Organic Chemistry (Qualitative Analysis) by V.K. Ahluwalia and
Sunita Dhingra, Orient Longman.
21. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry (Preparation and Qualitative Analysis) by V.K.
Ahluwalia and Renu Agrawal, Orient Longman.

33
 7

22. Practical Physical Chemistry: Palit and De.

23. Practical Physical Chemistry: Yadao.
24. Practical Physical Chemistry: Khosla.
25. Advanced Practical Inorganic Chemistry by Gurdeep Raj, Goel Pulishing House, Meerut.

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:
Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

34
 8

Syllabus Prescribed for three Year UG/PG Programme

Programme: [Link]. with Chemistry

Semester 1

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (No. of Periods/Week)

(Laboratory/Practical/practicum/hands-
on/Activity)

CHE(1S)PR Chemistry 1S Total 26 per Semester

COs

At the end of Lab/Practical course, students would be able to

1. Synthesise different types of organic compounds.
2. Perform the process of filtration, crystallization, melting point, waste management.
3. Understand the effect of orientation effect of a group
4. Skilfully determine the surface tension, viscosity of liquid.
5. Predict the endothermic or exothermic process from heat of solution of a salt.

* List of Practical/Laboratory Experiments/Activities etc.

1 Preparation of Acetyl derivative of aromatic primary amine (aniline or toluidine).

2 Preparation of Benzanilide (Benzoylation).

3 Preparation of Benzoic acid from Benzamide (Hydrolysis).

4 Preparation of Benzoic acid from benzaldehyde (Oxidation).

5 Preparation of phenyl–azo–β–naphthol dye (Diazotisation)

6 Base catalysed Aldol Condensation (Synthesis of dibanzal propanone).

7 Preparation of p-nitroacetanilide from acetanilide.

8 Determination of surface tension of a given liquid using Stalagmometer

9 Determination of the parachor value of -CH2- group (methylene) using Stalagmometer

10 Determination of coefficient of viscosity of aqueous solution of ethanol or polymer at

room temperature

11 Determination of unknown percentage composition of given glycerol solution from

standard 2%, 4%,6%,8% and 10% solutions of glycerol

12 Determination of the heat of solution of KNO3 (5% solution)

35
 9

Note:

a) Student should perform the single stage preparation with the help of given procedure.

b) Melting point and percentage yield should be reported.

c) The sample should be submitted.

d) Students should recrystalize the sample with suitable solvent.

e) Students should know the reaction and its mechanism of given single stage preparation.

Distribution of Marks for Practical Examination

Time: 4 hours (One Day Examination) Marks: 50

Exercise-I ……….. 18

Exercise-II ………..18

Viva-Voce .……….07

Record .…………... 07

Total: 50

Syllabus Prescribed for Three Year UG/PG Programme

Programme: [Link]. with Chemistry
Semester 2

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

CHE(2S)T Chemistry 2S 84

COs
By the end of this course, the students would be able to:
1. apply the knowledge gained by studying types of bonding, solvation, hybridization and
molecular geometries.
2. Draw the correct molecular structures, bond order and bond length.
3. synthesize commercially important compounds of varying carbon backbone.
4. Choose correct synthetic approach to prepare derivatives of industrially important molecules.
5. Solve numerical problems related to crystalline state.
6. Acquire skills to use chemical kinetics to develop mechanism of chemical reactions.

Unit Content
Unit I A) Ionic bonding: Definition of ionic bond. Factors affecting ionic bond
formation (energetic of ionic bond formation ionization energy, electron affinity
and lattice energy). Born-Haber’s cycle to determine lattice energy. Solvation and
solvation energy, factors affecting solvation energy.

B) Polarization: Definition, polarizing power, polarizability, effect of

polarization on nature of bond. Fajan’s rules of polarization and its applications.

C) Valence bond theory: Directional nature of covalent bond. Hybridization,

types of hybridization to explain geometries of BeCl2, BF3, CH4, PCl5, SF6 and IF7
Periods: 14

36
 10

Unit II A) VSEPR Theory: Various rules under VSEPR theory to explain molecular
geometry (following examples may be taken to explain various rules- SnCl2, CH4,
NH3, H2O, SF4, ClF3, XeF4, XeO3, PCl3. Limitations of VSEPR theory

B) Molecular Orbital Theory: Postulates of MO theory. LCAO approximation.

Formation of bonding and antibonding MOs. Rules for LCAO. MO energy level
diagram. Concept of bond order. MO structure of homonuclear diatomic
molecules of namely He2, H2, N2 and O2. Stability sequence of species of O2 i.e.
O2, O2+, O22+, O2- and O22-. Paramagnetic nature of O2. MO structure of
heteronuclear diatomic molecules viz. NO, HF and CO (Coulson’s structure).
Explanation of important properties of CO viz. – triple bond, almost nonpolar
nature, electron donor and acceptor behavior. Comparison of VB and MO theories.
Periods: 14
Unit III A) Haloalkanes: Vinyl chloride - Synthesis from acetylene and ethylene
dichloride, reactions with aqueous and alcoholic KOH, polymerization. Allyl
chloride - Synthesis from propylene, reactions with aqueous and alcoholic KOH.
Allyl bromide - Synthesis from propylene using NBS, reaction with HBr.
Comparison of reactivity of vinyl and allyl chloride.
B) Haloarenes: Chlorobenzene - Synthesis from phenol, reaction with
acetonitrile. Bromobenzene - Synthesis from silver salt of benzoic acid
(Hunsdiecker reaction), Wurtz-Fittig reaction. Iodobenzene - Synthesis from
benzene diazonium chloride, Ullmann reaction. Benzyl chloride - Synthesis from
toluene and benzene, reactions with Mg and NaCN. Comparison of reactivity of
chlorobenzene and benzyl chloride, benzyne intermediate mechanism.
C) Polyhydric alcohols: Ethylene glycol - Synthesis from ethylene and ethylene
dibromide, reactions with PCl5, CH3COOH and acetone, dehydrations using conc.
H2SO4, ZnCl2 and phosphoric acid. Pinacol - Synthesis from acetone and α-
diketone, Pinacol-Pinacolone rearrangement (mechanism). Glycerol - Synthesis
from propylene and 3-chloropropylene, reactions with HNO3, HCl and Na,
dehydration using KHSO4
Periods: 14
Unit IV A) Phenols: Phenol - Synthesis from toluene, cumene and salicylic acid, Kolbe’s
carboxylation reaction, Fries rearrangement, Reimer-Tiemann reaction,
bromination, acidity of phenol.
B) Ethers and epoxides: Diethyl ether - Synthesis from ethanol, Williamson’s
synthesis, reactions with cold and hot HI and acetic anhydride. Crown ethers -
Brief introduction to crown ethers and its applications. Ethylene oxide - Synthesis
from ethylene, ring opening reactions with Grignard reagent, HCN and H2S,
reduction with Zn + CH3COOH, dimerization to dioxane (mechanism). Styrene
oxide - Synthesis from styrene, ring opening reactions with acid and alkali,
reduction with LiAlH4.
C) Thiols and thioethers: Ethanethiol - Synthesis from ethyl iodide, oxidations
with I2 and H2O2. Diethyl sulphide - Synthesis from ethyl bromide, Williamson’s
synthesis, desulphurization with Raney Ni, decomposition with alkali.
Periods: 14
Unit V Crystalline state:
Symmetry in crystal, plane of symmetry, axis of symmetry and point of symmetry.
Law of constancy of interfacial angles. Elements of symmetry in cubic crystals.
Laws of symmetry. Law of rational indices, Weiss and Miller indices of a lattice
planes, calculation of interplanar distance d(h,k,l) from Miller indices in a cubic
system. Seven crystal systems and fourteen Bravais lattices, Bravais lattices of
cubic system. Simple cubic system (S.C.C.), body centered cubic system (B.C.C.)
and face centered cubic system (F.C.C.). Calculation of number of constituent
units in S.C.C., B.C.C. and F.C.C. Ratio of interplanar distances for 100, 110 and
111 lattice planes in S.C.C., B.C.C. and F.C.C. (No geometrical derivation).
Derivation of Bragg’s equation for X-ray diffraction, Bragg’s X-ray spectrometer

37
 11

method for the determination of crystal structure of NaCl and KCl. Anomalous
behavior of KCl towards X-ray. Numerical.
Periods: 14
Unit VI Chemical Kinetics:
Explanation of terms like rate of reaction, order of a reaction and molecularity.
Definition with one example of zero, first and second order reaction. Half-life
period of a reaction. Derivation of rate equation for first and second order reaction
with equal initial concentration and different initial concentration of a reactant.
Characteristics of first and second order reaction. Examples of first and second
order reaction and their kinetics study with modified rate equation viz. the
reactions (i) decomposition of H2O2, (ii) reaction between K2S2O8 and KI, (iii)
hydrolysis of methyl acetate catalyzed by acid, (iv) saponification of ethyl acetate
by NaOH and (v) inversion of cane sugar. Determination of order of a reaction by
integration, graphical, equifractional change, vant Hoff’s differential method and
Ostwald’s isolation method. Effect of temperature on reaction rates. Arrhenius
equation, activation energy and its determination using Arrhenius equation.
Numerical.
Periods: 14
*SEM:
A) Classify molecules using hybridization, VSEPR theory to predict molecular geometries,
sketch Molecular orbital diagram for different molecules.
B) Comparative reactivity of halobenzene and benzyl halide, determine industrial uses of phenol,
diethyl ether and ethylene epoxide.
C) Numerical associated with crystalline state and chemical kinetics, Determination of crystal
structure of NaCl and KCl, Determination of order of reactions, and reaction kinetics.
COs:
By the end of this module, the students will be able to:
1. Create models associated with molecular geometries, hybridization, MO diagrams.
2. Develop synthetic routes for halobenzenes and benzyl halides.
3. Solve numerical problems associated with crystalline state and chemical kinetics.
**Activities: Model creation, Chart preparation, memory maps, Class tests, assignments,
project, survey, group discussion, industrial visit, or any other innovative
pedagogical method.
Any two activities be conducted from above. Class tests are compulsory. Equal
weightage for each activity.

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
1. Stereochemistry and mechanism through solved problems by P.S. Kalsi.
2. Text book of Inorganic Chemistry by K.N. Upadhyaya, Vikas Publishing House, Delhi.
3. A Text Book of Chemistry for first Semester of [Link]. by AUCTA
Association and DnyanPath Publication, Amravati

Reference Books:
1. Principles of Inorganic Chemistry by Puri, Sharma and Kalia- S. Naginchand & Co., Delhi.
2. Inorganic Chemistry by A.K. De, Wiley East Ltd.
3. Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry by Malik, Tuli and Madan, S. Chand & Co.
4. Concise Inorganic Chemistry by J.D. Lee, ELBS.
5. Inorganic Chemistry by J.E. Huheey- and Kettle, Harper & Row.
6. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, Vol-I, Satya Prakash, Madan, Tuli, Basu.
7. Organic Chemistry Vol. I, II and III by Mukharjee, Singh and Kapoor- Wiley Eastern.
8. Organic Chemistry by S.K. Ghosh.

38
 12

9. Reaction Mechanism in Organic Chemistry by S.M. Mukharjee and S.P. Singh.

10. Organic Chemistry by J.M. Hornback, 2nd Edition, Brooks Cole Pub
11. Organic Chemistry by TWG Solomons, 8th edition, John Wiley
12. Organic chemistry by R. K. Bansal
13. Physical Chemistry: Walter, J. Moore, 5th edn., New Delhi.
14. Physical Chemistry: G.M. Barrow, McGraw Hill, Indian Edn.
15. Principles of Physical Chemistry: Maron and Prutton.
16. Principles of Physical Chemistry: Puri, Sharma, and Pathania.
17. Physical Chemistry: P.W. Atkins, 6th Edn.
18. Physical Chemistry: Levine
19. Practical Organic Chemistry by F.G. Mann, B.C. Saunders, Orient Longman.
20. Comparative Practical Organic Chemistry (Qualitative Analysis) by V.K. Ahluwalia and
Sunita Dhingra, Orient Longman.
21. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry (Preparation and Qualitative Analysis) by V.K.
Ahluwalia and Renu Agrawal, Orient Longman.
22. Practical Physical Chemistry: Palit and De.
23. Practical Physical Chemistry: Yadao.
24. Practical Physical Chemistry: Khosla.
25. Advanced Practical Inorganic Chemistry by Gurdeep Raj, Goel Pulishing House, Meerut.

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:
Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

39
 13

Syllabus Prescribed for three Year UG/PG Programme

Programme: [Link]. with Chemistry

Semester 2

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (No. of Periods/Week)

(Laboratory/Practical/practicum/hands-
on/Activity)

CHE(2S)PR Chemistry 2S 26 per Semester

COs

At the end of Lab/Practical course, students would be able to -

1. Analyse the given organic compound qualitatively by different tests.
2. Prepare the derivative of the provided substance.
3. Illustrate the practical skills in volumetric analysis.
4. Differentiate types of titrations e.g. acid-base, redox, etc.
5. Comprehend the kinetics of reactions and interpret the experimental data.
6. Calculate, communicate and analyse the result.

* List of Practical/Laboratory Experiments/Activities etc.

Complete analysis of simple organic compounds (like urea, thiourea, benzoic acid,
Salicylic acid, oxalic acid, glucose, naphthalene, para-toluidine, benzamide, etc.)
containing one or two functional groups involving following steps.

i) Preliminary examination

ii) Detection of elements

iii) Detection of functional groups

iv) Determination of melting point

v) Preparation of derivative and determination of its melting point

vi) Performance of spot test, if any

1 Qualitative analysis of compound-1

2 Qualitative analysis of compound-2

3 Qualitative analysis of compound-3

4 Qualitative analysis of compound-4

5 Qualitative analysis of compound-5

6 To determine the strength of oxalic acid by titration with KMnO4.

40
 14

7 To determine strength of FAS by titration with KMnO4 using internal indicator.

8 Determination of temporary hardness of water sample.

9 To determine the strength of oxalic acid by titration with KMnO4.

10 To determine strength of FAS by titration with KMnO4 using internal indicator.

11 Determination of order of reaction of hydrolysis of methyl acetate by an acid.

12 To study kinetics of saponification of ethyl acetate by NaOH.

Distribution of Marks for Practical Examination

Time: 4 hours (One Day Examination) Marks: 50

Exercise-I ……….. 18

Exercise-II ………..18

Viva-Voce .……….07

Record .…………... 07

Total: 50

41
 1

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty: Science and Technology
Programme: [Link]. with Computer Science/ Computer Application [Voc/Non Voc] / IT

POs:
After completion of graduation, students will be competent to:
PO1: Critical Thinking: Take informed actions after identifying the assumptions that frame our thinking and
actions, checking out the degree to which these assumptions are accurate and valid, and looking at our
ideas and decisions (intellectual, organizational, and personal) from different perspectives.
PO2: Effective Communication: Speak, read, write and listen clearly in person and through electronic media in
English and in one Indian language, and make meaning of the world by connecting people, ideas, books,
media and technology.
PO3: Social Interaction: Elicit views of others, mediate disagreements and help reach conclusions in group
settings.
PO4: Effective Citizenship: Demonstrate empathetic social concern and equity centred national development, and
the ability to act with an informed awareness of issues and participate in civic life through volunteering.
PO5: Ethics: Recognize different value systems including your own, understand the moral dimensions of your
decisions, and accept responsibility for them.
PO6: Environment and Sustainability: Understand the issues of environmental contexts and sustainable
development.
PO7: Self-directed and Life-long Learning: Acquire the ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in
the broadest context socio-technological changes

PSOs:

At the end of this program, the students would be able to:

PSO1: Understand the computer hardware and software.

PSO2: use the knowledge of software installation.
PSO3: Select modern computing tools and techniques for programming task.
PSO4: Identify, analyze, formulate and develop computer-based solutions to meet desired needs within realistic
constraints.
PSO5: Develop databases and perform operations on them.
PSO6: Identify research and development areas in multiple disciplines.
PSO7: Design and develop the small web applications.

Employability Potential of the [Link]. with Computer Science/Computer Application(Voc/Non-Voc)/Information

Technology:
The BSc with Computer Science, Computer application and IT helps develop a widely applicable skill set in
computing with strong programming and mathematics skills, as well as wide ranging skills in project management,
effective presentations and teamwork. Graduate with a portfolio of work fit to present to potential employers.
Depending on your chosen pathway, you can focus on particular areas of interest such as programming, web
development, design of database design and video games. Graduate with the Computer Science will be able to
apply for a range of computational and mathematical jobs in the creative industries, business, finance, education,
medicine, engineering and science. Typical job titles include:
 Data analyst
 Assistant Programmer
 Web designer
 Web developer
 Applications developer
 UI Developer
 Cyber security analyst
 Game designer
 Games developer

42
 2

 Mobile App Developer

 Software Developer

Graduates of BSc Computer Science can find jobs in a variety of sectors like IT departments, MNCs, colleges,
etc. in both private and government companies.

Some of the common job sectors, where a fresher and experienced professional can find a relevant job after
completing this course are:

IT dept., Consultancies, Technical Support, Cyber Security, Software Engineering, MNCs, Website
Development, Mobile App Development, Website Designing, Data Analyzation, Computer Manufacturers,
Government Agencies, etc.

Bachelor degree with Computer Science/ Computer Application/IT has become one of the most favoured
undergraduate programs for students now a day. A career in Computer field has been proved rewarding since
last decade. This field has the potential to boost the career. After completing [Link] in Computer science/ Computer
Application/IT, one can always go for higher studies for a better career prospects. They can join Master of
Computer Application (MCA) of [Link] in Computer science course. (MCA and [Link] – Computer Science are
equivalent degrees as recognized by UGC).
India is known to be a leader in software and the IT sector. The software and IT companies are the major employers
of computer science graduates and offers the best packages to the young graduates which are unmatched with any
other branches of science. Information Technology is a consistently growing field in respect of job
opportunities. Computer science professionals or software professionals in recent scenario have a very bright
career prospect. With growing of IT and software companies, a variety of job opportunities for trained computer
professionals are being offered not only in India and abroad as well. IT sector is quite broad in terms of
employment and job options, which gives fresher’s new opportunities to make successful careers. Computer
graduate can also get jobs in non-IT companies like universities, research, private and public industries,
government departments, business organizations, commercial organizations and the manufacturing sector, etc.
Future scope for [Link]. Computer Science/CA and IT graduates:
● Offer higher studies such [Link]. and Ph.D. , MCA and MBA
● Likewise, foreign Universities also accept computer graduates for higher studies.
● Computer student can become small or medium scale entrepreneur.
● Union and State Public service commissions like UPSC, MPSC, Bank Probationary officers,
other competitive examinations, etc. offer a multitude of jobs and positions like Data Entry
operator, Assistant Programmer, etc.
● Students can become Content Developer for IT industries.
● Employee at Security Printing and Minting co-operation of India.

43
 3

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Part B
Syllabus Prescribed for 03 Year UG Programme
Programme: [Link]. Part I (Computer Science/ Computer Application [Voc/Non-Voc]/IT)

Semester 1

Code of the Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of

Course/Subject Periods)
1CS1 Fundamentals of Computer and C Programming 84

COs
Upon completion of this course successfully, Students would be able to -
1. Understand the computer, I/O and peripheral devices.
2. Understand concept of Operating systems.
3. Apply the Programming concepts.
4. Learn C language.
5. Write Simple C Programs.

Unit Content
Unit I Introduction to Computer, Characteristics, Generations of Computers, Block diagram of
Computer. Memories: Primary Memories : RAM, ROM, and its types, Cache Memory,
Secondary Storage Devices : Hard Disk, SSD, Pen drives. I/O Devices: Keyboard, Mouse,
Scanner, Touch Screen, Monitors: LCD & LED. Printers: Impact and non-impact.
(14 periods)
Unit II Operating System: Definition, Functions of Operating System, Types: Batch Mode,
Multiprogramming, Time sharing , Online Real Time, Distributed O.S. Booting process.
Windows: Introduction, Features and taskbars, Desktop, Customizing Desktop.
(14 periods)
Unit III Programming Concept: Algorithm, flowcharting, Types of programming languages,
Programming process: Program design, Coding, Compilation & Execution, Testing &
Debugging, Documentation. Structured Programming : History of C language, Advantages,
Structure of C program, Character set, Identifiers, Keywords, Constants and Variables,
Symbolic constants, Qualifiers, Type conversion. Operators and Expressions. (14
periods)
Unit IV I/O Operations : Formatted I/O : scanf(), printf()
Unformatted I/O : getch(), getchar(), gets(), putch(), putchar(), puts().
Control structures: Branching: if, if-else, Conditional operator(? : ), nested if, switch.
Looping: while, do-while, for statements, comma operator, goto, break, continue, nested
loops. (14 periods)
Unit V Arrays - Declaration and initialization of one and two dimensional array.
Structure - Definition, declaration, initialization, array of structure, nested structure, union.
Pointers - Declaration, initialization, pointers arithmetic (11 periods)
Unit VI Functions in C: Introduction, definition of function, function prototype, categories of
function, actual argument, formal argument, function calling: call by value, call by reference,
function parameters, local and global variable, functions with array, function recursion.
String functions - String functions : strlen(), strcpy(), strcmp() & strcat()
(14 periods)
*SEM: Assignment, Class test, Study tour, Industrial visit, Group discussion or any other innovative
practice/activity

44
 4

COs:
1. To draw flowchart, learn Algorithms and write simple programs.
2. To assess the curricular skills acquired by students at college level through Assignments, Unit test,
Internal Test, Group Discussion/Seminar/Mini Project, Study Tour
Activities 1. Assignment
2. Group discussion
3. Study tour/ Industrial visit (4 periods)

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
1) Computer Fundamentals & Networking - [Link]
2) Programming in C: E Balagurusamy : TMH Publication.

Reference Books:
1) Fundamentals of Computer - [Link]
2) Computer Network-Andrew Tanenbaum
3) ABC of Internet - Christian Crumblish (BPB)
4) ANSI C- Dennis Ritche
5) Programming in C - [Link]
6) Programming with C: Venugopal K.R. TMH, Publication.
7) Programming with C: Byson Gottfried , Schaum Series Publication.
8) Fundamentals of IT and C programming by C H Sawarkar, A P Chendke, G P Gawali Dnyanpath
Publication.
9) Web Technology and Advance Programming by Dr. P N Mulkalwar, M M Bhonde, A A Tayade.
Dnyanpath Publication.

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

• [Link]
• [Link]
• [Link]
• [Link]
• [Link]
• [Link]
• [Link]
• [Link]
Introduction%20to%20Programming%20in%20C%[Link]
Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:
• [Link]
• [Link]
• [Link]


45
 5

Syllabus Prescribed for –BSc-I Year UG Programme

Programme: [Link]. Part-I Sem-I ( Computer Science / Computer Application [Voc/Non-Voc]/IT)
Semester 1
Code of the Title of the Course/Subject (No. of Periods/Week)
Course/Subject

1CSLAB1 Laboratory/Practical of Fundamentals of Computer 06 periods per Batch per

and C Programming Week

* List of Practical/Laboratory Experiments/Activities etc.

Course Name: Fundamentals of Computer and C Programming

COs
Upon completion of this course successfully, Students would be able to demonstrate/perform/accomplish the following

1. Write word processing task.

2. Create worksheet and perform operations on it.
3. Design, compile and debug programs in C language.
4. Classify conditional expressions and looping statement to solve problems associated with
conditions and repetitions.
5. Demonstrate the programs using arithmetic and relational operators.
6. Implement the concept of various string handling functions.
7. Classify programming components that efficiently solve computing problems in real-world.

List of Practical:

1. Practical on Word Processing.

2. Practical on Spread Sheets.
3. Practical on Design of Presentation.
4. Write a program in ‘C’ to demonstrate Arithmetic Operations.
5. Write a program in ‘C’ to demonstrate If -Else Statement.
6. Write a program in ‘C’ to demonstrate Nested If Statement.
7. Write a program in ‘C’ to demonstrate Else..If ladder Statement.
8. Write a program in C to demonstrate Switch-case Statement.
9. Write a program in ‘C’ to demonstrate For Loop Statement.
10. Write a program in ‘C’ to demonstrate Nested For Loop Statement.
11. Write a program in ‘C’ to demonstrate While Loop Statement.
12. Write a program in ‘C’ to demonstrate Nested While Loop Statement.
13. Write a program in ‘C’ demonstrate Do-While Loop Statement.
14. Write a program in ‘C’ demonstrate Nested Do-While Loop Statement.
15. Write a program in ‘C’ demonstrate One-Dimensional Array.
16. Write a program in ‘C’ demonstrate Two-Dimensional Array.
17. Write a program in ‘C’ demonstrate String Functions.
18. Write a program in ‘C’ demonstrate Pointers.
19. Write a program in ‘C’ demonstrate Function.
20. Write a program in ‘C’ demonstrate Function Recursion.

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:

• [Link]
• [Link]
• [Link]
Distribution of Marks for Practical Examination
Time: 4 hours (One Day Examination) Marks: 50
Exercise-I ............... 15
Exercise-II .............. 15
Viva-Voce ............... 10
Record ..................... 10
Total: 50

46
 6

INSTRUCTIONAL GUIDELINES

Laboratory/practical/practicum/hands-on/activity-based learning is a learning that occurs in

a space where students can observe, practice, do some activity, get hands-on, get practical training,
gain programming knowledge and ideas either individually or in groups. This learning is not
confined within a physical laboratory space, but can also occur in various forms of space such as
the e-learning management system and computer-simulated virtual laboratories. Within the
laboratory, learning may occur in many ways, often through observing a case or phenomena,
performing hands-on practical trainings.

Sample Examples for COs of some Lab/Practical Courses are as follows, which may be used
for Reference purpose only.

BOS should decide the COs for practical/lab courses/practicum/activities conscientiously.

By the end of the Lab/Practical Course, generally students should be able to:

1. Design Algorithm and flowchart, develop data base, procedure iteratively, reflectively, and
responsively
2. Design and execute program, work independently, interpret results, and draw a reasonable,
accurate conclusion.
3. Evaluate the process and outcomes of an experiment quantitatively and qualitatively,
4. Communicate the process and output of program and
5. Design Conduct an experiment collaboratively and ethically.

47
 7

Part B

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022-23 Year UGProgramme

Programme: [Link]. I Semester – II (Computer Science /

Computer Application [Voc/Non-Voc]/IT)

Code of the Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of

Course/Subject Periods)

1CS2 Data Structure and OOPS 84 Periods

COs
Upon completion of this course successfully, Students would be able to -

1. Implement basic data structures such as arrays, stacks.

2. use linked list, trees and queues.
3. Apply Algorithm for solving problems like sorting, searching, insertion and deletion of data.
4. Describe the procedural and object-oriented paradigm with concepts of streams, classes, functions, data
and objects.
5. Perform programming on functions, inline functions, constructor and destructor.
6. Perform programming on the concept of function overloading, operator overloading, virtual functions
and polymorphism.

Units Content
Data structure: Introduction to data structure, Types of data structure: 14
Unit I Primitive and Non-primitive, Linear and Non-linear data structure, Data structure (Periods)
operations. Array: Definition and concepts, Memory Representations, Operations:
Traversing, Insertion, Deletion. Stacks: Definition and concepts, Memory
Representations, Operations: Traversing, Insertion, Deletion.
Unit II Queue: Definition and concepts, Memory Representations, Operations: Traversing, 14 (Periods)
Insertion, Deletion. Types of Queue. Linked List: Definition and concepts, Memory
Representations, Types of Linked List, and Operations: Traversing, Insertion, Deletion.
Tree: Definition and Terminologies, Memory Representations of Trees, Types of
Trees : Binary Trees, Complete Binary Trees, Binary Search Trees, Traversing :
Preorder, Inorder, Postorder, Insertion, Deletion.

Unit III Searching and Sorting: Definition and concept. Searching Techniques: Linear 14 (Periods)
Search, Binary Search and Indexed Sequential Search. Sorting Techniques: Bubble
Sort, Selection Sort, Insertion Sort, Radix Sort, Merge Sort and Quick Sort.

Unit IV Object Oriented Programming: Features, Advantages and Applications of OOPS. 14 (Periods)
Comparisons between POP and OOP, Introduction to C++, Program structure in C++.

Classes and Objects: Classes and Objects Specifiers, Defining data member and
member functions, Accessing members.

Managing Console I/O: Formatted and Unformatted, Usage of manipulators: endl &
setw, Scope Resolution Operator.

Unit V Functions in C++: Passing objects to and returning objects from functions. Function 14 (Periods)
Overloading and Default argument, Inline function, Friend function. Array of Objects,
Pointer to objects, ‘this’ pointer. Constructor and Destructor: Types of constructor,
Usage of Constructor.

Unit VI Operator Overloading: Definition, Overloading Unary and Binary operators. 14 (Periods)
Inheritance: Definition, Types of Inheritance, Visibility mode; Types of inheritance
with example, Virtual base classes and Abstract base classes.

48
 8

*SEM : Assignment, Class test, Study tour, Industrial visit, Group discussion or any other innovative
practice/activity

COs: 1. Acquire skill to work with core components of data structure

2. Acquire object oriented programming skill.

**Activities 1. Assignment
2. Group discussion
3. Study tour/ Industrial visit

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:

1. Object Oriented Programming with C++ : E Balagurusamy TMH

2. Data Structures , Seymour Lipschutz , Schaum's Outlines Series, Tata McGraw-Hill.
3. Text Book of Computer Science (Data Structure and C++): S D Pachpande, R B Ghayalkar and Athar
Iqbal, Dnyanpath Publication.
Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of Data Structures in C, Ellis Horowitz, Sartaj Sahni and Susan Anderson-Freed.
W. H. Freeman and Company.
2. Object-Oriented Programming in C++, Fourth Edition, Robert Lafore, SAMS Publication.
3. Data Structure and Algorithms :Aho, Hopcroft, Ulman
4. Introduction to Data Structure : Bhagat Singh, Thomas L Naps
5. Mastering in C++ by K. R. Venugopalan.
6. Data Structure and C++: [Link], [Link], [Link], Dnyanpath Publication.
Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022-23 Year UG Programme

Programme: LAB 2 [Link]. I Semester II (Computer Science /

Computer Application [Voc/Non-Voc]/IT)

Semester - II

Code of the Title of the Course/Subject (Number of Periods/Week)

Course/Subject

1CSLAB2 Data Structure and OOPs 06 Periods/Batch per week

Course name: Data Structure and OOPs lab

COs

Upon completion of this course successfully, Students would be able to demonstrate/perform/accomplish the following

49
 9

1. Perform various operations Data structure using CPP.

2. Develop the concept of dynamic memory allocation through linked list.
3. Design stack and queue with contiguous and non-contiguous data storage mechanism.
4. Perform the various operations on binary tree.
5. Implement sorting on 1-D array using different techniques.

Practical List of Data Structure

1. Write a Data Structure program in C to insert the element into the STACK using PUSH operation.
2. Write a Data Structure program in C to delete the element from the STACK using POP operation.
3. Write a Data Structure program in C to insert the element into the QUEUE.
4. Write a Data Structure program in C to delete the element from the QUEUE.
5. Write a Data Structure program in C to insert the node into the Linked List.
6. Write a Data Structure program in C to delete the node from the Linked List.
7. Write a Data Structure program in C to demonstrate the Linear Search.
8. Write a Data Structure program in C to demonstrate the Binary Search.
9. Write a Data Structure program in C to demonstrate the Bubble Sort.
10. Write a Data Structure program in C to demonstrate the Sorting Algorithms.

Practical List of Object Oriented Programming language

1. Write a program in C++ to demonstrate Class and Object.

2. Write a program in C++ to demonstrate constructor and destructor.
3. Write a program in C++ to demonstrate Inline function.
4. Write a program in C++ to demonstrate the use of friend function.
5. Write a program in C++ for default argument.
6. Write a program in C++ for unary operator overloading.
7. Write a program in C++ for Binary operator overloading.
8. Write a program in C++ for function overloading.
9. Write a program in C++ for virtual base class.
10. Write a program in C++ to implement the Inheritance.

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:

1. [Link]

Distribution of Marks for Practical Examination

Time: 4 hours (One Day Examination) Marks: 50

Exercise-I ............... 15
Exercise-II .............. 15
Viva-Voce ............... 10
Record ..................... 10
Total: 50
By the end of the Lab/Practical Course, generally students should be able to:

1. Collect data and revise the experimental procedure iteratively, reflectively, and responsively
2. Design and execute an experimental procedure, work independently, interpret experimental
results, and draw a reasonable, accurate conclusion.
3. Evaluate the process and outcomes of an experiment quantitatively and qualitatively,
4. Extend the scope of an investigation whether or not results come out as expected,
5. Communicate the process and outcomes of an experiment, and
6. Conduct an experiment collaboratively and ethically.

50
 1

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty of Science and Technology

Programme: [Link]. Electronics Science

Program Outcomes (POs):

At the end of the programme, students would be able to

1) Utilize the basic knowledge in Electronics science.

2) Identify electronic components and ICs.

3) Design system components that meet the requirement of public safety and offer solutions to the
societal and environmental concerns

4) Apply research based knowledge to design and conduct experiments

5) Construct, choose and apply the techniques, resources and modern electronics tools required for
Electronics applications.

6) Apply the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety and cultural issues and endure the
consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional electronics practice.

7) Examine the impact of electronics solutions in global and environmental contexts and utilize the
knowledge for sustained development.

8) Develop consciousness of professional, ethical and social responsibilities as experts in the field of
Electronics and Communication.

9) Perform effectively as a member/leader in multidisciplinary teams.

10) Demonstrate resourcefulness for contemporary issues and lifelong learning.

Program Specific Outcomes:

Upon completion of the programme successfully, students would be able to

1. acquire knowledge in fundamental aspects of all branches of Electronics

2. create inquisitiveness and problem-solving skills
3. apply the principles of Electronics in solutions to real world problems
4. get prepared for higher education and career in Electronics
5. develop skills in the proper handling of apparatus and components
6. apply Electronics in their day to day life
7. act as a responsible citizen
8. Select and apply cutting-edge engineering hardware and software tools to solve complex Electronics
and Communication Engineering problems
9. Apply the fundamental concepts of electronics and communication science to design a variety of
components.

51
 2

Employability Potential in Electronics:

Bachelor of Science in Electronics is a technical course comprising the study of electronic devices, the materials
used in the manufacturing and production of these devices and their composition. A degree in electronics can
give you the skills and knowledge to understand the various features of electronic devices and circuits and how
they function. Course is Divided across six semesters, the course may include subjects such as basic
mathematics, the fundamentals of electricity, electronics and electronic communication, physics, environmental
studies and value education. Depending on the college and its syllabus, students can also pick other elective
subjects such as Mathematics , Physics, Computers, Statistics etc.

1. Field service engineer

2. Electrical technician

3. Sound technician

4. Telecommunications engineer

5. Technical support executive

6. Electronic sales manager

7. Electrical supervisor

8. Software test engineer

9. Software engineer

10. Automation engineer

Areas of employment include but not limited to:

● IT companies
● Hardware manufacturing industry
● Telecommunication industry
● Defense sector
● Banking sector
● Tourism industry

Further studies after [Link]. in Electronics

● [Link]. (Master of Science) in Electronics Instrumentation

● [Link]. (Master of Science) in Applied Electronics
● [Link]. (Master of Technology) Electronics and communication
● Ph.D in Electronics Science
● Diploma in Bio-Medical Electronics
● Diploma in Mechatronics

Key skills required for jobs after [Link]. in Electronics

A bachelor's degree in electronics can lead you to job opportunities in both the public and private sectors. Apart
from the technical knowledge and skills that you may gain during the course of your professional degree,
graduates in electronics may require soft skills to excel, regardless of the industry or field they choose to work
in. Some of these soft skills include:

52
 3
● problem-solving skills
● methodical thinking
● critical thinking
● communication skills
● time management skills
● ability to plan and prioritise work
● leadership skills
● dependability
● ability to work in a team
● adaptability
● good work ethics

53
 4
Semester I
DSC -1S- Electronics
Course Title - Basic Electronics

Unit I : Passive Components and Network theorems (12L)

Introduction to Resistors, Capacitors, Inductors and Transformers, Concept of ideal dc voltage and
current source, KVL, KCL, Thevenin’s, Norton’s, maximum power transfer, Millman’s theorem
(statement, proof, simple numerical application for dc only).

UNIT II: Measuring Instruments : (12L)

Principles of voltmeter, ammeter, ohmmeter, Multirange DC voltmeter, ohm per volt rating, loading
effect, Multirange DC Ammeter, Series & shunt type ohmmeter, Multimeter (uses & drawback). CRO
Block diagram & explanation, CRT construction & working, uses of CRO (measurement of frequency ,
amplitude& phase.)

Unit III : Semiconductor Diode and Regulated power supply: (12L)

Operation and characteristics of PN junction diode, Avalanche and Zener breakdown mechanism, Half
wave and full wave rectifiers (ripple factor, efficiency, PIV ratings), C, L and p filters, Concept of
unregulated and regulated power supply, Zener diode voltage regulator, Three terminal IC regulator.

Unit IV : Bipolar Transistors: (12L)

NPN and PNP transistor (construction and working) CB, CE & CC configuration, leakage currents,
Input and output characteristics of CE mode, relation between a and b Load line and operating point,
Amplification action of CE amplifier, biasing and stability, Self and fixed bias circuit.

Unit V : Switching and Optoelectronic devices : (12L)

Construction, working and characteristics of FET, MOSFET, UJT, SCR, relation of FET parameters,
Construction, working & characteristics of LDR, LED, photodiode, photovoltaic cell( Solar cell).

Unit VI : Integrated Circuits: (12L)

Introduction to IC technology, advantages and disadvantages, Classification of ICs, Basic steps in
fabrication of monolithic ICs, Fabrication of diode, resistor & transistor. Scale of integration upto
V2LSI’,Basic concept of Embedded systems.
Unit VII : DSC-1S-SEM (18L)
• Identification of testing tools.
• Idea of Phase, Neutral and Ground of AC mains.
• Use of soldering iron.
• Use of Desoldering pump.
• Identification of Active and Passive electronic components in simple way.
• Identification of step-up and step down transformer.
• Measurement of voltage.
• Measurement of current.
• Measurement of resistance.
• Identify and measurement of capacitance of various capacitors.
• Identify the control and functional switches in CRO .
• Study of Resistors and Capacitors in series.
• Study of Resistors and Capacitors in parallel.
• Testing and fault finding of transistor.

COURSE OUTCOMES
DSC-1S

[Link]. Topic What the student will be able to do at the

end of Module/Unit (Knowledge/ Skill
achieved OR Application of Knowledge
/Skill to do what) /COs
1 Unit I : Passive Components and Network At the end of this unit, students will be able

54
 5
theorems to know passive and active components,
Introduction to Resistors, Capacitors, Inductors analysis and verification of network
and Transformers, Concept of ideal dc voltage theorems with numericals.
and current source, KVL, KCL, Thevenin’s, Also students will be able to select and
Norton’s, maximum power transfer, Millman’s identify electronic components such as
theorem (statement, proof, simple numerical resistors capacitors etc. of required value.
application for dc only).
2 UNIT II: Measuring Instruments : After this unit, students will be able to
Principles of voltmeter, ammeter, ohmmeter, understand principle and working of
Multirange DC voltmeter, ohm per volt rating, different meters and CRO .
loading effect, Multirange DC Ammeter, Series & They will be able to handle and connect the
shunt type ohmmeter, Multimeter (uses & measuring instruments such as Voltmeter,
drawback). CRO Block diagram & explanation, Ammeter etc. at appropriate place
CRT construction & working, uses of CRO
(measurement of frequency , amplitude& phase.)
3 Unit III : Semiconductor Diode and Regulated At the end of this unit, students will be able
power supply: to know function of diodes, rectifiers and
Operation and characteristics of PN junction voltage regulators.
diode, Avalanche and Zener breakdown They will be able to design simple dc
mechanism, Half wave and full wave rectifiers power supply.
(ripple factor, efficiency, PIV ratings), C, L and
filters, Concept of unregulated and regulated
power supply, Zener diode voltage regulator,
Three terminal IC regulator.
4 Unit IV : Bipolar Transistors: After completion of this unit, students will
NPN and PNP transistor (construction and be able to know types transistor and their
working) CB, CE & CC configuration, leakage working in different modes, amplification
currents, Input and output characteristics of CE and biasing, faults detection in electronic
mode, relation between and Load line and circuits.
operating point, Amplification action of CE Also they will be able to design and
amplifier, biasing and stability, Self and fixed construct simple amplifiers.
bias circuit.
5 Unit V : Switching and Optoelectronic At the end of this unit, students will be able
devices : to know Switching and Optoelectronic
Construction, working and characteristics of devices and their working.
FET, MOSFET, UJT, SCR, relation of FET They will be able to use these active
parameters, Construction, working & devices for many applications.
characteristics of LDR, LED, photodiode,
photovoltaic cell( Solar cell).
concept of Embedded systems.
6 Unit VI : Integrated Circuits : After completion of this unit, students will
Introduction to IC technology, advantages and be able to know design and fabrication
disadvantages, Classification of ICs, Basic steps process of ICs and their scale of integration
in fabrication of monolithic ICs, Fabrication of
diode, resistor & transistor. Scale of integration
upto V2LSI’,Basic

Books Recommended:
1) Basic electronics by [Link] ([Link] and Company)
2) Digital and Analog technique by Navneet, Kale and Gokhale
3) Element of electronics by Bagde and Singh ([Link] and Company)
4) Principles of electronics by [Link]
5) Introduction to digital electronics by Mohinder Singh
6) Electrical and electronics measurement and Instrumentation by [Link]
7) Text book of Electrical Technology by [Link]

Practicals: Minimum Ten experiments at least one on each of the following aspects.
1. Active and Passive components.
2. Network theorems, voltmeter, Ammeter, ohmmeter multimeter and CRO.

55
 6
3. Regulated power supply, rectifiers, filters, IC regulators.
4. Bi-polar devices and its applications.
5. Uni-polar and optoelectronic devices and its applications.
6. IC testing, IC know how, IC connection, simple IC circuits, mounting of IC on PCB and checking of
voltage at each pin.

56
 7

Semester II
DSC -2S- Electronics
Course Title - Digital Electronics
Unit I : Binary Arithmetic & Logic gates : (12L)
Binary, Octal & Hexadecimal number system and their interconversion, Binary arithmetic (addition and
subtraction using 1’s & 2’s compliment), multiplication & division. Binary codes : 8421 BCD, Excess-3 & Gray
code. NOT, OR, AND, NAND, NOR gates (definition and truth table). EXNOR & EXOR gates, Half adder, full
adder , 4 bit binary full adder.

Unit II : Boolean Algebra & Logic families: (12L)

Boolean laws, De-Morgan’s theorem, Simplification of Boolean equations using Boolean algebra, Fundamental
products & sum terms, K-map (K-map upto 4 variable). Classification of logic families, characteristics (Fan-in,
Fanout, Noise immunity, Propagation delay, Power dissipation), DTL,TTL & CMOS logic.

Unit III : Multivibrators and Flip Flops: (12L)

Construction & working of Astable, monostable and Bistable transistorised multivibrators, RS, CK-RS, D, JK,
JKMS and T Flip Flops (Logic diagram, Truth table, construction &
working), Concept of edge trigger Flip-Flop, Concept of preset & clear terminal.

Unit IV : Counters and Shift registers: (12L)

Asynchronous & synchronous Counter, Up-down counters (up to 4-bits), modified asynchronous counter (Mod -
7 ,Mod- 10,and Mod-13). Types of shift registers, SISO, SIPO, PISO & PIPO, IC version of Mod -10 shift
registers (Construction & working), IC
version of shift register – 7495, Application of shift register. Ring counter, Johnson’s counter.

UNIT V: Combinational logic circuit: (12L)

Encoder: Binary to BCD, Decimal to BCD, IC 74147, Decoder: 2 to 4 line, BCD to decimal, BCD to 7 segment,
IC 7447, Multiplexer: 4X1, 8X1, De multiplexer: 1X4, 1X8, (Definition, construction, operation and application
of above)

Unit VI : Semiconductor Memories: (12L)

Concept of memory, primary and secondary memory, classification of memories, volatile and non volatile
memories, memory Hierarchy, semiconductor memory: RAM, ROM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM, flash
memory.
Unit VII : DSC-2S-SEM (18L)
• Illustrate to practice the digital trainer kit with safety.
• Identify various digital ICs.
• To test IC using digital IC tester.
• Identification of ICs NOT, OR and AND.
• Identification of ICs NAND,NOR,EXNOR and EXOR.
• Skill to convert decimal number in to binary by using 8421 BCD code.
• Skill to convert the given number into the specified number system.
• Identification of base or radix of Binary, Octal, Decimal and Hexadecimal
number system.
• Construct and verify the truth table of all gates using NOR and NAND gates.
• Skill of Subtraction by using 1s compliment.
• Skill of Subtraction by using 2s compliment.
• Construct an adder cum subtractor circuits and verify the truth table.
• Study of Boolean algebra.
• Study of De-Morgan’s theorem.
• Study Characteristics of logic families Noise margin, Power dissipation, Figure of merit, Fan
in and Fan out.
• Skill the K-map reduction technique for the Boolean expression.
• Study of IC 7483 adder.
• Construct Encoder and Decoder by using IC74147,IC7447 and verify the truth

57
 8
table.
• Construct multiplexer and demultiplexer circuits and verify the truth table.
• Triggering methods- edge trigger and level trigger.
• Construct and verify Asynchronous, Synchronous and Up-Down counter.
• Construct and verify the truth table of SR Flip Flop, Clocked SRFF with preset
and clear.
• Construct and verify shift registers SISO, SIPO, PISO and PIPO.
• Identification of primary memory.
• Identification of secondary memory.

COURSE OUTCOMES
DSC-2S

[Link]. Topic What the student will be able to do at the

end of Module/Unit (Knowledge/ Skill
achieved OR Application of Knowledge
/Skill to do what) / COs
1 Unit I : Binary Arithmetic & Logic gates : After completion of this unit, students will
Binary, Octal & Hexadecimal number be able to know number systems and binary
system and their inter- conversion, Binary codes, their interconversion and arithmetic,
arithmetic (addition and subtraction using 1’s & logic gates, use of logic gates in adders.
2’s compliment), multiplication & division. They will be able to design and construct
Binary codes : 8421 BCD, Excess-3 & Gray code. logic circuits using logic gates.
NOT, OR, AND, NAND, NOR gates (definition
and truth table). EXNOR & EXOR gates, Half
adder, full adder , 4 bit binary full adder.
2 Unit II : Boolean Algebra & Logic families: At the end of this unit, students will be able
Boolean laws, De-Morgan’s theorem, to understand Boolean algebra,
Simplification of Boolean equations using De’Morgan’s theorem, logic equations,
Boolean algebra, Fundamental products & sum K-map and logic families like DTL,TTL
terms, K-map (K-map upto 4 variable). etc.
Classification of logic families, They will be able to minimise
characteristics (Fan-in, Fan- out, Noise immunity, logic equation, design and construct logic
Propagation delay, Power dissipation), DTL,TTL circuits using logic gates.
& CMOS logic.
3 Unit III : Multivibrators and Flip Flops: At the end of this unit, students will be able
Construction & working of Astable, monostable to know construction and working of
and Bistable transistorised multivibrators, RS, multivibrators and flip-flops.
CK-RS, D, JK, JKMS and T Flip Flops (Logic Also they will be able to design and
diagram, Truth table, construction & working), construct different types of flip-flops using
Concept of edge trigger Flip-Flop, Concept of logic gates.
preset & clear terminal.
4 Unit IV : Counters and Shift registers: At the end of this unit, students will be
Asynchronous & synchronous Counter, Up-down understand the construction and working of
counters (up to 4-bits), modified different types of
asynchronous counter (Mod -7 ,Mod- 10,and counters and shift registers and their IC
Mod-13).Types of shift registers, SISO, SIPO, version.
PISO & PIPO, IC version of Mod -10 shift They will be able to design and construct
registers (Construction & working), IC version of different types of counters and shift
shift register – 7495, Application of shift register. registers using flip-flops and logic gates.
Ring counter, Johnson’s counter.
5 Unit V : Combinational logic circuit: After this unit, students will be know the
Encoder: Binary to BCD, Decimal to BCD, IC construction and working of different types
74147, of encoders, decoders, multiplexers and
Decoder: 2 to 4 line, BCD to decimal, BCD to 7 demultiplexers and their IC version.
segment, IC 7447, They will be able to design and construct
Multiplexer: 4X1, 8X1, different types of encoders, decoders,
De multiplexer: 1X4, 1X8, (Definition, multiplexers and demultiplexers using logic
construction, operation and application of above) gates.
concept of Embedded systems.
6 Unit VI : Semiconductor Memories: At the end of this unit, students will be able

58
 9
Concept of memory, primary and secondary to know different types of memories and
memory, classification of memories, volatile and their working.
non-volatile memories, memory Hierarchy, They will be able to access these memories
semiconductor memory: RAM, ROM, PROM, in serial and parallel mode (to read and
EPROM, EEPROM, flash memory. write operations).
Books Recommended:
1. Digital and analog technique by Navneet, Kale and Gokhale (Kitab mahal prakashan)
2. Introduction to digital electronics by Mohinder Singh
3. Digital principle and application by Malvino and Leach
4. Modern digital electronics by R. P. Jain
5. Pulse, digital and switching waveforms by Millman and Taub

Practicals: Minimum Ten experiments at least one on each of the following aspects.
1. Half adder, full adder, code converter, Identification and verification of logic gates, 4-bit binary full
adder(IC versions)
2. De’Morgan’s theorems, K-map, TTL and CMOS logic, knowing characteristics of logic families.
3. Transistorized Astable, Bistable and monostable multivibrator, JK and JKMS flipflops, Data
Flipflop, RS , CK RS Flipflop.
4. 4-bit binary counter, modifying counter, ring and Johnson’s Counters (Using ICs), SISO, SIPO,
PISO and PIPO.
5. Decoder, multiplexer, IC74147 mounting and testing.
6. Study of memories.

General Interest Course (GIC-1)

(Level: [Link]. I)

Calibration and Equipment Maintenance Techniques

Total Hours: 30 Credits: 02

Description: This GIC is about the medical Equipment Technician to calibrate and help in equipment
maintenance.

Scope: This units covers the following:

• Calibrating and helping in equipment maintenance.
Performance Criterion:
To be competent, the user/ individual on the job must be able to:
• Test and calibrate parts and equipment
• Calibrated equipment according to the manufacturer’s recommendations, study protocols.
• Maintain calibration record for the equipment.
• Maintain the calibration sheet for inspection by the regulatory authorities and other relevant authorities.
• Help in equipment maintenance.
• Keep records of maintenance and repairs.
Knowledge and Understanding:
The user/ individual on the job needs to know and understand:
• Relevant legislation, standards, policies and procedures followed by the provider.
• How to follow established protocols as defined in organization’s policy while keeping and maintaining
medical records.
Technical Knowledge

59
 10
The user/ individual on the job must be able to:
• Test the equipment.
• Calibrate the equipment.
• Record calibration on relevant sheet.
• Review technical manuals and regularly attend training sessions.
• Explain and demonstrate correct operations of medical equipment.

Core Skills/ Generic Skills:

Writing Skills:
The user/individual on the job needs to know and understand how to:
• Use effective written communication protocols.
• Communicate information (for example, facts, ideas or messages) in brief, clear and organized manner.
• Produce written information, which may include technical material, that is appropriate for intended
audience.
Reading Skills:
The user/ individual on the job needs to:
• Understand and interpret written material, including technical materials, rules, regulations, instructions,
reports, charts, graphs or tables.
Problem Solving:
The user/ individual on the job needs to:
• Detect the fault and take corrective measures.
Analytical Thinking:
The user/ individual on the job needs to know and understand how to:
• Analyze information and use logic to address work-related issues and problems.
Critical Thinking:
The user/ individual on the job needs to know and understand how to:
• Analyze, evaluate and apply the information gathered from observation, experience, reasoning or
communication to act efficiently.
• Demonstrate the ability to adapt to rapidly changing situations, e.g.: responds appropriately to critical
situations, retains composure in stressful situations, applies existing skills to new situations.

60
 1

SANT GADGE BABA AMRAVATI UNIVERSITY, AMRAVATI

Faculty: Science & Technology

Programme:- [Link].

Subject: Compulsory English

Preamble:

English language plays an essential role in our lives as it helps in better communication on personal,
social, literary, interdisciplinary topics and also in business world. It is the main language for studying any
subject all over the world. It shall help to build up general language proficiency through listening, speaking,
reading and writing, and provide the more opportunity to acquire broader information and specialized
knowledge of particular subject through the English language. It is important for science students to learn
English as it broadens their minds, develops communication skills and improves the quality of life by providing
better job opportunities. It will perfect their communicative credentials, gain confidence, lead to achieve the
goal early, make their personality effective, make them the part of global community, and enhance the
opportunity of multiple career prospects. Since English is a global language used in many spheres of human life
today, it has gained significance in every field. Skills and expertise acquired in usage of the language makes the
students present themselves effectively and skilfully for jobs/ employment/ profession in various fields.

Course Outcome :

1. To facilitate the learners in acquiring listening and speaking competence

2. To assist the learners in independent language comprehension and production

3. To make the students aware about the different communicative functions of English.

4. To improve skills and proficiency for being employed as teachers, state government employees, civil
aviation, engineering and medico-related industry, defence, commerce and taxation sector.

5. To be able to speak, write, read and listen flawlessly in person and through the electronic mode in
English.

6. To understand views of others, mediate contradictory views/ disagreements, reaching conclusion in

groups / group discussions.

7. To understand and use basic skills of the English language for applying it in the job assigned /
employment accepted / profession undertaken.

Course Specific Outcome :

After completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. Understand nature and nuances of English Language used in prose lessons and poetic
passages.

2. Apply the knowledge of English to communicate with others on personal, social, literary and
interdisciplinary topics.

3. Compare the structure of English language to use LSRW.

4. Formulate the sentences as per situational requirement.

5. Differentiate between acceptable and unacceptable sentences in English.

61
 2

6. Create appropriate, grammatically correct and acceptable sentences in English.

7. Develop general language proficiency through listening, speaking, reading and writing

Employability Potential of the Course:

English being one of the subjects only for Semester one and two in [Link] degree restrict the students to
learn English further in subsequent semesters. It is found that Compulsory English subject is given less
importance and consequently the students of rural area are mostly affected and poor in their communications of
English. However students who pass the [Link] programme with English as one of the subjects in Semester one
and Semester two have good opportunities of employment in education, private, semi-government, government,
and industry sectors. The pass outs could get a job as per the core subject offered by them. If they develop their
skills of communications, they can get the good job in their respective field. English is important for students as
it broadens their minds, develops communication skills, employability skills and improves the quality of life by
providing job opportunities.

English is the language of technology, agriculture, medical, aviation, computers, diplomacy, business
and tourism. It is the language of international communication, the media and the internet. Whether it is for
professional or personal reasons, understanding the importance of English will help the students to reach their
goals. Knowing English increases the chances of getting a good job in a national and multinational company
within the home country or of finding work abroad. In addition, English is increasingly used day by day in
education and as a working language in many reputed companies. English is used in films, literature, songs,
sports, trade, products, science and technology, and through these areas many English words and expressions
have found their way into our mother tongue also. First and foremost, studying English can help the students to
pursue and obtain more job opportunities. No matter what career pathway the students decide for them
proficiency in English facilitates to become a better and more sought after employee.

62
 3

Syllabus Prescribed for [Link]. I Sem I Year UG Programme

Programme: [Link]

Semester 1

Course Learning Outcome /CO

At the end of the Course, student would be able to:

CO1 understand the paragraph, prose, poetry and communicative skills.

CO2. apply the four skills of language in his daily inter-personal communications.

CO3. formulate/ compose his own sentences and able to speak English Language.

CO4. converse with other students in English.

CO5. communicate their ideas, thoughts and concepts properly in English.

B. Sc. I Semester I Compulsory English

Course Title English
Course Code
Course Category:
Type of Course: Theory + Practical
No. of Credits: Theory - 04 + Tutorial – 01(Each batch of 16 students)
No. of Lectures: Theory - 60 + Tutorial -15
Course Assessment: End Term: 40 Marks (University level exam)
SEM (Internal): 10 Marks (College level evaluation)
AEC (Internal) : 25 Marks (College level evaluation)
Course Objective: To train and prepare the students to seek and find employment in various field.
To develop communicative competence in students
To impart knowledge, ideas and concepts in the technicalities of proper
pronunciation, construction, appropriate use and style of the English language as
well as the application in the areas of English Communication Skills.
To expose the students to the employment opportunities, challenges and job roles.
Course Outcomes: At end of the course students would be able to
CO1 understand the paragraph, prose, poetry and communication skills

CO2. apply the four skills of language in his daily routine.

CO3. formulate/ compose his own sentences and able to speak English Language.

63
 4

CO4. collaborate with others students in English.

CO5. communicate properly their ideas and concepts in English.

[Link]. Part I Semester – I

Compulsory English

Text Book Prescribed : Magnificence Edited by Board of Editors, Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University,
Amravati

Publisher : Orient BlackSwan Pvt Ltd

Code : Lectures

Unit I : Prose 18

1) Appro JRD – Sudha Murthy

2) All about a Dog – A. G. Gardiner
3) The Power of Prayer – APJ Abdul Kalam
4) Model Millionaire – Oscar Wilde

Unit II : Poetry 18

1) Daffodils – William Wordsworth

2) Leisure – W. H. Davies
3) Stay Calm – Grenville Kleiser
4) The Mountain and the Squirrel - Ralph W. Emerson

Unit III : Writing Skills 12

1) Preparing a CV
2) Applying for a Job
3) Narrating an Experience
4) Creative Writing (Expansion of idea)

Unit IV: Communication Skills

1. Non –Verbal Communication 12
2. Preparing a Newspaper Report

Unit V: Skill Enhancement Module (SEM) ` 15

1) Spot Visit and preparing a report – Visit to Super Market, Bus Stand, Railway Station, Bank, Medical
Shop, Bakery etc.
2) Interview of a dignitary and writing a report in dialogue form
(Skill Enhancement module will be of 25 marks. This module will be internally assessed flexibly on the
basis of Class tests, assignments, seminar, reading material, project, survey, group discussion, Study
tour, MCQ, Open Book exam (OBE), etc.)

Internal Assessment:

1) Class Test 5 Marks

2) Viva-Voce 5 Marks

64
 5

(For Skill Enhancement Module and internal assessment the subject teacher shall be the sole examiner.)

Pattern of Question paper and Distribution of Marks

Maximum Marks: 40 Time: Two Hours

Que. 1 A : Students shall have to answer 4 MCQ questions based on Prose of one mark each. 4x1=4
Que. 1 B. Students shall have to answer 2 long answer questions based on Prose out of four questions.
Each question carries four marks each. 4x2=8
Que.2 A: Students shall have to answer 4 MCQ questions based on Poetry of one mark each. 4x1=4
Que.2 B. Students shall have to answer 2 long answer questions based on Poetry out of four questions.
Each question carries four marks each. 4x2=8
Que. 3. Students shall have to answer two questions based on unit three, out of four questions from this
Unit. 4x2=8
Que. 4. Students shall have to answer two questions based on unit four, out of four questions from this
Unit. 4x2=8

B. Sc. I Semester II Compulsory English

Course Title English

Course Code
Course Category:
Type of Course: Theory + Practical
No. of Credits: Theory - 04 + Tutorial – 01(Each batch of 16 students)
No. of Lectures: Theory - 60 + Tutorial -15
Course Assessment: End Term: 40 Marks (University level exam)
SEM (Internal): 10 Marks (College level evaluation)
AEC (Internal) : 25 Marks (College level evaluation)
Course Objective: To train and prepare the students to seek and find employment in various field.
To develop communicative competence in students
To impart knowledge, ideas and concepts in the technicalities of proper
pronunciation, structure, appropriate use and style of the English language as well
as the application areas of English Communication.
To expose the students to the employment opportunities, challenges and job roles.

Course Outcomes:  At end of the course students would be able to

CO1 understand the paragraph, prose, poetry and communication skills

CO2. apply the four skills of language in his daily routine.

CO3. formulate/ compose his own sentences and able to speak English Language.

CO4. collaborate with others students in English.

CO5. communicate properly their ideas, thoughts and concepts in English.

65
 6

Semester II Compulsory English

Text Book Prescribed : Magnificence Edited by Board of Editors, Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University,
Amravati

Publisher : Orient BlackSwan Pvt Ltd

Code : Lectures

Unit I : Prose 18

1) The Last Leaf – O’ Henry

2) Of Studies – Francis Bacon
3) Why is the Sea Blue? – G. Venkatraman
4) The Mute Companion - R. K. Narayan

Unit II : Poetry 18

1) Treasured Moments – Manjushree Sardeshpande

2) Ode on a Grecian Urn – John Keats
3) Leave this Chanting and Singing – Ravindranath Tagore
4) How do I love thee? – Elizabeth Barrett Browning

Unit III : Speaking Skills 12

1) Introducing Yourself
2) Introducing People to Others
3) Interviews
4) Describing Daily Routine
Unit IV: Communication Skills 12
1) Verbal Communication
2) Précis Writing

Unit V: Skill Enhancement Module 15

1) Blog Writing
2) Presentation on a topic from prescribed prose/poem
(Skill Enhancement module will be of 25 marks. This module will be internally assessed flexibly on the
basis of Class tests, assignments, seminar, reading material, project, survey, group discussion, Study
tour, MCQ, Open Book exam (OBE), etc.)

Internal Assessment:

1) Class Test 5 Marks

2) Viva-Voce 5 Marks

(For Skill Enhancement Module and internal assessment the subject teacher shall be the sole examiner.)

66
 7

Pattern of Question paper and Distribution of Marks

Maximum Marks: 40 Time: Two Hours

Que. 1 A : Students shall have to answer 4 MCQ questions based on Prose of one mark each. 4x1=4
Que. 1 B : Students shall have to answer 2 long answer questions based on Prose out of four questions.
Each question carries four marks each. 4x2=8
Que.2 A: Students shall have to answer 4 MCQ questions based on Poetry of one mark each. 4x1=4
Que.2 B: Students shall have to answer 2 long answer questions based on Poetry out of four questions.
Each question carries four marks each. 4x2=8
Que. 3. Students shall have to answer two questions based on unit three, out of four questions from this
Unit. 4x2=8
Que. 4. Students shall have to answer two questions based on unit four, out of four questions from this
Unit. 4x2=8

67
 8

Faculty: Science & Technology

Programme:-[Link].
Syllabus for [Link]. Part-I
Subject: Compulsory English
Preamble:

Since English is a global language used in many spheres of human life, it has gained significance.
Skills and expertise acquired in usage of the language makes the person present himself / herself for jobs/
employment/ profession in various fields.

After studying the programme the learner shall be able to understand basic skills of the English
language for applying it in his / her chosen field to apply the knowledge acquired in the job assigned /
employment accepted / profession undertaken.

General Course Outcome (COs) :

1. To facilitate the learners in acquiring listening and speaking competence

2. To assist the learners in independent language comprehension and production

3. To make the students aware of the different communicative functions of English.

4. To impact skills and proficiency for being employed as teachers, state government employees,
civil aviation, engineering and medico-related industry, defence, commerce and taxation sector.

5. To be able to speak, write, read and listen flawlessly in person and through the electronic mode in
English.

6. To understand views of others, mediate contradictory views/ disagreements, reaching conclusion

in groups / group discussions.

Course Specific Outcome :

After completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. Understand nature and nuances of English Language used in prose lessons, poetic passages.

Course Learning Outcome

At the end of the Course, student would be able to:

1. Understand the paragraph, prose and poetry.

2. Apply the four skills of language in his daily inter-personal communications.

3. Formulate/ compose his own sentences and able to speak English Language.

4. Converse with other students in English.

5. Communicate their ideas and concepts properly in English.

68
 9

Employability Potential:

Students who pass the [Link] programme with English as one of the subjects in Semester one and two have good
opportunities of employment in Education, industry, sectors pass outs could get a job as steno, receptionist,
event manager etc. If he / She develops his/ her can play the role or a job as a translator.

Students, who learn English language and grammar are good at communicating effectively, write and
speak in English. This makes them eligible to grab career opportunities, such as translator, professor, various
posts in media, industry, ministry etc.

B. Sc. I Semester I Compulsory English

Course Title English
Course Code
Course Category:
Type of Course: Theory + Practical
No. of Credits: Theory - 04 + Tutorial – 01(Each batch of 16 students)
No. of Lectures: Theory - 60 + Tutorial -15
Course Assessment: End Term: 40 Marks (University level exam)
SEM (Internal): 10 Marks (College level evaluation)
AEC (Internal) : 25 Marks (College level evaluation)
Course Objective: To train and prepare the students to seek and find employment in various field.
To develop communicative competence in students
To impart knowledge, ideas and concepts in the technicalities of proper
pronunciation, structure, appropriate use and style of the English language as well
as the application areas of English Communication.
To expose the students to the employment opportunities, challenges and job roles.

Course Outcomes: At end of the course students would be able to

69
 10

At the end of the Course, student would be able to:

CO1 Understand the paragraph, prose, poetry

CO2. Apply the four skills of language in his daily routine.

CO3. Formulate/ compose his own sentences and able to speak English Language.

CO4. Collaborate with others students in English.

CO5. Communicate properly their ideas and concepts in English.

[Link]. Part I
Compulsory English
Semester – I
Code : Lectures

Unit I : Prose 18

1) Appro JRD – Sudha Murthy

2) All about a Dog – [Link]
3) The Power of Prayer – APJ Abdul Kalam
4) Model Millionaire – Oscar Wilde

Unit II : Poetry 18

1) Daffodils – William Wordsworth

2) Night of the Scorpion – Nissim Ezekiel
3) Stay Calm – Grenville Kleiser
4) The Mountain and the Squirrel - Ralph W. Emerson

Unit III : Writing Skills 12

1) Preparing a CV
2) Applying for a Job
3) Narrating an Experience
4) Creative Writing (Expansion of idea)

Unit IV: Communication Skills

1. Non –Verbal Communication 12
2. Preparing a Newspaper Report

Unit V: Skill Enhancement Module ` 15

1) Spot Visit and preparing a report – Visit to Super Market, Bus Stand, Railway Station, Bank, Medical
Shop, Bakery etc.
2) Interview of a dignitary and writing a report in dialogue form

70
 11

(Skill Enhancement module will be of 25 marks. It will be evaluated at college level)

Internal Assessment:

1) Class Test 5 Marks

2) Viva-Voce 5 Marks

(For internal assessment the subject teacher shall be the sole examiner.)

B. Sc. I Semester II Compulsory English

Course Title English
Course Code
Course Category:
Type of Course: Theory + Practical
No. of Credits: Theory - 04 + Tutorial – 01(Each batch of 16 students)
No. of Lectures: Theory - 60 + Tutorial -15
Course Assessment: End Term: 40 Marks (University level exam)
SEM (Internal): 10 Marks (College level evaluation)
AEC (Internal) : 25 Marks (College level evaluation)
Course Objective: To train and prepare the students to seek and find employment in various field.
To develop communicative competence in students
To impart knowledge, ideas and concepts in the technicalities of proper
pronunciation, structure, appropriate use and style of the English language as well
as the application areas of English Communication.
To expose the students to the employment opportunities, challenges and job roles.

Course Outcomes:  At end of the course students would be able to

At the end of the Course, student would be able to:

CO1 Understand the paragraph, prose, poetry

CO2. Apply the four skills of language in his daily routine.

CO3. Formulate/ compose his own sentences and able to speak English Language.

CO4. Collaborate with others students in English.

CO5. Communicate properly their ideas and concepts in English.

71
 12

Semester II Compulsory English

Code : Lectures

Unit I : Prose 18

1) The Last Leaf – O’ Henry

2) Of Studies – Francis Bacon
3) Why is the Sea Blue? – G. Venkatraman
4) The Mute Companion - R.K. Narayan

Unit II : Poetry 18

1) Once Upon a Time – Gabriel Okara

2) Ode on A Grecian Urn – John Keats
3) Leave this Chanting and Singing – Ravindranath Tagore
4) How do I love thee? – Elizabeth Barrett Browning

Unit III : Speaking Skills 12

1) Introducing Yourself
2) Introducing People to Others
3) Interviews
4) Describing Daily Routine
Unit IV: Communication Skills 12
1) Verbal Communication
2) Précis Writing

Unit V: Skill Enhancement Module 15

1) Blog Writing
2) Presentation on a topic from prescribed prose/poem
(Skill Enhancement module will be of 25 marks. It will be evaluated at college level)

Internal Assessment:

1) Class Test 5 Marks

2) Viva-Voce 5 Marks

(For internal assessment the subject teacher shall be the sole examiner.)

Pattern of Question paper and Distribution of Marks

Maximum Marks: 40 Time: Two Hours

Que. 1. A Students shall have to answer 4 MCQ questions based on prose of one mark each. 4x1=4

72
 13

B. Students shall have to answer 2 long answer questions based on prose out of four questions. Each
question carries four marks each. 4x2=8
Que.2 A. Students shall have to answer 4 MCQ questions based on poetry of one mark each. 4x1=4
B. Students shall have to answer 2 long answer questions based on poetry out of four questions. Each
question carries four marks each. 4x2=8
Que. 3. Students shall have to answer two questions based on unit three out of four questions with
intra-Unit choice. 4x2=8
Que. 4. Students shall have to answer two questions based on unit four out of four questions with intra-
Unit choice. 4x2=8

73
 1

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty: Science and Technology

Programme: [Link]. ( Mathematics )

POs:

At the end of the programme, graduates would be able to

1. Enhance the knowledge of student in all basic sciences.

2. Identify ,formulate and develop solutions to computational challenges.
3. Develop scientific temper and think in a critical manner.
4. Build up progressive and successful career in academics, industry and society.
5. Develop students abilities and aptitudes to apply the mathematical ideas.
PSOs :
Upon completion of the programme successfully, students would be able to
1. Understand major concepts in all disciplines of Mathematics
2. Formulate and develop Mathematical arguments in a logical manner
3. Gain good knowledge and understanding in advanced Mathematics
4. Create an awareness of the impact of Mathematics on the environment, society and development outside
the scientific community.
5. Create sensitivity towards environmental concerns and contribute in the development of nation
Employability Potential of the Programme:
Career options for [Link]. Mathematics students is not just limited to solving complex equation. Apart from
the traditional career route of academics and research, there are many career options offer for [Link]. Mathematics
students that can pick up banking, corporate, accounting and even teaching as their career option on completion of
[Link]. Mathematics, even a career in medicine and law is possible for Mathematics Honors student. Also, a degree
with Mathematics is even financially supporting for students because they help in landing placement opportunities by
giving an edge over students with [Link]. physics or other major.

After completing [Link]. Mathematics, a student can either decide to go for higher studies or apply for jobs. In
the case of [Link]. Mathematics Honors, both the options are very promising. After the [Link]. Mathematics course,
students can purse [Link]. Mathematics and follow it up with an M. Phil or Ph.D. Students can become a mathematician
doing research and also become a assistant professor. Also students can pursue a B. Ed. and become a school teacher.
Moreover, student can work in related field which required mathematical skills (Machine learning, Data Science etc.).
Thus, there exist innumerable [Link]. Mathematics career options.

The best way to get a prestigious government job is through competitive exams. Exams like UPSC, Railways,
and Commission etc. are some important competitive exams that one need to consider as portals for [Link]. Mathematics
career options.

74
 2

Syllabus Prescribed for the year 2022-23, UG Programme

Programme : [Link].-I (Mathematics)

Semester- I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods/week)
DSC-I / Mathematics Algebra and Trigonometry 9+1

Cos: After completing this course, students would be able to

1. find inverse and normal form of matrices .

2. evaluate the characteristic equation, eigen value and corresponding eigen vector of a given matrix
3. evaluate relation between the roots and coefficients of equations .
4. to study application of De Moivre’s theorem .
5. compute summation of trigonometric series.
Unit Content

Unit I Various types of matrices, Square matrix, triangular matrix, Hermitian and skew-Hermitian
matrix, orthogonal matrices, singular and non- singular matrices, adjoint and inverse of
matrix. Elementary transformation of a matrix, inverse of elementary transformation of a
matrix , normal form of a matrix. (12 period)

Unit II Rank of a matrix, row rank, column rank, eigen values, eigen vectors and the characteristic
equation of a matrix, Cayley-Hamilton theorem, inverse by Cayley-Hamilton theorem. (12
period)

Unit III Theory of equations: Descarte's rule of signs, relations between the roots and coefficients,
transformation of equations, cubic equations. (12 period)

Unit IV De Moivre’s theorem, roots of complex number, circular functions, hyperbolic function,
inverse hyperbolic function, relation between circular functions and hyperbolic functions,
separation of real and imaginary parts of circular and hyperbolic functions of complex
variable. (12 period)

Unit V Summation of trigonometric series, Gregory series, Euler’s series, Machin’s series,
Rutherford’s series, series based on sin x , cos x , sinh x , cosh x and exponential series.
(13 period)

*SEM

COs: [Link] enhance interest among the students about course.

2. To develop the learning and writing skills.

3. To create mental ability.

**Activities 1. Unit Test

2. Assignment/ open book test

3. Quiz/ Study Tour

Text books :

1] T. M. Karade, Maya [Link], V. G. Mete, R. S. Wadbudhe, S. N. Bayaskar, P. [Link]:

Elements of Algebra and Trigonometry. Sonu-Nilu , Nagpur, 2022.

2] V. A. Sharma, V. R. Patil, S. R. Bhoyar, G. U. Khapekar, A. N. Rangari: A Text book of Algebra and

Trigonometry, Dnyanpath Publication, Amravati, First Edition, 2022.

Reference Books:

1] [Link], Matrix and Linear Algebra, Prentice Hall of India [Link]. New Delhi, 2000.
2] [Link] and [Link], Higher Algebra, [Link], 1994.
3] [Link], Plane Trigonometry Part-II, MacMillan & Co., London.

75
 3

4] Ayres Jr Frank : Matrices : Schaum's outline series, McGraw Hill Book Company, Singapore, 1983.
5] Hohn Franz E : Elementary Matrix Algebra, Amerind Publishing Co., [Link]. 1964.
6] Shanti Narayan : A Test Book of Matrices, [Link] & Co. Delhi.

Programme: [Link].-I ( Semester-I), Mathematics

Syllabus Prescribed for the Year 2022-23 , UG Programme

Programme : [Link].-I
Semester- I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods/week)
DSC-II / Mathematics Differential and Integral Calculus 9+1

Cos: After completing this course, students would be able to

1. define limit and study the basic properties .

2. classify continuity and discontinuity of the functions.
3. solve the differentiability and L’Hospital rule with their applications.
4. describe the geometrical applications of mean value theorems.
5. evaluate the reduction formulae for integration.
Unit Content

Unit I Limit of a function, ε-δ definition, basic properties of limits, some standard limits. (12 period)

Continuous and discontinuous functions, types of discontinuity, properties of continuous

Unit II functions, uniform continuous functions, properties of uniform continuous functions. (12
period)

Unit III Differentiability, successive differentiation, Leibnitz theorem, indeterminate forms and L’
Hospital rule. (12 period)

Unit IV Rolle’s theorem, Lagrange’s mean value theorem, Cauchy’s mean value theorem, Maclaurin’s
and Taylor’s series expansions. (12 period)

Pn ( x)
Integration of the form ∫ Q
dx , reduction formulae for ∫ sin n x dx , ∫ cos n x dx ,
Unit V
∫ tan x dx , ∫ cot n x dx , ∫ sec x dx , ∫ cos ec n x dx , ∫ sin n x. cos m x dx and Walli’s
n n

formula. (13 period)

76
 4

*SEM

COs: [Link] enhance interest among the students about course.

[Link] develop the learning and writing skills.

[Link] create mental ability.

**Activities 1. Unit Test

2. Assignment/ open book test

3. Quiz/ Study Tour

Text books :

1] T.M. Karade , Maya S. Bendre, V. P. Kadam, [Link],[Link],[Link]:

Elements of Calculus (Differential and Integral), Sonu- Nilu, Nagpur, 2022.

2] V. A. Sharma, V. R. Patil, S. R. Bhoyar, G. U. Khapekar, A. N. Rangari: A Text book of Differential and

Integral Calculus: Dnyanpath Publication, Amravati, First Edition, 2022.

Reference Books :

1] Ayres F Jr. : Differential equations, Schaum's outline series, McGraw Hill, 1981.
2] Ayres [Link]. : Calculus, Schaum's Outline series, McGRaw Hill, 1981.
3] Edwards J : Differential Calculus for Beginners, MacMillan and [Link].,1963.
4] Greenspan D. : Introduction to Calculus, Harper and Row, 1968.
5] Gorakh Prassad: Differential Calculus, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad, 1963
6] Gorakh Prassad: Integral Calculus, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad,1981
7] [Link] : Differential and Integral Calculus, Peace Publishers, Moscow.
8] B. Choudhary and D. Somasundaram “Á first course in Mathematical analysis’’,
Narosa Publication

Programme: [Link].- 1 (Semester- II), Mathematics

Syllabus Prescribed for the year 2022-23 , UG Programme

Programme : [Link].-I
Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods/week)
DSC-III / Mathematics Ordinary Differential Equations 9+1

COs: After completing this course, students would be able to

1. Solve first order differential equations using different techniques..

2. solve higher order differential equations and orthogonal trajectories.

3. calculate complementary function and particular integral of the second order differential
Equation.

4. Describe the different methods to solve second order differential equations.

5. illustrate applications of differential equations .

Unit Content

Formation of ordinary differential equation, degree and order of a ordinary differential equation,
Unit I homogeneous differential equations, linear differential equations, Bernoulli’s equation,
differential equations reducible to the linear form, exact differential equations. (12 period)

Unit II Differential equations of first order and higher degree, differential equations solvable for p, x
and y, Clairaut’s equation, orthogonal trajectories (Cartesian and Polar form) (12 period)

77
 5

Linear differential equations with constant coefficients, complementary function of the

Unit III differential equation, particular integral of the differential equation, homogeneous linear
ordinary differential equations. (12 period)

Unit IV Second order differential equation, Wronskian, method of change of dependent variable,
normal form, method of change of independent variable, variation by parameters. (12 period)

Applications of ODE: Electric circuit, steady state heat flow, radio active decay and carbon
Unit V dating, Newton’s law of cooling, compound interest.

(13 period)

*SEM

COs: [Link] enhance interest among the students about course.

[Link] develop the learning and writing skills.

[Link] create mental ability.

**Activities 1. Unit Test

2. Assignment/ open book test

3. Quiz/ Study Tour

Text books :

1] [Link] , V. G. Mete, [Link] , P.R. Agrawal , [Link] ,[Link]: Differential

Equations ( Ordinary and Partial), Sonu-Nilu, Nagpur, 2022.

2] V. A. Sharma, V. R. Patil, S. R. Bhoyar, G. U. Khapekar, A. N. Rangari: A Text book of ,

Ordinary Differential Equations, Dnyanpath Publication,Amravati, First Edition, 2022.

Reference Books :

1] Ayres F Jr.: Differential equations, Schaum's outline series, McGraw Hill, 1981.
2] Coddington: An Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations, [Link] Hall of
India, 1998.
3] [Link], [Link]: Ordinary Differential Equations, Sonu-Nilu. Nagpur, 2016.
4] Murray D.A.: Introductory course in Differential Equations, Orient Longman(India), 1967.
5] Piaggio HTS: Differential Equations, CBS Publishers &Distributors, Delhi, 1985.
6] Siminons G.F.: Differential Equations, Tata McGraw Hill, 1972.
7] [Link]. A Treatise on Differential Equations. Macmillan and [Link].
8] H. K Dass, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, S. Chand Publication, 2010.
9] [Link], Higher Engineering mathematics, Khanna Publisher, New Delhi, 2017.

Programme: [Link].- I ( Semester-II), Mathematics

Part B

Syllabus Prescribed for the year 2022-23 , UG Programme

Programme : [Link].-I

Semester- II

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods/week)

DSC –IV/ Mathematics Vector Analysis and Geometry 9+1

COs: After completing this course, students would be able to

78
 6

1. interpret the vectors, their products, differentiation and integration.

2. determine curvature and torsion .

[Link] the concepts of divergence, curls which are useful in physics.

4.. describe the different forms of sphere and properties.

5. discuss the equations of cone and cylinder.

Unit Content

Scalar and vector product of three vectors, product of four vectors, vector
Unit I
differentiation and vector integration. (12 period)

Unit II Space curve, t, n, b vectors, fundamental planes, curvature, torsion, Frenet- Serret formulae. (12
period)

Unit III Gradient, divergence and Curl, directional derivative, line integral and work done, circulation.
(12 period)

Unit IV Sphere: Different forms of sphere, section of a sphere by a plane, sphere through a given circle,
intersection of spheres and a line, orthogonal spheres and condition of orthogonality. (13 period)

Cone : The equation of a cone with a guiding curve, cone with vertex and origin, right circular
Unit V cone.

Cylinder: equation of right circular cylinder. (12 period)

*SEM

COs: [Link] enhance interest among the students about course.

[Link] develop the learning and writing skills.

[Link] create mental ability.

**Activities 1. Unit Test

2. Assignment/ open book test

3. Quiz/ Study Tour

Text books :

1] [Link], Maya S. Bendre, V. B Raut, [Link], [Link], [Link] ,[Link]:

Vector Analysis and Geometry, Sonu Nilu , Nagpur,2022.

2] V. A. Sharma, V. R. Patil, S. R. Bhoyar, G. U. Khapekar, A. N. Rangari: A Text book of ,

Vector Analysis and Geometry, Dnyanpath Publication,Amravati, First Edition, 2022.

Reference Books :

1] Murray R. Spiegel, Vector Analysis, Schaum Publishing Company, New York,1981.

2] [Link] and [Link] , Introduction to vector Analysis Pothishala [Link].
3] Shanti Narayan, A Text Book of Vector Calculus, [Link] & Co. New Delhi.
4] [Link], Elementary Treatise on Co-ordinate Geometry of Three Dimensions, Macmillan
India Ltd., 1994.
5] [Link] and Khalil Ahmad, A Text Book of Analytical Geometry of Three Dimensions,
Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1999.
6] [Link] and [Link], Analytical Geometry of three dimensions, Pothishala [Link].
Allahabad,2000.

Programme: [Link].- I ( Semester-II), Mathematics

Part B

79
 7

Syllabus Prescribed for the year 2022-23 , UG Programme

Programme : [Link].-I

Semester- II

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods/week)

GIC/ Mathematics Numerical Ability-I ----

COs: After completing this course, students would be able to

1. restate the ideas and concept of HCF & LCM of number and also find square root &
cube roots.
2. illustrate the problem on numbers, ages, percentage, profit and loss.
3. analyze ratio and proportion , time , work and distance.
4. outline the problems on train, simple interest, compound interest, area measurement.
5. create the Bar graphs, Pie charts and Line graphs.

Unit Content

Unit I HCF & LCM of number, Decimal fraction, Simplification, Square root & cube roots.

Average, Problem on numbers, Problem on ages, Percentage, Profit & Loss.

Unit II

Unit III Ratio & Proportion, pipes and cisterns, Time and work, Time and Distance.

Problem on train, Simple Interest, Compound Interest, Area.

Unit IV

Bar Graphs, Pie Charts, Line Graphs.

Unit V

Reference:

1) R. S. Agrawal, Quantitative aptitude for Competitive examination, S. Chand Publication

2) Arun Sharma, How to Prepare for quantitative Aptitude for CAT, Mac Grow Hill Publication

80
 1

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty: Science and Technology
Programme: [Link]. (Physics)
POs:
At the time of graduation, Students will be able to
[Link] Thinking: Take informed actions after identifying the assumptions that frame our thinking and actions,
checking out the degree to which these assumptions are accurate and valid, and looking at our ideas and decisions
(intellectual, organizational, and personal) from different perspectives.
[Link] Communication: Speak, read, write and listen clearly in person and through electronic media in
English and in one Indian language, and make meaning of the world by connecting people, ideas, books, media and
technology.
PO3. Social Interaction: Elicit views of others, mediate disagreements and help reach conclusions in group settings.
PO4. Effective Citizenship: Demonstrate empathetic social concern and equity centred national development, and
the ability to act with an informed awareness of issues and participate in civic life through volunteering.
PO5. Ethics: Recognize different value systems including your own, understand the moral dimensions of your
decisions, and accept responsibility for them.
PO6. Environment and Sustainability: Understand the issues of environmental contexts and sustainable
development.
PO7. Self-directed and Life-long Learning: Acquire the ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the
broadest context socio-technological changes

PSOs:
Upon completion of the Programme successfully, students would be able to

1. acquire a comprehensive knowledge and sound understanding of fundamentals of Physics

2. develop laboratory skills, enabling them to take measurement in a physic laboratory and analyze the
measurements to draw valid conclusions.
3. be prepared to acquire a range of general skills, to solve problems, to evaluate information, to use
computers productively, to communicate with society effectively and learn independently.
4. Develop good oral and written scientific communication skill.

Employability Potential of the Programme:

Physics programme develops the skills, particularly the ability to analyze and apply information, gives one a

good head start, in any field, one wishes to get in. The skills are useful even in the management disciplines.

This programme gives physics enthusiasts a chance to develop their mathematical, problem solving,

communication skills and critical thinking, that helps to interpret rich scientific data and that is always a boon

to scientific researchers.

After accomplishing M. Sc. in Physics, student can certainly increase his/her employability in this field.

Students can easily avail of technical jobs, both in the private and public sector. Some of the common job

positions or profiles for a physics enthusiast are Online tutor, College lecturer, Assistant Professor,

Observation Scientist, Laboratory Technician, School Science Technician or Research Analyst, Assistant

Scientist, Physics Training Manager, Software Engineer, Network Administrator, IT Consultant, Security

Expert, Java Developer, Systems Support Administrator, Interface Engineer etc. They can apply for jobs in

Aerospace and Defence, Automobile, IT and Software, Railways, Nuclear and Renewable energy, Oil and

Gas, Electronics and Telecommunications and the Manufacturing sector.

Students can pursue an MTech/MS degree in a variety of engineering or technology disciplines such as

aeronautical, automobile, instrumentation, electronics and communication, or computer sciences. But, make

sure to crack the GATE (Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering) exam first, before going down this road.

For a long career in the field of research, students are advisable to pursue MPhil or PhD in Physics, after

completing MSc Physics and join any science/technology research center. Students can also apply in

Government or private colleges and universities; polytechnic institutes, degree colleges, engineering

81
 2

colleges, IITs, IISc etc for teaching job. The minimum requirement is MSc Physics and UGC-CSIR NET

exam for lectureship and JRF. Moving on, an MSc Physics followed by a BEd can also land you a job in

higher secondary schools and then, there is the option of physics tutor, at the convenience of one's homes.

Some of the prominent national organizations, that student can try aim for, include Defence Research and

Development Organisation (DRDO), Indian Space Research Organization (ISRO), BARC, SSPL, Space

Application Centres, Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research Centre, Variable Energy Cyclotron Centre,

National Thermal Power Corporation (NTPC), Oil and Natural Gas Corporation (ONGC), Bharat Heavy

Electricals Limited (BHEL) and National Atmospheric Research Laboratory of Department of Space.

The research institutes in India such as Physical Research Laboratory, Ahmedabad, Saha Institute of Nuclear

Physics, Kolkata and Nuclear Science Centre, New Delhi, TIFR (Education); IISER also recruit MSc Physics

graduates, for technical jobs. At the same time, student can also look out for the national laboratories and

institutes like National Geographical Research Institute, Regional Research Laboratories, National Institute

of Science Communication and Information Sources, NEERI (CSIR labs) etc. These are some of the leading

names to be associated with the field of science. Moving further, student can try for public sector banking to

the post of Probationary Officers.

MSc Physics graduates have ample of opportunities, be it, in healthcare, manufacturing and electronics

companies in most foreign countries. Those with exceptional academic excellence can go a step further and

apply in the best space research organizations such as National Aeronautics and Space Administration

(NASA).

After completion of this programme, the students are placed as Scientists, Radiologist, Meteorologist,

Analyzers in forensic labs, IAS, SDO, Dy Superintendent of Police in wireless stream, Assistant Professors,

Lecturers, Teachers, Radiologist, Telecom officers (JTO).

82
 3

Syllabus Prescribed for [Link]. I Year UG Programme

Programme:
Semester 1

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

PHY/S1CS Mechanics, Properties of 72

matters, Oscillations &
Relativity

COs
On successful completion of this course, the students would be able to
1. Discuss the basic concepts of rotational dynamics.
2. Examine the phenomenon of simple harmonic motion and distinction between undamped, damped and force
oscillations and the concept of resonance.
3. Explain the superposition of simple harmonic motion and acquire the knowledge of Ultrasonic waves, their
production, detection and applications in different field.
4. Determine the constants of elasticity and relate it with appropriate things
5. Interpret the postulates of special theory of relativity.
6. Know the concept of Global positioning system (GPS)

Unit Content
Unit I Rotational Dynamics: Rigid body, Torque, Rotation about fixed axis, Kinetic Energy of
rotation, moment of inertia and its physical significance, Radius of gyration, Perpendicular and
parallel axes theorem (Statement Only), Fly-wheel, Moment of inertia of different bodies (Rod,
Disc, cylinder and sphere) about different axes, Rolling motion. Principle of Conservation of
Angular momentum. Principle and working of Gyroscope. Numericals 12 (periods)
Unit II SHM and its solution, time period of simple pendulum, compound pendulum, kater’s pendulum
& Torsional pendulum; Bifilar pendulum (Qualitative).
Damped Oscillations: Differential equation of damped harmonic oscillator and its solution,
Energy equation of damped oscillations, Power dissipation and Quality factor.
Forced Oscillations: Differential equation of forced oscillation (Qualitative), Resonance
(Amplitude). Numericals 12 (periods)
Unit III Superposition of [Link].: Superposition of two SHM of same frequency along the same line,
superposition of two mutually perpendicular SHM of same frequency, Lissajous figures. Velocity
of longitudinal waves (Newton’s formula), Laplace correction, velocity of transverse waves in
stretched string, Standing waves, Organ Pipe, harmonics and overtones. Velocity of waves by
Kundt’s tube. Ultrasonic waves: Production (piezoelectric crystal and Magnetostriction) and
detection of ultrasonic waves and its applications in medical and industrial field. Numericals
12 (periods)
Unit IV Elasticity: Different types of elasticity, Twisting couple on a cylindrical rod or wire,
Determination of modulus of rigidity by Maxwell needle, Torsional pendulum, Torsional
oscillations, Modulus of rigidity of a material of wire by torsional pendulum, Beam, Bending of
beam, Bending moment, External and internal bending moments, Cantilever, Expression for
depression of a beam (i) loaded at one end and (ii) loaded at the center. Numericals
12 (periods)
Unit V Gravitation and Special Theory of Relativity: Kepler’s laws of planetary motion (Statements
only), Newton’s law of gravitation, Variation of “g” with altitude and depth, weightlessness,
Satellite in circular orbit and applications, Geosynchronous orbit, basic idea of Global Positioning
System(GPS).
Frame of reference, Inertial and Non-inertial frame of reference, Galilean transformation,
Postulates of special theory of relativity, Lorentz transformation, length contraction, Time
dilation, Einstein’s mass energy relation. Numericals
12 (periods)

*SEM
Basics of Measurement Technique
Measurements: Significance of measurements, methods of measurements,
Static and dynamic characteristics: Instruments accuracy, precision, sensitivity, resolution range etc.
Errors in measurements: Types of errors: i) Gross errors ii) Systematic errors iii) Random errors and loading
effects.
Statistical evaluation of measurement data: Arithmetic mean & median, Average deviation: Measurement
with Screw Gauge, Vernier Caliper, Travelling Microscope, Spectrometer.
(12 periods)
COs:
After completion of this course students will able to
1. apply the principles of measurement and error analysis.
2. Develop the skills to handle various instruments with precision.

83
 4

**Activit 1. Measurement of dimension of solid block, volume of cylindrical objects, diameter of thin
ies wire.
2. Measurement of length and diameter of capillary tubes.
3. Comparison of diameter of a thin wire using screw gauge and travelling microscope.
4. Measurement and estimation of errors in any one of the above activities.

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books & Reference Books:
1. A Course in electrical &Electronic Measurements And Instrumentation by A. K. Sawhney, Dhanpatrai&
Company (Pvt.) Ltd. Educational & Technical Publishers,
2. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques by A.D. Helfrick and W.D. Cooper. PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
3. Measurement, Instrumentation And Experiment Design In Physics And Engineering By Michael Sayer,
AbhaiMansingh, Phi Learning Private Ltd. New Delhi.
4. Electronic Instrumentation by H.S. Kalsi
5. Elements of Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement by Joseph J. Carr
6. A text book in Electrical Technology - B L Theraja - S Chand and Co.
7. An introduction to mechanics, D. Kleppner, R.J. Kolenkow, 1973, McGraw-Hill.
8. Mechanics, Berkeley Physics, vol.1, [Link], [Link], [Link]. 2007, Tata McGraw-Hill.
9. Physics, Resnick, Halliday and Walker 8/e. 2008, Wiley.
10. Analytical Mechanics, G.R. Fowles and G.L. Cassiday. 2005, Cengage Learning
11. Feynman Lectures, Vol. I, [Link], [Link], [Link], 2008, Pearson Education
12. University Physics, Ronald Lane Reese, 2003, Thomson Brooks/Cole.
13. Mechanics, D.S. Mathur, S. Chand and Company Limited, 2000
14. University Physics. F.W Sears, M.W Zemansky, H.D Young 13/e, 1986, Addison Wesley

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

[Link]

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:

[Link]
[Link]
[Link]

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

[Link]

Syllabus Prescribed for [Link]. I Year UG Programme

Programme: Semester 1
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (No. of Periods/Week)
(Laboratory/Practical/practicum/hands-
on/Activity)

PHY/S1 Physics Lab-1 6

COs
On successful completion of this practical course, the students would be able to
1. List out, identify and handle various equipment likes different types of pendulum.
2. Learn the procedures of operation of various oscillating objects.
3. Acquire skills in observing and measuring different types of errors.
4. Perform procedures and techniques related to experiments based on mechanics.
5. Conduct an experiments collaboratively and ethically.

84
 5

* List of Practical/Laboratory Experiments/Activities etc.

It is necessary to perform TEN Experiments from the list given below.

1 To determine acceleration due to gravity by Bar pendulum.

2 To determine acceleration due to gravity by Kater’s reversible pendulum.

3 To study oscillations in bifilar suspension arrangement

4 To determine Moment of Inertia of a body by a torsion pendulum.

5 To study the theorem of parallel axes of Moment of Inertia

6 To study the theorem of perpendicular of Moment of Inertia

7 To determine the Moment of Inertia of a body using bifilar suspension method (with parallel
threads)
8 To determine the moment of inertia of a fly-wheel.

9 To determine the i) equivalent length, ii) radius of gyration, iii) moment of inertia of a
compound pendulum by method of coincidences
10 To study the oscillations of a mass in combinations of two springs and hence determination
of force constant.
11 To show that the frequency of a Helmholtz resonator varies inversely as the square root of its
volume and to estimate the neck correction.
12 To determine Young’s modulus of the material of a beam by method of vibration.

13 To determine Young’s modulus of the material of a beam by method of bending.

14 To determine Young’s modulus of the material of a beam by a cantilever.

15 To determine the Young's Modulus of a Wire by Optical Lever Method.

16 To determine modulus of rigidity of material of a given wire by Maxwell’s needle.

17 To determine the modulus of rigidity of material of a given wire by using Torsional

pendulum.
18 To determine coefficient of restitution for inelastic collision.

19 To determine the surface tension of mercury by Quinke’s method

Text books & Reference Books:

15. [Link]. Practical Physics by Harnam Singh & Dr. P. S. Hemne , 2000, S. Chand and Company Limited.
16. A Textbook of Practical Physics by Indu Prakash, Ram Krishna & A. K. Jha, 2011, Kitab Mahal Publication.
17. [Link]. Physics Practical by C. L. Arora, 2010, S. Chand and Company Limited.

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

[Link]

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:

[Link]
[Link]
[Link]

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

[Link]

85
 6

Faculty: Science and Technology

Programme: [Link].

Syllabus Prescribed for [Link]. I Year UG Programme

Programme:
Semester 1I

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

PHY-S2/physics Electrostatics, Magneto- 72

statics, Ultrasonic Waves and
Acoustics,
Network Theorems

COs
After going through the course, the student would be able to
7. Discuss the concept of scalars & vectors and their properties.
8. Develop an understanding of Gauss law and its applications to obtain electric filed in different cases.
9. Formulate the relationship between electric displacement vector, electric polarization and dielectric constant.
10. Distinguish between the magnetic effect of electric current, electromagnetic induction and the related laws
in appropriate circumstances.
11. Simplify electrical circuits by applying various network theorems.

Unit Content
Unit I Vector Analysis: Scalar and Vector product, gradient, divergence, Curl and their significance,
Vector Integration, Line, surface and volume integrals of Vector fields, Gauss-divergence
theorem and Stoke's theorem of vectors. Numericals (12 Periods)
Unit II Electrostatics: Electrostatic Field, electric flux, Gauss's theorem of electrostatics. Applications of
Gauss theorem- Electric field due to point charge, infinite line of charge, uniformly charged
spherical shell and solid sphere. Electric potential as line integral of electric field, potential due
to a point charge, electric dipole, uniformly charged spherical shell and solid sphere. Relation
between electric field and electric potential. Numericals (12 Periods)
Unit III Capacitors: Capacitance of an isolated spherical conductor. Parallel plate, spherical and
cylindrical condenser. Energy per unit volume in electrostatic field. Dielectric medium,
Polarisation, Displacement vector. Gauss's theorem in dielectrics. Parallel plate capacitor
completely filled with dielectric. Numericals (12 Periods)
Unit IV Magnetostatics: Biot-Savart's law & its applications- straight conductor, circular coil, solenoid
carrying current. Divergence and curl of magnetic field. Magnetic vector potential. Ampere's
circuital law.
Electromagnetic Induction: Faraday's laws of electromagnetic induction, Lenz's law, self and
mutual inductance, L of single coil, M of two coils. Energy stored in magnetic field. Numericals
(12 Periods)
Unit V Network Theorems : Series circuit, Series voltage dividers, Parallel circuits, Series Parallel
circuits, Resistances in series and parallel, Kirchhoff’s Current and Voltage laws, Wheatstone’s
Bridge, Ideal constant voltage source, Ideal constant current source, Superposition theorem,
Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem, Maximum power transfer theorem, Milliman’s theorem,
Numericals. (12 Periods)

*SEM
Multimeter: Principles of measurement of dc voltage and dc current, ac voltage, ac current and resistance.
Specifications of a multimeter and their significance.
Introduction to electrical components:
Resistor-Types of Resistors, Color coding - Applications of a Resistor as a heating element in heaters and as
a fuse element.
Capacitor- Types of Capacitor, Color coding, Applications of Capacitor in power supplies, motors (Fans)
etc.
Inductor-Types of Inductors, EMF induced in an Inductor, Applications of Inductor in a fan, radio tuning

86
 7

circuit and Series resonance circuit.

Energy audit: Unit of electricity, power of domestic appliances. (12 periods)

COs:
After completion of this course students would be able to
3. Make use of Multimeter for the measurement of electrical parameters and get the knowledge of electronic
components and their applications.
4. Estimate the power consumption of domestic appliances and carry out energy audit.
**Activit 1. Use of Multimeter for the measurement of ac voltage & dc voltage in different domestic
ies appliances.
2. Use of Multimeter for the measurement of Resistance, Capacitance.
3. Estimate the values of Resistor & capacitor by color code method.
4. Connect two or three resistors or capacitors or inductors and measure the Series, Parallel
Combination values using a Multimeter.
5. Identification of electronic components in mobile charger and to estimate their values.
6. Estimate and compare the power consumptions of different domestic appliances.
7. Energy audit of your home and compare it with monthly electric bill (for three months).

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books & Reference Books:
1. Electricity and Magnetism, Edward M. Purcell, 1986, McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Electricity and Magnetism, J.H. Fewkes & J. Yarwood. Vol. I, 1991, Oxford Univ. Press.
3. Electricity and Magnetism, D C Tayal, 1988, Himalaya Publishing House.
4. University Physics, Ronald Lane Reese, 2003, Thomson Brooks/Cole.
5. D.J. Griffiths, Introduction to Electrodynamics, 3rd Edn, 1998, Benjamin Cummings.
6. A Course in electrical &Electronic Measurements And Instrumentation by A. K. Sawhney, Dhanpatrai &
Sons Educational & Technical Publishers, Delhi.
7. Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques by A.D. Helfrick and W.D. Cooper. PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
8. Physics for degree students ([Link].2nd year) by C. L. Arora & P.S. Hemne, S. Chand Publication.
9. Physics for degree students([Link]. 1st year)by C. L. Arora & P.S. Hemne, S. Chand Publication.
10. Basic Electronics by B. L. Theraja, S. Shand Publication.
11. Electricity and Magnetism, Edward M. Purcell, 1986, McGraw-Hill Education.
12. Properties of Matter and Acoustics for [Link], Kiruthiga Sivaprasath & R Murugeshan, S. Chand & Co. New
Delhi.
Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:
[Link]
Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:
[Link]
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati
Syllabus Prescribed for [Link]. I Year UG Programme
Programme: Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (No. of Periods/Week)
(Laboratory/Practical/practicum/hands-
on/Activity)

PHY/S2 Physics Lab-2 72

COs
On successful completion of this practical course, the students would be able to
6. Simplify various electrical circuits by using network theorems.
7. Learn the procedures of operation of electrical components like capacitor, resistor and inductor.
8. Acquire skills in measuring dielectric constants of different materials.
9. Perform procedures and techniques related to experiments based on electrical and electronic circuits.
10. Conduct an experiments collaboratively and ethically.
* List of Practical/Experiments/Activities etc.

87
 8

It is necessary to perform TEN Experiments from the list given below.

1 Verification of Kirchhoff’s Current Law

2 Verification of Kirchhoff’s Voltage Law

3 To determine unknown resistance by using Wheatstone’s bridge

4 Verification of Thevenin's theorem.

5 Verification of Norton's theorem.

6 Verification of Milliman’s theorem.

7 To verify the Superposition theorem

8 To verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem

9 To determine high resistance by leakage method

10 To study the charging & discharging of a condenser through resistor.

11 To compare capacitances using De Sauty’s bridge.

12 To determine capacitance by phaser diagram method

13 To determine inductance by phaser diagram method

14 Study of Primary & Secondary coil of Transformer

15 To determine dielectric constant of a given material

16 Study of frequency response of series LCR circuit

17 Comparison of capacities by repeated charge decay method

18 Measurement of the low resistance by Potentiometer

Text books & Reference Books:

18. [Link]. Practical Physics by Harnam Singh & Dr. P. S. Hemne , 2000, S. Chand and Company Limited.
19. A Textbook of Practical Physics by Indu Prakash, Ram Krishna & A. K. Jha, 2011, Kitab Mahal Publication.
20. [Link]. Physics Practical by C. L. Arora, 2010, S. Chand and Company Limited.

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

[Link]

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:

[Link]
[Link]
[Link]

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

[Link]

88
 1

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty of Science and Technology

Programme: B. Sc. (Statistics)

POs

At the time of graduation, Students will be able to

[Link] Thinking: Take informed actions after identifying the assumptions that frame our thinking and actions, checking
out the degree to which these assumptions are accurate and valid, and looking at our ideas and decisions (intellectual,
organizational, and personal) from different perspectives.
[Link] Communication: Speak, read, write and listen clearly in person and through electronic media in English and in
one Indian language, and make meaning of the world by connecting people, ideas, books, media and technology.
PO3. Social Interaction: Elicit views of others, mediate disagreements and help reach conclusions in group settings.
PO4. Effective Citizenship: Demonstrate empathetic social concern and equity centred national development, and the ability to
act with an informed awareness of issues and participate in civic life through volunteering.
PO5. Ethics: Recognize different value systems including your own, understand the moral dimensions of your decisions, and
accept responsibility for them.
PO6. Environment and Sustainability: Understand the issues of environmental contexts and sustainable development.
PO7. Self-directed and Life-long Learning: Acquire the ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest
context socio-technological changes

PSOs:
Upon completion of the programme, students would be able to

1. recall basic facts about statistics and should be able to display knowledge of conventions such as notations,
terminology.
2. get adequate exposure to global and local concerns that explore them many aspects of mathematical sciences.
3. Be equipped with statistical modeling ability, problem solving skills, creative talent and power of communication
necessary for various kinds of employment.
4. apply their skills and knowledge that is translate information presented verbally into statistical form, select and use
appropriate statistical formulae or techniques in order to process the information and draw the relevant conclusion.
5. develop a positive attitude towards statistics as an interesting and valuable subject of study.
6. acquire basic knowledge of diagrammatic & graphical representation of Data with and without software.

Employability Potential of the programme:

The programme offers many such scenarios where one statistician can work.

By completing this programme, students are able to:

• Analyse the things

• Understand patterns in them by asking different questions to it
• Compete with the current demand of field
• To solve a specific problem

This “skill” is a key requirement for many analysis type jobs like,

1. Statisticians
2. Business Analyst
3. Mathematician
4. Professor
5. Risk Analyst
6. Data Analyst
7. Content Analyst
8. Statistic Trainer
89
Besides all these students can work in various banking sector.
 2

Students can also work in government sector :

• Indian statistical services (ISS)

• Staff selection services(SSC)
• Reserve Bank of India (Junior statistical officer)
By taking the course, students are able to:

• Analyse numbers
• Understand patterns in them by asking different questions to it
• Go about it in a systematic fashion
• To solve a specific problem
This “skill” is a key requirement for many analysis type jobs.

Career Options::

Data Analytics #1: Students could get into any Analytics firm, and can assist customers in getting patterns out of data.

Data Analytics #2: For Data Analytics in banks, there can be algorithms developed for fraud deduction using the digital
imprints. This requires analysing large amounts of data. That could a career choice - Digital Forensics.

Market Research: For doing a survey for customer expectations and behaviours, the data pours in, from online and offline
channels - how students draw meaningful, actionable conclusions? Students need to use the statistical methods learnt. So,
Market Research in a MR firm or a corporate entity can be a large area of focus.

Software Programmer: With analytical bent of mind, Students could take up a software programming job. It might not
leverage learning but will leverage the “bent of mind” cultivated out of the education.

Students could focus on areas like: Visual Representation of Data (Tableau, Quilk, PowerBI), Data Reporting (Crystal
Reports) - that are aligned to the core skills.

Government Statistician: Our country requires a lot of econometric and statistical data for its running. Acreage, Yields,
Health Statistics and the like. Bright young idealistic people are required to run our country too.

Students could be a District Statistical Officer, who are in charge of collecting information from the district, analysing it and
sharing with the State Authorities.

B.A/ [Link]. I Year Semester I (CBCS)

Statistics Syllabus
Name of the paper: Descriptive Statistics & Probability Theory

No. of theory classes: 6 per week Total credits – 4.5 credits

Unit I

Introduction, scope and importance of statistics, Data & its type Primary, secondary, Qualitative, Quantitative Classification of
data, Measures of central tendencies with simple applications, partition values quartiles deciles and percentiles. Scales of
measurement- Nominal, Ordinal, Interval, &ratio, (12 Periods)

Unit II
Measures of dispersion- Range, Mean Deviation, Standard Deviation,Coefficient of variation, Central moments & raw moments,
measures of skewness and kurtosis, numerical problems
(12 Period)
90
 3

Unit III
Concept of Probability, Definitions related to probability, Mathematical, Statistical & Axiomatic definition of probability,
Addition and Multiplication theorem of probability, Conditional probability, Boole’s inequality, Bayes theorem, Simple
problems on probability. (12 Periods)

Unit IV
Random variable- Discrete & Continuous random variable, Probability Mass function, & Probability Density function,
Distribution function and its properties, Mathematical Expectation – Expectation of a function of random variable, Addition
theorem of expectation, Multiplication theorem ofexpectation, Expectation of linear combination of random variables, Variance,
covariance (12 Periods)

Unit V
Bivariate random variable – Discrete & Continuous random variable, Joint Probability Mass function, Joint Probability density
function, Probability distribution function and its properties Marginal Probability function, conditional probability density
function, Numerical problems.
Moment Generating function, Theorems on moment generating function, cumulant generating function and its properties,
Probability generating function. (12 Period)

Unit VI Skill enhancement Course

Basics of excel – Data Entry, editing & saving, establishing and copying formulae, built in functions – Copy and paste, Find
and Replace, Sorting, Study of statistical function in Excel. All numerical problems related to Unit-I and Unit-II should be
perform in MS Excel. (12 Periods)

Examination duration: 3 Hrs.

Theory marks: Theory + MCQ: 80 + Internal: 20 =100

91
 4

Books Recommended
1] Fundamentals of statistics (Vol. I) by Goon A. M, Gupta M.K, Dasgupta B, WorldPress (Pvt Ltd)
Kolkata
2] Fundamental of Mathematical Statistics- V.K. Kapoor & S.C. Gupta Sultan Chand &Sons New Delhi
3] New Mathematical Statistics – Sanjay Arora & Bansilal, Satya Prakashan New Delhi4] Introduction to
Probability theory & its applications (Vol. I)- William Feller Wiley
4] Applied Statistics with Microsoft Excel – Gerald Keller, Duxbury, Thomson learning
5] Statistics for managers using Microsoft excel - Levine, Stephen, Krehbiel, Berenson, (4thedition), Pearson
publication.
6] Statistical analysis with MS Excel – Dr Asha Chawla, Dr Seema Malik AvichalPublishing
Company

Course Outcome (CO)

Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to
1. Understand the basic knowledge and elaborative concept of statistical analysis
2. develop detailed statistical knowledge
3. use Probabilistic knowledge
4. apply Concepts regarding statistical analysis
5. CO for Skill Enhancement Course: Computer knowledge of thestudents is developed.

[Link]. I Sem-I Practical Subject: STATISTICS Practical credits: 2.25

COs:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to solve/perform/demonstrate the following
List of Practical
1] Computation of various measures of central tendencies – Mean, Median, Mode
2] Computation of various measures of dispersion – Range, Mean deviation, Standard deviation3] Computation of
various central moments and raw moments.
4] Computation of partition values – Quartiles, Deciles, Percentiles5] Simple
problems on probability
6] Problems on various Measures of skewness7]
Problems on various measures of kurtosis
8] Problems on Joint probability mass function and marginal probability function
9] Problems on Joint probability density function and marginal probability density function10] Computation
of descriptive statistics by using MS excel
11Data visualizations through diagram
12] Computation of various measures of central tendencies by using MS Excel13]
Computation of various measures of dispersion by using MS Excel

Practical examination duration: 3 Hrs. Practical total marks: Internal: 25 + External: 25 = 50

92
 5

B.A/ [Link]. I Year Semester II (CBCS)

Statistics Syllabus
Name of the paper: Probability Distributions

No. of theory classes: 6 per week Total credits – 4.5 credits

Unit I
Discrete distributions – Uniform & Bernoulli distributions- Definition, mean, variance, derivation of probability mass function
of Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution, Mean,
variance, mgf, cgf, reproductive property, reallife applications (12 periods)

Unit II
Negative Binomial distribution- mean variance, mgf, cumulants of distribution, Geometric distribution, mgf of
G.D., Hypergeometric distribution- mean and variance (12Period)

Unit III
Normal distributions- mean, mode, median, mgf, cgf, of Normal distributions, Linear combinations of independent normal
variates, Points of inflexion of normal curve, Area property, Simple problems on area property (12 period)

Unit IV
Rectangular or Uniform distributions, moments, mgf, cgf,Exponential distribution- mgf, mean & variance, Beta distributions of
first and second kind and there mean and variance. Gamma distribution and its mean and variance (12 periods)

Unit V
Bivariate data – Definition, scatter diagram, simple correlation, Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation and its properties, Rank
correlation coefficient, least square method for fitting of straight line. Regression, lines of regression, Regression coefficients,
Properties of the regression coefficient. (12 periods)

Unit VI Skill Enhancement Course

Introduction to spreadsheet, reading data, manipulating data, Basic spreadsheets operations & functions – IF, nested IF, VLOOK
UP, H LOOK UP, Introduction to charts in excel,scatter plot in excel, Correlation and regression analysis using MS Excel (14
Periods)

Examination duration: 3 Hrs.

Theory marks: Theory + MCQ: 80 + Internal: 20 =100

93
 6

Books Recommended
1] Fundamentals of statistics (Vol. I) by Goon A. M, Gupta M.K, Dasgupta B, WorldPress (Pvt Ltd) Kolkata
2] Fundamental of Mathematical Statistics- V.K. Kapoor & S.C. Gupta Sultan Chand &Sons New Delhi
3] New Mathematical Statistics – Sanjay Arora & Bansilal, Satya Prakashan New Delhi4] Introduction to Probability
theory & its applications (Vol. I)- William Feller Wiley
4] Applied Statistics with Microsoft Excel – Gerald Keller, Duxbury, Thomson learning
5] Statistics for managers using Microsoft excel - Levine, Stephen, Krehbiel, Berenson, (4thedition), Pearson publication.
6] Statistical analysis with MS Excel – Dr Asha Chawla, Dr Seema Malik AvichalPublishing Company

Course Outcome (CO)

Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. Develop Statistical distribution knowledge

2. Apply Advance statisticaldistribution knowledge
3. Use Statistical continuous distribution
4. Use Advanced statistical distribution knowledge
5. use the descriptive statistical knowledge
6. use Some advanced computer knowledge

List of Practical
COs:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to solve/perform/demonstrate the following

1] Problems on Binomial distribution2]

Fitting of Binomial distribution
3] Problems on Poisson distribution4]
Fitting on Poisson distribution
5] Fitting of Normal distribution
6] Problems on area property of normal distribution7] Fitting
of straight line by least square method.
8] Computation of Karl Pearson’s coefficient of correlation.
9] Computation of Rank correlation
10] Computation of regression coefficient
11] Fitting of regression line by method of least squares
12] Data visualizations through graphs through MS Excel

Practical examination duration: 3 Hrs. Practical total marks: Internal: 25 + External: 25 = 50

B. Sc. - I

Generic Elective – I (GOEC)

Name of Paper – Data Presentation and Summarization

2 Lectures per week & Credit -2

Contents:

Unit- I 94
 7

Meaning of statistics as a science, importance of statistics

Data, its types: Qualitative and Quantitative data, Methods of collecting primary and secondary data. Presentation of data;
classification and tabulation of data. Frequency table, cumulative frequency table, simple bar, subdivided bar and multiple bars,
pie diagram, Histogram. Frequency curve, Frequency polygon, Ogive curve.

Unit-II

Measures of Central tendency:

Arithmetic mean, median, mode for discrete and continuous data. simple problems. Measures of dispersion: Range, mean
deviation and standard deviation, variance.

College level examination should be conducted.

Duration of examination: 2 Hrs.
Total marks: 50
Passing marks: 20

95
 1

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022-23 UG Programme

B. Sc. Zoology

Faculty of Science and Technology

POs:

At the time of graduation, Students will be able to

[Link] Thinking: Take informed actions after identifying the assumptions that frame our thinking and actions,
checking out the degree to which these assumptions are accurate and valid, and looking at our ideas and decisions
(intellectual, organizational, and personal) from different perspectives.

[Link] Communication: Speak, read, write and listen clearly in person and through electronic media in
English and in one Indian language, and make meaning of the world by connecting people, ideas, books, media and
technology.

PO3. Social Interaction: Elicit views of others, mediate disagreements and help reach conclusions in group settings.

PO4. Effective Citizenship: Demonstrate empathetic social concern and equity centred national development, and
the ability to act with an informed awareness of issues and participate in civic life through volunteering.

PO5. Ethics: Recognize different value systems including your own, understand the moral dimensions of your
decisions, and accept responsibility for them.

PO6. Environment and Sustainability: Understand the issues of environmental contexts and sustainable
development.

PO7. Self-directed and Life-long Learning: Acquire the ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the
broadest context socio-technological changes

PSOs

By the end of the programme, Students would be able to

1. Develop a deeper sense with respect to phylum Protozoa to Echinodermata relation to taxonomy,
classification, body organization and general characteristics this strengthens students’ capability in basic
zoology.
2. grasp various the Systematic positions from Protozoa to Echinodermata their pathogenicity and its
epidemiology.
3. describe unique characters and recognize life functions of Protozoa, Porifera, Coelenterate, Helminthes,
Arthropoda, Annelida, Mollusca and Echinodermata. Improve ability and apply Knowledge of Non-
chordates for its execution in Agriculture especially with the phylum Arthropoda.
4. Implement an extensive idea about economic and ecological significance of various non-chordates phylum’s
in human life.

Employability Potential:

96
 2

The B. Sc. Zoology is a walk for the Bachelor’s entrant through the amazing diversity of living organism from
simple to complex. BSc Zoology Programme scope is very rewarding owing to the relevancy of the course. [Link].
Zoology employability can be found in both the private and public sectors.

The course makes a detail comparison of the systematic study of different taxa of Non-chordate. It enlightens how
each group of organisms arose and how did they establish themselves in the environment with their special
characteristics. It also deals with the differences and similarities between organisms on the basis of their morphology
and anatomy which led to their grouping into taxa and clades.

Zoology deals with the structure, embryology, evolution, classification, habits, and distribution of all animals, both
living and extinct. If you are interested in making a career in Zoology then you need to deal with both the existing,
dead and quite possible the extinct species of the animal kingdom.

A zoologist might even get to travel because the nature of his / her job. Channels like National Geographic,
Animal Planet, Discovery Channel are in constant need of Zoologists for research and documentaries. Zoologists
are also hired for zoos, wildlife services, botanical gardens, conservation organizations, national parks, nature
reserves, universities, laboratories, aquariums, animal clinics, fisheries and aquaculture, museums, research,
pharmaceutical Companies, veterinary hospitals, etc.

There are various sectors of employment in the field of Zoology. Here’s the list of job profiles:

Jobs are available with a wide range of organisations in the public, private and not-for-profit sectors. Typical
employers include:

• Zoos or wildlife parks and environmental protection agencies

• Government agencies and research institutions
• Medical research establishments and the National Health Service
• Environmental and animal charities
• Schools, colleges, science centres, libraries and museums
• Universities and research institutes
• Environmental consultancies
• Chemical, pharmaceutical and petroleum companies
• Aquaculture and animal nutrition companies.
• Wildlife Biologist: In the current scenario of global warming, mankind needs to pay attention to
conserving the wildlife. Main concern of wildlife biologist are conservation and propagation of wildlife.
• Community development organizations: Ideal places to apply theoretical knowledge in real life
settings. You can also join a number of organizations to pursue career in community development like:
• Zoo Outreach Organization
• Dr. Salim Ali School of Ecology
• Indian Tiger Welfare Society
• Wildlife Trust of India
• Bombay Natural History Society (BNHS)
• Protection Society of India
• Ashoka Trust for Research in Ecology and the environment (ATREE) etc.
• Central Zoo Authority (CZA)
• Regional Resource Centers of Ministry of Environment and Forest Wildlife
• Wildlife Information Liaison Development
• Center for Science and Environment (CSE)
• Indian Forest Services (IFoS): A candidate can take IFoS exam conducted by Union Public Services
Commission (UPSC). The upper age limit is relaxable up to 5 years for the candidates belonging to
categories: Scheduled Caste/ Scheduled Tribe (SC /ST).

97
 3

• Research work: If student is keen in research then he/she can apply for IISc., IISER, TIFR, NCBS,
JNCASR, etc. for an Integrated MSc-PhD program or pursue advanced degree in wildlife biology or
ecological sciences in various institutes.
• Freelance consultant: Student may also work as a freelance consultant in various research and
development organizations.
This a great career interest for students, who are fascinated with nature and would not mind spending time
understanding it. There are several specializations that the students pursuing the field can venture into.
Many research agencies recruit expert students for various research projects for environmental research, animal
biodiversity research, conservation of wildlife, environmental management research and monitoring of ecosystems
etc.
[Link]. Zoology Student has ample opportunities as Zoology teacher, Lab Assistant, Conservationist, Wildlife
biologist, Marine Biologist, Museum Curator, Taxonomist, forensic expert, Eco-toxicologist, Biomedical Scientist,
Animal Care taker, Animal and wildlife Educator, Zoo Curator, Environmental Consultant, Zoo Educator, wildlife
Rehabilitator, Medical Representative, Sustainability officer, etc.
Apart from the above, private business enterprise is also one of employability potential such as, Agro Business
Industry (Fish, Farming , Sericulture, Apiculture, Prawn culture, pearl Culture, Lac Culture, etc.) Clinical Business
Associate, Veterinary based small scale Industry (Goat farming, poultry), Nutrition specialist.
Some top organizations also employ [Link]. Zoology students such as Wildlife Institute of India (NII), Zoological
Survey of India (ZSI), National Institute of Oceanography (NIO),
State Forest Department, Centre Marine Fisheries Research Institute (CMFRI), Central Inland Fisheries Research
Institute (CIFRI), Ministry of Environment and forest, Medical Laboratories, Agricultural firms Pharmaceutical
Companies, etc.
Being Zoology is a basic Science, the demand of Zoology is increasing day by day. It provides a good
career option to students. It provides wide horizon of knowledge with preview of employability potential.
P.G. in Zoology provides services in various sectors like, Biological Medical, Agriculture as Zoologist,
Assistant Professor, Ecologist, Entomologist, Herpetologist, Department of Fishery Zoo Keeper, Zoo Officer,
Marine Scientist etc.
• The students can also work in forest department by qualifying Indian Forest Service examination. They can work
in sample investigator for those derived from animals in different poaching and forest crime cases. They have
opportunities like Wildlife Conservationist, Forest Ranger, Zoologist, Wildlife Educator, Naturalist, Field Officer,
Biomedical Scientist, Toxicologist, Marine Scientist, Medical Coder etc.
They can opt to do research-based programs or study for competitive examinations like civil services
besides doing a job in a zoology-related field. They can develop entrepreneurship in the different fields like
Apiculture, Sericulture, Lac culture, Pisciculture, Aquaculture, Vermiculture, etc. They can contribute as a
consultant in Environment impact assessment in different projects of Dam/Road/Rail track constructions etc.
Other than this, they can opt for post PG Studies [Link] or Ph.D or can qualify competitive exam
like NET/SET/GATE to join as an Assistant Professor or as a Researcher.
A Scholar Student can join services at Bhabha Atomic Research Centre (BARC), NCBS/TIFR,
NIO/ZSI etc. as a scientist.

98
 4

Programme : [Link] : I- Zoology

Name of the programme: [Link]. I Class : Part I S

Semester :I ,DSC -1-01S Subject Zoology

Name of the course ( Paper): Life and diversity of Animals ( Non-chordata)

Course Outcomes Code : COs-01

About the course

The course is a walk for the Bachelor’s entrant through the amazing diversity of living organism from simple
to complex. The course makes a detail comparison of the systematic study of different taxa of Non-chordate. It
enlightens how each group of organisms arose and how did they establish themselves in the environment with their
special characteristics. It also deals with the differences and similarities between organisms on the basis of their
morphology and anatomy which led to their grouping into taxa and clades.

COs:

Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. Develop a deeper sense with respect to phylum Protozoa to Echinodermata relation to taxonomy,
classification, body organization and general characteristics this strengthens students’ capability in basic
zoology.
2. grasp various the Systematic positions from Protozoa to Echinodermata their pathogenicity and its
epidemiology.
3. describe unique characters and recognize life functions of Protozoa, Porifera, Coelenterate, Helminthes,
Arthropoda, Annelida, Mollusca and Echinodermata.
4. Improve ability and apply Knowledge of Non-chordates for its execution in Agriculture especially with the
phylum Arthropoda.
5. Implement an extensive idea about economic and ecological significance of various non-chordates phylum’s
in human life.

Unit I

12 L

1. Introduction and Classification to Non-Chordata

2. Phylum Protozoa: General characters
3. Type Study: Plasmodium vivax: structure, Life cycle
4. Parasitic Protozoan and human diseases: Malaria, Amoebiasis

Unit- II

12 L

1. Phylum Porifera: General characters

2. Type study: Scypha: Habits, Habitat and Distribution, Cell types, Spicules and Structure and significance of
canal system.
3. Phylum Coelenterates: General characters
4. Type study: Metridium: Habits and Habitat, External features, Gastrovascular cavity, Mesenteries, Corals and
coral reefs.

99
 5

Unit III:

12 L

1. Phylum Platyhelminthes: General characters

2. Type study Fasciola hepatica: Habits and Habitat, External features, Excretory, Reproductive system and
life cycle, disease and control.
3. Phylum Aschelminths: General Characters
4. Type study: Ascaris lumbricoides: Habits and Habitat, External features, Digestive, Excretory,
Reproductive system and life cycle.

Unit IV:

12 L

1. Phylum Annelida: General characters

2. Type study: Leech: External features, Digestive, Reproductive system.
3. Phylum Arthropoda: General characters.
4. Type study Cockroach: Habits and Habitat, Digestive, Excretory, Respiratory system, Reproductive
system.

Unit – V:

12 L

1. Phylum -Mollusca: General characters

2. Type study: Pila globose: Habit and habitat. External Features (Shell and body) Digestive system,
Respiratory system, Reproductive system,
3. Phylum: Echinodermata: General characters,
4. Type study: Asterias, Habits and habitat. External Feature, Water vascular system

Unit: VI:

12 L

1. Phylum: Hemichordata : General characters, Body organisation of Balanoglossus, Affinities of

Balanoglossus with Non-Chordata and Chordata.
2. Parasitic adaptation in Helminthes, Morphological and Physiological
3. Larval forms and their significance
4. Amphiblastula, Planula, Trochophore, Bipinnaria, Brachiolaria.

Unit VII:

20 M

Skills Enhancement Module (SEM)

1) Comparative study protozoan disease in the local area.

a) Procurement of resources such as reference books and data on protozoan disease in the local area.
b) Visiting local public health Centre to fetch data on protozoan Diseases.
c) Shortlisting most frequently occurring protozoan diseases in the area with the help of PHC authorities.
d) Preparing data to represent the status and severity of the diseases.
e) Submission of study report with proper inference and suggestion if available.

100
 6

2) Study of hotspots regarding coral reefs from the Indian subcontinents

a) Use of resources such as books and web to familiarise with corals, their various types and diversity and
making writeup on it.
b) Getting acquainted with the importance of coral reefs and their role in oceans.
c) Making datasheet of few of the aquatic faunal species dependant to a large degree on coral reefs for their
survival. Make an account on relationship of coral reefs with other faunal species with suitable example.
d) Study of Economic importance of coral reefs to humans and current coral reef status throughout the Indian
subcontinent.
e) Submission of study report taking above mentioned points into consideration with the help of available
resources.

3) Types of worm disease and control.

a) Study of various worm diseases through Reference books and Internet and making list of frequently found
worm diseases and getting acquainted with various modes of worm infections.
b) Getting help from local Medical services such as Primary Health Centres and Practicing medicos to get an
idea about status of worm diseases in the local area.
c) Make a note on various treatments for worm infections, availability of treatments in the local area and
methods to curb spreading of these infections.
d) With the help of Public health Government authorities in your area make a report on their plan to prevent
worm diseases and submit the study report covering all above mentioned points.
4) Diversity of Annelida in the local area.
a) With the help of Internet and Books make list of locally occurring annelids. Procure pocket field guide to
help identification of species.
b) Getting familiarised with Procedure to Survey and study the diversity of annelids through various
resources.
c) Survey of Local area to select suitable spot to study and record various annelids.
d) Take a record photo shot (if possible) and identify the species of annelid with the help of available field
guide. Take note of details such as G.P.S location, season, type of habitat etc.
e) Make list of various species and their abundance in the area and submit study report taking above
mentioned points into the consideration.

5) Collection of diversified Mollusc from the local water resources.

a) Get acquainted with mollusc with the help of available material and procure primary equipment for its
collection.
b) In the suitable season survey the area to record and collect various molluscans from the nearby vicinity and
make note of G.P.S location data, season, and type of habitat from where the mollusc is collected.
c) With the help of identification guide, identify the samples and take photographs of the specimen for the
report.
d) Make list of various species and their abundance in the area and submit detailed
study report taking above mentioned points into the consideration.

6) Economic importance of culture of Mollusca

a) Use of resources such as books and web to familiarise with Molluscans, their various types and diversity.
b) Get familiarised with the significance of molluscans and Economic importance them with reference to
human context.
c) Procure information about sites of aquaculture and species of molluscan that are commercially grown in
plants in india.
d) Mention current scenario and future of molluscan aquaculture by use of available resources.
e) Submission of study report taking above mentioned points into consideration with the help of available
resources.

101
 7

7) Survey of Malarial infection from local region.

a) With the help of available study resources get familiarised with causal animal of malaria, its vector and its
life cycle. Make a list of commonly occurring parasite species in your local area.
b) With the help of Primary Health Centre procure malarial infection incidences data.
c) Tabulate and represent data of available years and derive inference if the severity and occurrences of
malarial infections is increasing or decreasing.
d) By contacting Public health governmental organisations procure information on various steps employed to
restrict the spread of malarial infections.
e) Submit study report taking all the above points into consideration and also include suggestions if any.

8) Survey the impact of amoebiasis infection in local population.

a) With the help of various resources like Books and internet, understand and note down epidemiology of the
disease and its status in your surrounding area.
b) Procure information from PHC’s about occurrences of the disease, its season wise frequency, commonly
infected sex, age group, disease prone areas of local population.
c) Inquire and enlist current plan of action of PHO’s to contain the spread of infection.
d) With the help of detailed data set and draw inference about its impact on public health and submit it in
study report. Mention suggestions, if any.

9) Photographic collection of spiders web from the local area.

a) With the help of Internet and Books make list of locally occurring spiders. Procure pocket field guide to
help identification of species also get acquainted with webs of different spider species.
b) Get familiarised with Procedure to Survey and study the diversity of Arachnida through various resources.
c) Survey of Local area to select suitable spot to study and record various Arachnids.
d) Take a record photo shot of spider and its web and identify the species of Spider with the help of available
field guide. Take note of details such as G.P.S location, season, type of habitat etc.
e) Make list of various species and their abundance in the area and submit study report taking above
mentioned points into the consideration.
10) Study of varieties of odonates surrounding area.
a) With the help of Internet and Books make list of locally occurring Odonates. Procure pocket field guide to
help identification of species.
b) Get familiarised with Procedure to Survey and study the diversity of Odonata through various resources.
c) Survey of Local area to select suitable spot to study and record various Odonates.
d) Take a record photo shot and identify the species of with the help of available field guide. Take note of
details such as G.P.S location, season, type of habitat etc.
e) Make list of various species and their abundance in the area and submit study report taking above
mentioned points into the consideration.

11) Photographic collection of aquatic and terrestrial hemipterans.

a) Make list of locally available hemipterans with the help of available resources.
b) Familiarise with the life cycle and season of abundance hemipterans in the region.
c) Take a record photo shot and identify the species of with the help of available field guide. Take note of
details such as G.P.S location, season, type of habitat etc.
d) Submit recorded data and photographs accompanied with proper identification.

12) Photographic collection of colourful beetles and bugs from the local region.
a) Make list of locally available Coleopterans with the help of available resources.
b) Familiarise with the life cycle and season of abundance of coleopterans in the region.
c) Take a record photo shot and identify the species of with the help of available field guide. Take note of
details such as G.P.S location, season, type of habitat etc.
d) Submit recorded data and photographs accompanied with proper identification.

102
 8

13) Types of honey bees and their culture.

a) Procurement of resources such as reference books and data on honey bees and their culture.
b) Visiting nearby apiculture plant Centre to fetch data about honey bees.
c) Listing various species of honey bees and their attributes in regard to honey production quality and
quantity.
d) Preparing data to represent the survey and status of apiculture in your local area.
e) Submission of study report with proper inference and suggestion if available.

Practical : Life and diversity of Animals ( Non-chordata)

Practical : Two practical per week and each of 03 periods duration> The examination shall be of 04 hours duration
and of 50 marks

I-Life and diversity of Animals ( Non-chordata)

COs:

Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to perform/demonstrate

1. Observation, classification upto classes and sketching of the following animals ( Specimens and models )
• Phylum : Protozoa: Plasmodium trophozoite, Euglena, Entamoeba histolytica
• Phylum : Porifera : Sycon, bath sponge, Euplectela
• Phylum :Coelenterata : Obelia, Aurelia, Tubipora,
• Phylum : Helmenthis : Taenia, Ascaris ( male and female )
• Phylum Annelida : Neris, Earthworm, Leech,
• Phylum :Arthropoda : Prawn, Aranea,scolopendra, julus, moth, mosquito
• Phylum : Mollusca : Chiton, Pila, Dentalium, Unio, Octopus
• Phylum : Echinodermata :Antodon, holothuria, seastar, Brittle star
• Phylum : Hemichordata : Balonaglossus

2. Study of permanent slides

L.S. of Sycon, nematocyst, Ascaris egg, T.S Ascaris through Testis and ovaries, T.S. Leech through Crop,
Compound eye of Insect, Radula of Pila, Gill lamella, Osphradium of Pila, Scolex and gravid proglottid of
Taenia

3. Anatomical Study through computer aided techniques, Video clipping, models, photographs and
other available resources

a. Leech/Earthworm: Alimentary canal, reproductive system, Nervous system,

b. Grasshopper/ Cockroach; Digestive system, Nervous system, Reproductive system,

c. Culture of Hydra and Volvox (to be given to all students)

4. Mounting
a. Mosquito ( culex and Anopheles ) : Wings ,legs, mouthparts
b. House fly; Mouth pars, legs, wings
c. Paramecium and volvox

103
 9

Distribution of Marks during Practical Examination: Time : 4 hrs.

i) Identification and comments on spots (1-8) 4 specimens, 4 slides 12 Marks
ii) Labelling of Anatomical diagrams provided (Two) 10 Marks
iii) Permanent stained micro preparation 08 Marks
iv) Study tour diary - ………… 04 Marks
v) Permanent stained micro preparation Submitted by examinee .…. 04 Marks
vi) Certified class record - ……… 05 Marks
vii) Check list of 20 locally available invertebrate fauna……… 02 Marks
viii) Viva- voce …………….. 05 Marks
Total: - .… 50 Marks

Note:
1) One or two short excursion/study tours are compulsory for observation of animals in their natural
habitat. 2) Candidates shall be required to produce at the practical examination the following.
• Practical record book duly signed by the teacher in charge and Certified by the Head of the department as
bona fide work of the Candidate.
• Five permanent stained micro preparations.
• Study tour report and field diary duly signed by the teacher.

Reference Books Recommended (All latest editions):

1) Hickman, C.P. Jr.F.M. Hickman and [Link], Integrated principles of Zoology Mosby College publication
[Link].
2) Ayyar, E.K. and [Link], Manual of Zoology Vol.I (Invertebrata), Part-I & II S. Viswanathan
(Printers and Publishes) Pvt. Ltd. Madras.
3) Jordan, E.L. and [Link] Invertebrate Zoology, [Link] and Co., Ltd. Ram Nagar, New
Delhi.
4) Parker and Haswell, Text book of Zoology, Vol. I (Invertebrata),
A.Z.T.B.S. Publishers and Distributors, New Delhi –110051.
5) Waterman, Allyn J. etal., Chordate structure and Function, Mac Millan
and Co Newyork.
6) [Link] : Text Book of Invertebrate Zoology.
7) Vishwanathan : Invertebrate Zoology.
8) Majpuria : Invertebrate Zoology
9) Dhami and Dhami : Non-chordate Zoology.
10) Baini Prasad: Indian Zoological memoir. Pila.
11) [Link] : Modern Text Book of Invertebrate Zoology.
12) Malviya M.K. Invertebrate Zoology, by Rajdhool publications.
13) [Link], Practical Zoology, Invertebrate.
14) Bhamrah [Link] Kavita Juneja A text book of Invertebrate Zool
ogy, Anmol Publication Pvt. Ltd,. New Delhi.
15) Verma and Agarwal Practical Zoology, Invertebrate
16) - Barnes R.D. Invertebrate Zoology -(W.B. Saunders Co.)
17) [Link] and Thakur, Invertebrate Zoology.

104
 10

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022-23 UG Programme

Programme : [Link]-I : Zoology

There shall be the following paper and practical for [Link]. Part-I and
Semester II examination. The syllabus is based on 6 theory periods and
six practical periods per week (Total 75-80 theory sessions and 25
practical sessions during the complete semester). There shall be one
compulsory theory paper of 3 hours duration, as stated below and a
practical examination extending for four hours. Every examinee shall
offer the following paper of 100 marks (80 for written examination and 20
marks for internal assessment) and a practical examination of 50 marks.
Candidates are required to pass separately in theory and practical
examination.

Name of the programme: [Link]. I

Class : Part II S

Semester :II ,DSC-2-02S

Subject Zoology

Name of the course ( Paper): Life and diversity of Animals ( Chordata) and concept of

Evolution

Course Outcomes Code : COs-02

Max Marks : 80

About the course

The course is a walk for the Bachelor’s entrant through the amazing diversity of living organism from simple
to complex. The course makes a details comparison of the systematic study of different taxa of Non-chordate. It
enlightens how each group of organisms arose and how did they establish themselves in the environment with their
special characteristics. It also deals with the differences and similarities between organisms on the basis of their
morphology and an anatomy which led to their grouping into taxa and clades.

COs:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. know what the chordates are.

2. Learn about the different phylum of chordates.
3. confidently explain the general characters and classification of Protochordates upto class Mammalia.
4. understand the level of organization in chordate.
5. explain the origin and evolutionary relationship in different subphylums of chordates.
6. describe specific features of Protochordates upto class Mammalia.
7. recognize and differentiate life functions of Protochordates upto class Mammalia.
8. understand Migration in fishes and birds , parental care in Amphibians and Poisonous and non-poisonous snakes.
9. explain the adaptations in Birds and Mammals.

105
 11

Unit – I:

Phylum Chordata

12 L

1. Origin of Chordata
2. Protochordates: Type study: Amphioxus, Habits and habitat, External characters,
Digestive system and feeding, Excretory organs, gonads, Affinities of Amphioxus. Affinities of
Agnatha.
3. Series: Pisces: Type study: Scoliodon sorrakawah (Dog fish) Habits and habitat,
External characters, Respiratory system, respiratory organ and mechanism of respiration,
circulatory system, structure and working of heart, Lateral line receptors. Migration in fishes-
types causes and significance.

Unit: II

12 L

1. Class Amphibia: Type study: Rana tigrina: Habits and habitat, Respiratory organ,
Circulatory system, structure of heart, major arteries an vein, Urinogenital system. Parental care
in Amphibia.
2. Class Reptilia: Type study: Calotes versicolor- Habits and habitat, Circulatory system,
Structure of heart, major arteries and veins. Types of Snake venom and anti-venom.

Unit: III

12L

1. Class Aves: Type study: Pigeon -Columba livia, Habits and habitat, external characters,
Respiratory system, Urinogenital system, flight adaptation, Migration in birds.
2. Class: Mammalia: Primitive mammals: Salient features of Prototheria and Metatheria,
Aquatic mammals, Flying mammals. Adaptive radiation in Mammals.

Unit: IV

12L

1. Evolution meaning and scope

2. Indirect evidences of evolution: Evidences of organic evolution-morphological and
anatomical, physiological and biochemical, embryological.
3. Direct evidences of evolution: Paleontological evidences: Fossil and fossilization:
petrified fossils dead and preserve bodies and moulds, trails and foot prints, condition for
fossilization. Radioactive carbon dating of fossils. Living fossil. Importance of fossil record.
Evidences from connecting links – Peripatus and Archaeopteryx.

Unit: V

12 L

106
 12

1. Evolutionary Processes: Natural selection: Darwinism and Lamarckism

2. Speciation- definition of speciation-Allopatric and Sympatric speciation.
3. Modern concept of organic evolution -Neo-Darwinism. Population Genetic: Hardy -
Weinberg equilibrium, Gens pool, Gene frequency, Genetic drift, Convergent, Divergent and
parallel evolution, Coevolution.

Unit VI:

12L

1. Evolution of Man-brief accounts of Parapithecus, Dryopithecus, Parapithecus,

Australopithecus, Homoerectus, Neanderthal man, Cro-magnon man and modern man. Evolution
of heart and aortic arches
2. Animal adaptation: Desert, Aquatic and Terrestrial.

Unit VII:

Skill Enhancement Module—(SEM) 20 M

Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to perform/demonstrate

1. Study on edible fishes from the local region.

· Select local spots.
· Find various water reservoirs from selected areas.
· Choke out a plan to visit.
· Observed edible fishes and their photographic records.
· Prepare the data in a scientific way and submit.

2. Case study of diversity in frogs from surrounding areas.

• Select a different location from the surrounding area.

• Search for varieties of frog by observing in the particular area.
• Take photographic records and classify accordingly.
• Comparative study of their occurrence in different locations.
• Prapare a scientific data and submit.

3. Survey of Photographic evidence of parental care in frogs in monsoon.

• Study is carried out during monsoon season only.

• Focus selective location where the possibility of frog nesting occurs.
• Multiple visits during June to September to get expected results.
• Prepare data with photographic evidence and submit.

4. Survey the diversity of snakes in the surrounding area.

* Visit a locally working snake rescue team.
* Involved in their rescue operation in the surrounding area.
* After a multiple visit, prepare data with snake photographs and classify accordingly.
* Prepare Survey report and submit it.

5. Survey of Migratory birds in the forest /Grassland/Field.

107
 13

* Find out a list of migratory birds and visit the selected area from the books and other
bird organizations
* Decide multiple visits to the selected area.
* Prepare a list of observation and Photographic records.
* Compare this list with actual records which are mentioned in books and other
reservoirs.
* Submit a final report of the bird survey.

6. Case Study of migratory wetland birds from local reservoirs.

* Download a list or read a list of migratory wetland birds from IUCN red data list or
renown books.
* Select reservoir for case study from the surrounding area.
* Visit during migration period i.e. September to may.
* Try to take a photograph of migratory bird species from the different reservoirs.
* Prepare the data with a basic classification and a few characters with photographs and
submit.

7. Prepare a model on the evolution of man.

* Find out the latest information from the internet and recent books on evolution of man.
* Collect a photographic record and their history and related information.
* Prepare a model with photographic records and basic information like evidential
proof,period of occurrence, characters etc.
* Submit this model.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Integrated Principles of Zoology, 7th Edition, Hickman, C.P. Jr.,[Link] and L.S. Roberts, 1984. Times
Mirror/Mosby College Publication. St. Louis. 1065 pp.
2. A life of Vertebrate – [Link], ELBS Oxford University Press.
3. A Text Book of Chordates – [Link] and Kavita Juneja.
4. Modern Text Book of Zoology Vertebrate – [Link], Rastogi Publication Meerut.
5. A Text Book of Chordates – A .Thangamani, S, Prasannakumas, [Link] and
6. Arunmugam Saras Publication, Nagercoil.
7. A Text Book of Chordate Zoology – [Link] –Jaiprakashnath Publication Meerut.
8. Chordate Zoology – [Link] and [Link], [Link] and Company New Delhi.
9. A Text book of Practical Zoology Vertebrate – [Link], Rastogi. Publication, Meeru
10. Manual of Zoology Vol. II (Chordata), S. Viswanathan (Printers and Publishers) Pvt Ltd., Madras, 891p.
11. Chordate Zoology and Elements of Animal Physiology, Jordan, [Link] P.S. Verma, 1995. 10th edition, S.
Chand & Co Ltd., Ram Nagar, New Delhi, 1151 pp.
12. Zoology of Chordates, Nigam, H.C., 1983. Vishal Publications, Jalandhar - 144 008, 942.
13. The Phylum Chordata, Newman, H.H., 1981. Satish Book Enterprise,Agra - 282 003, 477 pp.
14. Text Book of Zoology, Vol. II (Chordata), Parker and Haswell, 1964.A.Z.T,B.S. Publishers and Distributors,
New Delhi – 110 051, 952 pp
15. Chordate Structure and Function, Waterman, Allyn J. et al., 1971. Mac Millan & Co., New York, 587 pp.
16. Simpson, G.C. 1967 - The meaning of Evolution. Revised Edition – New Haven, Tale University Press.
17. Colbert, E.H. 1969 - Evolution of Vertebrates, Wiley, New York.
18. Mayr, Ernst, 1973 - Animal Species and Evolution. The Belknap Press of Harvard University, Cambridge.
19. Dobzansky, T. 1976 - Genetics and the Origin of Species. Oxford and TBH Publishing Co. New Delhi.
20. Savage, J.M. 1976 - Evolution. Amerind Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
21. Elic. Minkoff, 1983 - Evolutionary Biology, Addison Wesley.
22. Life, Origin, Evolution and Adaption (2002) – Sanjib Chattopadhyay. Books and Allied (p) Ltd.
23. [Link] & [Link].(2008) Cell Biology, Genetics, Molecular
Biology, Evolution & Ecology –S. Chand Publications.

108
 14

24. Dhabade. D.S. I. A. Raja. R.A>Gulhane. [Link]. [Link]., And [Link].,.A Text Book of Evolution:
Sanket Publicatin. Washim
25. Zoology for Degree Students, [Link].

Practical:-
Two practical per week of 3 periods duration. Examination shall be of 5
Hrs duration and of 50 marks.

COs:

Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to demonstrate/perform/accomplish the following

1. General characters and classification of Phylum

Chordata:
2. General characters and Classification up to orders of
the following chordates or as per the availability in the
laboratory from the major orders, (Specimens or
Models):
Protochordata: Herdmania, Doliolum Salpa, Amphioxus.
Agnatha: Petromyzon, Myxine.
Pisces: Scoliodon, Torpedo, Acipenser, Exocoetus.
Hippocampus
Amphibia: Ichthyophis, Salamander, Bufo, Hyla.
Reptilia: Varanus, Phrynosoma, Chameleon, Cobra, krait,
Russell's viper, Typhlops, Hydrophis
Aves: Duck, Woodpecker, Kingfisher, Parrot.
Mammalia: Mongoose, Squirrel. Manis. Bat., monkey,
B) Dissections:
1. Dissection - afferent and efferent branchial vessels, cranial
nerves, internal ear of scoliodon.
2. Dissection - Digestive system, Arterial system, venous
system, reproductive system of rat.
3. Permanent micro-preparations .a. Fish scales. b. Ampullae
of Lorenzini. c. Eyeball muscles.
4. Observations of air bladder in air breathing fishes.
C) Osteology. Rabbit, Varanus (excluding loose bones of skull).
D) Evolution:
1. Study of fossils, including living fossils.
2. Study of Evidences of evolution.
i) Analogous and Homologous organs.
4. Study of Mesozoic Reptiles (By Models/Charts).
5. Mimicry, coloration in animals.
6. Beak and Leg modifications with reference to: Parrot,
Woodpecker, Kingfisher, Heron, Duck, Sparrow/Pigeon
Hawk/Kite, Owl.

E) Histological Slides :- Amphioxus, Frog, Rat

Slides :
T.S, Oral hood, Pharynx, Tail
T.S. lung, Stomoch, Kidney, T.S. Intestine,
T.S. Liver, Pancrease, Ovary, Testies, Pituitary,
Thyroid, Adrenal

109
 15

DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS FOR

PRACTICAL EXAMINATION.

1. Dissection: - 10
2. Permanent stained micro preparation. 05
3. Spotting. (Specimens, Slides, bones, fossil) 10
4. Practical on evolution - 10
5. Class record 05
6. Viva - Voce 05
7. Submission of study tour report. 05
Total Marks: 50
------------------------------------

Course- Zoology
General Interest Course (GIC)

Title: Snake Identification their Rescue & Snake Bite Management

Course Duration :

110
 16

15 hours

Email- profpraveenjoshi@[Link]

Credit : 01

Course Information:
The importance of snakes in nature is extraordinary. They play an important role in the food
chain. The snakes are found in all habitats like villages, towns, farms and forests but in villages and cities people are
often bitten by snakes and die prematurely but these are due to poisonous snakes but among the diversity very few
snakes are poisonous but people unaware of the facts. Most of the time non-venomous snakes bite and they do not
cause death but lack of information creates fear and kills snakes. The snake maintains the balance of the environment
by controlling the population of many species such as rodents, mice, small mammals, birds and reptiles. In this course
students will be given complete information about the species of snakes commonly found in Vidarbha, their habitat,
predators, behaviors, snake bites and its causes and remedies as well as beliefs about snakes and superstitions and
their importance in nature. Students can effectively spread awareness about snakes in the society through this medium.

Course Outcome:

Every student participating in the course will get to know about the different species of snakes in Vidarbha.
The student can easily identify venomous and non-venomous snakes. It will be possible to differentiate between
venomous and non-venomous snake bites. Participate in a rescue operation with volunteers from a snake rescue
organization. Understand how to catch them. Students confidently told about the habitat of snakes, their role in nature
and why it is important to save snakes. Visiting hospitals for people who have been bitten by snakes will help them to
understand the difference between the bites of different venomous snakes. Awareness can be created by taking active
part in future campaigns on the importance of snakes for the environment.

Facility provided by the Institution:

First of all, cooperate with the local organization working on snakes. Make available books on snakes
to the students through the college library. Provide information about snakes with the help of photos and videos with
the help of projector. With the help of children working in the organization, go to different habitats and give
information about catching snakes. Visit a snakebite victim at a local government hospital. Create awareness about
snake bites in the future, how to prevent snake bite accidents.

Course Syllabus

Unit 1 10 L
• General information of world wide diversity of snakes.
• Diversity of snakes in India, Maharashtra and Vidarbha region.
• Identification of poisonous and non-poisonous snakes in Vidarbha.
• Participating in snake rescue operation and developing skill handling and capturing of snakes under the
guidance of authorized snake catchers.
• Arrange field visits to know about different habitats of snakes.

Unit 2 10 L
• Role of snakes in the environment.
• Snakes are important creature in the food chain.
• Methods to avoid the snake bite.
• Identification of different poisonous snake bites and non-poisonous snake bite.
• Primary steps after snake bite.
• Volunteers in snake bite operation.

111
 17

• Participating while arranging rallies, lectures and seminars in public places in creating an awareness of saving
snakes and saving nature.

Evaluation Methods:

1. Submit Project based on Local diversity of snakes. ------------------------- 10 marks

2. Deliver a seminar on any topic based on syllabus. ------------------------ 10 marks

3. Participation certificate in a snake rescue team by the local snake organization.—5 Marks

4. Member of awareness program which will be run by the organization for saving snakes.- 5 Marks

Bibliography:-
1. Venomous Bites from Non Venomous snakes:A Critical Analysis of Risk By,[Link],Daniel [Link]
Julian White and Scott
2. Guideline for the management of snakes bites World Health Organization Regional Office South East Asia.
3. Snakes of the world-A catalogue of living and extinct species by Van Wallach,Kenneth L. Williams and
Jeff Boundy-Google [Link]-1995.
4. Snakes of India-Romulus Whitakar and Ashok Captain
5. Common Indian Snakes- Romulus Whitakar
6. Snakes of Maharashtra- Neelamkumar Khaire
7. Reptiles and Amphibians of India: J. C. Daniel
8. Uncover a Cobra: Van Wallach.
9. Reptiles By: [Link]
10. Vertebrates Zoology: P. S. Verma, S. Chand Pub. N. Delhi
11. Vertebrates Zoology: R. L. Kotpal, Rastogi Pub. N. Delhi

Course- Zoology

General Interest Course (GIC)

Title: Basic Course in Ornithology

Course Duration :
15 hours

Credit : 01

Course Outcome:
The student who has taken admission in this course will get basic knowledge of bird species from all over the world
as well as complete information about bird species found in Maharashtra and Vidarbha. Course students will get an
in-depth knowledge of various bird species in nature, their functions, their major habitats, bird-specific habitat.
Students may have the opportunity to work on various research projects run by international or national bird
organizations. Students can set up their own bird tour company, organize small bird tours at famous bird sanctuaries
in India, pursue their hobbies and earn money through the tour. Students can put up an exhibition of selected
photographs of the birds they photograph while going birding each day. This will make people aware of the local bird
diversity and at the same time help encourage other students who are interested in the field. Students can also earn
money by selling selected photos displayed in the exhibition.

112
 18

Course Information:
This course is mainly based on Birds which is an indicator of a healthy environment, an
important component of the food chain, attracting everyone with its appearance and sound. This is made especially
for people who love birds and nature. The main objective of this course is to give the students an in-depth knowledge
of the bird world of Vidarbha as well as to introduce the bird diversity of the world and the bird world of Maharashtra.
Students need to be informed that birds play an important role in the environment. It is important to show how the
extinction of bird species will adversely affect nature. It is important to explain the potential threats to habitat and the
steps that need to be taken to address the rapidly declining number of bird species and the extinction of many species.
Students will be informed about the number of migratory birds that come to Vidarbha from all over the world. Students
will be given full information about the category they fall under as per IUCN. The benefits of bird watching for the
environment, physical and mental health will be explained. It will be informed that many job opportunities are
available due to this course. Students will also learn about the close relationship between birds and tourism so that we
can start our own business in this field.

Facility provided by the Institution:

The Institute will make available the required books for this course in the Library. Provide an up-to-date classroom
with projectors, computer systems and important study materials. In addition to regular teachers, guest lectures will
be provided by expert teachers of related subjects. Programs such as workshops, seminars, group discussion field
visits of experienced people who have been working in this field for many years will always be conducted. A study
tour of the relevant subject will be organized by the college during the course. Students who have taken admission in
the course will be given an opportunity to participate in their various activities by collaborating with an organization
working in the field of birds.

Course Syllabus

Unit 1 10 L
• To introduce Bird diversity of the Indian subcontinent.
• Basic information about Bird Diversity of India, Maharashtra and Vidarbha region.
• Species based categorization (Prey birds, Passerine and waders).
• Diversity of residential birds of Vidarbha.
• Migratory birds visited the Vidarbha region.
• Rare birds are recorded as per IUCN in the Vidarbha region.

Unit 2 10 L
• Important bird watching tips and materials needed for bird watching.
• Benefits of Bird watching.
• Role of birds in the environment.
• Identification and census methods of birds.
• Reason for decline in population of birds in Vidarbha region.
• Steps involved in their habitat management and conservation.
• Birds and Tourism.

Evaluation Methods:

1. Visit local birding spots and submit a diversity survey report. --------- 10 M
2. Deliver a seminar on any one of the topics from the syllabus. ---------- 05 M
3. An exhibition of photographs of various species of birds taken during the Bird Survey should be displayed
in the college. ----------- 10 M
4. Volunteer for a few days with an organization working in the various issues like field of bird species
diversity, destroy habitat and needs of conservation and submit its certificate.—05 M

Bibliography:-

113
 19

Abdulali,H.(1972), Checklist of Birds of Maharashtra. Bombay Natural History society, Mumbai.

Ali, S. The book of Indian birds. (13th Edition). Bombay Natural History Society. 2012; 239 Oxford
University Press.
Bibby C.J., N.D. Burgess & D.A. Hill (1992). Bird Census Techniques. Academic Press, London, 67–84
pp.
Daniels, R.J.R. (1997). A Field Guide to the Birds of South-Western India. New Delhi: Oxford University
Press, 217pp.
Grimmett, R., C. Inskipp & T. Inskipp, Birds of the Indian Subcontinent. Oxford University Press, New
Delhi. 2012; 528pp.
IUCN - ENVIS Center, IUCN Red List of Threatened Species.2018; IUCN category. Kazmierczak, K.
(2000). A Field Guide to the Birds of the Indian Subcontinent. A & C Black Publishers Ltd., Pica press,
352pp.
Kazmierczak, K. A Field Guide to the Birds of the Indian Subcontinent. A & C Black Publishers Ltd., Pica
press. 2012; 352pp.
Kumar, A., J.P. Sati, P.C. Tak & J.R.B. Alfred . Handbook on Indian Wetland Birds and their
Conservation.
Zoological Survey of India. 2005; 218pp.
Grewal B., Harvey B. and Pfister [Link] of India. Periplus Editions (HK) Ltd. 2011; 512 pp
Steward R.E. Jr., (1999). Technical aspects of wetlands: Wetlands as bird habitat. United States Geologic
Water Supply Paper, pp. 24-25

Course- Zoology
General Interest Course (GIC)

TITLE - ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES AND ITS AWARENESS

Course Duration – 15 Hours

Total Credits – 1

Course Information:
This credit course benefits students to perceive how their decisions and actions affect the environment. It
augments their knowledge and skills necessary to address complex environmental issues. Also, it helps to chalk out
strategies to keep our environment healthy and sustainable for the future.
This course empowers students to make connections and apply their learning in the real world. It helps pupils
to see the interconnectedness of social, ecological, economic, cultural, and political issues. This course encourages
students to investigate multiple facets of environmental issues to comprehend the situation as a whole. It promotes
tolerance of different points of view and different cultures.
By exposing students to nature and allowing them to learn outside, this course nurtures sensitivity,
appreciation, and respect for the environment.

Course outcomes:
• Students will understand current environmental scenario with clearer concepts in mind.
• Students will have Ability to demonstrate understanding of the environmental processes and will possess
knowledge of the changing climate.
• Students will have Ability to comprehend to structure and functions of ecosystem.

114
 20

• Students will know how to identify and quantify the magnitude and intensity of Environmental pollution
problems.
• Student will have Ability to demonstrate understanding Environmental Laws and policies in India.
• Student will appreciate the ecosystem responses to climate change and how environmental crisis will greatly
impact both current and future generations of humans and all other species.

Facility provided by the Institution:

• Institute will provide necessary equipment’s for practical sessions.

• Institute will arrange guest lectures of eminent personnel in the field, so as to give better depth and understanding
of the subject.
• Institute will arrange field visits to various Industries to show and assess their commitment to save environment.
• Institute will provide various e-learning resources for better understanding of the subject.
• Library facility and reference books will be made available to the students enrolling for the course.

Course Syllabus

UNIT I -Introduction to environmental studies. 10 L

• Definition, scope and importance.
• Need for public awareness.
• Environmental ethics: Issues and possible solutions.
• From Unsustainable to Sustainable development
• Water conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management
• Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion.
UNIT II - Natural resources 10 L
• Natural resources and associated problems. Types of resources.
• Forest resources: Use and over exploitation, deforestation.
• Water resources : Use and over-utilization of surface and ground water, floods, drought, conflicts over water,
dams benefits and problems.
• Environment Protection Act, Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, Water (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act.
• Wildlife Protection Act. Forest Conservation Act.

Evaluation Methods
• Presentation on any one suitable topic from syllabus at the end of course. 10 M
• Submission of Dissertation on topic which includes at least one Case Study. 10 M
• Submission of Excursion tour Report / Submission of Report on Industrial Visit.05 M
• Certificate from any Environment Cause related NGO / GO / NSS Unit (From College)
for Spending Not less than 10 Hrs for any Environmental Cause. 05 M

Bibliography

115
 21

1. Climatology by Devendra Singh.

2. Fundamentals of Ecology by EP Odum.
3. A Text Book of Ecology and Environment by P. C. Joshi and Namita Joshi, Himalaya.
4. Environmental Science, Danial Botkin and Edward Keller. New York: John Wiley & Sons (1997).
5. Environmental Biology by Verma and Agrawal.
6. Ecology and Environment- P. D. Sharma, Rastogi Publ.
7. Environmental Science. Van Cunninghnn, Tata McGraw Hill Pub.
8. Environmental Pollution Control Engineering – C.S. Rao. New Age International Publication.
9. Waste Water Treatment, M. N. Rao, and A. K. Datta (1987), Oxford and IBH Publ. Co”. Pvt. Ltd. 345 p.
Townsend C., Harper J., and Michael Begon,
10. Environmental Studies., Dr. Deshpande A.P., Dr. Chudiwale A.D., Dr. Joshi P.P. and Dr. Lad A.B. Nagpur:,
Pimpalapure & Company Publishing.
11. Handbook of Environmental Laws, Rules. R. K. Trivedi, [Guidelines]. Compliances and Standards, Vol. I and
II. Enviro Media.
12. Introduction to Air Pollution, R. K. Trivedi, and P. K. Goel, Techno-Science Publications.
13. Pollution Control in Process Industries – [Link]. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Publishing.
14. Air Quality Management by Stern, A.C. (Ed) (1974).
15. The Biological Diversity Act. 2002 and Biological Diversity Rules. National Biodiversity Authority India
(2004): 475, 9th South cross street. Neelangarai Kalpalocwar Nagar, Chennai – 600041.
16. Environmental law and policy in India., Cases Materials, Statutes., Shyam Diwan and Armin Rosencranz.
Oxford University Press.

116
 Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University
Part A
Faculty :Commerce & Management
Programme : Bachelor of Business Administration

Programme Objectives :-

· To impart the basic knowledge of Economics.

· To impart basic knowledge of Accountancy & Statistics.
· To impart knowledge of creating a cash book and ledger books.
· To impart the basic knowledge of management, planning, organizing, directing and controlling
· To impart the basic knowledge of application of computers and its development.
· To impart the knowledge of business sectors, firms, e-commerce, cashless transaction
· To impart the knowledge of local and global enterprises and trade.
· To develop presentation skills and ability of goal setting.
· To bring about the holistic development of the students.
· To develop ethics of life.
· To inculcate Environmental awareness.
· To impart the fundamental knowledge of Computer.

Programme Outcomes :-

The students would able to –

· Attain requisite skills and knowledge after the completion of the programme.
· Achieve the basic knowledge of Economics.
· Assimiliate basic knowledge of Accountancy & Statistics.
· Efficiency in reading and writing skill.
· Achieve requisite skills and knowledge of preparing cashbook, leadger books and balancesheet of
company.
· Become knowledgeable about marketing.
· Create a self employment.
· Assimiliate ethics of life.
· Achieve Environmental awareness.
· Attain fundamental knowledge of Computer.

Employability Potential of the Programme

Choosing a perfect career is the toughest decision that any person has to make in life. After completion of BBA,
candidates have a versatile choice in career. One of the best options is that students can pursue MBA, [Link] and
similar masters programs, which in return boost their chances of potential success. other options which are open
after the completion of BBA are discussed below

Entrepreneurship-
Once the candidate has completed the graduation, he/she can utilize the learned skills and become his own boss. The
curriculum gives knowledge related to finance, accounts, management and some legal aspects also.

Banking-
There are many private banks which offer some attractive vacancies to the BBA graduates after completion of their
course. These jobs add on to their skills and experience. Both the public as well as the private sector banks offer
many job opportunities to the BBA graduates, such as -
● bank officers
● financial administrators
● financial advisors
● junior managers
● bank assistants
● PO exams, etc.

Financial Planning-
BBA graduates are expected to acquire the skill of financial planning. Those who choose to be financial planners
help individual clients with their funds, and savings along with various investment issues for achieving their
personal goals. students who are planning to make career in the financial planning sector, can try for the following
programs like:
● CA- Chartered Accountant
● CFA - Chartered Financial Analyst
● CFP - Certified Financial Planner

117
 ● CS - Company Secretary
These are renowned certification courses in finance which help the BBA students to be helpful in the financial
matters of their individual clients.

Intern at a reputed company -

Many companies offer a variety of internships to the BBA students so that they can gain the required experience and
skills at the beginning of their career. students should be clear with which skills they want to acquire and enhance,
what is the deadline and how they can update their resume.

Higher education -
On the completion of the BBA degree program, the candidates can pursue MBA, [Link] or other similar masters
degree program. Candidates can also pursue LL.B., diploma in taxation, post graduate diploma in marketing
management, post graduate diploma in HR or Finance or such similar courses.

Acquire skills through certification programs -

Candidates can acquire various skills through special certification programs, such as Digital marketing, Business
analytics,
Project Management professionals, MS office etc.
In the course of education also the candidates can acquire various skills such as communications skills,
letter writing skills, drafting skills, marketing skills, management skills, leadership skills, financial management
skills, interpersonal skills, discipline, punctuality, coordination, organisation, planning, group play and other legal
and accounting skills. all these skills will not only enhance their chances of employability but also their capabilities
to be self-employed.
Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme :Bachelor of Business Administration Semester I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BBA-101 Business Communication in 30
English I (AEC)
Course Outcome:
1. Student will get to know about the principles of effective communication
2. They will get information about type of communication and barriers to communication
3. Student will learn about drafting of business letter
4. Student will learn about interdepartmental communication
5. Student will get to learn about drafting different business letter such as sales latter, purchase latter
6. Student will be able to draft a report.

Unit Topic No. of Periods

I Introduction to Business Communication 06
1.1 Meaning, Definition, objectives and
1.2 Importance of Business Communication
1.3 Principle of Effective Communication in Business
1.4 Essentials and 7cs, of Effective Communication in Business
II Business Communication 06
2.1 Process of Communication
2.2 Types of Communication (Verbal and Non Verbal Communication)
2.3Dimensions of Communication (Upward, Downward, Lateral, Crosswise)
2.4 Barriers to Communication
III Business Correspondence 06
3.1 Meaning, Objectives and Importance of Business Correspondence
3.2 Layout of Business Letter
3.3 Do’s and Don’ts of Business Letter
3.4 Inter departmental Communication
Memo, Notice, Order, Circular
IV Business Letters 06
4.1 Types of Business Letters.
4.2 Enquiry Letters, Quotation Letters, Placing Orders, Inviting Tenders, Credit and
Status Enquiry letters
4.3 Sales Letter
4.4 Complaint Letters and Circular Letters.
V Report Writing 06
5.1 Meaning, Objective of report writing
5.2 Essentials elements of report writing
5.3 Types of reports
5.4 Drafting a Report
BOOKS RECOMMENDED :
· Raman S. & Swami R. Business Communications, Professional Publications Madras
· R.C. Sharma &Krishan Mohan, Business Correspondence & Report Writing. Tata McGraw Hill Delhi.
2

118
 · NandanwarK.P. NinaweA.S. &NandanwarS.P. Essential of Business Communication, Prashant
Publication, Jalgaon.
· Kaul, Business Communication, Prentice Hall, New Delhi.
· MallikaNawal, Cengage Learning
· Murphy & Peck, Effective Business Communications, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
=================================================================================
Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme :Bachelor of Business Administration Semester I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BBA-102 Principles of Business Economics 75
Course Outcomes
[Link] of Micro &Macroeconomic Concepts
[Link] of Utility & Indifference Curve Analysis
[Link] of Demand Pattern
[Link] of Supply and Production Pattern
[Link] of Cost & Revenue Pattern

Unit Content No. of Periods

I Basic Concepts: 13
1.1Definition of Economics: Adam Smith,Marshall
1.2 Definition of Economics:Robbins, J.K. Mehta
1.3 Economic Laws: Nature, Characteristics, Limitation & Importance.
1.4 Micro Economics-Meaning, Scope, Merits &Demerits, Importance.
1.5 Macro Economics-Meaning, Scope, Merits &Demerits, Importance.
II Utility Analysis: 13
2.1 Meaning and Definition.
2.2 Marginal Diminishing Utility Theory.
2.3 Equi Marginal Utility Theory.
2.4 Indifference Curve: Meaning, Definition & Rate of Marginal
Substitute. (MRS)
2.5 Characteristics of Indifference Curve.
III Demand Analysis: 13
3.1Demand: Meaning, Definition, Change in Demand.
3.2Law of Demand & its Exceptions.
3.3 Concept and Types of Elasticity of Demand
3.4 Measurements of Elasticity of Demand
3.5 Determinants and Importance of Elasticity of Demand
IV Supply Analysis &Production Function: 12
4.1 Supply: Meaning, Definition, Change in Supply.
4.2 Law of Supply & its Exceptions
4.3 Law of Variable Proportion.
4.4 ISO quants: Concept & Characteristics.
4.5 Internal&ExternalEconomies&Diseconomies.
V COST AND REVENUE: 12
5.1 Meaning & Types of Cost.
5.2 Short run Cost Curve.
5.3 Long run Cost Curve.
5.4 Meaning & Types of revenue.
5.5 Total, Average & Marginal Revenue Curve.
VI Skill Enhancement Module 12
Application of Utility, Demand, Supply, Production, Cost and Revenue
Patterns in Retail and Wholesale Market. For examples: APMC, Vegetable
Markets, Flower Market
BOOKS RECOMMENDED :
1) Ahuja H.L.: Business Economics :[Link]&[Link] Delhi.
2) Business Economics :Dr.G.N. ZamarePimplapure& Co. publisher, Nagpur
3) K.P.M. Sundharam : Micro Ecnomics – S. Chand and Sons. E.N. Sundharam.
4) M. L. Jhingam : Micro Economics Theory, Konark Publishers, Delhi
5) MisraPuri : Economics of Growth and Development – Himalaya, Bombay
6) Business Economics : Dr. SudhirBodhankar, Dr. MedhaKanetkar, Shri. SainathPrakashan, Nagpur
=================================================================================
Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme :Bachelor of Business Administration Semester I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods

119
 BBA-103 Principles of Business Management & Creativity 75
Innovation
Course outcomes :
Principle of Business Management (creativity and Innovation)
Management Concept: - To develop the knowledge of Branch accounting
Planning: - To know the Concept of Planning and its implementation in management
Organizing: - To analyze the concept of organizing and its significant in management
Directing: - To familiarize the concept of Directing and importance of motivation in management
Controlling: - To develop the various techniques and tool of Controlling

Unit Content No. of Periods

I Business Management 13
1.1 Business :- Meaning, Nature
1.2 Business Management :- Concept, Meaning, Nature and Steps of Management
Process
1.3 Principles of Business Management by Henry Fayol, Elton Mayo
1.4 Principles of Scientific Management by [Link]
II Planning and Organizing 13
2.1 Planning: - Meaning, Nature and Importance
2.2 Types of procedure of planning
2.3 organization: - Meaning Nature and Scopes
2.4 Organizational Structure and Types of Organization
III Directing and Controlling 13
3.1 Direction: - meaning, Nature, Scope and Importance
3.2 Principles of Direction and Forms of Direction
3.3 Controlling: - Concept, meaning, nature and role
3.4 Process and technique of controlling
IV Idea 12
4.1 Idea: - Concept, Meaning and Nature
4.2 Idea Evaluation, Generalization and Execution, Brainstorming
4.3 Identification of critical issues and its solutions
4.4 Incubation: - Concept, Meaning, Nature and Importance
V Creativity and Innovation 12
5.1 Creativity: - Meaning, Definition, Creative Environment
5.2 Creativity in Teams and Managing Creative Employees
5.3 Innovation: - Meaning, Definition and Importance
5.4 Climate for Innovation in Enterprise and Competitive Advantage of Innovation
VI Skill enhancement Module 12
1. Generate a business idea using Mind-Mapping technique.
2. Generate an idea for social awareness of cleanliness using Brain-Storming
technique.
3. Generate an idea for innovation using Attribute Listing Techniques.
4. Generate a idea for Pollution Control by using story boarding technique.
5. The employees in your organization have lost their creativity, how will you
develop creativity in him.
6. Guide your friend who is need of funds for innovation.
7. You plan to initiate a change in your organization, what measures will encourage
change in organization.
8. Prepare the proposal for incubation support.
9. Guide your friend and encourage him for “Make in India” with his new business
idea.
10. Prepare a plan to communicate the innovation initiated by your organization, to the
general public.
11. These modules will enhance creativity skills of the students. The students will learn
various idea generation techniques and how to overcome the challenges.
12. Build your team for skill enhancement programme for students of your department
13. Establish grievance redressal committee and resolve issues of students
14. Prepare write up for controlling measures adopted by your principles for
administrative examination and student affair.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. The act of Creation by Arthur Koestler
2. Creativity in Product Innovation by Jacob Goldenberg and David Mazursky
3. Creative Cognition : Theory, Research and Applications by Ronald A. Finke, Thomas B. Ward and Steven
M. Smith
4. The Creative Mind: Myths and Mechanisms by Margaret A. Boden
5. Mastering the Dynamics of Innovation by James M. Utterback
6. Think : Before it’s Too Late by Edward de Bono
7. The Progress Principle : Using Small Wins to Ignite Joy, Engagement and Creatiity at Work, Teresa
Amabile and Steven Kramer
8. The Progress Principle : Using Small Wins to Ignite Joy, Engagement and Creativity at Work Handover
July 10, 2011, Teresa Amabile, Steven Kramer
==================================================================================
4

120
 Part B
Syllabus prescribed for 1st Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Business Administration Semester I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BBA-104 Basic Accounting 75
Course Outcomes :-
1) To know the meaning, Nature, Function and usefulness of Accounting
2) To understand the concept of various steps of Accounting
3) Journal entries, Ledger posting, Trial balance
4) To learn how to prepare Final Accounts of sole traders with adjustments
5) To understand the concept of joint venture
6) To know the different method of depreciation.
7) To develop the concept of bill of exchange
8) To know the different methods of depreciation.

Unit Content No. of Periods

I 1.1 Introduction of accounting, meaning,nature,function and usefulness,accounting 13
concepts and convention,double entry accounting system.
1.2 Journal entries, ledger, trial balance
1.3 Subsidiary Books Single column/simple cash bookPurchases book, purchases
Return Book, Sales Book, Sales Return Book
1.4 Rectification or errorRectification entries and suspense account
II Final Accounts of sole Traders. Trading Account, Profit & Loss account. Balance Sheet 13
with adjustment
III Bill of exchange 13
IV Accounts of Joint Venture 12
V Depreciation : Accounting 12
Concept of Depreciation, Different method of Depreciation
Problem on
1) Straight line method
2) Reducing Balance method
3) Annuity method
VI Skill Enhancement Module 12
a) A comparative study of Conventional and modern system of accounting
b) A study of various policies of company as AS-2, AS6 & AS10 from Annual Report
c) Analytical study of all assets of documents in your family’
d) Visit to any proprietary concern and preparation of journal of 8 days with the help
of business transactions
e) A visit to factory or workshop and a study of various methods adopted for
calculation of depreciation
f) Preparation of report on various treatment of bill of exchange (Trade bill)
g) Collection of all types of documents use in the bank and office.
h) A record of different imaginary transaction for 10 days of a new business with
capital Rs. 100000 like stationary shop/ medical store/ vegetable stall/ any business.
i) Final account with the help of journal/ subsidiary books of sole trading concern
j) Journalizing of household transactions for a month.

Reference Books :
1) [Link] : Advanced Accountancy
2) [Link] : Advanced Accountancy
3) Shukla and Grewal : Advanced Accountancy
4) [Link] : Higher Science of Accounting
5) [Link], [Link] : Advanced Accounting
=================================================================================
Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Business Administration Semester I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BBA-105 Business Mathematics & Statistics 75
Course Outcomes:-
1) To Know the basic concept of Mathematics
2) To know the concept statistics
3) To understand the various concept of index number .
4) To know the basic concept of central tendency of measure
5) To know the basic concept of dispersion and skewness with index number
6) To know the concept of correlation analysis with it s simple method

Unit Content No. of Periods

I 1.1 HCF & LCM on two or more integers 13
5

121
 1.2 Ratio and proportion, direct and inverse proportion’’
1.3 Mathematics of finance : Simple interese, compound interest
II 1.1 Index Number, Construction of Index Number 13
1.2 Definitions of Statistics, Nature and limitations of Statistics, Collection,
Classification, Tabulation and presentation of data

III Analysis of Universal Data : Construction of a frequency of distribution, measure of 13

central tendency, mean, mode, median
IV Co-efficient of correlation, Karl Pearsons Formula, Calculation of Co-efficient of 12
correlation in Grouping mentod and somple method. Probable error.
V Measures of Dispersions and Skewness 12
VI Skill Enhancement Module 12
1. Prepare to comparative statement of interest rate simple interest and compound
interest of Three different Bank of your area.
2. Collect the infermation of prices of Wheat,Jwari,Rice,Pulses and prepare the Price
index number comparing with the base year.
3. Prepare the statement of different rates of Disel and Petrol of previous Threeyaers.
4. Calculate the mean of Marks of total Students of your class.
5. Calculate the lower the quartile and apper quartile of the Fifty students of your
class.
6. Collect the data of the marks of fiftey students of your class and arrange it in the
tabular format and give frequency and cumulative frequency of the collected data.
7. Collect the data of Tens students of your class and find out Karl Persons coefficient
of correlation between hight in cm. and weight in Kg.
8. Calculate the coefficient of standard deviation of the marks of Fourty students of
your calss.
9. Collect the data of Tens students of your class and find out Karl Persons
coefficients of correlation between marks in Accounts and marks in Statistics.
10. Visit to local statistical departments and write report on it.

Reference Books:
1) [Link] : Fundamental of Statistics
2) [Link] : Applied Statistics in India
3) [Link] : introduction to Statistics
4) [Link] : Statistical Methods
=================================================================================
Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Business Administration Semester I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BBA-106 Fundamental of Computer I 45

Course Outcomes :
1) Students will get information about evolution of computer & its development
2) Students will know about different elements of computer system
3) Student will be aware about different types of memory
4) Student will get to know about different input devices and output devices
5) Students will learn to prepare a text document with complete formatting.

Unit Content No. of Periods

I Basics of Computer: 09
1.1 Definition& Evolution,
1.2 Features & Scope,
1.3 Generations of Computer,
1.4 Basic Applications of Computer.
II Computer Organization: 09
2.1 Block Diagram of Computer, Input Unit, Output Unit.
2.2 CPUMemory Unit, Arithmetic Logic Unit, Control Unit.
2.3 Visual Display Unit : Concept and Functions of VDU
2.4 Computer Software:Concept of Software and Hardware, Types of Software
System Software, Application Software, and Firmware
III Devices: 09
3.1 Input Devices: Keyboard, MICR, OCR, Bar Coding, Mouse.
3.2Output Devices: Printers, Types of Printers: Dot Matrix Printer, Laser Printer, and
Inkjet Printer. Monitor: CRT, LCD, LED.
3.3PrimaryMemory:Concept, Types: RAM, SRAM, DRAM. Read-Only Memory:
PROM, EPROM, EEPROM.
3.4SecondaryMemory:Concept, Types: Hard Disk, Optical Disk, Pen Drive,

122
 MemoryCard, Data Card, Blue Ray Disc.
IV Word Processing: 09
4.1Concept of Word processing,
4.2MS-Word (2007) Screen Components,
4.3Working with Ribbon, Creating, Opening Documents,
4.4 Saving and Printing a Document
V Word Processing Working with Text [MS-WORD 2007]: 09
5.1 Text Creation and Editing, Spell Check, Table Creation
5.2 Formatting Document: Paragraph Format, Aligning Text and Paragraph, Line
Spacing, Bullets and Numbering, Border and Shading, Header & Footer, Multiple
Columns, Change Case, Subscript, Superscript,
5.3 Procedure and Applications Mail-Merge

Refrences :
1. Fundamentals of Computers – V. Rajaram (PHI)
2. Computer Fundamentals -- B-Ram (WE)
3. MS-Office
4. Computer Fundamentals and Operating System – SupriyaBhagade
5. Introduction to IBMPC & Application - Taxali

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods

BBA-106 Fundamental Computer I 15
(Practical)
Practical Course Outcomes :
Upon complition of the course students will be able to :
1) Student will get familiar with all the component and devices of computer.
2) Student will learn all Screen element of Microsoft Word
3) Students will be able to work on MS- WORD and create various documents. Also they will be able to save
and print documents
4) Students will learn various formatting tools, alignment setting, line spacing, change case etc in formatting
documents

List of Practical:
1. Creating page of Different generations of Computer
2. Add recipient and attach letter to Mail Merge
3. Creation of Timetable
4. Writing Letter
5. Report writing
6. Give Aligning to Text and Line Spacing in paragraph
Division of Marks for Practical’s
Record Preparation 10 Marks
Practical Performance 10 Marks
Viva-Voce 10 Marks
Description 10 Marks
Practical Total 40 Marks

123
 Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Business Administration Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BBA-201 Business Communication in 30
English II (AEC)
Course Outcome :
1. Student will able to communicate and give oral presentation
2. It will help the student to participate in GDPI rounds
3. Student will learn about drafting of different business letters.
4. Student will be able to draft official letter, application and resume.
5. Soft skill and grooming manners of student will be developed.
6. Student will get information about different technologies in communication

Unit Content No. of Periods

I Effective Communication 06
1.1 Verbal and Oral Communication
1.2 Principles of effective Oral Communication
1.3 Dos and Don’ts of Oral Communication
1.4 Oral Presentation
II GDPI 06
2.1 Group Discussion
2.2 Meaning and Types of Interview
2.3 Preparations for Interview
2.4 Personal Interview
III Employment Related Correspondence 06
3.1 Importance, Structure & Drafting the Application Letter
3.2 Preparing the Resume
3.3 Letter of Appointment
3.4 Resignation & Job Refusal Letter
3.5 Job Acceptance/Consent Letter
IV Soft Skills 06
4.1 Meaning and Elements of Soft Skills.
4.2 Importance of Soft Skills
4.3 Grooming Manners and Etiquettes
4.4 Interpersonal Skills
V Modern Technology in Business Communication 06
5 .1 Role of Information Technology in Business Communication
5.2 Advantages and Disadvantages
5.3 Word Processor, Internet, E-mail, Fax Video Conferencing, Teleconferencing
5.4 Overhead Projector, LCD

BOOKS RECOMMENDED :
· Raman S. & Swami R. Business Communications, Professional Publications Madras
· R.C. Sharma & Krishan Mohan, Business Correspondence & Report Writing. Tata McGraw Hill Delhi.
· Nandanwar K.P. Ninawe A.S. & Nandanwar S.P. Essential of Business Communication, Prashant
Publication, Jalgaon.
· Kaul, Business Communication, Prentice Hall, New Delhi.
· Mallika Nawal, Cengage Learning
· Murphy & Peck, Effective Business Communications, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
=====================================================================================

Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Business Administration Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BBA-202 Business Environment 75

Course Outcomes
1. Application of Business Environment to Local Business and Industrial Units
2. Application of GDP/GNP Concepts to categorization of economies of various countries
3. Application of LPG and FDI concepts to various sectors of Indian Economy and economies of other countries.
4. Application of foreign trade and its policy to various sectors of Indian economy.
5. Impact of WTO & IMF on various sectors of Indian Economy.

Unit Content No. of Periods

I INTRODUCTION 13

124
 1.1: Concept, Nature and Scope of Business.
1.2: Business Environment: Meaning, Concept&Nature,
1.3: Business Environment: Scope and Importance.
1.4: Internal Components of Business Environment
1.5: External Components of Business Environemnt
II INDIAN BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT 13
2.1: National Income: Meaning, Equality & Inequality
2.2: National Income: GDP, GNP, NDP, NNP& Per Capita Income
2.3: Consumption and Propensity to Consume.
2.4: Saving, Investment and their propensity.
2.5: Parallel Economy: Meaning, Causes,effects.
III TRENDS IN INDIAN ECONOMY 13
3.1: LPG: Meaning and its impact on Indian Economy.
3.2: FDI: Meaning and its impact on Indian Economy.
3.3: Role of finance in business
3.4: Make in India & Start-ups
3.5: Entrepreneurship and Skill Development
IV FOREIGN TRADE: 12
4.1 Foreign Trade: Concept & Features
4.2 Foreign Trade & Economic Growth
4.3 Balance of Trade & Balance of Payment
4.4 EXIM Policy
4.5 Trends in foreign trade of India
V FINANCIAL INSITITUTIONS 12
5.1 WTO: Introduction, Functions & Significance
5.2 IMF: Introduction, Functions & Significance
5.3 MNCs: Definition, Merits & Demerits,
5.4 Role of MNCs in Indian Economy
5.5 Foreign Collaboration Meaning, Concept & Forms
VI Skill Enhancement Module 12
Application of Business Environment Dynamics on Agriculture, Industry &
Service Sectors of Indian Economy
BOOKS RECOMMENDED :
1) The International Business Environment : Sundaran & Black, Prentice Hall, New Delhi
2) Indian Economy : Agrawal A.N. – Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi
3) Environment of Econommics: Hedgelan-Mcmilan, Hampshire
4) International Business; Bhalla V.K. & Shivaramu, New Delhi
5) Indian Economy : Dulf R.K. Sundarama, S. Chand, Delhi
6) Global Business Management; Macmilan, New Delhi
7) Environment of Economics; Oxford University Press, New Delhi
8) Indian Economy; Mishra S.K. & Puri V.K., Himalaya Publishing House, New Delhi
9) ´ªÉ´ÉºÉÉªÉ {ɪÉÉÇ´É®úhÉ – b÷Éì. +Éi¨ÉÉ®úÉ¨É {ɳý´ÉxÉÒ®úEò®ú
10) ¦ÉÉ®úiÉÒªÉ ÊxɪÉÉäVÉxÉ +ÉÊhÉ +ÉÌlÉEò Ê´ÉEòÉºÉ – b÷Éì. ¸ÉÒ.+É. näù¶É{ÉÉÆbä÷, Ê´ÉtÉ |ÉEòɶÉxÉ, xÉÉMÉ{ÉÖ®ú
=================================================================================
Part B
Syllabus prescribed for 1st Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Business Administration Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BBA-203 Business Law 75
Course Outcomes:
After complition of this course student will be able to-
1. Acquire basic concepts of law related to contract, its Essentials enforceability and remedies in case of breach.
2. Understand Sale, distinguish between sale and agreement to sale, understand implied conditions and warranty,
and the rights of buyer and unpaid seller.
3. Acquire knowledge related to various Negotiable Instruments, endorsement dishonour of Negotiable
Instruments, various types of Crossings of cheque and parties related to negotiable.
4. Get acquainted with the rights of consumers, the various remedies available to them . in case of violation of
consumer rights, the machinery for grievance redressal.

Unit Content No. of Periods

I Law of Contract 1872: 13
1.1 Nature of Contract, definition and essentials.
1.2 Classification, Offer & Acceptance,
1.3 Capacity of Parties of Contract, Consideration,
1.4 Free Consent. Legality of Object and Consideration
II 2.1 Agreement Void 13
2.2 Performance of Contract Discharge of Contract

125
 2.3 Remedies of Breach of Contract
2.4 Quasi Contract.
III Sales of Good Act 1930: 13
3.1Formation of Contracts of Sales, Good & their Classification,Price
3.2 Conditions & Warranties, implied conditions and warranties, Caveat emptor
3.3Transfer of Property in Goods, Performance of the Contract of Sales
3.4 Unpaid Seller & his Rights, right of buyers
IV Negotiable Instruments Act 1981 : 12
4.1Definition of Negotiable Instruments, essentials
4.2Promissory Note, Bill of Exchange & Cheque, Crossing of Cheque, Types of Crossing
4.3 Holder & Holder in the Due Course, Negotiation
4.4Dishonour & Discharge of Negotiable Instrument.
V Consumer Protection Act 2019: 12
5.1 Salient Features, objectives, rights of consumers
5.2 Definition of Consumer, complainant, complaint, consumer dispute, defect,
deficiencygoods, person, Restrictive Trade practice, service, Unfair Trade practice
5.3 Consumer Protection Council
5.4 Grievance Redressal Machinery.
VI Skill Enhancement Modules: 12
1. Prepare an agreement with the supplier of your groceries.
2. Prepare an agreement with Laundry person for annual service.
3. Prepare an agreement with your employee while recruiting him for job.
4. Prepare an annual agreement with your mechanic for servicing of your vehicle (2
two - wheelers and I car)
5. Prepare an agreement to sale for washing machine.
6. Buyer has made a default in payment. Guide the seller.
7. Draft an agreement between seller and buyer.
8. Prepare a Promissory Note for a sum of Rs, 1,00,000 borrowed by you.
9. If a bill of Exchange, in which you are a payee is dishonoured what will you do ?
10. Procedure to be followed when cheque is dishonoured.
11. You are a consumer and you get defective good what will you do?
12. Create consumer awareness about the rights of consumers.
13. Study any MoU of your institution with any other institution/organisation
14. Study the agreement of insurance policy of your vehicle.
15. Draft a complaint when you find deficiency in service in telecommunication service.

Outcomes of the SEM:

The above modules will develop the agreement drafting skills of the students, they will get
acquainted with the rights of unpaid seller, consumers and remedies in case of dishonour of
negotiable instruments.
Referances:
· R.S. Davar, P.M.& I.R. Vikas Publication, Delhi
· P.C. Tripathi, P.M.S. Chand & Sons, Delhi
· N.D. Kapoor, Industrial Law, S. Chand & Sons, Delhi
· Chandra P.R. Business Law, Golgotia, New Delhi
· S.C. Tripathi, Consumer Protection Act, Central Law Publication, Delhi.
=================================================================================
Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Business Administration Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BBA-204 Fundamental of Accounting 75

Course Outcomes:-
1) To develop the concepts of non-trading institutions accounting procedure
2) To Develop the concept of Self balancing ledger system
3) To develop the concept of single entry system
4) To develop the concept of Hire purchases & Instalment accounting.
5) To develop the knowledge of Branch accounting
6) To analysis the accounts of insolvency with laws insolvency and procedure accordingly.

Unit Content No. of Periods

I Accounts of Non-teaching concerns 13
II 2.1 Accounts of Self Balancing Ledgers 13
2.2 Single-entry system
III Account of Hire purchases and instalment purchase system 13
IV Branch Accounting 12
V Accounts of insolvent individuals 12
VI Skill Enhancement Module:- 12
3

126
 1. A report on Exhibition organization on all source documents in your college.
2. Visit to not for profit concern Library,Sports clube mahila bachat gat,Public
hospital, educational institution, Temples, Maszids,Gurudwara, Ganesh mandal
and preparation of report on such visit.
3. Analyasis of scholl and college transation in to revenue and capital receipt and
also revenue and capital expinditure.
4. A visit to Bank and preparation of a report on the procedure of discounting and
collection hundies. ( Bill of exchange).
5. Study of revenue and capital recepits, revenue and capital expinditure of
minimum any five not for profit concern.
6. Comparative study of purchace any fixed assets like car,motor cycle,machinery
by higher purchase and installment purchase system.
7. Visit to any local branch and prepare report on it.
8. Analytical study of statement of affairs and balance sheet in case of insolvency

BOOKS RECOMMENDED :
1) [Link] : Advanced Accountancy
2) [Link] : Advanced Accountancy
3) Shukla & Grewal : Advanced Accountancy
4) [Link] : Higher Science of Accounting
5) [Link] : [Link] : Advanced Accounting.
==================================================================================
Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Business Administration Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BBA-205 Financial Services 60
Course Outcome:
1. Student will get an overview of financial sector in India
2. Students will know the concept of Indian money market and Indian Capital Market.
3. Students will get an overview of different financial services.
4. Students will get the information about Banking Sector
5. Student will understand the concept of Stock exchange and its operations.

Unit Content No. of Periods

I INRODUCTION TO FINANCES 10
1.1 Meaning , Nature and Scope of finance
1.2 An overview and Significance of finance
1.3 Sources of finance
1.4 Kinds of finance
II INRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL MARKET 10
2.1 Concept, Meaning and nature of financial Market.
2.2 Structure of Financial Market
2.3 Indian money market – concept, feature, objectives and components.
2.4 Indian capital market – concept, feature, objective and components.
III FINANCIAL SERVICES 10
3.1 Concept Meaning Nature and Scope of Financial Services
3.2 Financial Services Features, Objective and Scope of Financial Services to
Corporate Sector
3.2 Underwriting, Brokerage and Intermediation of financial services.
3.4 Management of Risk in financial services.
IV Commercial Bank 10
4.1 Meaning & Definitions of commercial bank
4.2 Functions of Commercials bank
4.3 Process of Credit Creation of commercial bank
4.4 Role and important of Commercial bank
V STOCK EXCHANGE 10
5.1 History Meaning and Feature of Stock Exchange
5.2 Structure and Components of Indian Stock Exchange
5.3 Functions and Importance of Indian Stock Exchange
5.4 Concept of SENSEX & NIFTY
VI Skill Enhancement Module 10
1. Collect the different sources or financial instruments for public finance
2. Collect the different sources of financial instruments for private finance
3. List out the different money market instruments and write the current interest rate
prevailing on it
4. Write down the procedure to issue the shares by a joint stock company
5. Write down the procedure to issue the debentures by a joint stock company
6. Information of current interest rate of different commercial banks
7. Write down the information about the interest rate provided by the cooperative
4

127
 banks
8. Write down the procedure to open a bank account at online mode
9. List out the different documents required for opening a bank account
10. List out the steps to manage the financial risk of a company
11. List out the different stock exchange in India
12. Write the procedure to open a Demat account in a stock exchange
13. Visit a stock exchange in your city and note down the different operations done
over there.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED :
1) Khan.M.Y.- Indian Financial System - Theory and Practice, Tata McGrow Hill New Del
2) Bhalla.V.K.-Management of Financial Services, Anmol , New Delhi 2001.
3) [Link] Watkins & Mike Wright - Marketing of Financial Services, Heinemann
Professional Pub.1990.
4) Garden.E and [Link] - Emerging scenario of financial services, Himalaya Publishin House. 1997.
5) Report of currency & finance.
6) RBI: Bulletins.
=================================================================================
Part B
Syllabus prescribed for 1st Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Business Administration Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BBA-206 Fundamental of Computer II 45
Course Outcomes :-

1) Students will get basic introduction of operating system.

2) Students will get understand the procedure of Installing and uninstalling programs
3) Students will be able to determine the various means of modern communication.
4) Students will be practiced in preparing word document and table wizard.
5) Students will get to develop the skill of preparing power point presentation

Unit Content No. of Periods

I Basics of Computer : 09
1.1 Concept of operating system
1.2 Functions and types of operating system
1.3 Windows, Feature, Types and Elements
1.4 Operating system simple setting (Date and Time, Control panel)
II Modern Communications : 09
2.1 Communication: Fax, Voice Mail, Information Services, E-mail
2.2 Group Communication: Tele Conferencing and Video Conferncing
2.3 Network: Concept And Functions
2.4 Types of Network: LAN, WAN, MAN
III Working with MS-WORD 2016: 09
3.1 Introduction to MS –WORD 2016
3.2 Screen Element and Create New Document
3.3 Editing Documents: Select text, Delete Text, Cut, Copy, Paste
3.4 Working With Tables : Create table, insert and Delete rows and column
Using shapes, Graphics, Text box, word art, Clip art, Hyperlink
IV Introduction to Power Point : 09
4.1 Concept And Applications of Power Point,
4.2 Basics of Power Point : Screen Content
4.3 procedure to Create Slides with different layout
4.4 Opening and Saving Presentation
V Working with PowerPoint : 09
5.1 Inserting Text, Clipart, word art, Smart art, Charts to slide
5.2 Working with different slide view
5.3 Gallery colour layout and Background features
5.4 Slide effect, Slide Show and Printing
References :
1. Fundamentals of Computers – V. Rajaram (PHI)
2. Computer Fundamentals -- B-Ram (WE)
3. MS-Office
4. Computer Fundamentals and Operating System – Supriya Bhagade

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods

BBA-206 Fundamental of Computer II 15
(Practical)
Practical Course Outcomes :
Upon complition of the course students will be able to :
1) understand the procedure of Installing and uninstalling programs.
5

128
 2) get familiar with screen component of windows
3) proficient in preparing word document and table wizard with graphics & objects.
4) get to develop the skill of preparing power point presentation.

List of Practical :
1) Write a job application
2) Create Resume
3) Create Advertising using clip art and word art
4) Making ID Cards in MS-WORD
5) Create slide on PowerPoint
6) Slide effect and Graphics
7) Insert Image
8) Insert table and Charts
9) Add Showtime in slide view
10) Saving and Printing of Slide

Division of Marks for Practical’s

Record Preparation 10 Marks
Practical Performance 10 Marks
Viva-Voce 10 Marks
Description 10 Marks
Practical Total 40 Marks

129
 SantGadge Baba Amravati University
Part A
Faculty :Commerce& Management
Programme :Bachelor of Commerce

Programme Objectives :-
 To impart the basic knowledge of Economics.
 To impart basic knowledge of Accountancy & Statistics.
 To impart knowledge of creating a cash book and ledger books.
 To impart the basic knowledge of management, planning, organizing, directing and controlling
 To impart the basic knowledge of application of computers and its development.
 To impart the knowledge of business sectors, firms, e-commerce, cashless transaction
 To impart the knowledge of local and global enterprises and trade.
 To develop presentation skills and ability of goal setting.
 To bring about the holistic development of the students.
 To develop ethics of life.
 To inculcate Environmental awareness.
 To impart the fundamental knowledge of Computer.

Programme Outcomes :-

The students would able to –

 Attain requisite skills and knowledge after the completion of the programme.
 Achieve the basic knowledge of Economics.
 Assimiliate basic knowledge of Accountancy & Statistics.
 Efficiency in reading and writing skill.
 Achieve requisite skills and knowledge of preparing cashbook, leadger books and balancesheet of
company.
 Become knowledgeable about marketing.
 Create a self employment.
 Assimiliate ethics of life.
 Achieve Environmental awareness.
 Attain fundamental knowledge of Computer.

Employability Potential of the Programme

Commerce faculty is really very popular as it can earn up lucrative packages and opportunities are more
than Arts or Science faculty. As commerce education includes computer, Talley, GST, income tax and English
Language and communication Skill so chances of getting jobs in shops and malls are more than before.

Chartered Accountant is a dream career for commerce graduates .With several students failing to clear all
stages of the course, CA is one of the hardest courses in the world. Therefore, to do very well in this course, students
require specific talents and skills. Even if they cannot become CA they can find suitable jobs in market. Company
Secretary is second popular Course. After B Com, M Com and PhD, to become professor is also a good option.

*Jobs for Commerce graduate Students *

Chartered Accountant (CA), Marketing Manager, Investment Banker, Human Resource Manager, Chartered
Financial Analyst (CFA), Certified Public Accountant (CPA), Cost Accountant, Business Accountant and Taxation,
Retail Manager, Company Secretary, Personal Financial Advisor, Research Analyst, Entrepreneur, Chief Executive
Officer (CEO), Cost Management Accountant (CMA), Product Manager, Hotel Manager, Event Manager, Teachers
/ Instructors /professors Auditors / Clerks

Commerce graduates can prepare for competitive Examination like MPSC or UPSC to become government
officers in state and central government. Commerce graduates can start business or Start-ups. They have the
potential to create jobs by starting industry.

The present curriculum of B Com designed by the BOS of the Commerce and Management of SantGadge
Baba University Amravati has all the potential to create an employable opportunities for the students. The
curriculum will develop an innovative and global approach in the field of Commerce and Management. It will
acquaint the students with the rapidly changing contemporary scenario in trade and commerce and in the corporate
world. It will develop them into more creative and visionary entrepreneurs and boost them to undertake start-up
enterprises in near future. The detailed knowledge in trade and commerce, statistical analysis of the global economy,
the use of ultra modern technology in e-commerce, the applied nature of the course content and the need based skill
oriented curriculum's rapport with the requirement in the region will develop the multi-dimensional view of the
students and the feeling of affinity and sense of duty for the development of living standard of the people in the
region of Western Vidarbha and thereby fulfil the community services. In this way, the potential and the research

130
aptitude in the present program will encourage the progression of the students from UG to PG and PhD. The
managerial skills in it will boost the commerce students to progress towards ambitious Management courses like
MBA in various fields. Moreover, the course will open the vistas for the job opportunities.

The course content in Compulsory English and Supplementary English in particular will develop the all-round
personality of the students and the sophisticated communication skills among them in this globalised era of
international trade and commerce. The part of grammar and syntax will improve their sense of correct English in
written and spoken form while the unit of Word- Formation will enrich their vocabulary. The inter-personal
communication and situational communication in the unit of communication skills will boost confidence among
students to hold impressive conversation in corporate world. The writing skills as resume, report and letter writing
will develop a flair of writing in business correspondence while the content of soft skills like interview skills, body
language and managerial skills will broaden the perception and make the students more sensible and mature in the
practical world of Commerce and Management. Of course, the highly touching stories by the world famous writers
and the biographical sketches of the successful Entrepreneurs and big business tycoons in India will develop the
profound sense and fervour to be ambitious and successful. The few selected poems in the content will give an
aesthetic and romantic relief and inculcate human and ethical values. In this way, the course like compulsory
English and Supplementary English will bring about an all-round and holistic development of the students and
ultimately make them sensible and mature global citizens.

The future prospects of a person depend upon the career path he/she chooses. [Link] graduates have many options
open upon the completion of graduation. the various avenues open to the B. Com graduates are discussed below,
which will be helpful to the candidate at the time of taking the toughest decision related to career.

Acquire various skills-

During the graduation the students have the opportunity to acquire communication skills, interpersonal skills,
accounting skills and knowledge, management skills, interpersonal skills, computer skills, team work, coordination,
leadership skills and many more. These skills will be beneficial for being self employed or getting employment. the
knowledge acquired during the graduation related to law, income-tax, accounting, planing, organisation etc., give an
additional weightage at the time of being employable and are definitely useful in self employment.

Higher education
On the completion of the [Link] degree program, the candidates can pursue M. Com., MBA or other similar masters
degree program. Candidates can also pursue LL.B.; D. Tax., PGDBM, post graduate diploma in marketing
management, HR or finance or such other similar courses.

Banking
The candidates can go into the banking sector. These jobs will add on to their experience and skills. Both the public
as well as the private sector banks offer many job opportunities to the [Link] graduates, such as -
● bank officers
● financial administrators
● financial advisors
● junior managers
● bank assistants

Export import manager

At the completion of graduation the candidates can opt for a job as an Export- Import Manager.

Stock broker
After acquiring the required skills a [Link] graduate can become a stock-broker.

Tax Consultant
This is a special privilege to a [Link] graduate that he/she can become a tax consultant.

Financial Planning-
The BBA graduates are expected to acquire the skill of financial planning. Those who choose to be financial
planners help individual clients with their funds, and savings along with various investment issues for achieving
their personal goals. students who are planning to make career in the financial planning sector, can try for the
following programs like:
● CA- Chartered Accountant
● CFA - Chartered Financial Analyst
● CFP - Certified Financial Planner
● CS - Company Secretary
These are renowned certification courses in finance which help the BBA students to be helpful in the financial
matters of their individual clients.

131
Intern at a reputed company -
Many companies offer a variety of internships to the [Link] students so that they can gain the required experience
and skills at the beginning of their career. students should be clear with which skills they want to acquire and
enhance, what is the deadline and how they can update their resume.

Entrepreneurship-
Once the candidate has completed the graduation, he/she can utilize the learned skills and become his own boss. The
curriculum gives knowledge related to finance, accounts, management and some legal aspects also.

Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce
Semester I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-11 English 60
COs:
1. Able to communicate skilfully in Business correspondence
2. Acquaint with the work culture in corporate world
3. The life of great personalities will motivate them to toil to be successful
4. Learn and gain fluency in the English language and conversation.
5. Become efficient in reading and writing skills.
6. The drafting skills of the learners will be honed through grammar and writing skills
7. Become proficient in the language and to eventually inculcate professional skills

Unit Content No. of Periods

PROSE
10
I) Commerce Education : Key to Prosperityand Security - Dr. Manjushree Sardeshpande
I II) DhirubhaiAmbani
III) A R Rahman
IV) The Romance of A Busy Broker by O. Henry
Poetry
10
I) Stay Calm - Grenville Kleiser
II II) All the World's A Stage - William Shakespeare
III) Trees - Joyce Kilmer
IV) Bright Star - John Keats
Grammar
10
I) Articles
III II) Parts of Speech
III) Word Formation
Communication and Writing Skills
10
I) letter Writing
IV II) Report Writing
III) Resume
Soft Skills
10
I) Critical, Creative and Positive Thinking
V II) Building Relationship Skills
III) Problem Solving Skills
Skill Enhancement Module
10
VI How to open a DMAT account

After completion of Skill module students will be able to:

1. Acquaint with National Stock Exchange (NSE), Share Market and Systematic Investment Plan (SIP)
2. Acquaint with the volatile nature of market and Corporate world
3. Broaden their vision about Trade and Commerce
i) Assignment: A Report on How to open a DMAT account
ii) Class Test: Seminar on How to open a DMAT account

Reference Books:
1. Intermediate English Grammar - Raymond Murphy (Cambridge University Press)
2. Advanced English Grammar - Martin Hewings (Cambridge University Press)
3. ‘Expressions’ by Dr. UdayNavalekar, Published by Pimpalapure Book Distributors
4. A Course in English Grammar - [Link] (Orient Blackswan)
Prescribed Textbook: ‘Oasis’ by Board of Editors & Published by Orient Blackswan

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods

3

132
 BC-11 English (Business 15
Communication Skill in English
Language) AEC
Course Outcomesof AEC:
After completion of this course students will be able to:
1) The learners will learn to understand and interpret any text they are reading from
2) different perspectives
3) The interest of learners in listening to and watching good quality audio and visualmedia will be aroused.
4) Learners will acquire proficiency in the skills of listening, speaking, reading andwriting that will help them
meet the challenges of the world.
5) The learners will develop good oral and written skills of communication in the Englishlanguage.

COURSE MATERIAL :DEVELOPING COMPREHENSION SKILLS IN ENGLISH

A) Reading Skills
 Skimming and Scanning
 Language Structure
 Note Making
 Summary Writing
 Guessing Meanings of Words
 Drawing Inferences

A) Prose i) The students will have to answer THREE out of FOUR short answer questions of 2
marks each. =6Marks
ii) The students will have to answer ONE out of THREE long answer questions of 6
markseach. =6Marks
Unit - II
B) Poetry i) The students will have to answer THREE out of FOUR short answer questions of
2 marks each. =6Marks
ii) The students will have to answer ONE out of THREE long answer questions of 6
marks each. =6Marks
Unit - III
Grammar
I) Articles 3 Marks
II) Parts of Speech 6 Marks
III) Word Formation 3 Marks
Unit - IV
Communication and Writing Skills
I) letter Writing 4 Marks
II) Report Writing 4 Marks
III) Resume 4 Marks
Unit - V
Soft Skills
I) Critical, Creative and Positive Thinking 4 Marks
II) Building Relationship Skills 4 Marks
III) Problem Solving Skills 4 Marks
Multiple Choice Questions
The Student will have to answer 10 MCQs based on Unit I and II (each MCQ carries 2 Marks)
20 Marks

Internal Assessment (SEM)

I) Assignment 10 Marks
II) Class Test 10 Marks

==================================================================================

Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce Semester I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-11 Supplementary English 60

COs
1. Able to communicate skilfully in Business correspondence
2. Acquaint with the work culture in corporate world
3. Learn and gain fluency in the English language and conversation.
4. Become efficient in reading and writing skills.
4

133
5. The drafting skills of the learners will be honed through grammar and writing skills
6. Become proficient in the language and to eventually inculcate professional skills

Unit Topic No. of Periods

PROSE 10
I) On Courage – A.G. Gardiner
I
II) The Happy Man - Anton Chekhov
III) The Far and the Near – Thomas Wolfe
PROSE 10
I) An Astrologer’s Day – R.K. Narayanan
II
II) A Cup of Tea – Katherine Mansfield
III) Speech on Indian Constitution – Dr. B.R. Ambedkar
POETRY 10
I) The Gift of India – Sarojini Naidu
III
II) Sonnet No. 101 – William Shakespeare
III) Thou has given us to live – Ravindranath Tagore
Writing Skills 10
IV I) Minuets and Agenda
II) Blog Writing
GRAMMAR 10
I) Word Formation
A) Noun forms of some adjectives
V
B) Noun forms of some verbs
C) Adjective forms of some nouns
D) Some words changed into verbs
Skill Enhancement Module 10
VI
Review Writing: Books, Film and Others

Course Outcomes of SEM:

After completion of this module students will be able to:
1. Develop reading skill
2. Develop critical and analytical approach
3. Develop perception to bring brevity in expression
i) Assignment: Precise writing (From unseen passages)
ii) Class Test: Reading the unseen passages

Reference Books:
1. ‘Wren & Martin High School English Grammar and Composition Book, Revised By Rao N.D.V.
Prasada Imprint by S Chand Publishing.
2. ‘ESSENTIAL ENGLISH GRAMMER’ by Raymond Murphy, Published ByCambridge University Press.
3. ‘Practical English Usage’ by Michael Swan's by Oxford University Press.
Prescribed Textbook :SINGING BIRD by Board of Editors & Published by DnyanPath Publication,
Amravati.
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-11 Supplementary English (Business 15
Communication Skill in Suppelementary
English Language) AEC
Course Outcomes :

After completion of this course students will be able to:

1) The learners will learn to understand and interpret any text they are reading fromdifferent perspectives
2) The interest of learners in listening to and watching good quality audio and visualmedia will be aroused.
3) Learners will acquire proficiency in the skills of listening, speaking, reading andwriting that will help them
meet the challenges of the world.
4) The learners will develop good oral and written skills of communication in the Englishlanguage.

COURSE MATERIAL :DEVELOPING COMPREHENSION SKILLS IN ENGLISHSPEAKING SKILLS

IN ENGLISH

 Public Speaking in English

 Conversation Skills
 Speaking at an Event

Unit : I
C) Prose i) The students will have to answer TWO out of THREE short answer questions of 3marks each.
=6Marks
ii) The students will have to answer ONE out of THREE long answer questions of 6 marks each.
=6Marks
5

134
Unit : II
D) Prose i) The students will have to answer TWO out of THREE short answer questions of 3marks each.
=6Marks
ii) The students will have to answer ONE out of THREE long answer questions of 6 marks each.
=6Marks
Unit : III
C) Poetry i) The students will have to answer TWO out of THREE short answer questions of 3 marks each.
=6Marks
ii) The students will have to answer ONE out of THREE long answer questions of 6 marks each.
=6Marks
Unit : IV
Writing Skills
I) Etiquettes and Manners 6 Marks
II) Writing Blogs 6 Marks
Unit - V
Grammar

I) Noun forms of some adjectives 3 Marks

II) Noun forms of some verbs 3 Marks
III) Adjective forms of some nouns 3 Marks
IV) Some words changed into verbs 3 Marks

Multiple Choice Questions

The Student will have to answer 10 MCQs based on Unit I, II and III (each MCQ carries 2 Marks)
20 Marks
Internal Assessment (SEM)
I) Assignment 10 Marks
II) Class Test 10 Marks

==================================================================================

Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce Semester I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-12 Marathi 45

Course Outcomes :
1. xÉä¨É±É䱪ÉÉ ºÉÉʽþiªÉÉiÉÚxÉ VÉÒ´ÉxÉnù¶ÉÇxÉ, ºÉ¨ÉEòɱÉÒxÉ ´ªÉ´É½þÉ®ú VÉÉhÉÒ´ÉÉ ªÉÉÆSÉÒ ¨ÉÉʽþiÉÒ ½þÉä<DZÉ.
2. ´ÉèSÉÉÊ®úEò, ±ÉʱÉiÉ, EòÊ´ÉiÉÉ ªÉÉ Ê´ÉÊ´ÉvÉ ´ÉÉbÂ÷.¨ÉªÉ |ÉEòÉ®úÉSÉä YÉÉxÉ ½þÉä<DZÉ. ªÉÉ ´ÉÉbÂ÷.¨ÉªÉ |ÉEòÉ®úÉSÉä ´ÉäMɳäý{ÉhÉ VÉÉhÉÚxÉ
PÉäiÉÒ±É iÉlÉÉ ªÉÉ ¨ÉvÉÒ±É ºÉɨªÉ¦ÉänùÉSÉä +ÉEò±ÉxÉ ½þÉä<DZÉ.
3. ´ÉèSÉÉÊ®úEò MÉtÉiÉÚxÉ ¦ÉɹÉäSªÉÉ ºÉVÉÇxɶÉÒ±É °ü{ÉÉSÉä Ê´ÉtÉlªÉÉÈxÉÉ +ÉEò±ÉxÉ ½þÉä<DZÉ. iɺÉäSÉ SÉÉÊ®újªÉ Ê´É¹ÉªÉ +ºÉ±É䱪ÉÉ
lÉÉä®ú ´ªÉHòÓSªÉÉ VÉÒ´ÉxÉ EòɪÉÉÇiÉÚxÉ Ê´ÉtÉlªÉÉÈxÉÉ |Éä®úhÉÉ Ê¨É³äý±É +ÉÊhÉ ºÉÆEò]õÉ´É®ú ¨ÉÉiÉ Eò°üxÉ VÉÒ´ÉxÉÉiÉ ªÉ¶Éº´ÉÒ ½þÉäiÉÉ
ªÉäiÉä ½þÉ Ê´ÉSÉÉ®ú iªÉÉÆSªÉÉ ¨ÉxÉÒ °üVÉä±É.
4. ±ÉʱÉiÉ Eò±ÉÉEÞòiÉÒ SªÉÉ ´ÉÉSÉxÉÉiÉÚxÉ +ÉxÉÆnù, ¤ÉÉävÉ, YÉÉxÉ <iªÉÉnùÓ SÉÒ |ÉÉ{iÉÒ ½þÉä>ðxÉ Ê´ÉtÉlªÉÉÈSªÉÉ VÉÒ´ÉxÉʴɹɪÉEò
VÉÉÊhÉ´ÉÉ ºÉ¨ÉÞrù ½þÉäiÉÒ±É.
5. ´ÉèSÉÉÊ®úEòiÉÉ, iÉÉÎi´ÉEòiÉÉ, EòÉ´ªÉÉi¨ÉEòiÉÉ, ¦ÉÉ´ÉxÉÉi¨ÉEòiÉÉ, ºÉɨÉÉxªÉ MÉÉä¹]õÒiÉÒ±É +ºÉɨÉÉxªÉi´ÉÉSÉä nù¶ÉÇxÉ ªÉÉiÉÚxÉ
Ê´ÉtÉlªÉÉÈSÉÉ où¹]õÒEòÉähÉ ºÉÆ{ÉzÉ ½þÉä<DZÉ.
6. Ê´ÉÊ´ÉvÉ |ÉEòÉ®úSªÉÉ ºÉÉʽþiªÉÉSÉä +ÉEò±ÉxÉ, ´ÉhÉÇxÉ, +ɺ´ÉÉnùxÉ, ʴɶ±Éä¹ÉhÉ +ÉÊhÉ ¨ÉÚ±ªÉ¨ÉÉ{ÉxÉ Eò®úhªÉÉSÉÒ IɨÉiÉÉ ´ÉÉfÚøxÉ
Ê´ÉtÉlªÉÉÈSÉÒ +ʦɰüSÉÒ Ê´ÉEòʺÉiÉ ½þÉä<DZÉ.
7. ªÉÉ ´ÉÉbÂ÷.¨ÉªÉ|ÉEòÉ®úÉiÉÚxÉ Ê´ÉÊ´ÉvÉ |ÉEòÉ®úSÉä xÉÒÊiɨÉÚ±ªÉä, VÉÒ´ÉxɨÉÚ±ªÉä, ªÉÉÆSÉÒ Ê¶ÉEò´ÉhÉ Ê´ÉtÉlªÉÉÈxÉÉ Ê¨É³äý±É, iªÉÉSÉÉ
={ɪÉÉäMÉ =kÉ¨É Ê®úiÉÒxÉä ÊVÉ´ÉxÉ VÉMÉhªÉÉ ºÉÉ`öÒ ½þÉä<DZÉ.
8. '={ɪÉÉäÊVÉiÉ' PÉ]õEòÉSªÉÉ ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨ÉÉiÉÚxÉ Ê´ÉÊ´ÉvÉ |ÉEòÉ®úSÉÒ EòÉè¶É±ªÉä iªÉÉÆSªÉÉiÉ ÊxɨÉÉÇhÉ ½þÉäiÉÒ±É ´É iÉä ®úÉäVÉMÉÉ®úIÉ¨É ½þÉäiÉÒ±É.
9. Ê´ÉSÉÉ®ú´ÉÆiÉ, ±ÉäJÉEò, Eò´ÉÒ ½þÉähªÉɺÉÉ`öÒ ½äþ +vªÉªÉxÉ |Éä®úEò `ö®äú±É, ºÉ½þɪªÉ¦ÉÚiÉ `ö®äú±É. ªÉÉiÉÚxÉ Ê´ÉtÉlÉÔ ¦ÉɹÉäSÉÉ
ºÉVÉÇxɶÉÒ±É ´ÉÉ{É®ú EòºÉÉ Eò®úÉ´ÉÉ ½äþ ºÉ¨ÉVÉÚxÉ PÉäiÉÒ±É ´É Ê´ÉÊ´ÉvÉ |ÉEòÉ®úÉiÉÒ±É ºÉÉʽþiªÉ ÊxĘ́ÉiÉÒ Eò®úiÉÒ±É. iɺÉäSÉ
´ªÉ´É½þÉÊ®úEò ={ɪÉÉäVÉxÉ Eò°üxÉ ®úÉäVÉMÉÉ®úIÉ¨É ½þÉäiÉÒ±É.

+.Gò. PÉ]õEò +vªÉÉ{ÉxÉ

[Link]. Topic iÉÉʺÉEòÉ
(Teaching

135
 Hours)
ʴɦÉÉMÉ - + ´ÉèSÉÉÊ®úEò
1) nÖù&JÉÉGòÉÆiÉ ±ÉåEòÒ ªÉähÉå - ¨½þÉ<ƦÉ]õ 12
2) vɨÉÇÊxÉ®ú{ÉäIÉiÉÉ +ÉÊhÉ Ê¶É´ÉÉVÉÒ - xÉ®ú½þ® úEÖò°ÆünùEò®ú
3) b÷Éì.¤ÉɤÉɺÉɽäþ¤É +ÉƤÉäb÷Eò®úÉÆSÉä {ÉÉhÉÒ Ê´É¹ÉªÉEò vÉÉä®úhÉ - |ɱ½þÉnù ±ÉÖ±ÉäEò®ú
4) ¦ÉÉ®úiÉÉSÉä +ÉÌlÉEò º´ÉÉiÉÆjªÉÉSÉä ªÉÉäräù : ¸ÉÒ. ±ÉI¨ÉhÉ®úÉ´É ÊEò±ÉÉæºEò®ú
– +xÉÆiÉ ¨É®úÉ`äö
ʴɦÉÉMÉ - ¤É ±ÉʱÉiÉ
1) +ÉYÉÉ{ÉjÉ - ®úɨÉSÉÆpù{ÉÆiÉ +¨ÉÉiªÉ 11
2) ¨É®úÒ +É<Ç SÉÉ MÉÉb÷É - +hhÉÉ ¦ÉÉ>ð ºÉÉ`äö
3) +ÉvÉÉ®ú - ¤ÉɤÉÉ®úÉ´É ¨Éֺɳäý
4) {ɳýºÉ{ÉiÉÉEòÉ - Ê´ÉVÉªÉ nù³ý´ÉÒ
ʴɦÉÉMÉ - Eò EòÊ´ÉiÉÉ
1) <´É±ÉåºÉå ®úÉä{É ±ÉÉ˴ɱÉä uùÉ®úÓ - ºÉÆiÉ YÉÉxÉä·É®ú 11
2) {ÉÆfø®úÒ ´ÉhÉÇxÉ - ¶ÉɽþÒ®ú |ɦÉÉEò®ú
3) Ê´ÉtÉlªÉÉÇ|ÉiÉ - Eäò¶É´ÉºÉÖiÉ
4) =¹É&EòÉ±É ½þÉäiÉÉ ½þÉäiÉÉ - ºÉÖ®äú¶É ¦É]õ
5) ºÉɽäþ¤É®úÉ´É {ÉÉ]õÒ±É - Ê´Éaö±É ´ÉÉPÉ
6) +ÉʴɹEòÉ®ú - ºÉÖnùÉ¨É ºÉÉäxÉÖ±Éä
7) näù´É¦ÉÉiÉÉSÉÒ lÉÉå¤É - MÉÉäË´Én ùMÉɪÉEòÒ
ʴɦÉÉMÉ - b÷ ={ɪÉÉäÊVÉiÉ ¨É®úÉ`öÒSkill Enhancement Module
1) EòɪÉÉDZɪÉÒxÉ {ÉjÉ´ªÉ´É½þÉ®ú - 11
2) º´É-{ÉÊ®úSÉªÉ {ÉjÉ ´É xÉÉäEò®úÒ ºÉÉ`öÒ +VÉÇ ±ÉäJÉxÉ

+¦ªÉɺÉGò¨ÉɺÉÉ`öÒxÉä¨É±Éä±Éä {ÉÉ`ö¬{ÉÖºiÉEò -
'+IÉ®ú±ÉähÉÒ ' ¦ÉÉMÉ-1 (ºÉjÉ-1 ´É ºÉjÉ-2) (ºÉÆ{ÉÉÊnùiÉ)
|ÉEòɶÉEòÉSÉä xÉÉ´É : ®úÉPÉ´É {ÉΤ±É¶ÉºÉÇ +ìhb÷Êb÷º]ÅõÒ¤ªÉÖ]õºÉÇ, xÉÉMÉ{ÉÚ®ú
(ʴɦÉÉMÉ '+', '¤É' +ÉÊhÉ 'Eò' ºÉÉ`öÒ)
={ɪÉÉäÊVÉiÉ ¨É®úÉ`öÒ - ºÉÆ{ÉÉnùEò b÷Éì.EäòiÉEòÒ ¨ÉÉäb÷Eò, ºÉÆiÉÉä¹É ¶ÉähÉ<Ç, ºÉÖVÉÉiÉÉ ¶ÉähÉ<Ç - {ÉnÂù¨ÉMÉÆvÉÉ |ÉEòɶÉxÉ, {ÉÖhÉä ªÉÉ
{ÉÖºiÉEòÉiÉÒ±É
|ÉEò®úhÉ 3 ®äú- EòɪÉÉDZɪÉÒxÉ {ÉjÉ´ªÉ´É½þÉ®ú - b÷Éì.Eò±ªÉÉhÉÒ Ênù´ÉäEò®ú
|ÉEò®úhÉ 4 lÉä- º´É-{ÉÊ®úSɪÉ{ÉjÉ ´É xÉÉäEò®úÒ ºÉÉ`öÒ +VÉÇ ±ÉäJÉxÉ - b÷Éì.¦ÉÚ¹ÉhÉ Eäò³ýEò®ú.

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods

BC-12 Marathi (Communication Skill in 15
Marathi Language) AEC

'¨É®úÉ`öÒ ¦ÉÉʹÉEòEòÉè¶É±ªÉä : ºÉƦÉɹÉhÉEòÉè¶É±ªÉä'

=Êqù¹]õ¬ä
1. Ê´ÉtÉlªÉÉÈSªÉÉ ¦ÉÉʹÉEò IɨÉiÉÉÆSÉÉ Ê´ÉEòÉºÉ Eò®úhÉä.
2. ºÉƦÉɹÉhÉ EòÉè¶É±ªÉä Ê´ÉEòʺÉiÉ Eò®úhÉä.
3. ¨É®úÉ`öÒ ¦ÉɹÉäSÉä ={ɪÉÉäVÉxÉ ±ÉIÉÉiÉ PÉähÉä.
4. Ê´ÉÊ´ÉvÉ ´ªÉ´ÉºÉɪÉÉiÉÒ±É ºÉÆvÉÒ ±ÉIÉÉiÉ PÉähÉä.
5. ¨É®úÉ`öÒ ¦ÉɹÉäSªÉÉ ´Éèʶɹ]õ¬ÉÆSÉÒ +Éä³ýJÉ Eò°üxÉ PÉähÉä.

={ɪÉÉäÊMÉiÉÉ
1. ºÉƦÉɹÉhÉ EòÉè¶É±ªÉ Ê´ÉEòɺÉɱÉÉ ºÉ½þɪªÉ ½þÉä<DZÉ.
2. ¨É®úÉ`öÒ ¦ÉɹÉÉIɨÉiÉäSªÉÉ ´ÉÉføÒºÉ ¨ÉnùiÉ ½þÉä<DZÉ.
3. ºÉƦÉɹÉhÉ IÉäjÉÉSÉÒ nùÉ®äú JÉÖ±ÉÒ ½þÉäiÉÒ±É.
4. Ê´ÉÊ´ÉvÉ ´ªÉ´ÉºÉÉªÉ IÉäjÉÉiÉ ºÉÆvÉÒ ={ɱɤvÉ ½þÉä<DZÉ.

+¦ªÉɺÉPÉ]õEò
'´ªÉÊHòk´ÉÊ´ÉEòɺÉɺÉÉ`öÒ : ºÉƦÉɹÉhÉ ´É ±ÉäJÉxÉEòÉè¶É±ªÉä - (ºÉÆ{ÉÉnùEò : b÷Éì.{ÉÞl´ÉÒ®úÉVÉ iÉÉè®ú, b÷Éì.¶Éè±Éåxpù ±Éåbä÷, b÷Éì.´ÉÆnùxÉÉ
¨É½þÉVÉxÉ), +lÉ´ÉÇ {ÉΤ±ÉEäò¶ÉxºÉ ½äþ ºÉÆ{ÉÉÊnùiÉ {ÉÖºiÉEò ªÉÉ +¦ªÉɺÉGò¨ÉÉ ºÉÉ`öÒ xÉä¨É±Éä±Éä +ɽäþ.

ºÉƦÉɹÉhÉEòÉè¶É±ªÉä -
7

136
1. ºÉƦÉɹÉhÉEòÉè¶É±ªÉä - ®úÉVÉåpù nùkÉÉjÉªÉ lÉÉä®úÉiÉ
2. ºÉÚjɺÉÆSÉɱÉxÉ - |ÉÊiɦÉÉ Eònù¨É / VÉiÉÒxÉ Eònù¨É
3. ¨ÉÖ±ÉÉJÉiÉ - ¶Éè±Éä¶É ÊjɦÉÖ´ÉxÉ / ®ú´ÉÓpù ¤É䨤ɮäú
4. ´ÉHÞòk´É - {ÉÖÆb÷ʱÉEò EòÉä±ÉiÉä

ʴɦÉÉMÉ - + ´ÉèSÉÉÊ®úEò - 20 MÉÖhÉ

ʴɦÉÉMÉ - ¤É ±ÉʱÉiÉ - 20 MÉÖhÉ
ʴɦÉÉMÉ - Eò EòÊ´ÉiÉÉ - 20 MÉÖhÉ
ʴɦÉÉMÉ - b÷ ={ɪÉÉäÊVÉiÉ ¨É®úÉ`öÒ - 20 MÉÖhÉ

|ɶxÉÊxɽþɪÉMÉÖhÉʴɦÉÉMÉhÉÒ :-
|ɶxÉ 1 ´ÉèSÉÉÊ®úEò ʴɦÉÉMÉ :- nùÒPÉÉækÉ®úÒ BEò |ɶxÉ 10MÉÖhÉ
|ɶxÉ 2 ´ÉèSÉÉÊ®úEò ʴɦÉÉMÉ :- ±ÉPÉÖkÉ®úÒ BEò |ɶxÉ 05MÉÖhÉ
|ɶxÉ 3 ±ÉʱÉiÉ Ê´É¦ÉÉMÉ :- nùÒPÉÉækÉ®úÒ BEò |ɶxÉ 10MÉÖhÉ
|ɶxÉ 4 ±ÉʱÉiÉ Ê´É¦ÉÉMÉ :- ±ÉPÉÖkÉ®úÒ BEò |ɶxÉ 05MÉÖhÉ
|ɶxÉ 5 EòÊ´ÉiÉÉ Ê´É¦ÉÉMÉ :- nùÒPÉÉækÉ®úÒ BEò |ɶxÉ 10MÉÖhÉ
|ɶxÉ 6 EòÊ´ÉiÉÉ Ê´É¦ÉÉMÉ :- ±ÉPÉÖkÉ®úÒ BEò |ɶxÉ 05MÉÖhÉ
|ɶxÉ 7 ={ɪÉÉäÊVÉiÉ ¨É®úÉ`öÒ :- nùÒPÉÉækÉ®úÒ BEò |ɶxÉ 10MÉÖhÉ
|ɶxÉ 8 ={ɪÉÉäÊVÉiÉ ¨É®úÉ`öÒ :- ±ÉPÉÖkÉ®úÒ BEò |ɶxÉ 05MÉÖhÉ
(´É®úÒ±É ºÉ´ÉÇ |ɶxÉÉÆxÉÉ +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ {ɪÉÉÇªÉ ®úɽþiÉÒ±É.)

´ÉºiÉÖÊxɹ`ö |ɶxÉ -={É®úÉäHò +¦ªÉÉºÉ Gò¨ÉÉiÉÒ±É Ê´É¦ÉÉMÉ '+' ´É '¤É' ªÉÉ´É®ú |ÉiªÉäEòÒ 20 MÉÖhÉ
03 |ɶxÉ +ÉÊhÉ Ê´É¦ÉÉMÉ 'Eò' ´É 'b÷' ªÉÉ´É®ú |ÉiªÉäEòÒ 02 |ɶxÉ
´ÉºiÉÖÊxɹ`ö º´É¯û{ÉÉSÉä +ºÉä BEÚòhÉ 10 ¤É½Öþ{ɪÉÉǪÉÒ |ɶxÉ Ê´ÉSÉÉ®ú±Éä
VÉÉiÉÒ±É. |ÉiªÉäEò |ɶxÉÉºÉ 02 MÉÖhÉ ªÉÉ|ɨÉÉhÉä½þÉ |ɶxÉ 20 MÉÖhÉÉÆSÉÉ +ºÉä±É.

ʴɦÉÉMÉ 'b÷'ºÉÉ`öÒ ºÉÆnù¦ÉÇOÉÆlÉ ¨½þhÉÚxÉ ={ɪÉÉäÊVÉiÉ ¨É®úÉ`öÒ - ºÉÆ{ÉÉnùEòb÷Éì.EäòiÉEòÒ ¨ÉÉäb÷Eò, ºÉÆiÉÉä¹É ¶ÉähÉ<Ç, ºÉÖVÉÉiÉÉ ¶ÉähÉ<Ç -
{ÉnÂù¨ÉMÉÆvÉÉ |ÉEòɶÉxÉ, {ÉÖhÉä ªÉÉ {ÉÖºiÉEòÉiÉÒ±É |ÉEò®úhÉ 3 ®äú EòɪÉÉDZɪÉÒxÉ {ÉjÉ´ªÉ´É½þÉ®ú ´É |ÉEò®úhÉ 4 lÉä - º´É-{ÉÊ®úSɪÉ{ÉjÉ ´É
xÉÉäEò®úÒ ºÉÉ`öÒ +VÉÇ ±ÉäJÉxÉ ªÉÉ |ÉEò®úhÉÉ ´É®ú 10 MÉÖhÉÉÆSÉÉ 01 nùÒPÉÉækÉ®úÒ ´É 05 MÉÖhÉÉÆSÉÉ 01 ±ÉPÉÖkÉ®úÒ |ɶxÉÊ´ÉSÉÉ®ú±ªÉÉ VÉÉ<DZÉ.

EòÉè¶É±ªÉ Ê´ÉEòɺÉÉ´É®ú +ÉvÉÉ®úÒiÉ +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ ¨ÉÚ±ªÉ¨ÉÉ{ÉxÉ :- - 20 MÉÖhÉ

 MÉÖhÉ Ê´É¦ÉÉMÉhÉÒ
1) PÉ]õEò SÉÉSÉhÉÒ (Class Test) - 02 - 10 MÉÖhÉ
2) º´ÉÉvªÉÉªÉ (Home Assignment) - 02 - 10 MÉÖhÉ

|ɶxÉ{ÉÊjÉEäòSÉä |ÉÉ°ü{É – BEÚòhÉ MÉÖhÉ 25

+ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ ¨ÉÚ±ªÉÉÆEòxÉ AEC - 25 MÉÖhÉ
PÉ]õEò SÉÉSÉhÉÒ - 1 - 10 MÉÖhÉ
MÉÞ½þ{ÉÉ`ö - - 10 MÉÖhÉ
SÉSÉÉǺÉjÉ - - 05 MÉÖhÉ

(+¦ªÉÉºÉ {ÉÊjÉEäòiÉÒ±É ºÉ´ÉÇ PÉ]õEòÉÆ´É®ú |ɶxÉ Ê´ÉSÉÉ®úhªÉÉiÉ ªÉäiÉÒ±É)

=================================================================================
Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce Semester I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-12 Hindi 45
Course Outcomes
1) भाषा, सा ह य, कला, सं कृ त कौश य आ द के मा यम से छा म सकारा मकता, सृजना मकता, मानवतावाद
गुण का वकास होकर उनम रा यता क भावना वृ ग ं त होगी | अनुवाद कौश य के कारण छा के
यवहार, यवसाय आ द े म संपकता बढ़े गी |

2) भाषण कौश य,सू संचालन, वाद- ववाद आ द गुण से भाषा अ ययन म नखार आ सकेगा |

137
3) टं और इले ॉ नक मी डया म रोजगार के अवसर ा त कर सकेगा |

4) सा ा कार णाल के वारा छा म न नमाण करने क कला, आ म व वास, वषय िज ासा बढ़े गी |

Unit Content No. of Periods

I ग य खंड से थम 6 पाठ 08
II प य खंड से थम 6 क वता 08
III यवहा रक भाषा एवं याकरण 08
1. श -यु म,अनेक श द के लए एक
श दपयायवाचीश ,सु म भनाथकश
2. हंद म अनुवाद - अं ेजी ग यांश का हंद अनुवाद
IV 1. प लेखन यवसा यक अथवा कायालयीन प 07
2. लॉग लेखन प रचय मह व
V व तु न ठ न 07
Skill Enhancement Module
VI सा ा कार :- प रभाषा सीमाएं उ े य 07
सा ा कार अपने प रसर के ति ठत उ यमी, कसान, नेता,
मजदूर, प कार आ द का कसी भी एक वषय पर सा ा कार

Books Recommended:

पा य पु तक :- तज

 संपादक मंडल डॉ. नभा उपा याय, डॉ. मनोज जोशी, डॉ. सुशांत ठोके
 काशक- राघवपि लशसएंड ड यूटसनागपुर

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods

BC-12 Hindi (Communication Skill in 15
Hindi) AEC
हंद भाषायी कौश य –Comunication Skills
संभाषण कौश य
उपयो गता-
1) संभाषण कौश य वकास को सहायता होगी |
2) हंद भाषा एवं सा ह य का चार - सार होगा |
3) संभाषण कौश य वारा संपक े बढ़े गा |
4) यवसाय े म रोजगार के अवसर ा त ह गे |

अ ययन इकाई
संदभ पु तक का नाम १. यि तम व वकास – लेखक पी. के. आय – ह अंडएस. पि लशर
२. इंटर यु मे सफल कैसे हो (गु गल पु तक) – लेखक पी. के. आय – ह अंडएस. पि लशर
३. संवाद चलता रहे (गुगल पु तक) – लेखककृ पा शंकर चौबे – ह अंडएस. पि लशर

संभाषण कौश य
१)संभाषण कौश य
२)सू संचालन
३)सा ा कार
४)व तृ व, वाद- ववाद आ द

पा यपु तक का इकाइय म अंक वभाजन एवं न का व प न नानु सार है -

इकाई एक - ग य ख – ( थम छ: पाठ से)

अ) द घ तर न ् (एक) (०६अंक)
9

138
ब) लघु तर न ् (तीन) (१२अंक)
इकाई दो – प य ख –( थम छ: क वताओं से) –
अ) दो क वताओं के के य भाव (१४अंक)
इकाई तीन – यावहा रक भाषा एवं याकरण (१४अंक)
अ) - १) श -यु म (दो) (२अंक)
२)अनेक श दो के लए एक श (दो) (२अंक)
३)पयायवाची श (दो) (२अंक)
४)सु म भनाथक श (दो)(२अंक)
ब) - १) हंद म अनु वाद – अं ेजी ग यांश का हंद अनु वाद (६अंक)
इकाई चार – कौश य ् आधा रत पाठय म
प लेखन (एक) (८अंक)
क) यावसायीक अथवा कायालयीन प (श सीमा लगभग १५० श )
ड) लॉगलेखन : प रचय मह व ् (६अंक)
इकाई पाँच – व तु न न् (२०अंक)
( येक न पर एक अंक)

=================================================================================
Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce Semester I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-12 Sanskrit 45
Course Outcomes
 Sanskrit Computational Linguistics helps human beings for a better Cognitive Understanding Skill.
 Machine Translation is a modern application of Sanskrit Language as Paninian grammar is having a great
potential of transformation from Natural Language to Artificial language through Artificial Intelligence
(AI).
 Voice Therapy and Voice Culture are best modern avenues of Sanskrit Scholars.

Unit Content No. of

Periods
I घटक 1 ग यपाठ 1 तथा 2 09
वा ण यसुधा (भाग – 1), थम वभाग
II घटक 2 ग यपाठ 3 तथा 4 09
वा ण यसुधा (भाग – 1), थम वभाग
III घटक 3 प यपाठ 1 तथा 2 09
वा ण यसुधा (भाग – 1), थम वभाग
IV घटक 4 प यपाठ 3 तथा 4 09
वा ण यसुधा (भाग – 1), थम वभाग
V Skill Enhancement Module 09
गृहपाठ
मौ खक पर ा
संदभ थ
ं सू ची –
1. वा ण यसुधा (भाग -1), अथव काशन, जळगाव
(Text Book, Edited by Dr. B. N. Panda, Dr. R. V. Kavishwar, Dr. JayshreeSakalkale)
2. Web links –
उ चारण थान -[Link]
पठन कौश य [Link]
वभि त प रचय - [Link] [Link]
3. Swayam [Link]

10

139
 Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-12 Sanskrit (Communication Skill 15
inSanskrit) AEC

 उ चारणकौश यम ् (पा णनीय श ा)

 वभि तप रचय ( थमा, ष ठ , स तमी)

Question Paper Pattern
Theory Marks distribution -
Theory : 80 Time : 3 hrs

1. (a) Long answer question (one out of two) : 10

(b) Reference to Context (one out of two) : 05
2. (a) Long answer question (one out of two) : 10
(b) Reference to Context (one out of two) : 05
3. (a) Long answer question (one out of two) : 10
(b) Reference to Context (one out of two) : 05
4. (a) Long answer question (one out of two) : 10
(b) Reference to Context (one out of two) : 05
5. Multiple Choice Questions (Ten) : 20
Internal marks distribution – (SEM)
Total marks - 20
6. Home Assignment : 10
7. Oral Test : 10
------------------
100
================================================================================
Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce Semester I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-12 Pali and Prakrit 45
Course Outcomes -
1) MÉtù {ÉÉ`öÉSÉÉ ¦ÉɹÉÉÆiÉ®úEò®úiÉÉ ªÉä<DZÉ.
2) MÉt {ÉÉ`öÉSÉÉ ºÉÉ®úÉÆ¶É º´ÉiÉ:SªÉÉ ¶É¤nùÉiÉ Eò®úiÉÉ ªÉä<DZÉ.
3) {Ét {ÉÉ`öÉiÉÒ±É MÉÉlÉÉÆSÉÉ +xÉÖ´ÉÉnù Eò®úiÉÉ ªÉä<DZÉ.
4) {Ét {ÉÉ`öÉSÉä ´ÉÉSÉxÉ Eò¯ûxÉ ºÉÉ®úÉƶÉÉi¨ÉEò º{ɹ]õ Eò®úiÉÉ ªÉä<DZÉ.
5) ºÉÆ{ÉÚhÉÇ +¦ªÉɺÉGò¨ÉÉSÉä ºÉÖI¨É +vªÉªÉxÉ Eò¯ûxÉ ´ÉºiÉÖÊxɹ`ö |ɶxÉÉÆSÉÒ =kÉ®äú näiÉÉ ªÉäiÉÒ±É.
Unit Content No. of Periods
Unit-I 1) ¤ÉEòVÉÉiÉEò 09
VÉÉiÉEò EòlÉÉ 2) =±ÉÚEòVÉÉiÉEò
Unit-II 1) ºÉ®úhÉiÉªÉ 09
JÉÖqùEò{ÉÉ`ö 2) nùºÉʺÉCJÉÉ{Énù
ºÉÖkÉÉÊxÉ{ÉÉiÉ 3) EòºÉÒ¦ÉÉ®únÂù´ÉÉVÉ ºÉÖkÉ
Unit-III 1) ÊSÉkÉ´ÉMMÉ 09
vɨ¨É{Énù 2) {ÉÖ}¡ò´ÉMMÉ
Unit-IV 1) ¥Éɨ½þhÉ´ÉMMÉ 09
vɨ¨É{Énù 2) ʦÉCJÉÖ´ÉMMÉ
Unit - V Skill Enhancement Module
{ÉɱÉÒ ºÉƺEòÉ®ú Ê´ÉvÉÒ EòÉè¶É±ªÉ 09
1) xɨÉxÉ 2) ÊjɶɮúhÉ 3) {ÉÆSɶÉÒ±É

Course Outcomes of SEM

ÊjÉÊ{É]õEò ºÉÉʽþiªÉÉSÉÉ +¦ªÉÉºÉ Eò®úhÉä
vɨ¨É{ÉnùÉiÉÒ±É xÉèÊiÉEò ¨ÉÖ±ªÉ VÉÉä{ÉɺÉhÉä

ºÉÆnù¦ÉÇOÉÆlÉ -
1) VÉÉiÉEò {ÉɱÉÒ- xÉɱÉÆnùÉ ºÉƺEò®úhÉ, <MÉiÉ{ÉÖ®úÒ
2) JÉÖqùEò{ÉÉ`ö - xÉɱÉÆnùÉ ºÉƺEò®úhÉ, <MÉiÉ{ÉÖ®úÒ
3) ºÉÖkÉÊxÉ{ÉÉiÉ - |ÉÉä. b÷Éì. ʴɨɱÉÊEòiÉÔ - ºÉ¨ªÉEò |ÉEòɶÉxÉ - xÉ´ÉÒÊnù±±ÉÒ
11

140
4) vɨ¨É{Énù - b÷Éì. ¦ÉnùxiÉ +ÉxÉÆnù EòÉèºÉ±ªÉɪÉxÉ
5)àJÉÖqùEò{ÉÉ`öÉä :ºÉÆ{ÉÉnùEò, ºÉƶÉÉävÉEò, +xÉÖ´ÉÉnùEò SÉÆpù{ÉÉ±É ËºÉ½þ, ʶÉiÉ±É Ê¨ÉMɺÉäxÉ {Éδ±É¶ÉºÉÇ 1987
6) JÉÖqùEò{ÉÉ`ö {ÉÉ汃 :- ({ÉɱÉÒ-¨É®úÉ`öÒ ¶É¤nùÉlÉÇ ¦ÉɹÉÉÆiÉ®ú, b÷Éì. ¤ÉɱÉÉVÉÒ MÉ´½þɳäý, EòÊxɹEò |ÉEòɶÉxÉ EòÉä±½þÉ{ÉÚ®ú 2011
7) ºÉÖkÉÊxÉ{ÉÉiÉ - +xÉÖ´ÉÉnù, |ÉÉ. vɨÉÉÇxÉÆnù EòÉäºÉƤÉÒ, ºÉÆ{ÉÉnùEò |ÉÉ. {ÉÖ. Ê´É. ¤ÉÉ{É]õ, EòÉè¶É±ªÉ |ÉEòɶÉxÉ - 2011
8) vɨ¨É{Énù :- b÷Éì. +É®ú.VÉä.´ÉÉxÉJÉbä÷, ºÉÖMÉ¨É |ÉEòɶÉxÉ -2012
9) {ÉɱÉÒ ¦ÉɹÉÉEòÉè¶É±ªÉ :- b÷Éì. ¤ÉɱÉÉVÉÒ MÉ´½þɳäý - ºÉÉ®úxÉÉlÉ |ÉEòɶÉxÉ, {É®ú¦ÉhÉÒ - 2017
10) Email Wikipedia, ebooks,Apps, News paper, Magazines, Paint Social Media, You Tube etc.

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods

BC-12 Pali and Prakrit 15
(Communication Skill in Pali and
Parkrit) AEC
ºÉƦÉɹÉhÉEòÉè¶É±ªÉ
ʱÉJÉÉhÉ +ÉÊhÉ ´ÉÉSÉxÉ
=Êqù¹]õªÉè :
1) Ê´ÉtÉlªÉÉÇSÉä ºÉƦÉɹÉhÉ EòÉè¶É±ªÉ Ê´ÉEòʺÉiÉ Eò®úhÉä
2) ʱÉJÉÉhÉ EòÉè¶É±ªÉ Ê´ÉEòʺÉiÉ Eò®úhÉä
3) {ÉɱÉÒ ¦ÉɹÉäSÉÒ ={ɪÉÉäÊMÉiÉÉ ±ÉIÉÉiÉ PÉähÉä
4) {ÉɱÉÒ ¦ÉɹÉäSªÉÉ ´Éèʶɹ]õ¬ÉSÉÒ +Éä³ýJÉ Eò¯ûxÉ PÉähÉä
5) ¨ÉÖ±ªÉ ʶÉIÉhÉÉSÉä +vªÉªÉxÉ Eò¯ûxÉ PÉähÉä
={ɪÉÉäÊMÉiÉÉ
1) ºÉƦÉɹÉhÉ EòÉè¶É±ªÉɱÉÉ ={ɪÉÉäMÉÉSÉä `ö®äú±É
2) {ÉɱÉÒ ¦ÉɹÉäiÉÒ±É Ê´ÉSÉÉ®ú ºÉ¨ÉVÉÖxÉ PÉähªÉÉºÉ ¨ÉnùiÉ ½þÉä<DZÉ
3) ºÉƦÉɹÉhÉ, ±ÉäJÉxÉ, |ÉSÉÉ®ú, |ɺÉÉ®ú, {ɪÉÇ]õxÉ ªÉÉIÉäjÉÉiÉ Ê´ÉtÉlÉÔ +OÉäºÉ®ú ½þÉä<DZÉ
4) Ê´ÉÊ´ÉvÉ ºÉÆvÉÒ |ÉÉ{iÉ Eò¯ûxÉ PÉäiÉÉ ªÉäiÉÒ±É
=================================================================================
Part B
Syllabus prescribed for 1st Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce Semester I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-13 Principle of Accountancy 75
Course Outcome :
1) Student important basic accounting knowledge at applicable to business i.e. meaning of
accountancy.
2) Able to handling account transaction
3) Maintaining sub subsidiary books and all types of cash books
4) Calculation of depreciation method of assets
5) Preparation of all types of final account.

Unit Topic No. of Periods

I Book-keeping and Accountancy 13
1.1 Meaning, definition, features, scope, need and development of Book
Keeping & Accounting objective, meaning, definition of Accounting,
scope, objective, advantages, Branches of Accounting, Difference
between accounting and book-keeping, Accounting concepts, Principles
and conventions.
1.2 Basic Terminology of Accountancy.
II Accounting Transaction 13
2.1 Classification of Accounts, Traditional Accounts Approach,Equation
Account approach, Rules of debit and credit, Journal and ledger, Ledger
posting and balancing of Ledger Account and preparation of Trial
Balance.
III 3.1 Sub-sidiary Book :- 13
Purchase Book, Sales Book, Sales Return Book, Purchase Return Book.
3.2 Cash Book –
Single Column/simple cash Book, double column cash book, Triple Column
12

141
 Cash Book, and Petty Cash Book, Analitical petty cash book .
IV Rectification of errors 12
Rectification of errors : meaning, Type of errors, Rectification entries and
suspense Account.
V Depreciation Accounting 12
Concepts of depreciation :
Different methods of Depreciation. Problem on 1) Straight Line Method 2)
Reducing Balance Method and accounting for Depreciation.
VI Skill Enhancement Module 12
1) Practical Learning of operation of basic tally software
2) Accounting Cycle :-
* Collection and Prepartion f different business vouchers like- Receipt
voucher, Payment voucher, Cash memo, credit memo, invoice etc. and
Preparation of vocher book
* Journal entries, ledger posting, preparation of trial balance and preparation
of financial statements.
* Collection of Bank forms: Withdrawal form, pay in slip, Demand Draft
form, RTGS, NEFT, Bank account opening form etc.
Books recommended :-

1) Advanced Accountancy,[Link], [Link],PrashantPublication,Jalgaon

2) Anthony R.N.&Reece,[Link],Richard Irwin Inc.
3) Agrawal A.N.,AgrawalK.N.,Higher Science of Accountancy,KitabMahal,Allahabad(Hindi &
English)
4) Ashok Banerjee : Financial Accounting
5) [Link] : Advance Accountancy

===========================================================================

Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce Semester I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-14 Principle of Business Economics 75
Course Outcomes :
1. Application of Micro &Macroeconomic Concepts
2. Application of Utility & Indifference Curve Analysis
3. Application of Demand Pattern
4. Application of Supply and Production Pattern
5. Application of Cost & Revenue Pattern
Unit Content No. of Periods
I Basic Concepts: 13
1.1Definition of Economics: Adam Smith,Marshall
1.2 Definition of Economics:Robbins, J.K. Mehta
1.3 Economic Laws: Nature, Characteristics, Limitation & Importance.
1.4 Micro Economics-Meaning, Scope, Merits &Demerits, Importance.
1.5 Macro Economics-Meaning, Scope, Merits &Demerits, Importance.
II Utility Analysis: 13
2.1 Meaning and Definition.
2.2 Diminishing Marginal Utility Theory.
2.3 Equi Marginal Utility Theory.
2.4 Indifference Curve: Meaning, Definition & Rate of Marginal Substitute. (MRS)
2.5 Characteristics of Indifference Curve.
III Demand Analysis: 13
3.1Demand: Meaning, Definition, Change in Demand.
3.2Law of Demand & its Exceptions.
3.3 Concept and Types of Elasticity of Demand
3.4 Measurements of Elasticity of Demand
3.5 Determinants and Importance of Elasticity of Demand
IV Supply Analysis &Production Function: 12
4.1 Supply: Meaning, Definition, Change in Supply.
4.2 Law of Supply & its Exceptions
4.3 Law of Variable Proportion.
4.4 ISO quants: Concept & Characteristics.
4.5 Internal&ExternalEconomies&Diseconomies.
V COST AND REVENUE: 12
5.1 Meaning & Types of Cost.
13

142
 5.2 Short run Cost Curve.
5.3 Long run Cost Curve.
5.4 Meaning & Types of revenue.
5.5 Total, Average & Marginal Revenue Curve.
VI Skill Enhancement Module 12
Application of Utility, Demand, Supply, Production, Cost and Revenue Patterns in Retail
and Wholesale Market. For examples: APMC, Vegetable Markets, Flower Market
BOOKS RECOMMENDED

1. Ahuja H.L. : Business Economics : S. Chand & Co. New Delhi

2. Business Economics : Pimpalkar, Bapat, Joshi, Orient-Logmans
3. Koustsoyiani A Moden Micro Economics, Macmilan New Delhi
4. +lÉǶÉɺjÉÉSÉä ʺÉrùÉÆiÉ - |ÉÉ. VÉÒ.BxÉ. ZÉɨɮäú, Ë{É{ɳýÉ{ÉÚ®äú |ÉEòɶÉxÉ
5. ´ªÉɴɺÉÉʪÉEò +lÉǶÉɺjÉ - b÷Éì. ®úÉ.ªÉ.¨ÉɽþÉä®äú, +ƶÉÖ±É {ɤ±ÉÒEäò¶ÉxÉ, xÉÉMÉ{ÉÚ®ú
6. +lÉǶÉɺjÉ Eäò ʺÉrùÉÆiÉ - VÉÉä¶ÉÒ, ˺ÉMÉ, ¸ÉÒ´ÉɺiÉ´É, VɪÉ{ÉÚ®ú
7. +ÉvÉÖÊxÉEò ºÉÖI¨É+lÉǶÉɺjÉ – Eäò.{ÉÒ.B¨É. ºÉÖÆnù®ú¨É.
8. ´ªÉ´ÉºÉÉʪÉEò +lÉǶÉɺjÉ – |ÉÉ. BSÉ.+É®ú. ÊiÉ´ÉÉ®úÒ, b÷Éì. Eäò.Eäò. {ÉÉ]õÒ±É, b÷Éì. ¤ÉÒ.¤ÉÒ. iÉɪɴÉÉbä÷ +ÉÊhÉ ´ÉɪÉ.{ÉÒ.
˺ÉMÉ - +uèùiÉ |ÉEòɶÉxÉ, +EòÉä±ÉÉ
9. Business Economics : Dr. SudhirBodhankar, Dr. MedhaKanetkar, Shri SainathPrakashan, Nagpur
10. Business Economics : Dr.(Mrs..) Pushpa T
11. Ayade-Shree MangeshPrakashan, Ramdaspeth, Nagpur-10
12. Business Economics (English Edition) : Dr. G.N. Zamare-Pimpalpure& Co. Publishers, Nagpur
13. ´ªÉɴɺÉÉʪÉEò +lÉǶÉɺjÉ (¨É®úÉ`öÒ +É´ÉÞkÉÒ) :b÷Éì. VÉÒ.BxÉ. ZÉɨɮäú, Pimpalapure& Co. Publishers, Nagpur
=============================================================================================

Part B
Syllabus prescribed for 1st Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce Semester I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-15 Principle of Business Management 60
COURSE OUTCOME

The students will be able to :

1) With this course, students will be able to have clear understanding of managerial functions.
2) Students will have the knowledge of planning process in the organization.
3) Students will be able to demonstrate the ability to directing, leadership and communicate effectively.
4) Students able to analyze isolate issues and formulate best control tools and techniques.

Unit Topic No. of Periods

I ManagementConcept 10
 Management-Concept,Meaning,DefinitionandImportance
 ManagementThoughtandSchools
 ContributionofFredrikTaylor
 ContributionofHenryFayol
 ContributionofEltonMayo
II Planning 10
 Planning: Concept, Meaning and Definition.
 Nature and Importance of Planning
 Objectives of Planning
 Forecasting and Planning
 Planning Process.
III Organizing 10
 Organization -Concept, Nature, Meaning and Importance
 Principles of Organization.
 Line Organization
 Staff Organization
 Departmentalization
IV Directing 10
 Directing- Concept, Meaning, Definition and Importance.
 Nature of Direction
 Advantages and Disadvantages
 Motivations- Concept, Meaning and Theories & Importance
 Coordination: - Meaning and Principle
V Controlling 10
 Controlling-Concept, Meaning, Definition and Importance.
 Advantages and Disadvantages

14

143
  Technique and tools of Controlling
 Process of Controlling.
 Leadership : Meaning, Concepts and Importance
VI Skills Enhancement Module (SEM) 10
 Report on leadership quality of any business enterprise/public Institutions
 Report on Scientific Management Principle applied by any Industry
 Report on planning function of your institution
 Report on controlling majors adopted by local administrations.
 Report on Organization of any major event in your town.

Outcomes of Skill Development Module :

1. Generate an idea for innovation using Attribute Listing Techniques.
2. Generate an idea for social awareness of cleanliness using Brain-Storming technique.
3. Generate an idea for Pollution Control by using story boarding technique.
4. The employees in your organization have lost their creativity, how will you develop creativity in him.
5. Guide your friend and encourage him for “Make in India” with his new business idea.
6. You plan to initiate a change in your organization, what measures will encourage change in organization.
7. Prepare the proposal for incubation support.
These modules will enhance creativity skills of the students. The students will learn various idea generation
techniques and how to overcome the challenges.
8. Build your team for skill enhancement programme for students of your department
9. Establish grievance redressal committee and resolve issues of students
10. Prepare write up for controlling measures adopted by your principles for administrative examination and
student affair.

Books Recommended :
1) Business Organisation and Management - By R. K. Sharma
2) Business Organisation and Management - By C. B. Gupta
3) Principles of Business Organisation - By Y. K. Bhushan
==================================================================================

Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce Semester I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-16 Computer Fundamental And 45
Operating System-I
Course Outcomes:
The students will be able to -
1. Get information about evolution and application of computer & its development.
2. Know about different elements of computer system.
3. Aware about different types of memory.
4. Get to know about different input devices and output devices.
5. Learn to prepare a text document with complete formatting and page setting.

Unit Topic No. of Periods

I Fundamentals of Computer: 09
Introduction to Computer-Definition, Evolution, Characteristics, Generations, Types
& Applications of Digital Computer,
II Computer Organization: 09
Block Diagram of Computer, Input Unit, Output Unit. CPU: Memory Unit,
Arithmetic Logic Unit, Control Unit. Computer Software: Concept of Software and
Hardware. Types of Software: System Software, Application Software, and Firmware
III Computer Memory and Types: 09
Primary Memory: Concept,Types; RAM, SRAM, DRAM.
Read-Only Memory: PROM, EPROM, EEPROM.
Secondary Memory: Concept,HardDisk,OpticalDisk,PenDrive,Blue Ray Disc, SSD,
SD Card.
Cache Memory: Concept, Advantages and Disadvantages
IV Input/Output Devices: 09
Input Devices: Keyboard, Mouse,MICR, OMR, OCR, Microphone, Touchpad,
Touchscreen, Scanner, Barcode Reader, Joystick, Web camera, light pen.
Output Devices: Monitor; LCD, LED, Printers and Types; Dot Matrix Printer, Laser
Printer, and Inkjet Printer. Speaker, Headphone, LCD Projector.
V Word Processing [MS-WORD 2013/2016]: 09
Concept of Word processing, Screen Components;Quick Access Toolbar, Ribbon,
Tabs and Group, Templates. Working with Documents; creating a newfiles from
Templates, Editing text document; Inserting, Deleting, Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste
options, Clipboard, Undo, Redo, Format Painter.
Formatting Document: Text and Paragraph Format, Paragraph Alignment, Line
Spacing, Bullets and Numbering, Border and Shading, Change Case, Subscript and
15

144
 Superscript, Setting Tab Stops and Indent, Header & Footer. Page setup; Page
Margins, Page Size, Page break, Section break, Columns. Proofing and printing:Spell
and Grammar Checks,Find& Replace, Saving and Printing.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED :
1. Computer Fundamentals, P. K. Sinha, [Link]
2. Computer [Link] (WE)
3. Fundamentals of Computers-V. Rajarman(PHI)
4. MS-OFFICE (PHI)
5. MS-OFFICE (BPB)
6. MS-OFFICE (TMH)
7. Yeats :SystemsAnalysis& Design ; Macmillan India, New Delhi.
8. Basics of Computer and Business Mathematics, By Dr. Rajiv Ashtikar, Dr. Santosh Sadar and Prof. Vilas
Chopade :PayalPrakashan, Nagpur.
9. Introduction to IBMPC& Applications-Taxali.
10. Principals of Computer, By Prof. S. M. Kolte, Pimpalapure& co. publisher, Nagpur.
11. Computer Fundamentals & Operating System, Dr. C. M. Tembhurnekar, DrSushantJadhao
12. Computer Fundamentals & Operating System, Dr Sanjay Tidke, AakashBele
13. Computer Fundamentals & Operating System :SupriyaBhagade-Pimpalapure&Co. Pub.,Nagpur.
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-16 Computer Fundamental And 15
Operating System-I (Practical)
 Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to do at the end of practical’s:
1) Prepare new document using Templates.
2) Change font size & font color
3) Change line spacing of Paragraph
4) Change case of Paragraph
5) Create Bullets, Numbering list
6) Create Subscript & Superscript
7) Decrease and Increase of Paragraph indent
8) Insert Header & Footer in document
9) Page Setup of Document
10) 10) Insert Page break, Section break, Columns.
11) Students will learn to final Proofing and printing documents

 List of Practical’s :
1. Creating a Blank or New existing Template and Inserting/editing Text
2. Copying and Moving Text using with the Clipboard
3. Formatting Text, including Font Size & Font color of the content
4. Using Paragraph Alignment including setting Alignments and Line Spacing
5. Setting paragraph including adjusting Indents.
6. Using Bulleted and Numbered Lists and Converting Text to List.
7. Changing a Text to Subscript & Superscript.
8. Creating a content in multiple columns like Newspaper format
9. Inserting Header & Footer in document
10. Setting Page Margins and Setting the Page Orientation
11. Proofing, saving and Printing a document

Division of Marks for Practical’s

Record Preparation 10 Marks
Practical Performance 10 Marks
Viva-Voce 10 Marks
Description 10 Marks
Practical Total 40 Marks

16

145
 Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-21 English 60
COs:
1. Able to communicate skillfully in Business correspondence
2. Acquaint with the work culture in corporate world
3. The life of great personalities will motivate them to toil to be successful
4. Learn and gain fluency in the English language and conversation.
5. Become efficient in reading and writing skills.
6. The drafting skills of the learners will be honed through grammar and writing skills
7. Become proficient in the language and to eventually inculcate professional skills

Unit Topic No. of Periods

I PROSE 10
I) Sudha Murthy
II) Devender Pal Singh
III) Jadav Payeng
IV) Spoken English and Broken English – G.B Shaw
II PROSE 10
1. Why a Start-up Needs to Find its Customers First-Pranav Jain
2. Rahul Bajaj
3. Sreelakshmi Suresh
4. The Eyes Are Not Here by Ruskin Bond
III III Grammar 10
I) Tenses
II) Voices
III) Narration
IV Communication and writing skills 10
I) Notice
II) Agenda
III) Minutes
V Employability Skills 10
I) Goal Setting
II) Presentation Skills
III) Time Management
VI Skill Enhancement Module 10
Visit to Bank or Industry
Course Outcomes of Skill Enhancement Module :
The students will be able to:
1. Acquaint with work culture in Bank
2. Acquaint with the use of ICT in Finance sector
3. Acquaint with Management Skills in the industry
i) Assignment: A Report on Visit to Bank or Industry
ii) Class Test: Sharing experiences on visited Bank or Industry

Reference Books:
1. Intermediate English Grammar - Raymond Murphy (Cambridge University Press)
2. Advanced English Grammar - Martin Hewings (Cambridge University Press)
3. ‘Expressions’ by Dr. Uday Navalekar, Published by Pimpalapure Book Distributors
4. A Course in English Grammar - R.N Bakshi (Orient Blackswan)
Prescribed Textbook: ‘Oasis’ by Board of Editors & Published by Orient Blackswan
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-21 English (Business 15
Communication Skill in English)
AEC

COURSE MATERIAL : ENGLISH USAGE IN COMMUNICATION

i) Varieties of English
American and British English
Indian English
ii) Non- verbal Communication
iii) The Elevator Pitch
iv) ICT and the use of English

Unit - I
A) Prose
i) The students will have to answer THREE out of FOUR short answer questions of 2 marks each. = 6 Marks
1

146
ii) The students will have to answer ONE out of THREE long answer questions of 5 marks each. = 6 Marks
Unit - II
B) Prose
i) The students will have to answer THREE out of FOUR short answer questions of 2 marks each. = 6 Marks
ii) The students will have to answer ONE out of THREE long answer questions of 6 marks each. = 6 Marks
Unit - III
Grammar
I) Tenses 4 Marks
II) Voices 4 Marks
III) Narration 4 Marks
Unit - IV
Communication and Writing Skills
I) Notice 4 Marks
II) Agenda 4 Marks
III) Minutes 4 Marks
Unit - V
Employability Skills
I) Goal Setting 4 Marks
II) Presentation Skills 4 Marks
III) Time Management 4 Marks
Multiple Choice Questions
The Student will have to answer 10 MCQs based on Unit I and II (each MCQ carries 2 Marks)
20 Marks
Internal Assessment (SEM)
I) Assignment 10 Marks
II) Class Test 10 Marks

==================================================================================
Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-21 Supplementary English 60

COs
1. Able to communicate skillfully in Business correspondence
2. Acquaint with the work culture in corporate world
3. Learn and gain fluency in the English language and conversation.
4. Become efficient in reading and writing skills.
5. The drafting skills of the learners will be honed through grammar and writing skills
6. Become proficient in the language and to eventually inculcate professional skills

Unit Topic No. of Periods

I PROSE 10
I) The Selfish Giant- Oscar
II) India, What it can it Teach us?- Max Muller
III) Of Travell - Francis Bacon
II PROSE 10
I) The Double Aspect of Goodness- G.H. Palmer
II) The Globe of Gold - Bankim Chandra Chattopadhyay
III) The Money Box- Robert Lynd
III POETRY 10
I) Good bye Party to Miss Pushpa T.S. - Nissim Ezikel
II) Mending Wall - Robert Frost
III) After Death- Christina Rosetti
IV Writing Skills 10
I) Creative Writing : Short Story, Expansion of Idea, Poetry Writing, etc.
II) Content Writing : For Website, Book Blurb, etc.
V GRAMMAR 10
1. Subject – Verb Agreement
2. Some Problematic Verb Patterns
3. Question Tags
4. Short Responses
VI Skill Enhancement Module 10
Vocabulary Expansion
a) Some common foreign words used in English
b) Words with more than one grammatical function and mean in
Cos:
The students will be able to:

147
1. Develop Vocabulary
2. Develop Spelling sense
i) Assignment: Vocabulary Expansion ii) Class Test: Spelling Test
Reference Books:
1. ‘Wren & Martin High School English Grammar and Composition Book, Revised By Rao N.D.V.
Prasada Imprint by S Chand Publishing.
2. ‘ESSENTIAL ENGLISH GRAMMER’ by Raymond Murphy, Published By Cambridge University Press.
3. ‘Practical English Usage’ by Michael Swan's by Oxford University Press.
Prescribed Textbook :
4. SINGING BIRD by Board of Editors & Published by DnyanPath Publication, Amravati.

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods

BC-21 Supplementary English (Business 15
Communication Skill in
Supplementary English) AEC

Course Material : Creative Writing

Personal Essay
Memoir
Short Speech
Story Writing

Unit : I
A) Prose i) The students will have to answer TWO out of THREE short answer questions of 3marks each.
=6Marks
ii) The students will have to answer ONE out of THREE long answer questions of 6 marks each.
=6Marks
Unit : II
B) Prose i) The students will have to answer TWO out of THREE short answer questions of 3marks each.
=6Marks
ii) The students will have to answer ONE out of THREE long answer questions of 6 marks each.
=6Marks
Unit : III
C) Poetry i) The students will have to answer TWO out of THREE short answer questions of 3marks each.
=6Marks
ii) The students will have to answer ONE out of THREE long answer questions of 6 marks each.
=6Marks
Unit : IV
Writing Skills
I) Comprehension 6 Marks
II) Group Discussion 6 Marks
Unit : V
Grammar
1. Subject – Verb Agreement 3 Marks
2. Some Problematic Verb Patterns 3 Marks
3. Question Tags 3 Marks
4. Short Responses 3 Marks

Multiple Choice Questions

The Student will have to answer 10 MCQs based on Unit I, II and III (each MCQ carries 2 Marks)
20 Marks
Internal Assessment
I) Assignment 10 Marks
II) Class Test 10 Marks

==================================================================================
Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-22 Marathi 45

+¦ªÉɺÉ{ÉÊjÉEäòSÉÒ Êxɹ{ÉiÉÒ (COs) :

1. xÉä¨É±É䱪ÉÉ ºÉÉʽþiªÉÉiÉÚxÉ VÉÒ´ÉxÉnù¶ÉÇxÉ, ºÉ¨ÉEòɱÉÒxÉ ´ªÉ´É½þÉ®ú VÉÉhÉÒ´ÉÉ ªÉÉÆSÉÒ ¨ÉÉʽþiÉÒ ½þÉä<DZÉ.
2. ´ÉèSÉÉÊ®úEò, ±ÉʱÉiÉ, EòÊ´ÉiÉÉ ªÉÉ Ê´ÉÊ´ÉvÉ ´ÉÉbÂ÷.¨ÉªÉ |ÉEòÉ®úÉSÉä YÉÉxÉ ½þÉä<DZÉ. ªÉÉ ´ÉÉbÂ÷.¨ÉªÉ |ÉEòÉ®úÉSÉä ´ÉäMɳäý{ÉhÉ VÉÉhÉÚxÉ
PÉäiÉÒ±É iÉlÉÉ ªÉɨÉvÉÒ±É ºÉɨªÉ¦ÉänùÉSÉä +ÉEò±ÉxÉ ½þÉä<DZÉ.

148
3. ´ÉèSÉÉÊ®úEò MÉtÉiÉÚxÉ ¦ÉɹÉäSªÉÉ ºÉVÉÇxɶÉÒ±É °ü{ÉÉSÉä Ê´ÉtÉlªÉÉÈxÉÉ +ÉEò±ÉxÉ ½þÉä<DZÉ. iɺÉäSÉ SÉÉÊ®újªÉÊ´É¹ÉªÉ +ºÉ±É䱪ÉÉ lÉÉä®ú
´ªÉHòÓSªÉÉ VÉÒ´ÉxÉ EòɪÉÉÇiÉÚxÉ Ê´ÉtÉlªÉÉÈxÉÉ |Éä®úhÉÉ Ê¨É³äý±É +ÉÊhÉ ºÉÆEò]õÉ´É®ú ¨ÉÉiÉ Eò°üxÉ VÉÒ´ÉxÉÉiÉ ªÉ¶Éº´ÉÒ ½þÉäiÉÉ ªÉäiÉä
½þÉ Ê´ÉSÉÉ®ú ú iªÉÉÆSªÉÉ ¨ÉxÉÒ °üVÉä±É.
4. ±ÉʱÉiÉ Eò±ÉÉEÞòiÉÒSªÉÉ ´ÉÉSÉxÉÉiÉÚxÉ +ÉxÉÆnù, ¤ÉÉävÉ, YÉÉxÉ <iªÉÉnùÓSÉÒ |ÉÉ{iÉÒ ½þÉä>ðxÉ Ê´ÉtÉlªÉÉÈSªÉÉ VÉÒ´ÉxÉʴɹɪÉEò
VÉÉÊhÉ´ÉÉ ºÉ¨ÉÞrù ½þÉäiÉÒ±É.
5. ´ÉèSÉÉÊ®úEòiÉÉ, iÉÉÎi´ÉEòiÉÉ, EòÉ´ªÉÉi¨ÉEòiÉÉ, ¦ÉÉ´ÉxÉÉi¨ÉEòiÉÉ, ºÉɨÉÉxªÉ MÉÉä¹]õÒiÉÒ±É +ºÉɨÉÉxªÉi´ÉÉSÉä nù¶ÉÇxÉ ªÉÉiÉÚxÉ
Ê´ÉtÉlªÉÉÈSÉÉ où¹]õÒEòÉähÉ ºÉÆ{ÉzÉ ½þÉä<DZÉ.
6. Ê´ÉÊ´ÉvÉ |ÉEòÉ®úSªÉÉ ºÉÉʽþiªÉÉSÉä +ÉEò±ÉxÉ, ´ÉhÉÇxÉ, +ɺ´ÉÉnùxÉ, ʴɶ±Éä¹ÉhÉ +ÉÊhÉ ¨ÉÚ±ªÉ¨ÉÉ{ÉxÉ Eò®úhªÉÉSÉÒ IɨÉiÉÉ ´ÉÉfÚøxÉ
Ê´ÉtÉlªÉÉÈSÉÒ +ʦɰüSÉÒ Ê´ÉEòʺÉiÉ ½þÉä<DZÉ.
7. ªÉÉ ´ÉÉbÂ÷.¨ÉªÉ |ÉEòÉ®úÉiÉÚxÉ Ê´ÉÊ´ÉvÉ |ÉEòÉ®úSÉä xÉÒÊiɨÉÚ±ªÉä, VÉÒ´ÉxɨÉÚ±ªÉä, ªÉÉÆSÉÒ Ê¶ÉEò´ÉhÉ Ê´ÉtÉlªÉÉÈxÉÉ Ê¨É³äý±É, iªÉÉSÉÉ
={ɪÉÉäMÉ =kɨÉÊ®úiÉÒxÉä ÊVÉ´ÉxÉ VÉMÉhªÉɺÉÉ`öÒ ½þÉä<DZÉ.
8. '={ɪÉÉäÊVÉiÉ' PÉ]õEòÉSªÉÉ ¨ÉÉvªÉ¨ÉÉiÉÚxÉ Ê´ÉÊ´ÉvÉ |ÉEòÉ®úSÉÒ EòÉè¶É±ªÉä iªÉÉÆSªÉÉiÉ ÊxɨÉÉÇhÉ ½þÉäiÉÒ±É ´É iÉä ®úÉäVÉMÉÉ®úIɨÉ
½þÉäiÉÒ±É.
9. Ê´ÉSÉÉ®ú´ÉÆiÉ, ±ÉäJÉEò, Eò´ÉÒ ½þÉähªÉɺÉÉ`öÒ ½äþ +vªÉªÉxÉ |Éä®úEò `ö®äú±É, ºÉ½þɪªÉ¦ÉÚiÉ `ö®äú±É. ªÉÉiÉÚxÉ Ê´ÉtÉlÉÔ ¦ÉɹÉäSÉÉ
ºÉVÉÇxɶÉÒ±É ´ÉÉ{É®ú EòºÉÉ Eò®úÉ´ÉÉ ½äþ ºÉ¨ÉVÉÚxÉ PÉäiÉÒ±É ´É Ê´ÉÊ´ÉvÉ |ÉEòÉ®úÉiÉÒ±É ºÉÉʽþiªÉ ÊxĘ́ÉiÉÒ Eò®úiÉÒ±É. iɺÉäSÉ
´ªÉ´É½þÉÊ®úEò ={ɪÉÉäVÉxÉ Eò°üxÉ ®úÉäVÉMÉÉ®úIÉ¨É ½þÉäiÉÒ±É.

+.Gò. PÉ]õEò +vªÉÉ{ÉxÉ

[Link]. Topic iÉÉʺÉEòÉ
(Teaching
Hours)
ʴɦÉÉMÉ - + ´ÉèSÉÉÊ®úEò
1) ®úÉVɹÉÔ ¶ÉɽÚþ : ´ÉºÉÉ +ÉÊhÉ ´ÉÉ®úºÉÉ - MÉÉäË´Énù {ÉÉxɺɮäú 12
2) MÉÉÆvÉÒVÉÒ +ÉÊhÉ ®úË´ÉpùxÉÉlÉ ]õÉMÉÉä®ú - ºÉÖ®äú¶É uùÉnù¶ÉÒ´ÉÉ®ú
3) ªÉ¶É´ÉÆiÉ®úÉ´É SÉ´½þÉhÉÉÆSªÉÉ º´É{xÉÉiɱÉÉ ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ -
VÉxÉÉnÇùxÉ ´ÉÉPɨÉÉ®äú
4) ʱÉVVÉiÉSÉÒ ±ÉVVÉiÉ - VªÉÉäiÉÒ xÉÉ<ÇEò -
|ÉEòÉ¶É Ê¤ÉªÉÉhÉÒ,
ºÉÖ´ÉhÉÉÇ ¤Éäbä÷Eò®ú
ʴɦÉÉMÉ - ¤É ±ÉʱÉiÉ
1) ½þÉä®ú{ɳýhÉÉ®úÒ ¨É¨ÉiÉÉ - Eäò¶É®ú ¨Éä¸ÉÉ¨É 11
2) ¨ÉÖ±ªÉºÉƺEòÉ®ú - ¶Éä¹É®úÉ´É JÉÉbä÷
3) ºÉ®ú{É ¨ÉÉ®úÉSÉÆ ºÉÉ´ÉǦÉÉè¨É ¶ÉɺjÉ - {ÉÖ°ü¹ÉÉäkÉ¨É ¤ÉÉä®úEò®ú
4) +ÉƤÉä PªÉÉ... +ÉƤÉä - Ê´É¨É±É ¦ÉɱÉä®úÉ´É
ʴɦÉÉMÉ - Eò EòÊ´ÉiÉÉ
1) {ÉɽþÉ {É®únùÉ®úÉ VÉxÉÊxɪÉä ºÉ¨ÉÉxÉ - ºÉÆiÉ xÉɨÉnäù´É 11
2) JÉÉä{ªÉɨÉvÉÒ JÉÉä{ÉÉ - ¤ÉʽþhÉɤÉÉ<Ç SÉÉèvÉ®úÒ
3) +ɨÉSÉÉ ´ÉÉ]õÉ - ´ÉɨÉxÉnùÉnùÉ EòbÇ÷Eò
4) {É®úÉvÉÒxÉ - xÉÒ±ÉEÞò¹hÉ näù¶É{ÉÉÆbä÷
5) BEòʴɺÉÉ´Éä ¶ÉiÉEò +ÉVÉSÉä iÉÉ®úJÉäxÉÖºÉÉ®ú - +VÉªÉ JÉb÷ºÉä
6) iªÉɽþÒ{ɱÉÒEòbä÷ VÉɪÉSÉÆ +ɽäþ ¨É±ÉÉ ! -ºÉÖ®äú¶É näù´É®úÉ´É ´ÉvÉæ
7) +ɨ½þÒ ¨ÉÉxɺÉÆ ¨ÉÉiÉÒSÉä - MÉVÉÉxÉxÉ ¨ÉiÉä
ʴɦÉÉMÉ - b÷ ={ɪÉÉäÊVÉiÉ ¨É®úÉ`öÒ (Skill Enhancement Module)
1) VÉɽþÒ®ú ÊxÉ´ÉänùxÉ 11
2) ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùɺÉÚSÉxÉÉ ±ÉäJÉxÉ

ºÉÆnù¦ÉÇ OÉÆlÉ
1) ={ɪÉÉäÊVÉiÉ ¨É®úÉ`öÒ - ºÉÆ{ÉÉnùEò b÷Éì.EäòiÉEòÒ ¨ÉÉäb÷Eò, ºÉÆiÉÉä¹É ¶ÉähÉ<Ç, ºÉÖVÉÉiÉÉ ¶ÉähÉ<Ç - {ÉnÂù¨ÉMÉÆvÉÉ |ÉEòɶÉxÉ, {ÉÖhÉä
2) ±ÉäJÉxÉ EòÉè¶É±ªÉä – |ÉÊiÉIÉÉ MÉÉèiÉ¨É iÉɱÉÆMÉEò®ú EòlɱÉä
3) ºÉÆ´ÉÉnù ±ÉäJÉxÉ - ®úÉVÉEÖò¨ÉÉ®ú ±ÉI¨ÉhÉ®úÉ´É iÉÉÆMÉbä÷
4) VÉÉʽþ®úÉiÉ ±ÉäJÉxÉ – ®úÊ´É {É´ÉÉ®ú
5) MÉÒiÉ ±ÉäJÉxÉ – Ê´ÉxÉɪÉEò {É´ÉÉ®ú

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods

BC-22 Marathi (Communication Skill in 15
4

149
 Marathi) AEC

'¨É®úÉ`öÒ ¦ÉÉʹÉEò EòÉè¶É±ªÉä : ±ÉäJÉxÉ EòÉè¶É±ªÉ

=Êqù¹]õ¬ä
1. Ê´ÉtÉlªÉÉÈSªÉÉ ¦ÉÉʹÉEò IɨÉiÉÉÆSÉÉ Ê´ÉEòÉºÉ Eò®úhÉä.
2. ºÉƦÉÉ¹É EòÉè¶É±ªÉä Ê´ÉEòʺÉiÉ Eò®úhÉä.
3. ¨É®úÉ`öÒ ¦ÉɹÉäSÉä ={ɪÉÉäVÉxÉ ±ÉIÉÉiÉ PÉähÉä.
4. Ê´ÉÊ´ÉvÉ ´ªÉ´ÉºÉɪÉÉiÉÒ±É ºÉÆvÉÒ ±ÉIÉÉiÉ PÉähÉä.
5. ¨É®úÉ`öÒ ¦ÉɹÉäSªÉÉ ´Éèʶɹ]õ¬ÉÆSÉÒ +Éä³ýJÉ Eò°üxÉ PÉähÉä.

={ɪÉÉäÊMÉiÉÉ
1. ºÉƦÉɹÉhÉ EòÉè¶É±ªÉ Ê´ÉEòɺÉɱÉÉ ºÉ½þɪªÉ ½þÉä<DZÉ.
2. ¨É®úÉ`öÒ ¦ÉɹÉÉ IɨÉiÉäSªÉÉ ´ÉÉføÒºÉ ¨ÉnùiÉ ½þÉä<DZÉ.
3. ºÉƦÉɹÉhÉ, ±ÉäJÉxÉ IÉäjÉÉSÉÒ nùÉ®äú JÉÖ±ÉÒ ½þÉäiÉÒ±É.
4. Ê´ÉÊ´ÉvÉ ´ªÉ´ÉºÉÉªÉ IÉäjÉÉiÉ ºÉÆvÉÒ ={ɱɤvÉ ½þÉä<DZÉ.

+¦ªÉÉºÉ PÉ]õEò
'´ªÉÊHòk´É Ê´ÉEòɺÉɺÉÉ`öÒ : ºÉƦÉɹÉhÉ ´É ±ÉäJÉxÉ EòÉè¶É±ªÉä' - (ºÉÆ{ÉÉnùEò : b÷Éì.{ÉÞl´ÉÒ®úÉVÉ iÉÉè®ú, b÷Éì.¶Éè±Éåxpù ±Éåbä÷, b÷Éì.´ÉÆnùxÉÉ
¨É½þÉVÉxÉ), +lÉ´ÉÇ {ÉΤ±ÉEäò¶ÉxºÉ ½äþ ºÉÆ{ÉÉÊnùiÉ {ÉÖºiÉEò ªÉÉ +¦ªÉɺÉGò¨ÉɺÉÉ`öÒ xÉä¨É±Éä±Éä +ɽäþ.

±ÉäJÉxÉ EòÉè¶É±ªÉä - BEÚòhÉ iÉÉʺÉEòÉ-15

1. ±ÉäJÉxÉ EòÉè¶É±ªÉä – |ÉÊiÉIÉÉ MÉÉèiÉ¨É iÉɱÉÆMÉEò®ú EòlɱÉä
2. ºÉÆ´ÉÉnù ±ÉäJÉxÉ - ®úÉVÉEÖò¨ÉÉ®ú ±ÉI¨ÉhÉ®úÉ´É iÉÉÆMÉbä÷
3. VÉÉʽþ®úÉiÉ ±ÉäJÉxÉ – ®úÊ´É {É´ÉÉ®ú
4. MÉÒiÉ ±ÉäJÉxÉ – Ê´ÉxÉɪÉEò {É´ÉÉ®ú

ʴɦÉÉMÉ - + ´ÉèSÉÉÊ®úEò - 20 MÉÖhÉ

ʴɦÉÉMÉ - ¤É ±ÉʱÉiÉ - 20 MÉÖhÉ
ʴɦÉÉMÉ - Eò EòÊ´ÉiÉÉ - 20 MÉÖhÉ
ʴɦÉÉMÉ - b÷ ={ɪÉÉäÊVÉiÉ ¨É®úÉ`öÒ - 20 MÉÖhÉ

|ɶxÉÊxɽþÉªÉ MÉÖhÉʴɦÉÉMÉhÉÒ :-
|ɶxÉ 1 ´ÉèSÉÉÊ®úEò ʴɦÉÉMÉ :- nùÒPÉÉækÉ®úÒ BEò |ɶxÉ 10 MÉÖhÉ
|ɶxÉ 2 ´ÉèSÉÉÊ®úEò ʴɦÉÉMÉ :- ±ÉPÉÖkÉ®úÒ BEò |ɶxÉ 05 MÉÖhÉ
|ɶxÉ 3 ±ÉʱÉiÉ Ê´É¦ÉÉMÉ :- nùÒPÉÉækÉ®úÒ BEò |ɶxÉ 10 MÉÖhÉ
|ɶxÉ 4 ±ÉʱÉiÉ Ê´É¦ÉÉMÉ :- ±ÉPÉÖkÉ®úÒ BEò |ɶxÉ 05 MÉÖhÉ
|ɶxÉ 5 EòÊ´ÉiÉÉ Ê´É¦ÉÉMÉ :- nùÒPÉÉækÉ®úÒ BEò |ɶxÉ 10 MÉÖhÉ
|ɶxÉ 6 EòÊ´ÉiÉÉ Ê´É¦ÉÉMÉ :- ±ÉPÉÖkÉ®úÒ BEò |ɶxÉ 05 MÉÖhÉ
|ɶxÉ 7 ={ɪÉÉäÊVÉiÉ ¨É®úÉ`öÒ :- nùÒPÉÉækÉ®úÒ BEò |ɶxÉ 10 MÉÖhÉ
|ɶxÉ 8 ={ɪÉÉäÊVÉiÉ ¨É®úÉ`öÒ :- ±ÉPÉÖkÉ®úÒ BEò |ɶxÉ 05 MÉÖhÉ
(´É®úÒ±É ºÉ´ÉÇ |ɶxÉÉÆxÉÉ +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ {ɪÉÉÇªÉ ®úɽþiÉÒ±É.)

´ÉºiÉÖÊxɹ`ö |ɶxÉ - ={É®úÉäHò +¦ªÉɺÉGò¨ÉÉiÉÒ±É Ê´É¦ÉÉMÉ '+' ´É '¤É' ªÉÉ´É®ú |ÉiªÉäEòÒ 20 MÉÖhÉ
03 |ɶxÉ +ÉÊhÉ Ê´É¦ÉÉMÉ 'Eò' ´É 'b÷' ªÉÉ´É®ú |ÉiªÉäEòÒ 02 |ɶxÉ
´ÉºiÉÖÊxɹ`ö º´É¯û{ÉÉSÉä +ºÉä BEÚòhÉ 10 ¤É½Öþ{ɪÉÉǪÉÒ |ɶxÉ Ê´ÉSÉÉ®ú±Éä
VÉÉiÉÒ±É. |ÉiªÉäEò |ɶxÉÉºÉ 02 MÉÖhÉ ªÉÉ|ɨÉÉhÉä½þÉ |ɶxÉ 20 MÉÖhÉÉÆSÉÉ +ºÉä±É.

ʴɦÉÉMÉ 'b÷' ºÉÉ`öÒ ºÉÆnù¦ÉÇ OÉÆlÉ ¨½þhÉÚxÉ ={ɪÉÉäÊVÉiÉ ¨É®úÉ`öÒ - ºÉÆ{ÉÉnùEò b÷Éì.EäòiÉEòÒ ¨ÉÉäb÷Eò, ºÉÆiÉÉä¹É ¶ÉähÉ<Ç, ºÉÖVÉÉiÉÉ ¶ÉähÉ<Ç -
{ÉnÂù¨ÉMÉÆvÉÉ |ÉEòɶÉxÉ, {ÉÖhÉä ªÉÉ {ÉÖºiÉEòÉiÉÒ±É |ÉEò®úhÉ 6 ´Éä VÉɽþÒ®ú ÊxÉ´ÉänùxÉ ´É |ÉEò®úhÉ 7 ´Éä - ÊxÉÊ´ÉnùÉ ºÉÚSÉxÉɱÉäJÉxÉ ªÉÉ
|ÉEò®úhÉÉ´É®ú 10 MÉÖhÉÉÆSÉÉ 01 nùÒPÉÉækÉ®úÒ ´É 05 MÉÖhÉÉÆSÉÉ 01 ±ÉPÉÖkÉ®úÒ |ɶxÉ Ê´ÉSÉÉ®ú±ªÉÉ VÉÉ<DZÉ.

EòÉè¶É±ªÉ Ê´ÉEòɺÉÉ´É®ú +ÉvÉÉ®úÒiÉ +ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ ¨ÉÚ±ªÉ¨ÉÉ{ÉxÉ :- - 20 MÉÖhÉ

 MÉÖhÉ Ê´É¦ÉÉMÉhÉÒ
1) PÉ]õEò SÉÉSÉhÉÒ (Class Test)- 02 - 10 MÉÖhÉ
2) º´ÉÉvªÉÉªÉ (Home Assignment)- 02 - 10 MÉÖhÉ

|ɶxÉ{ÉÊjÉEäòSÉä |ÉÉ°ü{É - BEÚòhÉ MÉÖhÉ 25

5

150
+ÆiÉMÉÇiÉ ¨ÉÚ±ªÉÉÆEòxÉ AEC - 25 MÉÖhÉ
PÉ]õEò SÉÉSÉhÉÒ - 2 - 10 MÉÖhÉ
MÉÞ½þ{ÉÉ`ö - - 10 MÉÖhÉ
SÉSÉÉǺÉjÉ - - 05 MÉÖhÉ

(+¦ªÉɺÉ{ÉÊjÉEäòiÉÒ±É ºÉ´ÉÇ PÉ]õEòÉÆ´É®ú |ɶxÉ Ê´ÉSÉÉ®úhªÉÉiÉ ªÉäiÉÒ±É)

=====================================================================================

Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-22 Hindi 45

Unit Syllabus No. of

Lectures
I इकाई एक - ग यख – (6 से12पाठ से) 08
अ) द घ तर न ् (एक)
ब) लघु तर न ् (तीन)
II इकाई दो – प यख –(6से12क वताओंस)े – 08
अ) दो क वताओं के के य भाव
III अ) यावहा रक भाषा एवं याकरण 08
१) पदनाम (कोई दो)
२) पा रभाषीक शास नक श दावल (कोई दो)
३) मु हावरे (कोई दो)
४) वा शु द (कोई दो)
आ) हंद अनु वाद - मराठ ग यांश का हंद अनु वाद
IV इकाई चार - अ) नबंध (एक) 07
यावसा यक एवं पयावरण वषयो पर आधा रत
ब) लाँग लेखन : कार, सावधा नयाँ
V इकाई पाँच – संपू ण पाठय म पर आधार त व तु न न् 07
( येक पर एक अंक)

VI Skill Enhancement Module 07

सा ा कार :-अ]सा ा कार के कार एवं वशेषताएं
आ]सा ा कार अपने प रसर के ति ठत श क ा यापक,
ाचाय, खलाड़ी, कसी वभाग वशेष के अ धकार इ या द कसी
भी एक का सा कार लेना
संदभ पु तक का नाम

पा यपु तक - तज संपादक -डॉ. नभा उपा याय

डॉ. मनोज जोशी
डॉ.सु शांत ठोके
काशक- राघव पि लशस एंड ड यूटस नागपु र
यवहा रक हंद याकरण लेखक याम चं कपू र
हंद ान वकास लेखक डॉ हर साद पांडे
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-22 Hindi (Communication Skill in 15
6

151
 Hindi) AEC

*संभाषण कौश य
१)संभाषण कौश य
२)सू संचालन
३)सा ा कार
४)व तृ व, वाद- ववाद आ द

पा य पु तक का इकाइय म अंक वभाजन एवं न का व प न नानु सार है

इकाई एक - ग यख – ( थम छह पाठ से)

अ) द घ तर न ् (एक) (०६अंक)
ब) लघु तर न ् (तीन) (१२अंक)
इकाई दो – प यख –( थम छं ह क वताओं से) –
अ) दो क वताओं के के य भाव (१४अंक)
इकाई तीन - अ) यावहा रक भाषा एवं याकरण
१) पदनाम (कोई दो) (०२अंक)
२) पा रभाषीक शास नक श दावल (कोई दो) (०२अंक)
३) मु हावरे (कोई दो) (०२अंक)
४) वा शु द (कोई दो) (०२अंक)
आ) हंद अनु वाद - मराठ ग यांश का हंद अनु वाद (०६अंक)
इकाई चार - अ) नबंध (एक)
यावसा यक एवं पयावरण वषयो आधार त (०८अंक)
ब) लाँग लेखन : कार, सावधा नयाँ (०६अंक)
इकाई पाँच – संपू ण पाठय म पर आधार त व तु न ठ न् (२०अंक)
( येक न ् पर एक अंक)
आंत रक मु यांकन – (कौश य आधार त मॉडयु ल) (२०अंक)
१. सा ा कार-अपने प रसर के कलाकार,प कार,सा ह यकार, श क, नेता, मजदुर ,प कार आ द मे से
कसी भी एक का सा ा कार लेना (१०अंक)
२. गृहपाठ, इकाई पर ा, समु हचचा, तु तीकरण आ द (१०अंक)
=====================================================================================

Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-22 Sanskrit 45
Course Outcomes :
This course will help Students to –
 Study of Sanskrit has a wide scope in the field of Translation. So many Sanskrit manuscripts are there still
untouched, which, if translated into other languages, would be a great serve to the mankind.
 Transliteration is one of specialties of Sanskrit Language. Sanskrit text can be transliterated into other
foreign languages for a better understanding of Indian Culture and Heritage.
 Sanskrit Computational Linguistics helps human beings for a better Cognitive Understanding Skill.
 Machine Translation is a modern application of Sanskrit Language as Paninian grammar is having a great
potential of transformation from Natural Language to Artificial language through Artificial Intelligence
(AI).
 Voice Therapy and Voice Culture are best modern avenues of Sanskrit Scholars.

Unit Content No. of Periods

I घटक 1 ग यपाठ 1 तथा 2 09
वा ण यसु धा (भाग – 1), वतीय वभाग

152
 II घटक 2 ग यपाठ 3 तथा 4 09
वा ण यसु धा (भाग – 1), वतीय वभाग
III घटक 3 प यपाठ 1 तथा 2 09
वा ण यसु धा (भाग – 1), वतीय वभाग
IV घटक 4 प यपाठ 3 तथा 4 09
वा ण यसु धा (भाग – 1), वतीय वभाग
V Skill Enhancement Module 09
गृहपाठ
मौ खक पर ा

संदभ ंथसूची –
1. वा ण यसुधा (भाग -1), अथव काशन, जळगाव
(Text Book, Edited by Dr. B. N. Panda, Dr. R. V. Kavishwar, Dr. Jayshree Sakalkale)
2. Web links – उ चारण थान - [Link]
पठन कौश य [Link]
वभि त प रचय - [Link]
[Link]
3. Swayam [Link]

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods

BC-22 Sanskrit (Communication Skill in 15
Sanskrit) AEC
Course Material –

पठनकौश यम ् (पा णनीय श ा)

वभि तप रचय ( वतीया ते प चमी)

Question Paper Pattern

1. (a) Long answer question (one out of two) : 10

(b) Reference to Context (one out of two) : 05
2. (a) Long answer question (one out of two) : 10
(b) Reference to Context (one out of two) : 05
3. (a) Long answer question (one out of two) : 10
(b) Reference to Context (one out of two) : 05
4. (a) Long answer question (one out of two) : 10
(b) Reference to Context (one out of two) : 05
5. Multiple Choice Questions (Ten) : 20
Internal marks (SEM)
Total marks - 20
6. Home Assignment : 10
7. Oral Test : 10
------------------
100
=====================================================================================

Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-22 Pali and Prakrit 45

Programme Outcomes -
1) MÉqù {ÉÉ`öÉSÉÉ ¦ÉɹÉÉÆiÉ®ú Eò®úiÉÉ ªÉä<DZÉ.
2) MÉt {ÉÉ`öÉSÉÉ ºÉÉ®ÆúÉ¶É º´ÉiÉ&SÉÉ ¶É¤nùÉiÉ º{ɹ]õ Eò®úiÉÉ ªÉä<DZÉ.
3) {Ét {ÉÉ`öÉiÉÒ±É MÉÉlÉÉÆSÉÉ +xÉÖ´ÉÉnù Eò®úiÉÉ ªÉä<DZÉ.
8

153
4) {Ét {ÉÉ`öÉSÉä ´ÉÉSÉxÉ Eò°üxÉ ºÉÉ®úÉƶÉÉi¨ÉEò º{ɹ]õ Eò®úiÉÉ ªÉä<DZÉ.
5) ºÉÆ{ÉÚhÉÇ +¦ªÉɺÉGò¨ÉÉSÉä ºÉÖI¨É +vªÉªÉxÉ Eò°üxÉ ´ÉºiÉÖÊxɹ`ö |ɶxÉÉÆSÉÒ =kÉ®äú näùiÉÉ ªÉäiÉÒ±É.

Unit Contents No. of Periods

Unit-I 1) ºÉÖ{{ÉÉ®úEò VÉÉiÉEò 09
VÉÉiÉEò EòlÉÉ 2) EÖò]õ´ÉÉÊhÉVªÉ VÉÉiÉEò
Unit-II 1) JÉä¨ÉÉlÉä®úÒ 09
lÉä®úÒMÉÉlÉÉ 2) ÊEòºÉÉMÉÉèiɨÉÒ
Unit-III 1) ¤ÉɱɴÉMMÉ 09
vɨ¨É{Énù 2) {ÉÆÊb÷iÉ´ÉMMÉ
Unit-IV 1) {ÉÖ{¡ò´ÉMMÉ 09
vɨ¨É{Énù 2) +®ú½þxiÉ´ÉMMÉ
Unit - V Skill Enhancement Module 09
{ÉɱÉÒ ¦ÉɹÉÉ ´É ºÉÆMÉhÉEò
Course Outcomes of SEM
1. ÊjÉÊ{É]õEò ºÉÉʽþiªÉÉSÉÉ +¦ªÉÉºÉ Eò®úhÉä
2. vɨ¨É{ÉnùÉiÉÒ±É xÉèÊiÉEò ʶÉEò´ÉhÉ +¦ªÉɺÉhÉä

ºÉÆnù¦ÉÇOÉÆlÉ -
1) VÉÉiÉEò EòlÉÉ {ÉÉ汃 - xÉɱÉÆnùÉ ºÉƺEò®úhÉ, <MÉiÉ{ÉÖ®úÒ
2) lÉäÊ®úMÉÉlÉÉ - |ÉÉä. b÷Éì. ʴɨɱÉÊEòiÉÔ - ºÉ¨ªÉEò |ÉEòɶÉxÉ - xÉ´ÉÒ Ênù±±ÉÒ
3) vɨ¨É{Énù - b÷Éì. ¦ÉnùxiÉ +ÉxÉÆnù EòÉèºÉ±ªÉÉxÉ
4) {ÉɱÉÒ ºÉÉʽþiªÉÉSÉÉ <ÊiɽþÉºÉ - ¦É®úiÉ˺ɽþ ={ÉÉvªÉɪÉ
5) VÉÉiÉEò EòlÉÉ, vɨÉÉÇxÉÆnù EòÉäºÉƤÉÒ, xÉä½þÉ |ÉEòɶÉxÉ - xÉÉMÉ{ÉÚ®ú-2011
6) vɨ¨É{Énù, b÷Éì. ®äúJÉÉ ´ÉÉxÉJÉbä÷, ºÉÖMÉ¨É |ÉEòɶÉxÉ
7) vɨ¨É{Énù, MÉÉlÉÉ ´É EòlÉÉ, ±ÉäJÉEò, b÷Éì. ºÉvnùÉ®úÎCJÉiÉÉ, |ÉEòɶÉEò, ºÉ¨ªÉEò vɨ¨ÉnÖùiÉ ]Åõº]õ, +¨É®úÉ´ÉiÉÒ-2019.
8) VÉÉiÉEò EòlÉÉ - vɨÉÉÇxÉÆnù EòÉäºÉƤÉÒ, xÉä½þÉ |ÉEòɶÉxÉ xÉÉMÉ{ÉÚ®ú-2011.
9) lÉä®úÒMÉÉlÉÉ-+xÉÖ´ÉÉnùEò |ÉÉ.b÷Éì.¶Éä¹É®úÉ´É ¨Éä¸ÉɨÉ, |ÉEòɶÉEò- ºÉÊSÉ´É ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ®úÉVªÉ ºÉÉʽþiªÉ +ÉÊhÉ ºÉƺEÞòiÉÒ
¨ÉÆb÷³ý,¨ÉÖƤÉ<Ç.1993
10) {ÉɱÉÒ ¦ÉɹÉÉ EòÉè¶É±ªÉ- b÷Éì.¤ÉɱÉÉVÉÒ MÉ´½þɳäý - ºÉÉ®úxÉÉlÉ |ÉEòɶÉxÉ - {É®ú¦ÉhÉÒ - 2017.
11) Email Wikipedia, ebooks,Apps, News paper, Magazines, Paint Social Media, You Tube etc.

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods

BC-22 Pali and Prakrit (Communication 15
Skill in Pali and Parkrit) AEC

Ê´É{ɶªÉxÉÉ Ê¶É¤ÉÒ®ú / +ÉxÉÉ{ÉÉxÉ Ê¶É¤ÉÒ®ú

´Éèʶɹ]õ¬ä :
1) ´ÉèYÉÉÊxÉEò oùι]õEòÉäxÉ VÉÉhÉÚxÉ PÉähÉä
2) ÊxɨÉÇ±É ÊSÉkÉ ½þÉähªÉÉEòÊ®úiÉÉ |ɪÉixÉ Eò®úhÉä
3) ºÉ¨ÉiÉÉ´ÉÉnùÒ oùι]õEòÉäxÉ +¦ªÉɺÉhÉä
4) º¨ÉÞiÉÒ ¨ÉvªÉä |ɺlÉÉÊ{ÉiÉ ½þÉähªÉÉSÉä EòÉè¶É±ªÉ ±ÉIÉÉiÉ PÉähÉä
={ɪÉÉäÊMÉiÉÉ
1) {ÉÊ®ú´ÉiÉÇxÉ´ÉÉnùÒ ½þÉähªÉÉºÉ ºÉ½þɪªÉ¦ÉÖiÉ `ö®äú±É
2) ¨ÉÉxÉ´ÉÒ ¨ÉÖ±ªÉ VÉÉhÉÚxÉ PÉäiÉÉ ªÉäiÉÒ±É
3) ºÉ¨ÉÉvÉÉxÉÒ ´ÉÞkÉÒ VÉÉä{ɺɱªÉÉ VÉÉ<DZÉ
4) ÊVÉ´ÉxÉ VÉMÉhªÉÉSÉÒ Eò±ÉÉ +´ÉMÉiÉ Eò®úiÉÉ ªÉä<DZÉ
=====================================================================================

Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-23 Financial Accounting 75
Course outcome :
1 Rectification of Journal entry
2 Student acquire the knowledge of nonprofit organization
3 Prepare the all types of cooperative society account
4 Students should be acquired partnership farm accountancy
5 The bill of exchange contest and unconditional order to pay a create amount on as agree day.
9

154
Unit Topic No. of Periods
I Final Account of individual, manufacturing Account, Trading Account, Profit & Loss 13
Accounts, Balance Sheet with Adjustment entry.
II Bill of Exchange 13
III Accounts of Non-profit organization. 13
IV Final Accounts of co-operative societies. 12
V Final Accounts of partnership Firms, Basic Terminology, Method Capital. 12
VI Skill Enhancement Module :- 12
1) Finalization of Accounts with the help of Tally
2) Visit to office of C.A. and submission of visit report.
Books recommended :

1) Financial Accounting : [Link], [Link], [Link] Yeole,Prashant Publication, Jalgaon

2) Financial Accounting : [Link] [Link], [Link] [Link],Saijyoti Prakashan, Nagpur
3) Financial Accounting : [Link] Wath, [Link] Jadhao, [Link] Selukar
4) Financial Accounting : [Link] Mahadev Bhagat, Aakash Anandrao Budhe
5) Advanced Accountancy : [Link]

=====================================================================================

Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-24 Business Economics 75
Course Outcomes
1. Examine the difference between business and managerial economics.
2. Application of Discriminative nature of monopolist.
3. Application of monopolistic competition, oligopoly, and perfect competition
4. Application of demand and supply pattern of rent and wage.
5. Application of the theories of interest and profit.

Unit Content No. of Periods

I Business and Managerial Economics: 13
1.1 Meaning and characteristics of Business Economics.
1.2 Meaning and characteristics of Managerial Economics.
1.3 Nature and Scope of Managerial Economics.
1.4 Objectives and Importance of Managerial Economics.
1.5 Relation of Managerial Economics with Business Economics
II Market Structure: Monopoly 13
2.1 Meaning and classification of Markets.
2.2 Working of Price Mechanism.
2.3 Monopoly: Meaning and Characteristics.
2.4 Price determination under monopoly
2.5 Price discrimination under monopoly.
III MARKET STRUCTURE : Competitive Market 13
3.1 Monopolistic competition: Meaning and Characteristics.
3.2 Price determination in monopolistic competition.
3.3 Oligopoly: Meaning and Characteristics.
3.4 Price determination under Oligopoly.
3.5 Perfect competition: Meaning, Characteristics and Price Determination.
IV FACTORS PRICING: LAND & LABOUR 12
4.1 Factors Inputs: Nature, Demand &Supply
4.2 Marginal Productivity Theory.
4.3 RENT: Concept, Ricardian Theory, Quasi Rent.
4.4 WAGES: Meaning & Types.
4.5 Determination of wages.
V FACTORS PRICING: CAPITAL & ENTREPRENURSHIP 12
5.1 INTEREST: Concept and time preference.
5.2 Loanable funds and Liquidity preference theory of Interest.
5.3 PROFIT: Meaning and Definition.
5.4 Dynamic & Risk bearing theory of Profit.
5.5 Innovation theory of Profit.
VI Skill Enhancement Module 12
Application of Price Determination for consumer products and services and factors of
productions.

10

155
 BOOKS RECOMMENDED

1. Ahuja H.L. : Business Economics : S. Chand & Co. New Delhi

2. Business Economics : Pimpalkar, Bapat, Joshi, Orient-Logmans
3. Koustsoyiani A Moden Micro Economics, Macmilan New Delhi
4. +lÉǶÉɺjÉÉSÉä ʺÉrùÉÆiÉ – |ÉÉ. VÉÒ.BxÉ. ZÉɨɮäú, Ë{É{ɳýÉ{ÉÚ®äú |ÉEòɶÉxÉ
5. ´ªÉɴɺÉÉʪÉEò +lÉǶÉɺjÉ – b÷Éì. ®úÉ.ªÉ.¨ÉɽþÉä®äú, +ƶÉÖ±É {ɤ±ÉÒEäò¶ÉxÉ, xÉÉMÉ{ÉÚ®ú
6. +lÉǶÉɺjÉEäò ʺÉrùÉÆiÉ – VÉÉä¶ÉÒ, ˺ÉMÉ, ¸ÉÒ´ÉɺiÉ´É, VɪÉ{ÉÚ®ú
7. +ÉvÉÖÊxÉEò ºÉÖI¨É+lÉǶÉɺjÉ – Eäò.{ÉÒ.B¨É. ºÉÖÆnù®ú¨É.
8. ´ªÉ´ÉºÉÉʪÉEò +lÉǶÉɺjÉ – |ÉÉ. BSÉ.+É®ú. ÊiÉ´ÉÉ®úÒ, b÷Éì. Eäò.Eäò. {ÉÉ]õÒ±É, b÷Éì. ¤ÉÒ.¤ÉÒ. iÉɪɴÉÉbä÷ +ÉÊhÉ ´ÉɪÉ.{ÉÒ. ˺ÉMÉ - +uèùiÉ
|ÉEòɶÉxÉ, +EòÉä±ÉÉ
9. Business Economics : Dr. Sudhir Bodhankar, Dr. Medha Kanetkar, Shri Sainath Prakashan, Nagpur
10. Business Economics : Dr.(Mrs..) Pushpa T
11. Ayade-Shree Mangesh Prakashan, Ramdaspeth, Nagpur-10
12. Business Economics (English Edition) : Dr. G.N. Zamare-Pimpalpure & Co. Publishers, Nagpur
13. ´ªÉɴɺÉÉʪÉEò +lÉǶÉɺjÉ (¨É®úÉ`öÒ +É´ÉÞkÉÒ) : b÷Éì. VÉÒ.BxÉ. ZÉɨɮäú, Pimpalapure & Co. Publishers, Nagpur
=====================================================================================

Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-25 Principle of Business Organization 60

COURSE OUTCOMES
The students will be able to:
1) To Familiar with business organization.
2) Understand the concepts related to Business policies.
3) Demonstrate the roles, skills and functions of management.
4) To diagnose and solve organizational problems and develop optimal managerial decisions.
Unit Topic No. of Periods
I Commerce and Industry 10
 Commerce and Industry - Meaning, Scope and Evolution
 Industrial Revolution- Its Effects
 Emergence of Indian MNC
 Recent Trends in Business World
 Indian Business in New Millennium.
II Business 10
 Business Sectors and Its Form
 Forms of Business Organization
 Unorganized Business- Peddlers and Hawkers, Market Traders and Street
Traders
 E-Commerce - Concepts and Scope
 E- Tailers, Cashless Transaction and Its various modes1
III Entrepreneurship Development 10
 Concepts: Function and Need
 Entrepreneurship: Characteristics and Competencies
 Process of Entrepreneurship Development
 Entrepreneurship Values: Attitudes and Motivation - Meaning and
Concepts
IV New Enterprises 10
 Decisions in Setting up Enterprises
 Opportunity and Idea Generation
 Role of Creativity and Innovation
 Feasibility Study and Business Plan
 Business Size and Location Decision
V Trade in India 10
 Whole Sale and Retail Trade
 Malls, Super Markets, Hypermarket
 Stores-Speciality, Convenience, Departmental and Discount
 Transport, Insurance, Communication and Other Services
 Import E port Trade Procedure
VI Skills Enhancement Module (SEM) 10
 Visit any local organization / local governing bodies ( Panchayat
Samittee Offices / Magarparishad / Municipal Corporation) and Prepared
Report
 Gathered details about any ISO- 9000 certified organization
11

156
  Gathered details on administrative audit report and methods adopted by
any organization.
 Report on motivational tools for employees adopted by any organization.
 Report on contribution of any organization for conservation of
environment, energy and heritage.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Organization : Text, Cases and readings on the Management of Organizational Design and Change, J.P.
Kotter, L.A. Schlesinger and V. Sathe
2. Business Organization & Management, Mr. Mahesh Chaudhary
3. Business Organization & Management, Kaul V (Pearson Education 2012)
4. Business Organization & Management, Tulsian P and Pandey V (Pearson Education 2011)
5. Business Environment, Cherunilam F. (Himalaya Publishing House 2010)
6. Business Sutra, Pattnaik D. (Aleph Book Company 2013)
7. Organizational Traps : Leadership, Culture, Organizational Design, Chris A (Oxford University, Press
2010)
8. World Class in India, Piramal G and Ghoshal S (Penguin India 2002)
9. Business Maharajas, Parimal G (Penguin India 2011)
10. On Becoming a Leader, Warren B. (Perseus Books Group 2009)
=====================================================================================

Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-26 Computer Fundamental & Operating System II 45

 Course Outcome
The students will be able to-
1. Get basic introduction of Computer and mobile operating systems
2. Know concept of windows versions.
3. Create and delete file in File Explorer.
4. Know concept of modern communication and network topologies.
5. Create e-mail account and compose e-mail massage.
6. Create table, utilizing existing Template provided by Microsoft and add customization on Template
according to user needs.
7. Identify steps in the process and complete an activity to create a mail merge.
8. Develop the skill of power point programs.
9. Insert various graphical object on slide.
10. Add different Transition, Animation, Sound and Timing effect to Slide.
11. Run a presentation on computer screen.

Unit Topic No. of Periods

I Operating System (OS): 09
Operating System Basics:Introduction, Definition, Basic Functions.
Types of Operating Systems: Batch OS, Single User, Multiuser, Time
Sharing/Multitasking OS, Real Time OS, Distributed OS, Network OS and Mobile
OS.
Concepts of Popular Operating Systems: MS DOS, Microsoft Window, UNIX,
LINUX, Apple iOS,Google Android, BlackBerry, Macintosh.
II MS-WINDOWS: 09
Concept &Version of Windows: Windows 1.0, Windows NT, Windows 95,
Windows 98, Windows XP, Windows 7 and Windows 8
Windows 10:Introduction, Features,Screen Element of Window 10. Desktop: This
PC, Icons, Recycle Bin, Microsoft Edge (Browser), Taskbar, Start Menu,
Notification area.
Manage Files and Folders with File Explorer:Creating, Deleting, Opening,
Copying, Moving And
Renaming Files and Folders. Microsoft Cortana; meaning and features.
III Modern Communications: (Concept 0nly) 09
Definition, Characteristics of Modern communication Technology.
Communications Methods; SMS (Text Massaging), IM (Instant Massaging),
Voice Calling, Video Chat, Blogging, Social Media and e-mail.
Audio and Video Conferencing tools: concept and features of Zoom, Google
Meet, Google Hangouts, Skype and YouTube.
Networking: Concept, Topology.
Network types:PAN, LAN, MAN and WAN.
Communication Devices: Smart Phone, Bandwidth; Modem, Wi-Fi, Bluetooth
IV AdvancedTable, Graphics and Mail Merge: [MS-WORD 2013/2016] 09
Working with Tables:Creating, Inserting data, Aligning Data in a Table,
inserting, Moving, Resizing Rows & Columns. Adding Border & Shading to
Table, Convert Text to Table.
12

157
 Illustrations and Objects: Insert Pictures, SmartArt, Shapes, Screenshot,
Hyperlink, Text Box, WordArt, Drop Cap and Symbol.
Document Designing: Themes, Watermark, Page Color, Page Border.
Mail Merge: Meaning and Advantages. Procedures of Mail merge; Create Main
Document, Edit Recipient’s list, Insert Merge fields, Preview Results and Finish &
Merge documents.
V PowerPoint Presentation: [2013/2016] 09
Concept of Presentation: MS-PowerPointScreen, Creatinga new Presentation
Using a Template.
Inserting and Editing: Text,Pictures, screenshot, Shapes, SmartArt, WordArt,
Video and Audioeffects.
Formatting Slide: Resizing and Scaling an Object, Slide Size, format background
and Changing Slide layouts.
Slide Effects; Adding Transition and Animation effect, Setting Slide Show
Timings, Different Slide Views, Running a Slide Show, Saving, Sharing and
Printing a presentation.

Books Recommended :
1. Computer Fundamentals, P. K. Sinha, [Link]
2. Computer [Link] (WE)
3. Fundamentals of Computers-V. Rajarman(PHI)
4. Introduction to IBMPC & Applications-Taxali.
5. Computer Fundamentals & Operating System : Dr. Sanjay Kadu, Dr. Arun Harne
6. MS-OFFICE (PHI)
7. MS-OFFICE (BPB)
8. MS-OFFICE (TMH)
9. Yeats : SystemsAnalysis & Design ; Macmillan India, New Delhi.
10. Basics of Computer and Business Mathematics, By Dr. Rajiv Ashtikar, Dr. Santosh Sadar and Prof. Vilas
Chopade : Payal Prakashan, Nagpur.
11. Computer Fundamentals & Operating System : Supriya Bhagade-Pimpalapure &Co. Pub.,Nagpur.
12. Principals of Computer, By Prof. S. M. Kolte, Pimpalapure & co. publisher, Nagpur.
13. Computer Fundamentals & Operating System, Dr. C. M. Tembhurnekar, Dr Sushant Jadhao
14. Computer Fundamentals & Operating System, Dr Sanjay Tidke, Aakash Bele
15. Computer Fundamentals & Operating System : [Link] Ishwarkar, Prof. Sharad Kulat

Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Under Graduate Programme
Programme : Bachelor of Commerce Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
BC-26 Computer Fundamental And 15
Operating System-II (Practical)

 Course Outcome:

Students will be able to do at the end of practical’s:

1) Know how to organize files/folder in File Explorer
2) Understand different customization setting in windows 10.
3) Create windows login Account which is necessary for Windows 10
4) Create table, utilizing existing Template provided by Microsoft and add customization Template according to
user needs.
5) Add header and footer to long list of pages which is crucial.
6) Complete Mail Merge process.
7) Change layout of pages
8) Create Presentation, designing slides and add different Transition and Animation effect to objects and Slide

 List of Practical’s:

1) Create a new folder on desktop

2) Create, rename, delete, and restore File from Recycle Bin.
3) Change icon of Folder from Disk.
4) Open Control Panel or Setting in Windows 10 to customize and personalize.
5) Creating Windows Login User Account
6) Change Time Zone and Language of Keyboard.
7) Personalization your computer according to your need like changing theme, changing color, changing start
menu app.
8) Create class time Table in table format, save file.
9) Open any existing Template and customize according to your need.
10) Create two column page, add border to page and add Picture /Text Watermark.
11) Create two pages with Header and Footer, add current date on Footer and your College name on Header.

13

158
12) Create main document (letter/Notice/Invitation etc,) along with Recipients’ Address (minimum five) then
insert merge field, merge document, Preview and save/print it.
13) Create Blank or New Existing Template, Add few Slides and Edit content on each slides.
14) Change Background color of each slides make sure each slides has different background.
15) Create a Presentation Title and Content slide layout. Add class name as a Title and add Exam Table
(Sample) in table format in Content Section.
16) Create two Slides with Transition Effect on Each Slides
I) Insert WordArt on First Slide and Animate it.
II) Insert Picture on Second slide and Animate it with Sound.

Division of Marks for Practical’s

Record Preparation 10 Marks
Practical Performance 10 Marks
Viva-Voce 10 Marks
Description 10 Marks
Practical Total 40 Marks

14

159
 1

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty of Science and Technology, Programme: BCA

POs of B.C.A. Programmme:

The under-graduate students, after completing their study of B.C.A. programme would acquire following
characteristics attributes of science graduate.

PO-1 Scientific Knowledge and Experimental Skills : The graduates must be able to demonstrate fundamental
concepts in computer science and apply it in relative specialized areas like research & development, teaching and
government, social or public services.

PO-2 Communication skills : The graduates must be able to transmit complex technical information in clear and
concise manner relating to computer hardware, software and its applications.

PO-3 Critical Thinking & Problem Solving Ability: The graduates must be able to employ critical thinking and
problem solving skills to find appropriate solutions for the given problems in the fields of computer technology.

PO-4 Team leading and working capability: The graduates must be capable to work independently as well as a team
leader or a member.

PO-5 Project Management: The graduates must be able to identify need, scope and beneficiaries to develop a project
by observing responsible & ethical conduct and also with cyber security and safety.

PO-6 Digital Proficiency to use Modern Digital Tools: The graduates must be capable to learn and use modern
technology like data mining, handling & management, robotics and artificial intelligence.

PO-7 Environmental and Societal Consciousness: The graduates must be aware about the environmental & the
societal problems and must be capable to use and demonstrate the acquired knowledge to address these problems
and to find appropriate solutions thereof.

PO-8 Ethics and Human values: The graduates must be capable to think and behave rationally on the ethical issues
they come across at their work place. Also, the graduates should adopt human values to keep harmony with
individuals and with human beings.

PO-9 National perspective: The graduates must be able to develop national perspective for their career in the chosen
field so that they could play a vital role in contributing in national development.

PO-10 Lifelong Learning: The graduates should adopt lifelong learning to keep pace with emerging trends in
technology and research.

160
 2

PSOs of B.C.A. Programme:

The student graduating with the Degree BCA should be able to

PSO-1 Focus on preparing student for roles pertaining to computer applications and IT industry

PSO-2 develop programming skills, networking skills, learn applications, packages, programming
languages and modern techniques of IT

PSO-3 Get skill and information not only about computer and information technology butalso in common,
organization and management.

PSO-4 Learn applications, packages, programming languages and modern techniques ofIT

PSO-5 work as software programmer, system, database and network administrator, web designer,
Application developer, faculty for computer science and computer applications, Web Designer,
Network Analyst, Test Engineer, DBA, Technical Support Engineer, Quality Assurance, data
analyst, data Scientist, researcher etc.

PSO-6 get information about various computer applications, latest development in IT and communication
Technology in current era.

PSO-7 use knowledge of the networking, computer graphics, web development, trouble shooting, and
hardware and software skills.

PSO-8 use knowledge in various domains to identify research gaps and hence to provide solution to new
ideas and innovations

PSO-9 assess the hardware and software aspects of computer systems, structure and development
methodologies of software systems.

PSO-10 apply mathematical methodologies to solve computation task, model real world problem using
appropriate data structure and suitable algorithm.

161
 3

Employability Potential of the Programme:

B.C.A. programme will be full-time 3 years bachelor’s degree course of computer application. This course is designed
specifically to cater the need of skilled software developers. The programme is recognized by [Link]. And
Affiliated to Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University. The Course develops high degree of technical skill in the
Students, so that they can face the challenges of the industries. The Computers/ Computer Knowledge has become as
indispensable in today’s world as food, shelter, and clothing. The service sector in the worked is experiencing a boom
and India has emerged as world leader. The BCA course covers the technical as well as managerial aspects of the
computer applications. It offers advanced study into the conceptual basis of information systems as a discipline and
introduces students to research methods and current developments.

Computers have become an integral part of our life. Almost every individual wants tobe a computer professional.
The craze for the courses is increasing due to growing job prospects that it has. B.C.A. forms the base of a
computer professional versatile is use
[Link] is an applied computer use
in various fields. Companies who wants, to take benefit of the new information technologies and communication
systems need expert professionals, who can apply computer science principles to solve problems produced bythe
interface between business and technology. B.C.A. Programme is an undergraduate program with Choice Based
Credit System(CBCS) scheme where students are exposed to various areas of computer applications including the
latest developments in the industry.
Theprogrammeimpartscomprehensiveknowledgewithequalemphasisontheoryandpracticein the field of information
technology.

The Indian economy is on an extremely positive note; growth is across sectors, both in traditional industries and new
sectors. In such an environment, corporate India will need young and talented youth to actively participate, manage,
design, develop and lead several IT initiatives. It has not been better than this for aspirants of BCA education.

162
 4

163
 Examinations leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science 5
(Three Years Six Semesters Degree Programme) (Choice Based Credit System )
Scheme of Teaching, Learning, Examination and Evaluation APPENDIX - A I ( B.C.A. Part-I) (Semester-I)
Teaching & Learning Scheme Examination & Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Period Maximum Marks Minimum
Sr Per Credit Duratio Passing
. Subjec Subject week s n of
t Code Skill
N Total Exams Theory
Theory Practical Total Enhancemen SEM Practical Total Marks Grade
o L T P in Hrs +
Marks / t Module Credit Mark
M.C.Q (SEM) Int. Int. Ext.
Tutoria s
Ext.
l
1 Communication Skill 1BCAE1 3 - 3 3 - 3 2 40 1 - - 50 20 P
Communication Skill in
2 1BCAE2 1 - 1 1 1 -- 10 1 25 - 25 10 P
English (AEC)
3 DSC-1 (T) Fundamentals of 5 -- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
1BCA1 - 80 100 40 P
Computers
4 DSC-2(T)Structured 5 --- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
1BCA2 - 80 100 40 P
Programming Paradigms
5 DSC-3(T)Data Structure 1BCA3 5 - 5 5 - 5 3 80 20 1 - - 100 40 P
6 DSC-4(T)Fundamentals of 5 --- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
1BCA4 - 80 100 40 P
Electronics in Computer
7 DSC-1(P) Computer - - 4 4 - 2 4 - - 50
Hardware Software 1BCALAB1 2 - 50 25 P
Troubleshooting
8 DSC-2(P)Data Structure 1BCALAB2 - - 4 4 - 2 2 4 - - - 50 50 25 P
9 DSC-3 (P)Fundamentals of - - 4 4 - 2 4 - - 50
1BCALAB3 2 - 50 25 P
Computer Electronics
10 DSC- 1 (P)Generic Open 2 - - 2 2 2 2 College Level Exam.
Elective I(GOEC)
1BCAG - 50 20 p.
1-Computer Fundamentals 2-
IT and BDP
11 Induction Programme* 30 hrs (beginning of 1 1
BCAIP P
Semester classes) 1*
Total 25 1 12 38 25 7 33 6 675

BCA-Sem-1 Total Credit 39 Total Marks 675

164
L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical 6
Note : Internship /Field Work / Work Experience will be conducted after I semester till Vth semester in vacations for minimum 150 hrs. It's credits and grades will be reflected in final
semester IV credit grade report.
- OEC (Optional) can be studied during semester I to VI, Its credits and grades will be reflected in final semester VI credit grade report

165
 Examinations leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science 7
(Three Years Six Semesters Degree Programme) (Choice Based Credit System )
Scheme of Teaching, Learning, Examination and Evaluation APPENDIX - A I ( B.C.A. Part-I) (Semester-II)
Teaching & Learning Scheme Examination & Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Period Maximum Marks Minimu
Credit m
Sr Per week Duratio
s
Subjec Subject n of Passing
.
t Code Exams
No Skill Practical
Total Theory Theory
L T P
Practica Total
in Hrs Enhancemen SEM Total
Mark Grade
Marks / + Credi Mark
l M.C.Q t Module s
Int. Ext. s
Tutoria
Ext. (SEM) Int. t
l
1 Communication Skill 2BCAE1 3 - 3 3 - 3 2 40 1 - - 50 20 P
Communication Skill in
2 2BCAE2 1 - 1 1 1 -- 10 1 25 - 25 10 P
English (AEC)
3 DSC- 1(T) Computer -- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
2BCA1 5 - 80 100 40 P
System and Interface
4 DSC- 2 (T) Data Base --- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
2BCA2 5 - 80 100 40 P
Managemant System
5 DSC- 3 (T) Object - 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
2BCA3 5 - 80 100 40 P
Oriented Programming
6 DSC-4 (T) Fundaentals of --- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
Computational 2BCA4 5 - 80 100 40 P
Mathematics
7 DSC- 1 (P) Computer - 4 4 - 2 4 - - 50
2BCALAB1 - 2 - 50 25 P
Interfacing
8 DSC- 2 (P) DBMS 2BCALAB2 - - 4 4 - 2 2 4 - - - 50 50 25 P
9 DSC- 3 (P) CPP 2BCALAB3 - - 4 4 - 2 2 4 - - - 50 50 25 P
Generic Open Elective
I(GOEC)
10 1-Fund. Of C 2BCAG 2 - - 2 2 - 2 2 College Level Exam. 50 20 p.
Programming
2-e-Commerce
Total 25 1 12 38 25 7 32 6 675
BCA-Sem-2 Total Credit 38 Total Marks 675
L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical
Note : Internship /Field Work / Work Experience will be conducted after I semester till Vth semester in vacations for minimum 150 hrs. It's credits and grades will be
reflected in final semester IV credit grade report.
- OEC (Optional) can be studied during semester I to VI, Its credits and grades will be reflected in final semester VI credit grade report
166
 8
Examinations leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
(Three Years Six Semesters Degree Programme) (Choice Based Credit System )
Scheme of Teaching, Learning, Examination and Evaluation APPENDIX - A I ( B.C.A. Part-I) (Semester-III)

Teaching & Learning Scheme Examination & Evaluation Scheme

Teaching Period Maximum Minimu
Credit Marks
Sr Per week s Duration m
. Subjec Subject of Exams Passing
No t Code in Hrs. Practical
Skill
Total Theory
L T P Theory Enhancemen SEM Total
Marks Practica Total + Marks Grade
/ l t Module Credit Int. Ext. Mark
M.C.Q
Tutoria (SEM) Int. s
Ext.
l
3 DSC- 1 (T) Operating -- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
3BCA1 5 - 80 100 40 P
System
4 DSC- 2 (T) Core Java --- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
3BCA2 5 - 80 100 40 P
Programming
5 DSC- 3 (T) Fundamentals - 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
of Open Source Software 3BCA3 5 - 80 100 40 P

6 DSC-4 (T)Pythan --- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -

3BCA4 5 - 80 100 40 P
Programmin
7 DSC- 1 (P) Operating - 4 4 - 2 4 - - 50
3BCALAB1 - 2 - 50 25 P
System
8 DSC- 2 (P) Java - 4 4 - 2 4 - - 50
3BCALAB2 - 2 - 50 25 P
Programming
9 DSC- 3 (P) Python - 4 4 - 2 4 - - 50
3BCALAB3 - 2 - 50 25 P
Programming
Environmental Studies
10 3BCAENV 2 - - 2 2 - 2 2
(AEC)

Total 22 0 12 34 22 6 28 4 550

BCA-Sem-3 Total Credit 32 Total Marks 550

L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical

Note : Internship /Field Work / Work Experience will be conducted after I semester till Vth semester in vacations for minimum 150 hrs. It's credits and grades will be reflected in final
semester IV credit grade report.
- OEC (Optional) can be studied during semester I to VI, Its credits and grades will be reflected in final semester VI credit grade report

167
 Examinations leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science 9
(Three Years Six Semesters Degree Programme) (Choice Based Credit System )
Scheme of Teaching, Learning, Examination and Evaluation APPENDIX - A I ( B.C.A. Part-I) (Semester-IV)
Teaching & Learning Scheme Examination & Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Period Maximum Marks Minimu
Per week Credit m
Sr s Duration Passing
. Subjec Subject of Exams in
t Code Skill Practical
No Total Hrs Theory
L T P Theory Enhancemen SEM Total
Marks Practical Total + Marks Grade
/ t Module Credit Int. Ext. Mark
M.C.Q
Tutoria (SEM) Int. s
Ext.
l
3 DSC- 1 (T) Data -- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
Communication Network 4BCA1 5 - 80 100 40 P

4 DSC- 2 (T) Web --- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -

4BCA2 5 - 80 100 40 P
Technologies
5 DSC- 3 (T) Adv Java - 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
4BCA3 5 - 80 100 40 P
Programming
6 DSC-4 (T) Fundamentals --- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
4BCA4 5 - 80 100 40 P
of Data Science
7 DSC- 1 (P) Web - 4 4 - 2 4 - - 50
4BCALAB1 - 2 - 50 25 P
Technologies
8 DSC- 2 (P) Adv Java - 4 4 - 2 4 - - 50
4BCALAB2 - 2 - 50 25 P
Programming
9 DSC- 3 (P) Data Science - 4 4 - 2 4 - - 50
4BCALAB3 - 2 - 50 25 P
using Python
Environmental Studies
10 4BCAENV 2 - - 2 1 - 1 3 70 30 1 - - 100 40 P
(AEC)

Total 22 0 12 34 21 6 27 5 650
BCA-Sem-4 Total Credit 32 Total Marks 650
L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical
Note : Internship /Field Work / Work Experience will be conducted after I semester till Vth semester in vacations for minimum 150 hrs. It's credits and grades will be reflected in final
semester IV credit grade report.
- OEC (Optional) can be studied during semester I to VI, Its credits and grades will be reflected in final semester VI credit grade report

168
 10

169
 11

Faculty:--Science and Technology

Programme: BCA
Part B
Syllabus Prescribed for First Year UG ProgrammeProgramme: BCA
Semester 1

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

1BCA1 Fundamentals of 60
Computers

Course Pre-requisites:

1. The student should have the basic knowledge of mathematics.

2. The student should be able to do computations.
3. The students should pose the logical thinking ability.

Course Objectives:
Upon successful completion of the course, students would be able to
1. acquire the basic knowledge about computer system functions.
2. learn the basic knowledge about various components, capabilities and limitations of computer.
3. understand the various hardware and software components of computer.

Unit Contents
Unit I Computer Basics: Definition of Computer, Applications. Characteristics of
Computer, block diagram of computer, Types of Computer. Memory : Primary
Memory : RAM , ROM , PROM , EPROM,EEPROM and Cache memory Input
Devices: Keyboard, Mouse, Joystick, Scanner, Mic, Display Devices (LED &
Touch Screen).
Output Devices: Speaker, Plotter, Printer, Types of Printer.
Secondary storage: Hard disk, SSD, PD, and other types of secondary storage
devices.
( 12 Hours)
Unit II Operating System: Definition, Functions of OS, Types of OS.
Windows: Introduction Features of windows, Customizing Desktop, Creating
shortcuts, moving, deleting icons.
Windows Explorer: Copy, Rename, Move, Print, Delete, Zip, Unzip operations
on files and folder, file properties.
Standard Folders: My computer, My documents, Control Panel, Recycle bin.
Windows Accessories: Paint, Notepad, Calculator. ( 11 Hours)
Unit III Computer Network and Internet: Introduction to computer Network, Types Of
Networks: LAN, WAN, MAN, Network topologies, Advantage of Network.
Internet: Introduction, The World Wide Web, Internet Application. Types of
Internet connections: Direct, dial-up, Broadband, ISDN Connection. Protocols:
TCP/IP, FTP, HTTP, Search Engines, Browsers. ( 11 Hours)

Unit IV Word Processing : Page setup, views, Text formatting using Font Colour,
Styles, Autocorrect , Spell- check, Grammar, Table, Tabs, Indentation,
Hyperlink, Bullet and Numbering, Mail Merge, Print Preview , Printing of
Document,.
Power point: Create, Modify, Delete Presentations, Inserting Image, Sound,
Clips, Charts, Animation Effects and Transition, and Slide Show.
( 11 Hours)
Unit V Spread Sheets: Introduction, Features, Creating and Formatting Worksheets,
Inserting Functions, Formula and Charts.
Autofill, Conditional Formatting, Sorting, Searching, Validating and Filtering
Data, Macros, Grouping and Sub-Totals, Pivot Table. ( 11 Hours)

170
 12

*SEM: Assignment, Class test, Seminar, Study tour, Industrial visit, Field work, Group
discussion or any other innovative practice/activity
Cos:
1. To be able to draw upon foundational knowledge, learn, adapt and successfully bring to
bear analytical and computational approaches on changing societal and technological
challenges
2. To assess the curricular skills acquired by students at college level through Assignments,
Unit test, Internal Test, Group Discussion/Seminar/Mini Project, Study Tour

**Activities [Link] algorithms

[Link] flowcharts
[Link] and debugging programs (4 hours)

Course Material/Learning Resources:

Text Books :

1. Fundamentals of Computer: V. Rajaraman (Prentice Hall Pub.)

2. Learning to use the Internet and introduction with Example and Exercises: Ackermann (BPB Pub.)
3. Microsoft office 365: A complete guide to word, excel and power point 365 for beginners and pro.
By Matt Vic

Reference Books:
1. Introduction to Computers: Roger Hunt and John Shelly
2. The Internet Complete Reference: Harley Hahn (Tata Mc-Graw Hill Pub.)

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]

171
 13

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Part A
Faculty:- Science and Technology
Programme:- Bachelor of Computer Application

Part B
Syllabus Prescribed for 3 Year BCA UG Programme
Programme: Semester I

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

1BCA2 Structured Programming 60

Paradigms

Course Outcomes (COs)

Upon successful completion of the course, students would be able to

1. Formulate simple algorithms for arithmetic and logical problems

2. Translate the algorithms to programs (in C language)
3. build the basic skills of programming.
4. acquire the importance of C programming using various methodologies.
5. learn the advance concepts of programming like structure, string handling,file handling.

Unit Content
The Basics Of Programming –
Problem Solving Through Programs- Instructions and Programs, Designing
Algorithms/Pseudo Code, Flowchart, Programming Languages and Their Types,
Assemblers, Compilers, Interpreters, Program Design, Coding, Compilation,
Unit I Execution, Testing, Debugging, Documentation; Programming Paradigms :
Imperative, Declarative, Procedural, Object Oriented, Advantages and
Disadvantages; Programming Approaches – Top Down, Bottom Up, Structured
Programming, Features (11 Periods)
Unit II C Programming –
Character set, Tokens- Data Types, Identifiers, Variables, Constants; Input /
Output Statements, format specifiers and Escape sequences; Operators and their
types, Precedence and Associativity of Operators, Type Conversions- Implicit and
Explicit.
Control structures: if, if-else, nested if, if-elseif-else, Switch statement, for,
while, do-while, nested loops, break, continue, goto.
(12 Periods)
Unit III Arrays, Functions and Pointers using C: Arrays, dimensions of arrays,
Character and String arrays; Modular Programming with Functions- Functions
and Parameters, Defining and calling functions, Function calls by Value and
Reference, Return statement, Recursion; Pointer variables, address and indirection
operators, Pointer assignment, Pointer Arithmetic, Pointer as argument, Pointer as
return values, Using pointers for array processing
(11 Periods)
Unit IV Strings, Structures and Unions, Memory Allocation in C:
String literals, variables, Reading and writing strings, operations on strings.
Structures: prototype, Array of structures, Passing Structures to functions, nested
Structure; Union, Dynamic Memory Allocation, Deallocation
(11 Periods)
Unit V The Preprocessor and File Handling in C
The Preprocessor, Preprocessor Directives, Macro definitions, general properties
of macros, #define; File Handling : Introduction to Files, File opening modes, file
operations, command line arguments, Random access files, File pointer,
Input/Output Functions.
(11 Periods)
*SEM : Assignment, Class test, Attendance, Seminar, Study tour, Industrial visit, Field work,
Group discussion or any other innovative practice/activity

172
 14

COs:

1. To be able to comprehend foundational knowledge, learn, adapt and successfully apply

analytical and computational approaches on changing societal and technological
challenges

2. To assess the curricular skills acquired by students at college level through Assignments,
Unit test, Internal Test, Group Discussion/Seminar/Mini Project, Study Tour

**Activities 1. Drawing flowcharts for algorithms

2. Writing C programs using control structures
3. Writing and debugging programs (4 hours)

Course Material/Learning ResourcesText books:

1. Brian W. Kernighan, Dennis M. Ritchie ,C Programming Language, 2nd Edition Prentice Hall;
2 edition (April 1, 1988)
2. Byron Gottfried, Schaum's Outline of Programming with C, McGraw-Hill
3. E. Balaguruswamy, Programming in ANSI C, Tata McGraw-Hill
Reference Books:
1. Yashwant Kanetkar, Let us C, 2nd edition, BPB publication, ,New Delhi, India, (1995).
2, [Link], S.R. Prasad, Mastering C, Tata Mc Graw- Hill ,New Delhi, India, (2008).
3. D. Ravichandran, Programming with C, First Edition,New Age Inetrnational Publication
Limited, New Delhi, 2006
4. Sudhir Dawra, Mastering Graphics Programming in C, First Edition,Firewall Media-
Laxmi Publications Private Limited, New Delhi, 2004.
5. [Link], [Link], C How to Program, Seventh Edition, 2011, Pearson
Publication Limited, New Delhi, 2011.

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

• [Link]
• [Link]
Introduction%20to%20Programming%20in%20C%[Link]

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:

• [Link]
• [Link]
• [Link]

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

173
 15

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty: Science and Technology
Programme: Bachelor of Computer Application

Syllabus Prescribed for 3 Year BCA UG Programme

Programme: Bachelor of Computer Application
Semester I : Data Structure

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

1BCA3 Data Structure 60

Course Learning Outcomes (Cos)

Upon successful completion of the course, students would be able to

1. Describe how arrays, linked structures, stacks, queues, and trees are represented in memory and design
and implementation with the help of algorithms.
2. Design common applications for arrays, linked structures, stacks, queues and trees.
3. Prepare programs that use arrays, linked structures, stacks, queues, trees.
4. Demonstrate different methods for traversing trees.
5. Compare alternative implementations of data structures with respect to performance.
6. Describe the concept of recursion, give examples of its use, describe how it can be implemented using
a stack.
7. Analyze the computational efficiency of the principal algorithms for sorting and searching.

Unit Content
Unit I Introduction of Data structure:
Introduction, Definition, Types of data Structure, Data Structure Operations,
Algorithms: Algorithmic notations, Control Structures, Complexity, time-space
tradeoffs.
Arrays: Introduction, Representation of linear array in memory,
Multidimensional Arrays, operations on linear array: Traversing, Insert, Delete.
(12 periods)
Unit II Stack: Introduction of stack, Representation of Stack: Using arrays and Linked
Lists, Operations on stack: push, pop, Stack applications, Infix to Postfix
conversion of expression, Expression evaluation, Recursion.
Queues: Introduction, Insert and Delete operations, Queue implementationusing
array, Types –Priority Queue, Circular queue, Dequeue, Queue applications.
(11 periods)

Unit III Linked list: Introduction, Memory representation of linked list, free storage list,
operations on linked list: traversing, searching, insertion and deletion, Header
linked list, Two-Way list, Stacks and Queues as Linked Lists.
(11 periods)
Unit IV Trees: Introduction and Tree terminologies, Types of Binary tree,
Representation of Trees: Using arrays and Linked Lists, Types of Traversal:
Preorder, Inorder, Postorder, Applications of Binary trees, Binary Search Tree
(BST): Introduction and definition, Expression tree.
(11 periods)
Unit V Searching, Concept and need, Techniques, Linear search, Binary search,Indexed
sequential search,
Sorting, Concept and Need, Performance criteria, Bubble sort, Insertion Sort,
Selection Sort, Shell Sort, Quick Sort, Heap Sort, Merge Sort.
(11 periods)
*SEM: Assignment, Class test, Seminar, Study tour, Industrial visit, Field work, Group
discussion or any other innovative practice/activity

174
 16

COs: 1 To be able to use foundational knowledge, learn, adapt and successfully apply
analytical and computational approaches on changing societal and technological challenges.

**Activities 1. writing algorithms

2. Implementation of Algorithms
3. writing and debugging programs (4 hours)

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
1) Data Structures by Seymour Lipschutz. Schaum’s Series

Reference Books:
1) Fundamentals of Computer Algorithm : Horowite & Sahani
2) Data structures and Algorithms in C++ : B.R. Weiss Pearsons.
3) Introduction to Data Structure in C: Kamthane (Pearson)
4) Introduction to Data Structure : Bhagat Singh, Nops
5) Data Structure by Trampley and Sorcnson.
6) Data Structure by Horowite & Sahani.
Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

175
 17

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty:- Science and Technology
Programme:- Bachelor of Computer Application (BCA)

Syllabus Prescribed for 3 Year BCA UG Programme

Programme: Bachelor of Computer Application (BCA)

Semester I

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

1BCA4 Fundamentals of Electronics 60
in Computer Sciences

Course Outcomes (COs)

Upon successful completion of the course, students would be able to

1. learn the binary numbers used in computer system.

2 understand how logic circuit works inside microprocessor.
3. understand concepts of digital systems.
4. understand how microprocessor works inside computer system.
5. use the concepts of assembly language programming.

Unit Content
Number systems: Decimal, Binary, Octal and Hexadecimal, Binary
arithmetic Operation: addition, subtraction, multiplication and division,
Compliments: 1’s and 2’s compliments, subtraction by 1’s and 2’s
compliment method, Conversion: Binary to decimal, octal, hexadecimal
Unit I conversion and vice versa. Octal to decimal, hexadecimal, binary conversion
and vice-versa, hexadecimal to octal, decimal, Binary and vice versa.
(12 Periods)
Unit II Logic operation and logic gates: OR, AND, NOT, NAND, NOR, and EX-
OR, EX-NOR gates and their truth table. Combinational Logic Circuits:
Half Adder, full adder, half Subtractor and full Subtractor. (11 Periods)
Unit III Boolean Algebra: DeMorgan’s Theorem, Boolean Laws, Reduction of
Equation using Boolean Laws. K-Map: reduction of equation using K-Map,
Multiplexer and De-multiplexer . (11 Periods)
Unit IV Sequential Logic Circuits: Construction, working and Truth Table of R-
Clocked R-S, JK, D and T- type, JKMS Flip Flop, Concept of preset and
clear terminals, Race around Condition in JK FF. (11 Periods)
Unit V Registers: SISO,SIPO,PISO,PIPO. Counters-4 bit Binary Up and Down
Counter. 3 bit Binary Up-Down counter. (11 Periods)
*SEM Assignment, Class test, Attendance, Seminar, Study tour, Industrial visit, Field work,
Group discussion or any other innovative practice/activity
COs: 1. Have a thorough understanding of the fundamental concepts and techniques used in
digital electronics.
2. To understand and examine the structure of various number systems and it application in
digital design.
3. The ability to understand, analyze and design various combinational and sequential
Circuits.
**Activities 1. Inter-conversions of number systems
2. Design and Verification of logic gates
3. Assembly language programming - 8085 microprocessor
4. Assembly language programming - 8086 microprocessor
(4 Hours)

Course Material/Learning ResourcesText Books:

176
 18

1. R. P. Jain :Modern Digital Electronics:4 Th edition Tata Mc-Graw Hill(2010)

2. A. Anand Kumar :Fundamental of Digital Circuits:2 nd edition (PHI)(2003)
3. A. P. Malvino, D. P. Leach: Digital principles and applications 4th edition: McGraw Hill (1975)
4. B .Ram: Fundamental of Microprocessor and Microcomputer 6 th edition:Dhanpatrai
Publication(2006)
5. Atul [Link]/[Link] [Link]-Microprocessor and Interfacing 1st edition :Techinal
publication pune (2009)
6. James [Link],The Pentium Microprocessor 1 st edition:Prentice hall(1997)

References Books:
1. [Link],[Link]: Principles of digital Electronics, Vision publication
2. Floyd,Jain : Digital fundamentals, Pearson
3. [Link], [Link] :Electronic circuits and systems Analog and digital, Tata McGraw Hill
4. [Link] :Digital electronics and logic design, Prentice hall
5. Malvino,Brown :Digital computer electronics, Tata McGraw Hill
6. [Link] and V. M. Ghodki :Fundamentals of Digital Electronics
[Link] B. Brey: The Intel Microprocessors 6Th edition:Prentice hall(2007)
[Link] V Hall: Microprocessor and Interfacing 2nd edition :Glencoe(1992)
[Link] and [Link]:Advanced Microprocessors & Peripherals 3rd edition:Tata Mcgraw
hill(2013)
Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:
[Link]
[Link]

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:

[Link]
[Link]
[Link]

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

[Link]
[Link]

177
 19

SANT GADGE BABA AMRAVATI UNIVERSITY, AMRAVATI

Faculty: Science & TechnologyProgramme:-

Communication Skills in English

Semester 1

Course Learning Outcome /CO

At the end of the Course, student would be able to:

CO1 understand communicative skills of English Language.

CO2. apply the four skills of language in his daily inter-personal communications.

CO3. formulate/ compose his own sentences and able to speak English Language.

CO4. develop communicative competence in students.

CO5. converse with other students in English.

CO6. communicate their ideas, thoughts and concepts properly in English.

178
 20

B. C. A. I Semester I Communication Skills in English

Course Title Communication Skills in English
Course Code 1BCAE1
Course Category: Theory
Type of Course: Theory + Practical
No. of Credits: Theory - 03 + Tutorial – 01(Each batch of 16 students)
No. of Lectures: Theory - 50 + Tutorial -12
Course Assessment: End Term: 40 Marks (University level exam)
SEM (Internal): 10 Marks (College level evaluation)
AEC (Internal) : 25 Marks (College level evaluation)
Course Objective: To train and prepare the students to seek and find employment in various field.
To develop communicative competence in students
To impart knowledge, ideas and concepts in the technicalities of proper
pronunciation, structure, appropriate use and style of the English language as well
as the application areas of English Communication.
To expose the students to the employment opportunities, challenges and job roles.
Course Outcomes: At end of the course students would be able to

CO1 understand communication skills of English language

CO2. apply the four skills of language in his daily routine.

CO3. formulate/ compose his own sentences and able to speak English Language.CO4.

collaborate with others students in English.

CO5. communicate properly their ideas and concepts in English.

Syllabus for B.C.A. Part-I Semester – I

Subject: Communication Skills in English

Code : Lecture

Unit I : 11

1) Articles
2) Prepositions
3) Tenses
4) Subject – Verb Agreement

Unit II : 11

1) Meeting People
2) Exchanging Greetings and Taking Leave
3) Introducing Yourself

179
 21

Unit III : Prose 11

1) The Home Coming – Rabindranath Tagore

2) A Lesson My Father Taught Me – APJ Abdul Kalam
3) How I Became a Public Speaker – George Bernard Shaw

Unit IV : Poetry 11

1) The quality of Mercy – William Shakespeare

2) The Mountain and the Squirrel – R.W. Emerson
3) Where the Mind is Without Fear – Rabindranath Tagore

Skill Enhancement Module ` 06

1) Spot Visit and preparing a report – Visit to Super Market, Bus Stand, Railway Station, Bank, Medical
Shop, Bakery etc.
2) Interview of a dignitary and writing a report in dialogue form
(Skill Enhancement module will be of 25 marks. This module will be internally assessed flexibly on the
basis of Class tests, assignments, seminar, reading material, project, survey, group discussion, Study
tour, MCQ, Open Book exam (OBE), etc.)

Internal Assessment:

a) Class Test 5 Marks

b) Viva-Voce 5 Marks

(For internal assessment the subject teacher shall be the sole examiner.)

Text Book Prescribed :

Pathmaker: A Textbook for College Students [ ISBN 989354421778] Edited by Board of Editors, Sant
Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati. Publisher : Orient BlackSwan Pvt Ltd

180
 22

B. Sc. I Semester II Communication Skills in English

Course Title Communication Skill
Course Code
Course Category:
Type of Course: Theory + Practical
No. of Credits: Theory - 04 + Tutorial – 01(Each batch of 16 students)
No. of Lectures: Theory - 60 + Tutorial -15
Course Assessment: End Term: 40 Marks (University level exam)
SEM (Internal): 10 Marks (College level evaluation)
AEC (Internal) : 25 Marks (College level evaluation)
Course Objective: To train and prepare the students to seek and find employment in various field.
To develop communicative competence in students
To impart knowledge, ideas and concepts in the technicalities of proper
pronunciation, structure, appropriate use and style of the English language as well as
the application areas of English Communication.
To expose the students to the employment opportunities, challenges and job roles.
Course Outcomes:  At end of the course students would be able
to

CO1 Understand the paragraph, prose, poetry and

communication skills

CO2. Apply the four skills of language in his daily routine.

CO3. Formulate/ compose his own sentences and able to speak English Language.

CO4. Collaborate with others students in English.

CO5. Communicate properly their ideas and concepts in English.

Syllabus for B.C.A. Part-I Semester II

Subject: Communication Skills in English

Text Book Prescribed : Pathmaker: A Textbook for College Students [ISBN 989354421778] Edited by
Board of Editors, Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Publisher : Orient BlackSwan Pvt Ltd

Code :

Unit I :

1) Question Tags
2) Synonyms and Antonyms
3) Prefixes, Suffixes, Zero Suffix and Infix

Unit II :

1) Making Requests and Responding to Requests

181
 23

2) Thanking Someone and Responding to Thanks

3) Developing a Thoughts

Unit III : Prose

1) On the Rule of the Road – A.G. Gardiner

2) A Simple Philosophy – Seathl
3) The Thief – Ruskin Bond

Unit IV : Poetry

1) The World is Too Much With Us – William Wordsworth

2) Love’s Philosophy – [Link]
3) Success is Counted Sweetest – Emily Dickinson

Unit V: Skill Enhancement Module 15

4) Blog Writing
5) Presentation on a topic from prescribed prose/poem
(Skill Enhancement module will be of 25 marks. This module will be internally assessed flexibly on the
basis of Class tests, assignments, seminar, reading material, project, survey, group discussion, Study
tour, MCQ, Open Book exam (OBE), etc.)

Internal Assessment:

a) Class Test 5 Marks

b) Viva-Voce 5 Marks

(For internal assessment the subject teacher shall be the sole examiner.)

182
 24

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Syllabus Prescribed for 3 Year BCA UG Programme
Programme: Bachelor of Computer Application (BCA)
Semester 1 : LAB 1
Code of the Title of the Course/Subject (No. of Periods/Week)
Course/Subject (Laboratory/Practical/practicum/hands-
on/Activity)

1BCALAB1 LAB-1 Computer Hardware 4 periods per batch

Software Troubleshooting

COs
Upon successful completion of the course, students would be able to

1. get Knowledge of Computer Hardware

2. Identify computer hardware Issues/Problems
3. determine faulty Computer hardware
4. Know Basic computer troubleshooting tips
5. get Knowledge of Operating System and device Drivers
6. Identify hardware Peripherals
7. Understand basic knowledge of safeguarding hardware
8. Apply the knowledge to repair/maintain a computer.
* List of Practical/Laboratory Experiments/Activities etc.

[Link]. Name of Program/ Experiment

1 Check Front panel indicators & switches and Front side & rear side Connectors.
2 Assembling of Computer hardware
3 Familiarize the computer system Layout: Marking positions of SMPS, Motherboard,SSD,
HDD, and add on cards.
4 Configure BIOS setup program and troubleshoot the typical problems using BIOSutility.

5 Formatting Hard Disk

6 Partition of Hard Disk
7 Installation of Hard Disk and configure to the Pc’s
8 Installation of Operating System.
9 Installation Audio, Video and Network Drivers
10 Printer Installation and Servicing and troubleshoot
11 Install and configure Scanner, Web cam, Cell phone and bio-metric device withsystem
and troubleshoot the problems
12 Assemble a system with add on cards and check the working condition of the systemand
install OS.
13 Install and Configure Dual OS Installation
14 Assembling and Disassembling of Laptop to identify the parts and to install OS andconfigure
it.
15 Check Basic system requirements for software Installation.
16 Download a software and install and uninstall the software on the system.
17 Identify the various problems while installing the software.
18 Installation of sharing software ( Any-Desk and Team viewer)
19 Installation of Anti-viruses

183
 25

20 Installation of Modem, Router

184
 26

185
 27

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, AmravatiSyllabus Prescribed

for 3 Year BCA UG Programme

Programme: Bachelor of Computer Application

Semester I

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (No. of Periods/Week)

(Laboratory/Practical/practicum/hands-
on/Activity)
1BCALAB2 LAB-2 Data Structures Using C 4 periods per batch

COs
Upon successful completion of the course, students would be able to demonstrate

1. design and analyze the time and space efficiency of the data structure.

2. identity the appropriate data structure for given problem.

3. Have practical knowledge on the applications of data structures

4. implement linear and non-linear data structure operations using C programs

5. solve problems implementing appropriate data structures

6. implement sorting and searching algorithms using relevant data structures

* List of Practical/Laboratory Experiments/Activities etc.

[Link]. Name of Program / Experiment

1 Design Program to find sum of N number

2 Design Program to find factorial of N

3 Design Program to find greatest amongst three given number

4 Implementation of traversing technique in array

5 Implementation of insertion technique in array

6 Implementation of deletion technique in array

7 Implementation of PUSH and POP operations on stack.

8 Implementation of insertion and deletion technique in queue

9 Implementation of List data structure using i) array ii) singly linked list.
10 Implementation of recursive technique for finding factorial of an integer.
11 Implement stack using i) array ii) singly linked list
12 Implement Queue using i) array ii) singly linked list
13 Implementation of data insertion in Binary Search trees.
14 Implementation of data deletion in Binary Search trees.
15 Implementation of search in Binary Search trees.
16 Implementation of Linear search

17 Implementation of Binary Search using arrays.

18 Implementation of Bubble sort

19 Implementation of Selection sort

20 Implementation of Insertion sort

186
 28

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Syllabus Prescribed for 3 Year BCA UG Programme
Programme: Bachelor of Computer Application (BCA)
Semester I :LAB3

Code of the Title of the Course/Subject (No. of Periods/Week)

Course/Subject
(Laboratory/Practical/practicum/hands-
on/Activity)
1BCALAB3 LAB-3 Fundamentals of 4 periods per Batch
Computer Electronics
COs
Upon successful completion of the course, students would be able to

1. design and verify truth table of logic gates.

2. design and verify truth table of flip flops.
3. design programs of 8085.
4. design programs of 8086.
* List of Practical/Laboratory Experiments/Activities etc.

[Link]. Name of Program / Experiment

1 Conversion of Decimal to Binary

2 Conversion of Decimal to Octal

3 Conversion of Decimal to Hexa -Decimal

4 Conversion of Binary to Decimal

5 Conversion of Binary to Octal

6 Conversion of Binary to Hex-Decimal

7 Demonstration of DeMorgan’s Theorem

8 Design and verification of truth table of NAND gate.

9 Design and verification of truth table of OR gate.

10 Design and verification of truth table of NOT gate.

11 Design and verification of truth table of NOR gate.

12 Design and verification of truth table of NAND gate.

13 Design and verification of truth table of Ex-OR gate.

14 Design and verification of truth table of Ex-NOR gate.

15 Design and verification of truth table of RSFF.

16 Design and verification of truth table of DFF

17 Design and verification of truth table of JKFF

18 Design and verification of truth table of JKMS

19 Design and verification of truth table of Half Adder

20 Design and verification of truth table of Full Adder

187
 29

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty: Science and TechnologyProgramme: BCA

Generic Open Elective: Information Technology & Business Data Processing

Part B

Syllabus Prescribed for 3 Year BCA UG Programme Open Elective 1

Programme: BCA Semester I

Code of the Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number

Course/Subject of Periods)

1BCAOE1 Information Technology & Business Data Processing 60

COs:

Upon successful completion of the course, students would be able to

Co 1: understand Concept of Information Technology

Co 2: understand Concept of Computerized Accounting and relevant software
Co 3: Work in Tally
Unit Content
Unit I Information – Concept, Characteristics, Data v/s Information, Uses of Information within the
Organisation and outside the Organisation, Information Technology: Introduction, Definition of IT,
Uses of IT in Business and Various Fields.
( 12 periods)

Unit II Computerised Accounting Package: Computerised Accounting: Concept, Advantages and

Limitation of Computer Accounting, Manual Vs Computerised
Accounting. ( 12 periods)
Unit III Accounting Software Tally 9.0 / Higher: Introduction, Features, Company info,
Menu, Gateway of Tally Menu, Button Bar, Status Bar, Calculator. ( 12 periods)
Unit IV Working in Tally Company Creation: Accounts only and Accounts with inventory. Groups: Concept,
Predefined Groups, Creation of New Single Group, Display, Alteration and Deletion of Group.
Ledgers: Concept, Single ledger Creation, Display,Alternation & Deletion. Vouchers: Concept, Types
of Vouchers, Features andConfiguration of Accounting Vouchers, Transaction: Accounting Voucher,
Inventory
Vouchers. ( 12 periods)

Unit V Reports and Advanced Features in Tally: Reports Display and Printing: Balance Sheet, Profit &
Loss Account, Ratio Analysis, Stock Summary, Trial Balance, Day
Book and Account. ( 12 periods)

Course Material/Learning Resources

Books
1. Data Export & Import: ODBC; Outward and Inward Connectivity, Data Import and
2. Export, Email, Upload, Backup, Restore.
3. Indian Tax System: TDS, TCS, GST: computation of GST
Book Recommendation-
1. Akash Gupta Computer and Financial Accounting with Tally 9.0, Published bydreamTech.
2. Pradeep Sinha and Priti Sinha: Fundamentals of Computing.

188
 30

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty: Science and Technology
Programme: Bachelor of Computer Application (BCA)

Syllabus Prescribed for 3 Year BCA UG Programme

Programme: Bachelor of Computer Application (BCA)

Semester:

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

Computer Fundamentals 60 Periods

COs:
Upon successful completion of the course, students would be able to

1 Familiarize with the general concept of Computers.

2 Learn the concept operating systems
3 Understand different types and structures of operating systems
4 Familiarize with MS-Office

Unit Content
Unit I Introduction to computer : History characteristics, classification of computer,
block diagram of computer, Generations of computer, types of computer : Micro,
mini, main and super. (12 periods)
Unit II Input/Output Devices : Input Devices : Keyboard, MICR, OCR, Bar coding,
mouse. Output Devices : Printers, types of printers, dot matrix printer, laser
printer, inkjet printer, VDU (CRT,LCD). (11 periods)
Unit III Memory : Memory cell, primary memory, secondary memory. Primary
Memories : RAM, Cache, ROM family; Secondary Memories : CD, DVD, Flash
Memory. (11 periods)
Unit IV Operating System: Definition, Features of Operating System, Functions of
Operating System.
Types of Operating System: Single User, Multiuser, Multitasking, Time Sharing
(11 periods)
Unit V Basics of MS-Office: Creating and editing documents in MS-Word, Preparing
tables, Preparing Presentations in MS-Powerpoint, Appling Slide Transitions,
Preparing Worksheets in MS-Excel, Preparing Charts. (11 periods)

COs:
[Link] with the terms like Operating System
[Link] to work with MS-Word, Excel and PowerPoint.
[Link] into the process of writing business letters or job applications, tabulating data,
preparing PPTs, etc. using MS-Office.
**Activities 1. Preparing MS-Word Document
2. Preparing MS-Powerpoint Presentations
[Link] Charts in MS-Excel (4 periods)

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
1. Operating System Concepts: Silberschatz, Galvin and Gagne.
2. Computer Fundamental : [Link], Nas Age Publi.
Reference Books:
1. Operating Systems: Design and Implementation: Andrew S. Tanenbaum.
2. Fundamentals of Operating Systems: A.M. Lister, R.D. Eager
3. Fundamentals of Computer : [Link], PHI Publi.
4. Computer Fundamentals : Preeti Sinha, BPB Publi.
5. Computer Fundamentals and C. Program : Dhamdhere.

189
 31

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]
AP1nNK3bRs&list=PLWPirh4EWFpF_2T13UeEgZWZHc8nHBuXp

190
 32

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty: Science and Technology
Programme: Bachelor of Computer Application (BCA)

Syllabus Prescribed for 3 Year BCA UG Programme Programme:

Semester:

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

1BCAOE2 Computer Fundamentals 60 Periods

COs:
Upon successful completion of the course, students would be able to

1 Familiarize with the general concept of Computers.

2 Learn the concept operating systems
3 Understand different types and structures of operating systems
4 Familiarize with MS-Office

Unit Content
Unit I Introduction to computer : History characteristics, classification of computer,
block diagram of computer, Generations of computer, types of computer : Micro,
mini, main and super. (12 periods)
Unit II Input/Output Devices : Input Devices : Keyboard, MICR, OCR, Bar coding,
mouse. Output Devices : Printers, types of printers, dot matrix printer, laser
printer, inkjet printer, VDU (CRT,LCD). (11 periods)
Unit III Memory : Memory cell, primary memory, secondary memory. Primary
Memories : RAM, Cache, ROM family; Secondary Memories : CD, DVD, Flash
Memory. (11 periods)
Unit IV Operating System: Definition, Features of Operating System, Functions of
Operating System.
Types of Operating System: Single User, Multiuser, Multitasking, Time Sharing
(11 periods)
Unit V Basics of MS-Office: Creating and editing documents in MS-Word, Preparing
tables, Preparing Presentations in MS-Powerpoint, Appling Slide Transitions,
Preparing Worksheets in MS-Excel, Preparing Charts. (11 periods)

COs:
[Link] with the terms like Operating System
[Link] to work with MS-Word, Excel and PowerPoint.
[Link] into the process of writing business letters or job applications, tabulating data,
preparing PPTs, etc. using MS-Office.
**Activities 1. Preparing MS-Word Document
2. Preparing MS-Powerpoint Presentations
[Link] Charts in MS-Excel (4 periods)

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
1. Operating System Concepts: Silberschatz, Galvin and Gagne.
2. Computer Fundamental : [Link], Nas Age Publi.
Reference Books:
1. Operating Systems: Design and Implementation: Andrew S. Tanenbaum.
2. Fundamentals of Operating Systems: A.M. Lister, R.D. Eager
3. Fundamentals of Computer : [Link], PHI Publi.
4. Computer Fundamentals : Preeti Sinha, BPB Publi.
5. Computer Fundamentals and C. Program : Dhamdhere.

191
 33

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]
AP1nNK3bRs&list=PLWPirh4EWFpF_2T13UeEgZWZHc8nHBu
Xp

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Part A
Faculty: Science and TechnologyProgramme: BCA

Pre-requisites

Data Structures and Object Oriented Design

Syllabus Prescribed for 3 Year BCA UG Programme

Programme: BCA
Semester II

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

2BCA1 Computer System and 60

Interfaces

COs:
Upon successful completion of the course, students would be able to

1. Translate bit strings to numbers using unsigned, 2’s complement, and IEEEstandard floating point
representation systems.
2. Reverse engineer machine code and assembly code to a behavioral (high-level)descriptions.

3. Experiment to determine efficient storage (specifically heap memory)allocation strategies.

192
 34

Unit Content
Unit I 8085 Microprocessor: Architecture, Pin out Diagram, Pin configuration,

opcode, operand, instruction word size, Instruction set, Classification of Instruction set. ( 12

periods)

Unit II Addressing Modes of 8085, Assembly Language programming of 8 bits:

Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, Division, 1’s and 2’s Compliments, Logical and

Relational operations. (11 Periods)

Unit III 8086 Microprocessor: Architecture, Pin out Diagram, Pin configuration,
Registers, Instruction set, and Classification of Instruction set. (11 Periods)

Unit IV Interfacing: Definition of interface. Types of interfaces. Keyboard and DisplayInterface (LED),
Memory Controller(RAM & Cache), VGA Interface (RS232),
USB for peripheral devices and Graphical User Interface. (11 Periods)

Unit V Digital Camera Interface, Tactile Interface. Optical Reader Interface, Radio
Frequency Interface, Blue tooth devices Interfacing. (11 Periods)
*SEM: Assignment, Class test, Seminar, Study tour, Industrial visit, Field work, Groupdiscussion or any
other innovative practice/activity
COs:
1. Understand the architecture of 8085.
2. Understand the architecture of 8086.
3. Understand the Interfacing of various devices.
4. Understand the role of interfacing
**Activi 1. Performing Simple Program of 8085
ties 2. Operations on various data
3. Connect devices to Computer ( 4 Periods)

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
1. Fundamentals of Microprocessor and Microcomputer
By: B Ram. Publisher- Dhanpat Rai
2. Fundamentals of Computers
By: V Rajaraman, Publisher-PHI

Reference Books:

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
interfaces-91655
Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant: [Link]
Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]

193
 35

194
 36

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty:Science
Programme: BCA

Syllabus Prescribed for 3 Year BCA UG Programme

Programme: BCA
Semester II

Code of the Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of

Course/Subject Periods)

2BCA2 Database Management 60 periods

System

COs
Upon successful completion of the course, students would be able to

1. Understand the fundamental concepts of Database.

2. implement Normalization.
3. Understand the role and responsibility of Database Administrator,
4. Be Familiar with SQL, a basic language of database and enhance the skill to performthe
queries by using functions.
5. Create and use of store procedure and functions with the help of PL/SQL.
6. understand, design and implement Cursor, procedure , functionand trigger.

Unit Content
Unit I Introduction to Database: Data, Information, Characteristics of Database, Need ofdatabase,
and Relational Model. Architecture of DBMS, DBA and its Role,
Normalization: 1NF, 2NF, 3NF. (12 Hours)

Unit II Structured Query Language (SQL): Introduction, features, characteristics, advantages, data
types, operators, Components of SQL: DDL, DML, DCL and TCLcommands, Select statement
with Clauses( Order By, Group By, Having, Where)
(11 Hours)

Unit III Constraint: Data constraints and its type. Operations on Table with constraints. Snapshot,
Views: Need, advantage & types. Index: Need, types and advantages, Joins and Union of Tables
and its types. In-built Functions: Character Functions, Number Functions, Date Functions,
Group Functions, and Conversion Functions, Use of alias,
Null, NVL, sub queries. (11 Hours)

Unit IV Pl/SQL: Introduction, data types, Block structure of PL/SQL, Exception handling
Cursor: Types of cursor, attributes of Cursor, Life cycle of Cursor ( 11 Hours)

Unit V Procedure, Functions, Triggers: Introduction, importance, types advantages & disadvantages.
Creation of Procedure, Functions. Backup and Recovery: Introduction,Archive (Transaction)
Logs, and Importance of Backups, Database Recovery, and
Transaction Control. (11 Hours)

*SEM: Assignment, Class test, Seminar, Study tour, Industrial visit, Field work, Group discussionor any other
innovative practice/activity

195
 37

COs:
1. Understand the fundamental concepts of Database.
2. Knowledge and ability to implement Normalization.
3. Understand the role and responsibility of Database Administrator,
4. Familiar with SQL, a basic language of database and enhance the skill to perform thequeries
by using functions.

5. Creation and use of store procedure and functions with the help of PL/SQL.
6. Ability to understand, design and implementation of Cursor, procedure , function andtrigger.

**Activit 1. Performing Simple queries

ies 2. Operations on various objects
3. Execution of Function
4. Execution of Stored objects ( 4 Hours)

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
1. SQL, PL/SQL Programming – Ivan Bayross (BPB)
2. SQL A Complete Reference, Alexis Leon, Mathews Leon (Tata McGraw
Hill)

Reference Books:
1. Database Management System 3rd Ed. by Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes
Gehrke
2. Oracle PL/SQL Language Pocket Reference, 5E: A Guide to Oracle's Pl/SQL
Language Fundamentals. by Steven Feurstein, Bill Pribyl and Chip Dawes
(O’REILLY)

3.
Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant: [Link]

dev/labs/dblab/[Link]
Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:
[Link] [Link]
[Link]

196
 38

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Syllabus Prescribed for 3 Year UG Programme

Programme: BCA
Semester: II

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

2BCA3 Object Oriented 60 periods

Programming Paradigms

COs:
Upon successful completion of the course, students would be able to

1. Learn evolution of programming paradigms

2. Understand the concepts of object-oriented paradigm
3. Apply object-oriented concepts in programming
4. Use object-oriented thinking in problem-solving

Unit Content
Unit I Software Evolution, Programming Paradigm Evolution - Imperative
Programming, Declarative Programming, OOP Paradigm: Basic Concepts,
Features, Advantages, Applications of OOP, Structured Vs OOP, Trending OOP
Languages. (11 Periods)
Unit II OOP Concepts- Data Abstraction and Encapsulation: Classes and Objects
Introduction, Defining a Class, Function Prototype, Inline Function, Default
Argument, Function Overloading, Constructors, Types of Constructors: Default,
Parameterized and Copy Constructor, Access Specifiers, Memory Allocation for
Objects, Objects as Function Arguments, Returning Objects From Functions.
(12 Periods)
Unit III Inheritance: Definition, Types of Inheritance: Single, Multiple, Hierarchical,
Multilevel, Hybrid, Visibility Modes, Constructor and Destructor, Calling
Sequence, Type Casting, Upcasting and Downcasting. (11 Periods)
Unit IV Polymorphism: Compile Time, Run Time, Virtual Base Classes, Virtual
Functions, Pure Virtual Functions, Early Binding and Late Binding. Function
Overriding, Operator Overloading, Overloading Unary and Binary Operator, Rules
for Overloading. (11 Periods)
Unit V Static Data Members, Static Member Functions, Templates Functions, Template
Classes, Abstract Base Class - Need, Design and Implementation, Object-
Oriented Exception Handling- Errors as Objects, Classification of Errors,
Introduction to Object-Oriented Analysis and Design - Studying Problem
Domain, Finding Objects, Describing Objects, Finding Associations, Building
Object Model, Open-Closed Principle. (11 Periods)
*SEM : Assignment, Class test, Seminar, Study tour, Industrial visit, Field work, Group
discussion or any other innovative practice/activity
COs: 1. Students are able to understand concept Object Oriented Programming
2. Students will execute simple programs of Object Oriented using Inheritance.
3. Students will execute simple programs of Object Oriented using Polymorphism.
**Activities 1. Performing Simple Object Oriented program
2. Operations on various objects
3. Execution of Function
4. Implementation of Polymorphism, Inheritance
( 4 Hours)

197
 39

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
1. Object oriented programming with C++: [Link]

Reference Books:
1. The Object-Oriented Thought Process, 5th Edition by Matt Weisfeld
2. An Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming: Timothy Budd
3. The C++ programming language: Bjarne Stroustrup
4. Programming principles and Practice using C++: Bjarne Stroustrup

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:

[Link]

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

198
 40

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty:- Science and Technology
Programme:- Bachelor of Computer Application (BCA)

Syllabus Prescribed for 3 Year BCA UG Programme

Programme: Bachelor of Computer Application (BCA)
Semester II

Code of the Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Hours)

Course/Subject

2BCA4 Fundamentals of 60
Computational
Mathematics

Course Objectives (Cos)

Upon successful completion of the course, students would be able to

1. Apply appropriate numerical methods to obtain approximate solutions to difficult

mathematical problems.
2. Understand relationship between variables using the method of Correlation and TrendFit Analysis.
3. Develop formal reasoning among students using different techniques in numericalmethods.
4. Understand regression and curve fitting with the help of least squares method.
5. execute programs of various Numerical Methods and Statistical Techniques forsolving
mathematical problems.
6. write programs to draw various graphs.

199
 41

Unit Content
Unit I Introduction: A simple mathematical model, Numerical data, Analog and digital
computing, process of numerical computing, characteristics of numerical computing.
Roots of Equation :Bracketing Methods – Graphical methods, Bisection method and
numerical problems. Open Methods – Simple fixed point method, Newton-Raphson,
method & its limitations and numerical problems.
(12 Periods)

Unit II Solution of Linear Equations: Existence of solution, solution by elimination, Basic

Gauss elimination method, Gauss elimination with pivoting, Gauss- Jordan method.
Curve Fitting: Linear regression, polynomial, regression, multiple linear regression.
Linear Least Squares, non-linear regression, fitting of
transcendental equations (11 Periods)

Unit III Interpolation: Polynomial forms, linear interpolation, Newton’s divided difference,
interpolation polynomials, Lagrange’s interpolating polynomials, interpolation with
equidistance points.
Numerical Integration: Meaning of numerical integration, general quadrature
formula, trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s 1/3 Rule, Simpson’s 3/8 rule.
(11 Periods)

Unit IV Functions and Relations: Elementary counting principle, Function andcounting,

Combinatorial argument, Principle of inclusion and exclusion.
Set Theory: Types of sets, Basic Set Operations, Infinite sets andaccountability,
Properties of countable sets.
(11 Periods)

Unit V Graph Theory(a): Definition, Types of Graphs, Isomorphism, Adjacencyand

incidence matrix, Sub graphs, induced sub graphs, Complement of a graph, Union,
intersection, ring-sum of two graphs. Graph Theory (b) : Edge sequences, Trail,
path, circuit’s definitions and elementary results, Isthmus, cut vertex, Vertex and
edge connectivity, Dijkstra’s shortest path
algorithm (11 Periods)

*SEM Assignment, Class test, Attendance, Seminar, Study tour, Industrial visit, Fieldwork, Group
discussion or any other innovative practice/activity
COs: 1. To be able to draw upon foundational knowledge, learn, adapt and successfully bring to
bear analytical and computational approaches on changing societal and technological challenges
COs: 2. To assess the curricular skills acquired by students at college level through
Assignments, Unit test, Internal Test, Group Discussion/Seminar/Mini Project, Study Tour

**Activities 1. Finding root of equations with the help of online tools(ex. Online equationsolver)
2. Solving examples based on Gauss Elimination, Gauss-Jordan , etc.
methods.
3. Drawing graph with the help of C Program (4 Periods)

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
1. Numerical Analysis by S. S. Shastri.
2. Graph Theory with Applications to Computer Science and Engineering
by Narsinghs Deo.
Reference Books:
1. Numerical Methods : E. Balguruswamy Publication-Tata Mc-Graw Hill.
2. Elements of Discrete Mathematics by C. L. Liu

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:

1. [Link]

200
 42

2. [Link] course-
mooc

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]

201
 43

SANT GADGE BABA AMRAVATI UNIVERSITY, AMRAVATI

Faculty: Science & Technology

Programme:-

B. Sc. I Semester II Communication Skills in English

Course Title Communication Skill

Course Code 2BCAE1
Course Category: Theory
Type of Course: Theory + Practical
No. of Credits: Theory - 03 + Tutorial – 01(Each batch of 16 students)
No. of Lectures: Theory - 50 + Tutorial -10
Course Assessment: End Term: 40 Marks (University level exam)
SEM (Internal): 10 Marks (College level evaluation)
AEC (Internal) : 25 Marks (College level evaluation)

Course Objective: To train and prepare the students to seek and find employment in various field.
To develop communicative competence in students
To impart knowledge, ideas and concepts in the technicalities of proper
pronunciation, structure, appropriate use and style of the English language as well
as the application areas of English Communication.
To expose the students to the employment opportunities, challenges and job roles.
Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of the course, students would be able to


CO1 Understand the paragraph, prose, poetry and communication skills

CO2. Apply the four skills of language in his daily routine.

CO3. Formulate/ compose his own sentences and able to speak English Language.

CO4. Collaborate with others students in English.

CO5. Communicate properly their ideas and concepts in English.

Syllabus for B.C.A. Part-I Semester II

Subject: Communication Skills in English

Code :

Unit I :

1) Question Tags
202
 44

2) Synonyms and Antonyms

3) Prefixes, Suffixes, Zero Suffix and Infix

203
 45

Unit II :

1) Making Requests and Responding to Requests

2) Thanking Someone and Responding to Thanks
3) Developing a Thoughts

Unit III : Prose

1) On the Rule of the Road – A.G. Gardiner

2) A Simple Philosophy – Seathl
3) The Thief – Ruskin Bond

Unit IV : Poetry

1) The World is Too Much With Us – William Wordsworth

2) Love’s Philosophy – [Link]
3) Success is Counted Sweetest – Emily Dickinson

Skill Enhancement Module 15

4) Blog Writing
5) Presentation on a topic from prescribed prose/poem
(Skill Enhancement module will be of 25 marks. This module will be internally assessed flexibly on the
basis of Class tests, assignments, seminar, reading material, project, survey, group discussion, Study tour,
MCQ, Open Book exam (OBE), etc.)

Internal Assessment:

a) Class Test 5 Marks

b) Viva-Voce 5 Marks

(For internal assessment the subject teacher shall be the sole examiner.)

Text Book Prescribed :

Pathmaker: A Textbook for College Students [ISBN 989354421778] Edited by Board of Editors, Sant
Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati. Publisher : Orient BlackSwan Pvt Ltd

204
 46

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, AmravatiSyllabus Prescribed

for 3 Year BCA UG Programme
Programme: Bachelor of Computer Application (BCA)
Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (No. of Periods/Week)
(Laboratory/Practical/practicum/hands-
on/Activity)
2BCALA LAB- 4 Periods per Batch
B1 1

Cos:
Upon successful completion of the course, students would be able to

1. Write ALP for 8085

2. Understand interfacing concepts

* List of Practical/Laboratory Experiments/Activities etc.

[Link]. Name of Program/ Experiment

1 Write an ALP for addition of 8 bit numbers
2 Write an ALP for Subtraction of 8 bit numbers
3 Write an ALP for Multiplication of 8 bit numbers
4 Write an ALP for Division of 8 bit numbers
5 Write an ALP for addition of 16 bit numbers
6 Write an ALP for Subtraction of 16 bit numbers
7 Write an ALP for Multiplication of 16 bit numbers
8 Write an ALP for Division of 16 bit numbers
9 Write an ALP for 1’s compliment of 8 bit numbers
10 Write an ALP for 2’s compliment of 8 bit numbers
11 Write an ALP for 1’s compliment of 16 bit numbers
12 Write an ALP for 2’s compliment of 16 bit numbers
13 Write an ALP for Right shifting of 8 bit numbers
14 Write an ALP for Left Shifting of 8 bit numbers
15 Write an ALP for addition of Real 8 bit Number.
16 Implementation of
17
18
19
20

205
 47

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, AmravatiSyllabus Prescribed

for 3 Year BCA UG Programme
Programme: Bachelor of Computer Application (BCA)
Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (No. of Periods/Week)
(Laboratory/Practical/practicum/hands-
on/Activity)
2BCALA LAB 4 periods per Batch
B2 2

Cos :
Upon successful completion of the course, students would be able to

1. Perform SQL commands

2. Perform PL/SQL program

3. Understand Database concept

* List of Practical/Laboratory Experiments/Activities etc.

[Link]. Name of Program/ Experiment

1 Execute the Queries using SELECT commands.( Order By, Group By and Having Clause.)
2 Execute the DML commands in RDBMS.
3 Create a Base Table.
4 Perform like, Between, in operator on Base Table.
5 Perform logical and Relational operators on Base Table.
6 Perform Character functions on Base Table.
7 Perform Numeric functions on Base Table.
8 Perform Date functions on Base Table.
9 Perform Aggregate functions on Base Table.
10 Perform Conversion functions on Base Table.
11 To modify an existing database object. Alter the structure of the database.
12 Perform Views from Base Table and use it.
13 Create Tables (with Constraints).
14 Inserting/Updating/Deleting Records in a Table, Saving (Commit) and Undoing (rollback)
15 Write PL/SQL Code to create simple program
16 Write PL/SQL Code to illustrate control structures.
17 Write PL/SQL Code to create simple procedure/ function.
18 Write PL/SQL Code to illustrate exception handling
19 Write PL/SQL Code to illustrate cursor handling
20 Write PL/SQL Code to illustrate Trigger handling

206
 48

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Syllabus Prescribed for 3 Year BCA UG Programme
Programme: Bachelor of Computer Application (BCA)Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (No. of Periods/Week)
(Laboratory/Practical/practicum/hands-
on/Activity)
2BCALAB3 LAB-3 4 Periods per Batch

Cos :
Upon successful completion of the course, students would be able to

1. Perform programs on OOPs

2. Perform programs on functions, constructor and destructor.
3. Understand and implement concept of Inheritance.
* List of Practical/Laboratory Experiments/Activities etc.

[Link]. Name of Program/ Experiment

1 Write a program in C++ to demonstrate Class and Object.
2 Write a program in C++ to demonstrate constructor and destructor.
3 Write a program in C++ to demonstrate Inline function.
4 Write a program in C++ to demonstrate the use of friend function.
5 Write a program in C++ for default argument.
6 Write a program in C++ for unary operator overloading.
7 Write a program in C++ for Binary operator overloading.
8 Write a program in C++ for function overloading.
9 Write a program in C++ for virtual base class.
10 Write a program in C++ to implement single Inheritance.
11 Write a program in C++ to implement multiple Inheritance.
12 Write a program in C++ to implement multilevel Inheritance.
13 Write a program in C++ to implement hybrid Inheritance.
14 Write a program in C++ to implement hierarchical Inheritance.
15 Write a program in C++ for constructor overloading.
16 Write a program in C++ to implement parametrised constructor
17 Write a program in C++ to implement copy constructor
18 Write a program in C++ to implement abstract base classes
19 Write a program in C++ to implement ‘this’ pointer
20 Write a program in C++ for implement array of object

207
 49

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty: Science and Technology
Programme: Bachelor of Computer Application (BCA)

Syllabus Prescribed for 3 Year BCA UG Programme

Programme: Bachelor of Computer Application (BCA)

Semester:

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

2BCAOEL3 Fundamentals of C 60 Periods
Programming

COs:
Upon successful completion of the course, students would be able to

1 use C Programming Language

2 Understand different data types in C Language
3 apply the techniques to write program in C Language.
4 describe the use of control structures, loops in C Language.

Unit Content
Unit I Fundamentals of C Language: Important points about C, Why Use C,
Applications of C, C Language and English Language, Features of C.
(8 periods)
Unit II Overview of C Language: History of C, First Program in C Hello World, Basic
Structure of C Programming, Tokens in C, Keywords in C, Identifiers in C,
Format Specifiers, Format Specifiers Examples (12 periods)
Unit III Data Types in C Language: Introduction to Data Types in C,- int, float, double
char
Variable in C Language: Introduction, Declaration and Initialization, Variable
types and Scope in C, Local Variable in C, static Variable in C, Global variables
in C, Storage Class in C (12 periods)
Unit IV Constant in C Language: Constants in C, Operators and Enums in C Language,
Introduction to Operator, Arithmetic Operators, Relational Operators in C, Bit-
wise Operators, Logical Operators, Assignment Operators, Conditional Operator,
sizeof() Operator, Operator Precedence (12 periods)
Unit V Decision Making in C: Introduction, if Statement, if-else Statement, Nested if
Statement, if else if Ladder, switch case
Loop control in C Language: Introduction, while loop, do while Loop, for Loop
Control Flow in C Programming: break Statement, continue Statement, goto
Statement
Array in C Language: Introduction, Single Dimensional Array, Multi-
Dimensional Array (12 periods)

COs:
1. Able to Write, compile and debug programs in C language.
2. Able to use different data types in a computer program.
3. Design programs involving decision structures, loops, and arrays.
**Activities 1. Executing simple C Program
2. Using Data Types in C Program
3. Using decision making statements in C program (4 periods)

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
1. The C Programming Language by Brian Kernighan and Dennis Ritchie 2nd edition

208
 50

Reference Books:

1. Let Us C Yashavant kanetkar BPB.

2. Absolute beginner's guide to C, Greg M. Perry, Edition 2, Publisher: Sams Pub.,1994.
3. Computer Programming and Data Structures by E Balagurusamy, Tata McGraw
Hill.

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty: Science and Technology
Programme: Bachelor of Computer Application (BCA)

Syllabus Prescribed for 3 Year BCA UG Programme

Semester:

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

2BCAOEL4 e-Commerce 60 Periods

COs:
Upon successful completion of the course, students would be able to

1. understand information systems for business and management.

2. Understand organizational and managerial foundations of systems, the technical
foundation for understanding information systems

Unit Content
Unit I Introduction: What is E-Commerce, Forces behind E-Commerce Industry
Framework, Brief history of E-Commerce, Inter Organizational E-Commerce
Intra Organizational E-Commerce, and Consumer, to Business Electronic
Commerce, Architectural framework (12 periods)
Unit II Network Infrastructure for E-Commerce: Introduction, Market forces behind
I Way, Component of I way, Access Equipment, Global Information Distribution
Network, Broad band Telecommunication. (11 periods)

209
 51

Unit III Mobile Commerce: Introduction to Mobile Commerce, Mobile Computing

Application, Wireless Application, Protocols, WAP Technology, Mobile
Information Devices, Web Security, Introduction to Web security, Firewalls &
Transaction Security, Client Server Network, Emerging Client Server Security
Threats, firewalls & Network Security. (11 periods)
Unit IV Electronic Payments: Overview of Electronics payments, Digital Token based
Electronics payment System, Smart, Cards, Credit Card I Debit Card based EPS,
Emerging financial Instruments, Home Banking, Online Banking (11 periods)
Unit V Net Commerce: EDA, EDI Application in Business, Legal requirement in E -
Commerce, Introduction to supply Chain Management, CRM, issues in Customer
Relationship Management. (11 periods)

COs:
1. Identify and apply relevant problem solving methodologies
2. Design components, systems and/or processes to meet required specifications for a
web presence
3. Demonstrate research skills
4. Understand the basic concepts and technologies used in the field of management
information systems.
**Activities 1. Visit to various e-commerce sites.
2. Place an order on e-Commerce site.
3. Using Payment Gateway (4 periods)

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
1. Operating System Concepts: Silberschatz, Galvin and Gagne.
Reference Books:
1. Ravi Kalakota, Andrew Whinston, “Frontiers of Electronic Commerce”, Addision Wesley
2. Denieal Amor, “ The E-Business Revolution”, Addision Wesley
3. Diwan, Sharma, “E-Commerce” Excel
4. Bajaj & Nag, “E-Commerce: The Cutting Edge of Business”, TMH

210
 52

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3. [Link]

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:

1. [Link]
2. [Link]
3.
[Link]
borat ory

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

1. [Link]
gbv Uezv72ocC
2. [Link]
3. [Link]

211
 53
Examinations leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
(Three Years Six Semesters Degree Programme) (Choice Based Credit System )
Scheme of Teaching, Learning, Examination and Evaluation APPENDIX - A I ( B.C.A. Part-I) (Semester-I)
Teaching & Learning Scheme Examination & Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Period Maximum Marks Minimum
Sr Per Credit Duratio Passing
. Subjec Subject week s n of
t Code Skill
N Total Exams Theory
L T P Theory Practical Total Enhancemen SEM Practical Total Marks Grade
o Marks in Hrs + t Module
/ Credit Mark
M.C.Q (SEM) Int. Int. Ext.
Tutoria s
Ext.
l
1 Communication Skill 1BCAE1 3 - 3 3 - 3 2 40 1 - - 50 20 P
Communication Skill in
2 1BCAE2 1 - 1 1 1 -- 10 1 25 - 25 10 P
English (AEC)
3 DSC-1 (T) Fundamentals of 5 -- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
1BCA1 - 80 100 40 P
Computers
4 DSC-2(T)Structured 5 --- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
1BCA2 - 80 100 40 P
Programming Paradigms
5 DSC-3(T)Data Structure 1BCA3 5 - 5 5 - 5 3 80 20 1 - - 100 40 P
6 DSC-4(T)Fundamentals of 5 --- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
1BCA4 - 80 100 40 P
Electronics in Computer
7 DSC-1(P) Computer - - 4 4 - 2 4 - - 50
Hardware Software 1BCALAB1 2 - 50 25 P
Troubleshooting
8 DSC-2(P)Data Structure 1BCALAB2 - - 4 4 - 2 2 4 - - - 50 50 25 P
9 DSC-3 (P)Fundamentals of - - 4 4 - 2 4 - - 50
1BCALAB3 2 - 50 25 P
Computer Electronics
10 DSC- 1 (P)Generic Open 2 - - 2 2 2 2 College Level Exam.
Elective I(GOEC)
1BCAG - 50 20 p.
1-Computer Fundamentals 2-
IT and BDP
11 Induction Programme* 30 hrs (beginning of 1 1
BCAIP P
Semester classes) 1*
Total 25 1 12 38 25 7 33 6 675

212
 54

BCA-Sem-1 Total Credit 39 Total Marks 675

L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical

Note : Internship /Field Work / Work Experience will be conducted after I semester till Vth semester in vacations for minimum 150 hrs. It's credits and grades will be reflected in final
semester IV credit grade report.
- OEC (Optional) can be studied during semester I to VI, Its credits and grades will be reflected in final semester VI credit grade report

213
 55
Examinations leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
(Three Years Six Semesters Degree Programme) (Choice Based Credit System )
Scheme of Teaching, Learning, Examination and Evaluation APPENDIX - A I ( B.C.A. Part-I) (Semester-II)
Teaching & Learning Scheme Examination & Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Period Maximum Marks Minimu
Credit m
Sr Per week Duratio
s
Subjec Subject n of Passing
.
t Code Exams
No Skill Practical
Total Theory Theory
L T P
Practica Total
in Hrs Enhancemen SEM Total
Mark Grade
Marks / + Credi Mark
l M.C.Q t Module s
Int. Ext. s
Tutoria
Ext. (SEM) Int. t
l
1 Communication Skill 2BCAE1 3 - 3 3 - 3 2 40 1 - - 50 20 P
Communication Skill in
2 2BCAE2 1 - 1 1 1 -- 10 1 25 - 25 10 P
English (AEC)
3 DSC- 1(T) Computer -- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
2BCA1 5 - 80 100 40 P
System and Interface
4 DSC- 2 (T) Data Base --- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
2BCA2 5 - 80 100 40 P
Managemant System
5 DSC- 3 (T) Object - 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
2BCA3 5 - 80 100 40 P
Oriented Programming
6 DSC-4 (T) Fundaentals of --- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
Computational 2BCA4 5 - 80 100 40 P
Mathematics
7 DSC- 1 (P) Computer - 4 4 - 2 4 - - 50
2BCALAB1 - 2 - 50 25 P
Interfacing
8 DSC- 2 (P) DBMS 2BCALAB2 - - 4 4 - 2 2 4 - - - 50 50 25 P
9 DSC- 3 (P) CPP 2BCALAB3 - - 4 4 - 2 2 4 - - - 50 50 25 P
Generic Open Elective
I(GOEC)
10 1-Fund. Of C 2BCAG 2 - - 2 2 - 2 2 College Level Exam. 50 20 p.
Programming
2-e-Commerce
Total 25 1 12 38 25 7 32 6 675
BCA-Sem-2 Total Credit 38 Total Marks 675

214
 56
L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical
Note : Internship /Field Work / Work Experience will be conducted after I semester till Vth semester in vacations for minimum 150 hrs. It's credits and grades will be
reflected in final semester IV credit grade report.
- OEC (Optional) can be studied during semester I to VI, Its credits and grades will be reflected in final semester VI credit grade report

215
 57
Examinations leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
(Three Years Six Semesters Degree Programme) (Choice Based Credit System )
Scheme of Teaching, Learning, Examination and Evaluation APPENDIX - A I ( B.C.A. Part-I) (Semester-III)

Teaching & Learning Scheme Examination & Evaluation Scheme

Teaching Period Maximum Minimu
Credit Marks
Sr Per week s Duration m
. Subjec Subject of Exams Passing
No t Code in Hrs. Practical
Skill
Total Theory
L T P Theory Enhancemen SEM Total
Marks Practica Total + Marks Grade
/ l t Module Credit Int. Ext. Mark
M.C.Q
Tutoria (SEM) Int. s
Ext.
l
3 DSC- 1 (T) Operating -- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
3BCA1 5 - 80 100 40 P
System
4 DSC- 2 (T) Core Java --- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
3BCA2 5 - 80 100 40 P
Programming
5 DSC- 3 (T) Fundamentals - 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
of Open Source Software 3BCA3 5 - 80 100 40 P

6 DSC-4 (T)Python --- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -

3BCA4 5 - 80 100 40 P
Programming
7 DSC- 1 (P) Operating - 4 4 - 2 4 - - 50
3BCALAB1 - 2 - 50 25 P
System
8 DSC- 2 (P) Java - 4 4 - 2 4 - - 50
3BCALAB2 - 2 - 50 25 P
Programming
9 DSC- 3 (P) Python - 4 4 - 2 4 - - 50
3BCALAB3 - 2 - 50 25 P
Programming
Environmental Studies
10 3BCAENV 2 - - 2 2 - 2 2
(AEC)

Total 22 0 12 34 22 6 28 4 550

BCA-Sem-3 Total Credit 32 Total Marks 550

216
 58
L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical
Note : Internship /Field Work / Work Experience will be conducted after I semester till Vth semester in vacations for minimum 150 hrs. It's credits and grades will be reflected in final
semester IV credit grade report.
- OEC (Optional) can be studied during semester I to VI, Its credits and grades will be reflected in final semester VI credit grade report

217
 59
Examinations leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
(Three Years Six Semesters Degree Programme) (Choice Based Credit System )
Scheme of Teaching, Learning, Examination and Evaluation APPENDIX - A I ( B.C.A. Part-I) (Semester-IV)
Teaching & Learning Scheme Examination & Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Period Maximum Marks Minimu
Per week Credit m
Sr s Duration Passing
. Subjec Subject of Exams in
t Code Skill Practical
No Total Hrs Theory
L T P Theory Enhancemen SEM Total
Marks Practical Total + Marks Grade
/ t Module Credit Int. Ext. Mark
M.C.Q
Tutoria (SEM) Int. s
Ext.
l
3 DSC- 1 (T) Data -- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
Communication Network 4BCA1 5 - 80 100 40 P

4 DSC- 2 (T) Web --- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -

4BCA2 5 - 80 100 40 P
Technologies
5 DSC- 3 (T) Adv Java - 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
4BCA3 5 - 80 100 40 P
Programming
6 DSC-4 (T) Fundamentals --- 5 5 5 3 20 1 - -
4BCA4 5 - 80 100 40 P
of Data Science
7 DSC- 1 (P) Web - 4 4 - 2 4 - - 50
4BCALAB1 - 2 - 50 25 P
Technologies
8 DSC- 2 (P) Adv Java - 4 4 - 2 4 - - 50
4BCALAB2 - 2 - 50 25 P
Programming
9 DSC- 3 (P) Data Science - 4 4 - 2 4 - - 50
4BCALAB3 - 2 - 50 25 P
using Python
Environmental Studies
10 4BCAENV 2 - - 2 1 - 1 3 70 30 1 - - 100 40 P
(AEC)

Total 22 0 12 34 21 6 27 5 650
BCA-Sem-4 Total Credit 32 Total Marks 650
L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical
Note : Internship /Field Work / Work Experience will be conducted after I semester till Vth semester in vacations for minimum 150 hrs. It's credits and grades will be reflected in final
semester IV credit grade report.
- OEC (Optional) can be studied during semester I to VI, Its credits and grades will be reflected in final semester VI credit grade report

218
 60
Examinations leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
(Three Years Six Semesters Degree Programme) (Choice Based Credit System )
Scheme of Teaching, Learning, Examination and Evaluation APPENDIX - A I ( B.C.A. Part-I) (Semester-V)
Teaching & Learning Scheme Examination & Evaluation Scheme
Teaching Period Maximum Marks Minimu
Credit
Per week s m
Sr Duration
Subjec Subject Passing
. of
N t Code Examsin Skill Practical
Total Theory
o L T P Theory Hrs Enhancemen SEM Total
Marks Practical Total + Marks Grade
/ t Module Credit Int. Ext. Mark
M.C.Q
Tutoria (SEM) Int. s
Ext.
l
3 DSC- 1 (T) Computer -- 5 5 3 1 - -
5BCA1 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 P
Graphics
4 DSC- 2 (T) Android --- 5 5 3 1 - -
Application Development 5BCA2 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 P

5 DSC- 3 (T) Dot Net - 5 5 3 1 - -

5BCA3 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 P
Technologies with C#
6 DSC-4 (T) Software --- 5 5 3 1 - -
5BCA4 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 P
Engineering
7 DSC- 1 (P) Graphic - 4 4 - 4 - 50
5BCALAB1 - 2 2 - - 50 25 P
Programming
8 DSC- 2 (P) Android - 4 4 - 4 - 50
5BCALAB2 - 2 2 - - 50 25 P
Programming
9 DSC- 3 (P) C# - 4 4 - 4 - 50
5BCALAB3 - 2 2 - - 50 25 P
Programming
*Open Elective (OE1)
Elective
10 1-Blockcain Technology 2- 5BCAOE 5 - - 5 5 - 5 3 100 - - - - 100 40 P
Cyber Security 3-
Power BI
Total 25 0 12 37 25 6 31 4 650
BCA-Sem-5 Total Credit 35 Total Marks 650

219
 61
L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical
Note : Internship /Field Work / Work Experience will be conducted after I semester till Vth semester in vacations for minimum 150 hrs. It's credits and grades will be reflected in
final semester IV credit grade report.
- OEC (Optional) can be studied during semester I to VI, Its credits and grades will be reflected in final semester VI credit grade report

220
 62
Examinations leading to the Degree of Bachelor of Science
(Three Years Six Semesters Degree Programme) (Choice Based Credit System )
Scheme of Teaching, Learning, Examination and Evaluation APPENDIX - A I ( B.C.A. Part-I) (Semester-VI)

Teaching & Learning Scheme Examination & Evaluation Scheme

Teaching Period Maximum Marks Minimum
Per Credit Passing
Sr s Duration
week
. Subjec Subject of Exams
t Code in Skill Practical
N Total Theory Theory SEM Total
o L T P Hrs Enhancemen
Marks / Practical Total + Credi Mark Marks Grade
t Module Int. Ext.
Tutoria M.C.Q t s
Ext. (SEM) Int.
l
3 DSC- 1 (T) R- -- 5 5 3 1 - -
6BCA1 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 P
Programming
4 DSC- 2 (T) PHP --- 5 5 3 1 - -
6BCA2 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 P
Programming
5 DSC- 3 (T) Fundamentals - 5 5 3 1 - -
of Cloud Computing 6BCA3 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 P

6 DSC-4 (T) Network --- 5 5 3 1 - -

6BCA4 5 - 5 80 20 100 40 P
Security
7 DSC- 1 (P) R - 4 4 - 4 -
6BCALAB1 - 2 2 - - 50 50 25 P
Programming
8 DSC- 2 (P) PHP - 4 4 - 4 -
6BCALAB2 - 2 2 - - 50 50 25 P
Programming
9 DSC- 3 (P) Based on - 4 4 - 4 -
6BCALAB3 - 2 2 - - 50 50 25 P
Cloud Computing
10 Internship / Project 6BCAIP - - 2 2 - 2 2 4 - - - 25 25 50 25 P

Total 20 0 14 34 20 8 28 4 600
BCA-Sem-6 Total Credit 32 Total Marks 600
L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical
Note : Internship /Field Work / Work Experience will be conducted after I semester till Vth semester in vacations for minimum 150 hrs. It's credits and grades will be reflected in final
semester IV credit grade report.
- OEC (Optional) can be studied during semester I to VI, Its credits and grades will be reflected in final semester VI credit grade report

221
 1

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University

Faculty – Science and Technology

Programme- M. Sc. (Botany)

POs

By the end of the programme, students would be able to

PO1 Deep subject Apply the subject knowledge to the solution of real-world problems.
Knowledge and
intellectual breadth

PO2 Professional Ethics Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities
and norms of the standard practices.

PO3 Creative & Critical Take informed actions after identifying the assumptions that frame our thinking
Thinking and actions, checking out the degree to which these assumptions are accurate
and valid, and looking at our ideas and decisions (intellectual, organizational,
and personal) from different perspectives.

PO4 Innovation, Research Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex problems
and Problem Solving reaching substantiated and innovative conclusions.
Design solutions for complex problems with appropriate consideration for the
public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
Use research-based knowledge and research methods to provide valid
conclusions.
Demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
PO5 Team work and Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams,
Communication Skills and in multidisciplinary settings.
Present/communicate research at national/international level, write effective
articles, reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and
give and receive clear instructions.
Communicate disciplinary knowledge to the community and broader public.

PO6 Professionalism and Demonstrate personal accountability and effective work habits, e.g.,
Leadership Readiness punctuality, working productively with others, and time as well as workload
management.
Demonstrate integrity and ethical behavior, act responsibly with the interests of
the larger community in mind, and to learn from his/her mistakes.
Use the strengths of others to achieve common goals, and use interpersonal
skills to coach and develop others.
Assess and manage his/her emotions and those of others; use empathetic skills
to guide and motivate; and organize, prioritize, and delegate work.

PO7 Lifelong learning Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in
independent and lifelong learning in the broadest context of technological
change.

PO8 Competence for Digital Prepare well for living, learning and working in a Digital Society;
World
Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern ICT
tools to complex activities with an understanding of the limitations.
Use existing digital technologies ethically and efficiently to solve problems,
complete tasks, and accomplish goals.
Demonstrate effective adaptability to new and emerging technologies.

PO9 Global Citizenship Act with an informed awareness of global issues.

Engage in initiatives that encourage equity and growth for all.

PSOs:
After completing the programme successfully, students would be able to
1. explore the cutting edge technologies and skills currently used in plant sciences.

222
 2

2. Be aware of social, environmental issues and plant significance in natural interest.

3. create interest in nature conservation and save the natural resources.
4. study the concepts of genetics, plant breeding and their applicability.
5. understand and correlate the various biochemical and physiological processes in plants.
6. study the evolutionary process in Bryophytes and Pteriodophytes.
7. study the bioactive principles in plants and their defence mechanisms.

Employability Potential:

Joseph Paxton Famous Botanist said that ‘Botany the science of vegetable kingdom is one of the most attractive,
useful and extensive department of human knowledge, and the science of beauty. Any human activity without plant
involvement is baseless. Botany is the scientific study of plants. Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University offers [Link].
Botany a master’s Program which deals with study of plants, their characteristics, classification and various related
aspects in detail. The main aims and objectives of [Link]. program are:

• To prepare students for a carrier as scientists, who can deal with current research lines in botany using
modern techniques.
• To help them represent the discipline both in basic and applied research area.
• To encourage multidisciplinary collaboration.
• To equip and helpful students in all aspects of plant sciences with a view that they can take up teaching
at different levels, researches in institute/university, doctoral work, EIA, Biodiversity studies
entrepreneurship, Scientific writing in relevant topics have been included in curriculum.

The duration of this program is two years .There are 30 seats and admissions are carried out on merit basis.
Candidates who wish to opt [Link] Botany should have Botany as one subject at graduate level and deep interest in
plants and their life cycle.

The Syllabi of Botany is design as per CBCS pattern and is very rich so that along with Botany students can
opt for their choices and interest in allied field. The major focus is upon ability and skills other than core course
subjects. The whole post-graduate program is of 4 semesters, where students are imparted deep knowledge about plant
kingdom, Physiology, Genetics, Molecular Biology, Biotechnology, Genetics Engineering, Pharmacognosy, Ecology,
Microbiology, Biosystematics, Tissue Culture, Bioprospecting etc. Botany also deals with various aspects related to
Agriculture, Environment, Pharmacy, Forestry, Horticulture and Floriculture. Nursery, farms, Environmental
consultancies Pharmaceuticals companies Forest sciences with job profile as Ecologist, Plant Taxonomist, Plant
Biochemist, Researcher, Environmental Consultant, forest ranger, Botanists. Nursery or green house manager,
Farming consultant, geneticist, Biotechnologists, Microbiologist etc. It would also provide highly skilled human
resource for incubation centres and start-ups in the field of plant related industrial units as well as Research and
Development sectors.

Study of plants is fundamental and vital, as life is dependent on plant for well-being of all living organism as
plants produce energy, O2, C, water etc. Comparing with other forms of life, plants life can be studied at different
levels molecular, genetical and biochemical through various cells, tissues, organ, individuals, plants population and
communities. Botanists are concerned with identification classification, structure, function of plant life. Botany also
covers the Protista group which include fungi, Lichens, bacteria, viruses and single cell algae. A good understanding
of plants is essential to the future generation because

• Produce food for expanding population

• Understand fundamental life processes
• Produce medicine and materials to treat disease

Education is not only to gain knowledge and understand the things but it must be able to enhance one’s ability
and skills for better employability. Employability skills are those which help one to stand separately than others for
the same jobs. These skills are vital in order to secure a role where employability, skill matches with your job profile.
These skills come naturally or can be acquired through work experience, practice or education.

The employability means, teaching botany at various levels. Employability skills are transferable that students
can use this at workplace. Teachers seek all these set of diverse skills in students in addition to academic qualification,
in order to stay relevant and improve their efficiency. Teacher should focus on building the employability skills.
Various skills can be developed after completion of this program. These are as follows.

1. Communication Skills: It is one of the important personality traits which is sought after employment. It
generally consists of five elements sender, receiver, message, medium and feedback. It can be verbal,
nonverbal, visual or written. Good communication skills help any institution/organisation to avoid
unnecessary misunderstanding, waste of time and increase the output. To be an effective communicator one
has to understand colleagues through ideas and thoughts to achieve the goal. Practices like positive

223
 3

expression, body language, careful listening, think before you speak, debate, group discussion, elocution
completion, seminars etc can improve the skills.

2. Leadership Skills: Flourishing of any organisation requires good leaders with excellent leadership skills.
They look for such persons .Good leaders can manage people/ team well, convince them, motivate them and
train them so as to improve the workplaces practices as per the set objectives. Students are given various
responsibilities of organising and conduction of event, arrangements and coordination of various activities in
team to develop these qualities.

3. Problem Solving Skills: This quality helps to remove the obstacles by resolving complex issues. They are
asset to any organisation for increasing the efficiency. It is an act to determine the issue, identify the cause,
select best possible solution and implement it. Complex problem can be broken into smaller parts and then
the issue can be addressed. In other way it can be solved by research, analyses and then decision can be made.
Undertaking research projects, Assignments, brain storming sessions, solving puzzle etc can enhance this
skill.

4. Team Work Skills: To know role in team and work amicably with teammates. Healthy, cordial relationship
with colleagues and better work environment increases job satisfaction. It has direct impact on organisation
stability, innovation and output. In practical’s, group of 4-5 students are made and they perform the
experiment efficiently, group assignments, group activities etc develop these skills.

5. Reliability Skills: This is very important employability skill to build trust with the employer. Consistency is
the key of reliability. Meetings, daily task, respond to queries, acknowledge mistakes and take lessons from
it are the thing to develop reliability. Mentor –mentee meet often, counselling etc.

6. Self-Management Skills: It is the ability to organise and manage own works without guide. It saves time
and enhances efficiency. Students project work, Botanical Excursions and tours management, preparations
for exams, perform experiments in 3hrs etc.

7. Learning Skills: It enables to improve the knowledge about the subject. Tend to change to adapt new
concepts and methods. Such persons can acquire challenging positions and save time. It ensures quick
implementations of new system, process and technology. Students are asked to refer good books of the
subject, seminars on recent topics are given, standard protocols are used in practicals etc.

8. Technology skills: In present scenario it is must to know and how to use the updated technology. It is one of
the leading skills for any institution. Helps to stay relevant and ahead of the competition. These skilled are
valued as one can grasp the technology-based concept and learn how to use them effectively. Students are
using this technology for learning and research purpose.

9. Planning and Organisation skills: Important to achieve goals, manage time, money and effort and increase
efficiency. Should be resourceful, manage priorities, timely and take decisions.

10. Technical and Analytical skills: Make them skilled in practical’s, laboratory equipment’s and interpret the
data on biological material.

The course is designed in such a way that after completion it is expected that they develop and nurture these
employability skill for employment or entrepreneurship development.

224
 4

Scheme of Teaching, Learning & Examination leading to the Degree in Master of Science in the Programme Botany
(Two year- Four Semester Degree Programme- C.B.C.S.)
([Link]. Part I) Semester I
S. Subject Subject Teaching & Learning Scheme Duration Examination & Evaluation Scheme
No. Code Teaching Periods Per Credits of Exam Theory Practical Total Minimum
Week Hours Marks Passing
L T P Total L/T Practical Total Theory+ Theory Internal External Marks Grade
MCQ Internal
External
1 DSC-I Cell and Molecular Biology BOT 3 - - 3 3 - 3 3 80 20 - - 100 40 P
101
2 AEC- I Molecular Techniques BOT - 1 - 1 1 - 1 1 - - 50 - 50 25 P
102
3 DSC-II Evolution and Diversity of Algae BOT 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 - - 100 40 P
and Fungi 103
4 DSC -III Economic Botany and Resource BOT 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 - - 100 40 P
Utilization 104
5 DSC- IV Plant Development BOT 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 - - 100 40 P
105
6 Lab- 1 Practical Based on DSC I & II BOL - - 6 6 - 3 3 * - - - 100 100 50 P
101
7 Lab-2 Practical Based on DSC III & DSE- I BOL - - 6 6 - 3 3 * - - - 100 100 50 P
102
8 # Internship / Field Work / Work Experience
@
9 Open elective/ GIC/ Open skill/ MOOC* BOEC 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 - - 100 40 P
BOEC I Medicinal Plant Diversity 101
Total 28 26 650

L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical

# Student may complete their Internship/ Field Work/ Work experience in First or Second or Third semester of Master of Science in the Programme, according to their convenience; @ denotes Non-Examination
credits.

Note: Internship/ Apprenticeship/ Field Work Experience (during vacations of semester I to III. This will carry 2 credits for learning of 60 hours or 3 Credits for learning of 90 hours. Its credits and grades will be
reflected in final semester IV credit grade report.

-OEC (Optional) can be studied during semester I to IV

225
 5

226
 6

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022 Year PG. Programme

Programme [Link]. Botany
Semester I
Code of the Course Subject Title of the Couse/ Subject No. of periods/ week
DSC I Cell and Molecular Biology 03
Cos :
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to
1. understand structural organization and functional role of cell, organelles and biomolecules.
2. correlate the various life processes and their functioning.
3. understand the process of chromosomal organization and its role in cellular metabolism.
4. evaluate the various life processes and their regulations with special reference to regulation of gene
expression.
Unit-I Cell wall, composition and functions
Structural organization and functional aspects of membrane, transport, ion channels, active
transport, membrane pumps.
Structural organization and functional aspects of cell organelles,
Structure and function of cytoskeletons; microtubules, intermediate filaments,
microfilaments and their role in motility, Plasmodesmata
Unit-II Cell cycle; Steps in cell cycle, roles of Cyclins and Cyclin Dependent Kinases, checkpoints;
regulation of mitosis and meiosis, chromosome congression, cell plate formation and cell
division.
Genetics of cancer, tumor suppressor genes, oncogenes; their types and role
Cell signaling; signal transduction; G-proteins, GPCRs, second messengers, regulation of
signaling pathways, plant two- component systems, light signaling in plants, bacterial
chemotaxis and quorum sensing.
Unit-III Chromosomal Organization, DNA packaging, histone modifications; chromatin structure,
heterochromatin, euchromatin, Organization of Centromeres and Telomeres, Specialized
Chromosomes: Polytene, Lampbrush, B Chromosomes.
Genome size, Organization; C-value paradox, cot curve, re-association kinetics,
hypochromic effect
Unit-IV Regulation of gene expression in Prokaryotes: Gene structure, Lac - Operon, Trp- Operon
and Phage Operon,
Regulation of gene expression in Eukaryotes: cis and trans regulation; promoters,
transcription factors, post-transcriptional regulation, role of chromatin remodeling.
Unit-V Protein synthesis; Ribosomes, formation of initiation complex, factors for initiation,
elongation, termination and their regulation, genetic code, aminoacylation of tRNA, tRNA-
identity, aminoacyl tRNA synthetase, translational proof-reading and translational
inhibitors, protein folding; post- translational modifications of proteins. Protein sorting and
targeting to different organelles, secretary protein synthesis; Signal Recognition Particle
(SRP).
Suggested Reading:
1. De, D.N. 2000. Plant Cell Vacuoles: An introduction. CSIRO Publication, Collingwood, Australia
2. Rost, T. et al., 1998. Plant Biology. Wadsworth Publishing Co, California, USA.
3. Krishnamurthy, K.V.2000. Methods in Cell wall Cytochemistry, CRC Press, Boca Raton, Florida
4. Atherly, A.G, Girton, J.R. and McDonald, J.F. 1999. The Science of Genetics. Saunders College
Publishing, Fort Worth, USA
5. Burnham, C.R. 1962. Discussions in Cytogenetics. Burgess Publishing Co., Minnesota
6. Bush, H. and Rothblum, L. 1982. Volume X. The Cell Nucleus & DNA Part A. Academic Press.
7. Hartl, D.L. and Jones, E.W. 1998. Genetics: Principles and Analysis (4th Edition). Jones and Bartlett
Publishers, Massachusetts, USA.
8. Khush, GS. 1973. Cytogenetics of Aneuploids. Academic Press, New York, London
9. Lewis R., 1997. Human Genetics: Concepts and Applications (2nd Edition). WCB McGraw Hill, USA
10. Russel, P.J. 1998. Genetics (5th Edition). The Benjamin/ cummings Publishing Company Inc., USA
11. Snustad, D.P. and Simmons, M.J. 2000. Principles of Genetics (2nd Edition). John Wiley and Sons Inc.,
U.S.A
12. Gunning, B.E.S. and Steer, M.W. 1996. Plant Cell Biology: Structure and Function. Jones and Barlett
Publishers, Boston, Massachusetts
13. Hall, J.L. and Moore, A.L. 1983. Isolation of Membranes and Organelles from Plant Cells. Academic
Press, London, U.K.
14. Harris, N. and Oparka, K.J. 1994. Plant Cell Biology: A Practical Approach. IRL Press, at Oxford
University Press, Oxford, U.K
15. Fukui, K. and Nakayama, S.1996. Plant Chromosomes: Laboratory Methods. CRC Press, Boca Raton,
Florida.
16. V. R. Dnyansagar (1986). Cytology and Genetics. Tata McGraw-Hill, ISBN 0074515721,
9780074515723.
Reference book:
1. Benjamin Lewin, 1997. Genes VIII, Oxford University Press, New York.
2. Benjamin Lewin, 2008. Genes IX, Oxford University Press, New York.
3. Benjamin Lewin, Jones and Bartlett 2011Genes X, Oxford University Press, New York.
4. Sharma, A.K. and Sharma, A. 1999. Plant Chromosomes: Analysis, Manipulation

15

227
 7

and Engineering. Harwood Academic Publishers, Australia

Course Outcomes:
1. Develop strong fundamental basics of cell dynamics.
2. They would be able to analyze and interpret the cell behavior, cell cycle and cell communication
processes.
3. They would be able to predict disorders within the biological systems related to gene regulation.
4. They would be able to illustrate and justify the biological mechanisms
5. Able to explain the structure, synthesis and processing of Nucleic acids.

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022 Year PG. Programme

Programme [Link]. Botany
Semester I
Code of the Course Subject Title of the Couse/ Subject No. of periods/ week
AEC I Molecular Techniques 01
Cos :
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

Get acquainted about the latest techniques used in plant sciences

Be trained about the tools and techniques.
know the principle and applications of these techniques.
Unit I 1.1 Primer design, PCR: basic features and application, types – standard, hot start PCR,
touch‐down PCR, Nested PCR, RT‐PCR, Real time PCR, overlap PCR, RACE,
Inverse PCR.
1.2 Analysis at the level of gene transcription – Northern blot, In situ hybridization, RNase
protection assay,
1.3 Analysis of DNA protein interactions: Electrophoretic mobility shift assay (EMSA),
DNase I foot-printing, Chromatin immuno‐precipitation assay.
1.4 Analysis of protein‐protein interactions ‐ Co‐immunoprecipitation assay, Fluorescence
resonance energy transfer (FRET).
Suggested Reading:
1. Molecular Biology: A laboratory Manual, 4th edition, 2012: M. Green and J. Sambrook
2. An introduction to Molecular Biotechnology–Molecular fundamentals, methods and applications in
Modern Biotechnology (2006): ed. Micheal Wink
3. Slater, A., Scott, N. W., & Fowler, M. R. (2003). Plant Biotechnology: The Genetic Manipulation of
Plants. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
4. Primrose, S. B., & Twyman, R. M. (2006). Principles of Gene Manipulation and Genomics.
Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. Become expert in laboratory preparation as well as chemical preparations of different

concentrations.
2. apply various formulas in preparations of reagents and are aware of their properties.
3. Apply various techniques at appropriate places as per required.
4. standardize the process and techniques on basis of knowledge.
5. Analyze and interpret the results with accuracy.

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022 Year PG. Programme

Programme [Link]. Botany
Semester I
Code of the Course Subject Title of the Couse/ Subject No. of periods/ week
DSC II Evolution and Diversity of Algae and Fungi 04
Cos:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. Understand the phycology with special reference to Indian work.

2. Identify Algae in diversified habitats (Terrestrial, fresh water, marine) Criteria used in classification of
algae, Role of algae in human welfare
3. Know General account of thallus organization, reproduction and life history of algae.
4. Study important groups of algae Cyanophyta, Chlorophyta, Charophyta, Xanthophyta, Bacillariopyta,
Phaeophyta & Rhodophyta.
5. Study General Characters of Fungi Classification., Economic importance of fungi in medicine,
6. Use Algae and fungi in Agriculture (Biopesticide and biofertilizer) & Fungi as plant pathogen.

Unit I: Algae 1.1 Occurrence, Range of Thallus organization, Pigments, reserve food, reproduction and

16

228
 8

types of life cycles in algae, origin and evolution of sex in algae.

1.2 Classification of algae proposed by F. E. Fritsch (1935,1948), G. M. Smith (1955), R.
E. Lee (2008).
1.3 Cyanophyta: Affinities with Prokaryotes and algae, ultrastructure of cell, special Cells-
Akinites, heterocyst and harmogonia, Range of thallus, reproduction and economic
importance of cyanobacteria.
1.4 Chlorophyta –range of thallus organization, reproduction and life cycle patterns and
economic importance of green algae.
1.5 Charophyta – Habitat and thallus diversity and reproduction
Unit II: Algae 2.1 Euglenophyta –Cell structure and reproduction
2.2 Xanthophyta – Occurrence, distribution, thallus structure and reproduction.
2.3 Bacillariophyta- General Characters, Occurrence Morphology Cell structure, Valve
Morphology Reproduction and Economic importance of Diatoms
2.4 Pheophyta – General characters, geographical distribution, thallus diversity
reproduction and economic importance
2.5 Rhodophyta – Occurrence, thallus structure and reproduction.
Unit III: Fungi 3.1 Mycelium structure and types, modified hyphal structures, mode of nutrition, mode of
asexual reproduction, phases of sexual reproduction and fruiting bodies in different
groups.
3.2 Classification as per Ainsworth (1971), outline of phylogenetic classification as per
[Link] (2007). General account of the following groups and study of
representative genus.
3.3 Myxomycetes –General account and life cycles of typical myxomycete
3.4 Chytridiomycetes-, Vegetative structure and reproduction in Allomyces.
3.5 Oomycetes- life cycle in Phytopthora and Albugo.
3.6 Zygomycetes- Vegetative structure and reproduction in Mucor and Rhizopus
Unit IV: Fungi General account of the following groups and study of representative genus:
4.1 Plectomycetes – Vegetative structure and reproduction in Aspergillus
4.2 Discomycetes - Vegetative structure and reproduction in Peziza
4.3 Teliomycetes- life cycle of –Ustilago
4.4 Hymnomycetes - Life cycle of Agaricus
4.5 Hypomycetes- Alternaria Fusarium,
4.6 Coelomycetes- Colletotricum
4.7 Lichen- nature of association, Morphological types, reproduction and economic
importance.
Unit V: Fungi 5.1 Research work in the field of mycology and Phytopathology in India.
5.2 Heterothalism and parasexuallity in fungi
5.3 Role of fungi in –Agriculture, Industry and as a food
5.4 Some major fungal diseases- Candidiasis, Aspergillosis, Mucormycosis
5.5 Role of Fungi in antibiotic production.
5.6 Mycorrhiza and its applications.
5.7 Regional fungal crop diseases (Fungal, Viral, Bacterial and Phytoplasmal diseases).
Suggested Reading: 5.1
1. Fritsch, F.E. The structure and reproduction of algae volume 1 and 2
2. Robin South, G and Alan Whittick: Introduction to Phycology
3. Morris, I: An Introduction to Algae
4. Bold, H.C. and Wynne, M.D.: Introduction to the Algae structure and reproduction
5. John Webster and Roland W.S. Weber - Introduction to Fungi
6. Alexopoulos C.J., C.W. Mims and M. Blackwell – Introductory Mycology
7. Mehrotra R.S. and K.R. Aneja – An Introduction to Mycology
8. Smith, J.E. - The Filamentous Fungi
9. Introductory Phycology – H.D. Kumar, Affiliated East West Press Ltd., New Delhi. Phycotalk Vol. I and
II - H. D. Kumar Rastogi Publ., Meerut.
10. Recent Advances in Phycology - H.D. Kumar Rastogi Publ., Meerut.
11. Aquatic Biology in India - Kachroo P. Bishan S. Mahendra Pal. Dehradoon
12. The structure and reproduction in the Algae –Vol. I & II, F.E. Fritsch, Cambridge 4 Uni. Press.
13. Cryptogamic Botany –Vol. I , G.M. Smith,Tata Mac Graw Hill Publication ,New Delhi
14. Advances in Phycology— edited by B.N. Verma, APC Publication India.
15. Phaeophyceae in India –J.N. Mishra, ICAR Publication, New Delhi.
16. Sea weeds and their uses –[Link]
17. Introductory Mycology – Alexopolus, John Wiley and Sons Ind.
18. An Introduction to Mycology – Mehrotra and Aneja, New Age Intermediate Press.
19. Diseases of India – Rangaswami and Mahadevan, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
20. Introduction to Fungi – Webster, Cambridge Univ. Press.
21. Plant Diseases - R.S. Singh, Oxford and IBH Publishing.
22. Microbiology and Pathology – P.D. Sharma, Rastogi Publication, Meerut
23. A text book of modern Plant Pathology – Bilgrami and Dubey, Vikas Publication, New Delhi.
24. Agrios, G.N. 1999. Plant Pathology. Academic Press
25. Annual Review of Phytopathology, 1999. Vol. 37, APS Press
26. Chandanwala, K. 1986. Introduction to Plant Pathology. Anmol Publishers and Distributors
27. Frisvad, J.C. Bridge, P.D. Arora, D.K. 1998. Chemical fungal taxonomy Marcel and Dekker Inc.
28. Ignacimuthu, S.J. 1996. Applied Plant Biotechnology. Tata McGraw –Hill Publ. Company Ltd.
29. Mahadevan, A. 1991. Post infectional defense mechanisms. Today and Tomorrow’s Printers and
publishers

17

229
 9

30. Mehrotra, R.S. 1991. Plant Pathology. Tata McGraw – Hill Publishing Company Ltd.
31. Miles, P.G. and Chang, S.T. 1997. Mushroom Biology. World Scientific Publ. Company
32. Roberts, S. Fritz & Elien. I. Simms. 1992. Plant Resistance to Herbivors and Pathogens (Ecology,
Evolutin and Genetics), University of Chicago Press.
33. Rudra P. Singh, Uma S. Singh & Keiisuke Kohmoto (eds.) 1995. Pathogenesis and host specificity in
plant diseases. Vol. III Pergamon Press.
34. Scheffer, R.P. 199. The nature of disease in plants. Cambridge University Press.
35. Kumar, H.D. 1988 Introductory Phycology. Affiliated East- West Press Ltd., New Delhi.
36. Morris, I.1986. An Introduction to the Algae, Cambridge University Press, U.K.
37. Round, F.E. 1986. The Biology of Algae, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
38. Prescott G.W. (1969) The Algae: A Review, Thomas Nelson and sons, London.
39. Lee,R.E. (1980) Phycology, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
40. Kumar, H.D. (1990) Introductory Phycology, East west Press , New Delhi.
41. Misra, J.N. (! 966) Pheaeophyceae of India, ICAR, New Delhi.
42. Kumar , H.D.(1989) Algal Cell Biology, 2nd Edition, East west Press New Delhi.
43. Desikachary, T.V. (1959) , Cyanophyta , ICAR, New Delhi.
44. Round , F.E. (1981) The Ecology of Algae. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
45. Round , F.E. (1973) The Biology of Algae. 2nd Edition, Edward and Arnold , London.
46. Campbell, D.H. (1961) The evolution of Land Plants. Central Book Depot, Allahabad.
47. Ainsworth, G.C. and [Link] (eds). The Fungi, An advance Treatise Vol.I, II, III & IV Academic
Press, New York.
48. Alexopoulos, C.J. and Mims C.W. (1979). Introductory Mycology 3rd Edition, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
Wiley, New York.
49. Alexopoulos, C.J., Mims and Black well (1996) 4th ed. John Wiley and Sons, Inc. Wiley, New York.
50. Aneja, K.R. (1993) Experimental in Microbiology, Plant Pathology & Tissue Culture, Wiswa Prakashan,
New Delhi.
51. Bessey, E.A. (1950) Morphology and Taxonomy of Fungi. The Blakiston co. Philadelphia.
52. Bilgrami, K.S. and [Link] (1985) A text Book of Modern Plant Pathology, Vikas Publication House,
New Delhi.
53. Butler E.J. and S. J. Jones (1949) Plant Pathology, Macmillan & Co. New York.
54. Dube, R.C. and D. K. Maheshwari (2000) Practical Microbiology - S. Chand & Co. Ltd.
55. Gupta, V.K. and M. K. Behl (1994) Indian Plant Viruses and Mycoplasma Kalyani Publishers, 1/1,
Rejinder Nagar, Ludhiana.
56. Jha, D.K. (1993) A Text Book of Seed Pathology, Vikas Publication House.
57. Manibhushan Rao, K. and [Link] - Recent Development in biocontrol of plant pathogenes.
Today and Tomorrow publishers, New Delhi.
58. Mehrotra, R.S. and K. R. Aneja (1998) An Introduction to Mycology, New Age Intermediate Press.
59. Mukadam, D.S. and L.V. Gangawane (1978) Experimental Plant Pathology (edited) Marathwada
University Aurangabad.
60. Pande, P.B. (1997) Plant Pathology, S. Chand & Co. New Delhi.
61. Preece and Dickeson. Ecology of leaf surface microorganism Academic Press, New York.
62. Rangaswamy, G. and [Link] (1999) Diseases of Crop Plant in India, Prentice Hall of India.
63. Sing, R.S. (1994) Plant Pathology, Oxford and IBH Publication Co. New Delhi.
64. Thind, T.S. (1998) Diseases of field crops and their management, National Agricultural Technology,
Information Centre Ludhiana.
65. C. Manoharachary , K. V. B. R. Tilak, K. V. Mallaiah and I. K. Kunwar 2016,Mycology and
Microbilogy, Scietific Publishers, Jodhapur Rajasthan.
66. KR Aneja, R.S. Mehrotra 2015 An Introduction to Mycology,New Age International private Limited.
67. Introduction to Fungi, Bacteria and Viruses 2017 HC Dubey Agribios, India
68. Text Book Of Fungi 2010, [Link] ,[Link] Sharma Oxford publication.
Learning outcomes:
On completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Develop understanding on the diversity of algae with reference to thallus organization,
pigmentation and life cycles.
2. Classify the algae up to genus level and identify based on morphology and reproduction.
3. Identify true fungi and demonstrate the principles and applications of plant pathology and human
pathology
4. Demonstrate skills in plant pathology or mycology for isolation, identification and classification of
fungi.
5. Identify common local plant diseases according to symptoms and casual organisms.

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022 Year PG. Programme

Programme [Link]. Botany
Semester I
Code of the Course Subject Title of the Couse/ Subject No. of periods/ week
DSC III Economic Botany and Resource Utilization 04
Cos :
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. Study the origin, divarication, utility and conservation strategies & natural resources
2. Study importance of food, fiber, medicines & oil yielding plant.

18

230
 10

3. Study the plants and their value in the service & mankind.
4. Study the conservation of biodiversity.

Unit – I 1.1 Introduction & levels of Biodiversity, species diversity, genetic

diversity, ecosystem diversity
1.2 Biodiversity threats – habitat loss and over exploitation of resources.
1.3 Biodiversity conservation in situ & ex situ;
1.4 Biodiversity and agriculture; biodiversity and food diversity,
commercial value of biodiversity.
Unit-II 2.1 Centers of origin & cultivated plants and gene diversity utilization &
cereals, cultivation and improvement of wheat, rice, jowar, Bajra.
2.2 Pulses & forage legumes – general account Origin, evolution, botany,
cultivation and uses of
i. Regional Food, Forage and fodder crops such as Sorghum,
Cajanus, Maize, Paddy, Pulses.
ii. Regional Fiber crops – Cotton, Jute & Coir.
iii. Regional Medicinal and aromatic plant such as Withania
somnifera, Vinca rosea, Aloe vera, Mentha piperita and
Cymbopogon.
iv. Regional Oil yielding plants & vegetables (Arachis hypogaea,
Gossypium, Brassica sp., Solanum, and Abelmoschus esculentus.
v. Spices – Ginger, Turmeric, Cinnamon, Clove, Black paper &
Chilies.
Unit-III 3.1 Plants and their value in the service of the mankind
3.2 General account and parts from which these are obtains, methods of
extraction and uses, paper making Tannins, Dyes, Gum and Resins,
Rubber & Latex.
3.3 Innovative approaches for meeting world food demands modern
agricultural approach.
3.4 Plants used as Avenue trees for shade and asthetics.
3.5 Fire wood & Timber woods their identification properties and users,
Teak, Shisam, Sal, Neem, Mango, Babul.
Unit – IV 4.1 Strategies for conservation of Biodiversity, causes of decline &
Biodiversity.
4.2 Importance of sanctuaries, National parks, Biophere reserves (Tiger
reserve with reference to Melghat Tiger Project). Wild Management.
4.3 Conservation of wild germplasm with reference to endangered &
threatened species. Sacred groves & threatened species.
Unit-V 5.1 Concept of lead Botanical gardens and Biodiversity parts field gene
banks, seed banks.
5.2 Legal aspects of conservation of biodiversity in India.
5.3 General account and activities of national institutes like botanical
survey of India (BSI), National Bureau of plant Genetic Resources
(NBPGR), Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR), Council
of scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR) Ministry of Environment
& Forest and Climate change
Suggested Reading:
1. Kumar, S.(2011).Economic Botany. Campus Books International, New Delhi
2. Kochhar, S. L. (2012). Economic Botany in the Tropics. Laxmi Publications, New Delhi
3. Sambamurty, A.V.S.S. & Subrahmanyam, N. S. (2008). A Textbook of Modern Economic
Botany, CBS Publishers 7 Distributors Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
4. Sharma, A.K.& Sharma, R. (2015). Taxonomy of Angiosperms and utilization of Plants. Pragati
Prakashan, Meerut.
5. Verma, V. (2013). Text Book of Economic Botany. Ane Books Pvt Ltd, New Delhi.
6. Economic Botany- Hill, Mac Graw Hill Book Comp.
7. Economic Botany- Pandey, S. Chand and Com., New Delhi.
8. Groom, M. J., Meffe, G. R. and C. R. Carroll. 2006. Principles of Conservation Biology. Sinauer
Associates, Inc., USA.
9. Krishnamurthy, K. V. 2003. Textbook of Biodiversity. Science Publication.
10. Primack, R. 2006. Essentials of Conservation Biology. Sinauer Associates, Inc., USA.
11. Hambler, C. 2004. Conservation. Cambridge University Press.
12. Van Dyke, [Link] Biology Foundations, Concepts, Applications 2nd Edition,
Springer.
13. Hastings, A. (Ed.). 1953 Population biology: concepts and models. Springer Science and
Business Media
14. Neal, D. 2004. Introduction to Population Biology. Cambridge University Press.
15. Vandermeer, J. H. and Goldberg, D. E. 2013. Population Ecology: First principles. Princeton
University Press.
16. Begon, M., Mortimer, M. and Thompson, D. J. 2009. Population ecology: A unified study of
animals and plants. John Wiley & Sons.
17. Lomnicki, A. 1988. Population Ecology of Individuals. Princeton University Press.
18. Rockwood, L. R. 2015. Introduction to Population Ecology. John Wiley & Sons.

19

231
 11

19. Smith, R. L. and Smith, T. M. 2014. Elements of Ecology. Benjamin-Cummings Publishing

Company.
20. Primack, R. 2014. Essentials of Conservation Biology (Sixth Edition). Sinauer Associates, Inc.,
USA
21. Morris, W. F. and Doak. D. F. 2002. Quantitative Conservation Biology: Theory and practice of
Population Viability Analysis. W. H. Freeman Publishers.
22. Landi, R., Engen, S. and Saether, B. 2003. Stochastic population dynamics in Ecology and
conservation. Oxford University Press.
23. Groom, M. J., Meffe, G. R. and Carroll, C. R. 2006. Principles of Conservation Biology, Sinauer
Associates, Inc., USA
Learning Outcome:
After completion of this course student would be able to –
1. Understand the pattern origin diversification and cultivation & plant in nature.
2. Know about origin and cultivation and various economically importance crop plants.
3. apply the strategies for conservation of biodiversity.
4. become well-versed with the plants utilized by human race.

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022 Year PG. Programme

Programme [Link]. Botany
Semester I
Code of the Course Subject Title of the Couse/ Subject No. of periods/ week
DSC IV Plant Development 04

Cos :
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. Deal with regulation of growth and development of plants in relation to bio-molecular interaction.
2. know the various structural and anatomical components of plant tissue and reproductive parts.
3. Understand Structure and development of Flower, Male gametophyte, Female gametophyte, Seed
development, dormancy.

Unit-I Concepts of growth and development, zygote, embryonic development; stages;

polarity and symmetry, developmental plasticity; Morphogenetic gradients,
pluripotency; cell fate and cell lineages determination, Meristem development,
types of meristem; Anatomical features, vascular elements; differentiation of
xylem, phloem, secretory tissues, Nectaries, laticifers, resin ducts.
Unit-II Organization of Shoot and Root Apical Meristems (SAM & RAM), molecular
regulation and mutant analysis in Arabidopsis and Antirrhinum,
Leaf development, determination of phyllotaxy and molecular regulation in
Arabidopsis and Antirrhinum; leaf anatomy, development of epidermis,
mesophyll, trichomes and stomata. Secondary growth; cambium, structure and
development of wood.
Unit-III Transition to flowering; morphological and histochemical changes in shoot apex,
floral meristems and floral development; homeotic mutants in Arabidopsis and
Antirrhinum, sex determination. Regulation of anther and ovule development,
microsporogenesis; microgametogenesis, tapetum.
Unit-IV Pollen development, pollen wall structure and pollen tube formation; Floral
rewards; pollination; agencies and types of pollination; pollen-pistil interactions,
pollen tube guidance, self-incompatibility. Double fertilization and triple fusion,
role of synergids, endosperm development, types of endosperm
Unit-V Seed structure and development, seed dormancy; mechanism and types and
significance, seed dispersal, seed germination; mobilization of reserve food,
Polyembryony, apomixis, apospory, diplospory and adventive embryony, In-
vitro plant regeneration through embryo, pollen and anther-culture, Senescence;
mechanism; metabolic changes and factors affecting senescence
Suggested Reading:
1. Bailey, J.D. and Black, M. 1994. Seeds: Physiology of development and Germination, Plenum
Press, New York.
2. Fahn, A. 1982. Plant Anatomy. (3rd edition). Pergamon Press, Oxford.
3. Fosket, D.E. 1004. Plant Growth and Development. A Molecular approach. Academic Press, San
Diego.
4. Howell, S.H. 1998. Molecular Genetics of Plant Development Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge.
5. Lyndon, R.F. 1990. Plant Development. The Cellular Basis. Unnin Hyman, London.
6. Mauseth, J.D. 1988. Plant Anatomy. Benjamin Cummings. California.
7. Pullaiah, T., Naidu, K.C., Lakshminarayana, K., and Hanumantha Rao, B. 2007. Plant
Development. Regency Publications, New Delhi.

20

232
 12

8. Salisbury, F.B. and Ross, C.W. 1992. Plant Physiology (4th edition) Wordsworth Publishing,
Belmont, California.
9. Steeves, T.A. and Susses, I.M. 1989. Patterns in Plant Development (2nd edition), Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge.
10. Waisel, Y., Eshel, A. and Kafkaki, V. (eds) 1996. Plant Roots: the Hidden Hall (2nd edition).
Marcel Dekker, New York. Taiz, L. and Zeiger, F. (1998): The Plant Physiology. Second Edition,
Sunderland: Sinauer Associates.
11. Wilkins, M. B. (1976): Physiology of Plant Growth and Development. McGrow-Hill Publishing
Company Limited.
12. Shivanna, K. R. and Rangaswamy N. S.1992. Pollen Biology - A Laboratory Manual, Narosa
Publishing House, New Delhi.
13. Batygina T. B.2009. Embryology of Flowering Plants Terminology and Concepts, Volume 3,
Reproductive Systems, Science Publishers, USA.
14. Raghavan V.2000. Developmental Biology of Flowering Plants, Springer-Verlag, New York.
15. Bhojwani S. S. and Bhatnagar S. P.1992. The Embryology of Angiosperms, Vikas Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
16. Johri B.M.1984. Comparative Embryology of Angiosperms, Ind. Nat. Sci. Acad., New Delhi.
17. Maheshwari P.1985. An Introduction to Embryology of Angiosperms, Tata McGraw Hill, New
Delhi.
18. Esau K.1985. Plant anatomy, 2nd Edition, Wiley Eastern Limited, New Delhi.
19. Metcalf C. R. and Chalk L.1950. Anatomy of Dicots Vol. I & II, London Press, Oxford.
20. Romberger J. A., Hejnowicz Z. and Hill J. F.1993. Plant Structure: Function and Development,
Springer-Verlag.
21. Nair P.K.K. Essentials of Palynology, Asha Publishing House, New York.
22. Shivanna, K. R. and Sawhney V. K.1997. Pollen Biotechnology for Crop Production and
Improvement, Cambridge University press. U.K.
23. Lyndon R. F.1990. Plant Development, the Cellular Basis. Cambridge University Press, UK.
24. Hesse M. and Ehrendorfer F.1990. Morphology, Development and Systematic Relevance of
Pollen and Spores, Springer-Verlag, New York.
25. Kashinath Bhattacharya, M. R. Majumdar and S. G. Bhattacharya. 2006. A text Book of
Palynology, New Central Book Agency (P) Ltd., Kolkata, India
Learning Outcome:
After successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Know about plant anatomical structure, their developmental patterns.
2. Identify plant reproductive parts development of male, female gametophytes, seed
and fruits.
3. Know anomalous Secondary Growth.
4. Apply the knowledge of anatomy, structure and functions to all flowering plants.
5. Apply the embryological techniques and methods to various plant species and
situations.
6. Understand and apply the knowledge of pollen biology and methods and techniques
to various plant species.

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022 Year PG Programme

Programme: M. Sc. Botany

Semester I Code of the Title of the Course/Subject (No. of Periods/Week)

Course/Subject (Laboratory/Practical/practicu
m/hands-on/Activity)
Practical – I Practical based on DSC I & II 06

DSC I Cell and Molecular Biology

21

233
 13

COs:

Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to demonstrate the following activities/tasks

Laboratory Exercises

1. Differential Centrifugation for isolation of cell fractions.

2. Isolation and extraction of cell organelles like mitochondria/ chloroplast.
3. Isolation of Polytene Chromosome from Chironomus/ Drosophila larvae.
4. Isolation and observations of B Chromosome.
5. Preparation of cytological slides for chromosomal non-disjunction in Rhoeo/ Tradescantia.
6. Prepare slides of mitosis and meiosis in some monocots and dicots like Allium, Aloe ,Maize, Brassica etc.
7. To determine mitotic index.
8. SDS PAGE separation of seed storage proteins and quantification of each fragment.
9. Isolation and purification of genomic DNA from plant materials by CETAB Method.
10. Isolation and purification of RNA from plants.
11. Quantitative estimation of genomic DNA and RNA using spectrophotometer.
12. Agarose gel electrophoresis of genomic DNA and RNA and detection using gel documentation system.
13. Digestions of DNA by restriction enzymes and size fractionation of fragments
14. Isolation of Plant DNA and prepare Cot curve.
15. Demonstration of western blotting.
16. Study of electron micrographs of cell organelles.
17. Study of permeability of living cell to acids and bases.
18. Visit to National Laboratory or Research Lab to study latest techniques or sophisticated equipment from
technical person.

Evolution and Diversity of Algae and Fungi:

1 Morphological study and monographs of Algae :(Any 12 of the following)

Oscillatoria, Nostoc, Anabaena, Spirullina, Gleotricha, Chlamydomonas, Eudorina,
Volvox, Closterium, Hydrodictyon, Pediastrum, Cladophora, Ulva, Pithophora,
Draparnaldia, Cosmarium, Chlorella, Acetabularia, Chara, Nitella, Laminaria,
Voucharia, Sargassum, Padina, Ectocarpus, Batrachospermum, Gracillaria,
Gellidium, Polysiphonia, Diatoms.
2 Morphological Studies and monograph of Fungi (any 15 of the following)
Stemonities, Perenospora, Phytopthora, Albugo, Mucor, Rhizopus, Yeast, Aspergillus,
Penicillium, Chaetomium, Taphrina, Peziza, Erisyphe, Phyllactenia, Uncinula,
Melampsora, Uromyces, Drechslera,Ravenallia, Ustilago, Polyporus, Morchella,
Cyathus, , Alternaria, Helminthosporium, Curvularia, Colletotrichum, Phoma,
Plasmodiophora, Cercospora, Fusarium, Claviceps.
3 Permeant Slides or Culture of following fungal forms
Rhizopus, Mucor, Aspergillus, Penicillum, Drechslera, Curvularia. Phoma,
Colletotrichum, Alternaria, Helminthosporium Trichoderma.
4 Symptomology of some diseased plants (any 10 of the following).
White rust of Crucifers, Downy mildew, powdery mildew, Rusts, Smuts, Ergot,
Groundnut leaf spot (Tikka disease), False smut of paddy, red rot of Sugarcane, Wilt
disease, Citrus canker, Angular leaf spot of cotton, Leaf mosaic of bhindi/ papaya, Leaf
curl of tomato/Potato/Papaya, Little leaf of Brinjal, Types of Lichens.
5 Field study: i) Collection of Algal material from water reservoirs
(ii) Photography of Diseased plant parts
(iii) Microphotography of fungal isolates

Learning Outcome:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. Create monographs of algal isolates.

2. Classify and identify algal genus
3. Demonstrate the application of algae in different fields
4. Create monographs of fungal isolates
5. Classify and identify algal genus.
6. Perform Diagnosis of plant diseases
7. Create compendium of plant diseases

* List of Practical/Laboratory Experiments/Activities etc.

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022 Year PG Programme

Programme: M. Sc. Botany

22

234
 14

Semester I Title of the Course/Subject (No. of Periods/Week)

Code of the Course/Subject (Laboratory/Practical/practicu
m/hands-on/Activity)
Practical II Practical based on DSC III & 06
DSC- IV

* List of Practical/Laboratory Experiments/Activities etc (Economic Botany and Resource Utilization).

Practical Course is divided into three units

1) Laboratory work
2) Field Survey
3) Scientific visits

laboratory work.

1) Morphology, Anatomy, uses, micro chemical tests for stored food material for following food crops.
Wheat, Rice Jowar, Maize, Chickpea (Bengal gram), Potato, Sugarcane.
2) Study of any three important forage/fodder crops of the locality ex. Sorghum, Bajra, Wheat, Maize.
3) Plant fibres. Morphology, anatomy, microscopic study of following fibres.
4) Study of textile fibre:
a. Cotton, Jute, Coir, Linen, Sun hemp, Cannabis.
b. Study of cordage fibre – Coir.
c. Fibbers for stuffing - Cotton, Silk Cotton or Kapok
5) Study of Medicinal and aromatic plants: Depending on the geographical location of the college/ University
select five medicinal and aromatic plants from a garden crop field or from the wild only if they are
abundantly available.
Catharanthus roseus, Adhatoda zeylamica (Syn. A. vasica), Allium sativum, Withania somnifera, Tinospora
cordifolia, Centella asiatica, Phyllanthus niruri, Aloe barbadense, Commiphora mukul, Asparagus
racemosus, Mentha piperata, Ocimum sanctum, Vetiveria zizanoides, Rauvolfia serpentina, Cymbopogon
Sp., Cissus quadrangularis, Tribulus terrestris, Vitex negundo, Abrus precatorius. Study of live or herbarium
specimens for other visual materials to become familiar with these sources. (Morphology, identification, uses,
products & conservation studies.
6) Vegetable oils: Mustard, Ground nut, Soyabean, Coconut, Sunflower and Castor. Morphology, microscopic
studies of the oil-yielding tissues, test for oil and iodine number
7) Study of Gums, Resins tannis & Dyes – Perform simple test for gums and resins prepare a water extract of
vegetable tannins (Acacia, Terminalia, Tea, Cassia sp. Myrobalans) and dyes (Turmeric, Bixa orellana,
Butea monosperma, Indigo, Lawsonia inermis) and perform test to understand chemical nature.
8) To prepare ombrothermic diagram for different sites based on given data and comment on climate
Course Outcomes – Students would be able to
1. Know the importance cultivation & uses of economically important plants.
2. Identify medicinal plants & uses of medicinal plants, which are locally available.
3. Survey extramural, sources of various non-wood forest products.
4. Know Conservation strategies of rare & threatened plant species
5. Identify important plants & their value in the service of the mankind

BOEC I

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022 Year PG. Programme

Programme [Link]. Botany
Semester I
Code of the Course Subject Title of the Couse/ Subject No. of periods/ week
BOEC I Medicinal Plant Diversity 04
Cos:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. study the Ethnic tribes in ethnobotany

23

235
 15

2. study the significance and cultivation of medicinal plants

3. be aware about IPR.
4. know the organizations’ working in these lines.

Unit-I History of Medicinal and Aromatic Plants, terms used in herbal medicine
Ayurveda, Siddha, Unani, Homeopathy, Aroma Therapy.
Unit-II Importance of Medicinal Plants, Databases Organization, Natural
Sweeteners, Herbal Products and Preparation.
Cultivation practices of some medicinal plants like: Asparagus,
Unit-III Chlorophytum, Tinospora cordifolia, Dioscorea, Aloe sp. Conservation,
Rate data book, CBD, FAO Mandate.
Unit-IV Ethno Botany: History, significance, scope and objective, branches , Tribes
of India, Ethno-Medicine,
Unit-V Intellectual property rights: IPR, Patents, Trade secrets, Trademarks,
TRIPS, PGR, Copyrights, GATT & International Trade.
Suggested Reading:
1. V.V. Sivarajan & I. Balachandran, (1994). Ayurvedic Drugs and their Plant. Oxford & IBH.
2. Cultivation of Medicinal and Aromatic Plants by A.A. Farooqi (2004).
3. Ethnomedicine and Human Welfare by Irfan Ali Khan and AtiyaKhatun (Vol- I, II, III, IV & V)
4. Handbook of Ayurvedic Medicinal Plants by L.D. Kapoor (2005).
5. Handbook of MAPs by S.K. Bhattacharjee (2009).
6. Handbook of Medicinal and Aromatic Plants by S.K. Bhattacharjee (2004).
7. Indian Medicinal Plants (Vol 1- 4) by K.R. Kirtikar and B.D. Basu (2006).
8. Indian Medicinal Plants by P.C. Trivedi (2009).
9. Indigenous Medicinal Plants Social Forestry & Tribals by M.P. Singh et al. (2003).
10. IPR, Biosafety and Bioethics by Goel and Parashar (2013)
11. IUCN Red List Categories by IUCN (1993).
12. Medicinal and Aromatic Plants by H. C. Srivastava, ICAR (2014)
13. Medicinal and Poisonous plants of India, by C. Algesi Boopathi (2021)
14. Medicinal Plants Cultivation: A Scientific Approach by S.S. Purohit (2004).
15. Medicinal Plants: Chemistry and Properties by M. Daniel, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. Pvt.
Ltd.
16. Medicinal Plants: Conservation Cultivation & Utilization by A.K. Chopra, Daya publishing
house, Trinagar, Delhi (2007).
17. Psychoactive Medicinal Plants: Hallucinogenic and Narcotic Drugs by Rita Singh; Global Vision
Publishing House (2017)
18. Recent Progress in Medicinal Plants Vol.12, Globalization of Herbal Health by A.K. Sharma
(2006).
19. Text Book of Medicinal and Aromatic Plants, ICAR (2018).
20. Tribes of India (Vol- I & II) by A. Ashok and P. V. Lakshmaiah (2018).
21. Medicinal Plants of Uttarakhand by C.P. Kala (2010).
22. Handbook of Ayurvedic Medicinal Plants by L.D. Kapoor (2005). Medicinal Plants: Biodiversity
and Drugs - M. K. Rai, G A. Cordell, J L. Martinez, M Marinoff, L Rastrelli
23. Modern Phytomedicine – Ahmad Iqbal, Aqil Farrukh, Owais Mohammad
24. Herbal medicine: bimolecular & clinical aspects - FF Benzie & SW Galor.

Learning Outcome:
The students will be able to
1. Explain and elaborate the history, scope and significance of medicinal plants.
2. Apply this knowledge in cultivation of medicinal plants that are rare and endangered.
3. Use some of these plants practically in minor ailments.
4. Know ex-situ and in-situ conservation of some rare medicinal plants.
5. Know patenting and preservation of Traditional knowledge.

24

236
 16

25

237
 17

Scheme of Teaching, Learning & Examination leading to the Degree in Master of Science in the Programme Botany
(Two year- Four Semester Degree Programme- C.B.C.S.)
([Link]. Part I) Semester II
S. Subject Subject Teaching & Learning Scheme Duration Examination & Evaluation Scheme
No. Code Teaching Periods Per Credits of Exam Theory Practical Total Minimum
Week Hours Marks Passing
L T P Total L/T Practical Total Theory+ Theory Internal External Marks Grade
MCQ Internal
External
1 DSC-V Plant Physiology BOT 3 - - 3 3 - 3 3 80 20 - - 100 40 P
201
2 AEC- II Modern Techniques BOT - 1 - 1 1 - 1 1 - - 50 - 50 25 P
202
3 DSC-VI Evolution and Diversity of BOT 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 - - 100 40 P
Bryophytes and Pteridophytes 203
4 DSC -VII Genetics and Plant Breeding BOT 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 - - 100 40 P
204
5 DSC- VIII Plant Biochemistry and BOT 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 - - 100 40 P
Pharmacognosy 205
6 Lab- 3 Practical Based on DSC V & VI BOL - - 6 6 - 3 3 * - - - 100 100 50 P
201
7 Lab-4 Practical Based on DSC VII & DSC- BOL - - 6 6 - 3 3 * - - - 100 100 50 P
VIII 202
8 # Internship/ Field Work/ Work Experience
@
9 Open elective/ GIC/ Open skill/ MOOC* OEC-I 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 - - 100 40 P
Floriculture and nursery Management
Total 28 26 650
L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical

# Student may complete their Internship/ Field Work/ Work experience in First or Second or Third semester of Master of Science in the Programme, according to their convenience; @ denotes Non-Examination
credits.

Note: Internship/ Apprenticeship/ Field Work Experience (during vacations of semester I to III. This will carry 2 credits for learning of 60 hours or 3 Credits for learning of 90 hours. Its credits and grades will be
reflected in final semester IV credit grade report.

-OEC (Optional) can be studied during semester I to IV

15

238
 18

15

239
 19

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022 Year PG. Programme

Programme [Link]. Botany
Semester II
Code of the Course Subject Title of the Couse/ Subject No. of periods/ week
DSC V Plant Physiology 03
Cos :
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

Grasp concepts of proteins, enzymes, basic plant signaling mechanisms, sensory photobiology.
deal with physiology of nutrient uptake, photosynthesis and nitrogen metabolism
Bioenergetics, enzyme kinetics:
Unit-I Thermodynamics, entropy, enthalpy; Bioenergetics; Gibbs’s free energy, concept of
catalysis and mechanism, types of enzymes, enzyme kinetics, enzyme regulation and
inhibition; isozymes
Unit-II Photosynthesis:
Light-harvesting complexes and their evolution; energy funneling, antenna pigment system,
photoprotective mechanisms; mechanisms of electron transport; photosynthesis inhibitors,
carbon fixation; C3, C4, and CAM pathways and their evolutionary relationship,
adaptability and crop productivity; photorespiratory pathways; C2 cycle and its
significance.
Unit-III Respiration and secondary metabolites:
Regulation of glycolysis; citric acid cycle, alternate oxidase; plant mitochondrial electron
transport and ATP synthesis; PPP, Glyoxylate pathway and its significance.
Stress Physiology: responses to biotic and abiotic stresses.
Unit-IV Plant hormones and photomorphogenesis:
Biosynthesis, storage, breakdown, and transport; physiological effects and mechanisms of
action. Auxins Gibberellins, Cytokinins, Ethylene, Abscissic acid, Brassinosteriods,
Jasmonic acids, Polyamines, salicylic acid.
Structure, function and photomorphogenic responses, of phytochromes, cryptochromes and
phototropin, photoperiodism and floral induction, Biological Clocks; Stomata movements.
Unit-V Solute transport and photo assimilate translocation:
Uptake and transport of water, minerals, ions, solutes and macromolecules from soil
through cells, xylem and phloem; membrane transport proteins; active, passive transport,
mechanisms of loading and unloading of photo assimilates.
Assimilation of nitrate, ammonia, sulphur and phosphate.
Suggested Reading:
5. Buchanan B.B., Gruissem, W. and Jones, R.L. 2000. Biochemistry and Molecular Biology of Plants.
American Society of Plant Physiologists, Maryland, USA.
6. Galston, A.W. 1989. Life Processes in Plants. Scientific American Library, Springer-Verlag, New
York,USA.
7. Hooykaas, P.J.J., Hall, M.A. and Libbenga, K.R. (eds) 1999. Biochemistry and Molecular Biology of Plant
Hormones, Elsevier, Amesterdam, The Netherlands.
8. Hopkins, W.G. 1995. Introduction to Plant Physiology. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, USA.
9. Lodish, H., Berk, A., Zipursky, S.L., Matsudaira, P., Baltimore, D., and Darnell, J. 2000. Molecular Cell
Biology (fourth edition).
10. W.H. Freeman and Company, New York, USA.
11. Moore, T.C. 1989. Biochemistry and Physiology of Plant Hormones (second edition). Springer-Verlag,
New York, USA.
12. Nobel, P.S., 1999. Physiochemical and Environmental Plant Physiology (second edition), Academic Press,
San Diego, USA.
13. Salisbury, F.B. and Ross, C.W. 1992. Plant Physiology (4th edition). Wadsworth Publishing Co.,
California, USA.
14. Singhal, G.S., Renger, G., Sopory. S.K., Irrgang, K.D. and Govindejee 1999. Concepts in Photobiology.
Photosynthesis and Photomorphogenesis, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.
15. Taiz, L. and Zeiger, E. 1998. Plant Physiology (2nd edition). Academic Press, San Diego, U.S.A.
Westhoff, P. (1998) Molecular Plant Development: from Gene to Plant. Oxford University Press, Oxford,
UK.
16. Plummer, D.T. 1988. An Introduction to practical Biochemistry. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
New Delhi.
17. Wilson, K. and Goulding, K.H. (Eds), 1992. A Biologist Guide to Principles and Techniques
18. Practical Biochemistry (3rd Edition). Manas Saikia for Foundation Books, New Delhi.
19. Sadasivam, S. and Manickam A., 1996. Biochemical methods (2nd Edition). New Age International
Publishers New Delhi.
Learning Outcome:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. demonstrate a depth of knowledge of physiological processes together with a better

understanding of interaction and regulation of growth, metabolism and development and
influence of environment on plant and further will be able to communicate scientific ideas in both
written and oral forms to diverse audiences.

29

240
 20

2. showcase knowledge of various signal transduction mechanisms in plants. The concept of second
messengers, calcium signaling, kinases/phosphatases in plant signaling would be delineated to
enhance their grasping power for understanding of different signaling pathways operative in
plants. Two component signaling concept would be introduced and extended to plant hormone
signaling. Quorum sensing and its potential biotechnological applications should be clear to
students after these classes.
3. gain knowledge about various mechanisms such as channel or transport proteins involved in
nutrient uptake in plants. Further the course will deal with various phytohormones and their role
in physiology of growth and development. This course will introduce students to physiological
advances in sensory photobiology.

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022 Year PG. Programme

Programme [Link]. Botany
Semester II
Code of the Course Subject Title of the Couse/ Subject No. of periods/ week
AEC II Modern Techniques 01
Cos :
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. learn about the latest techniques used in plant sciences

2. get training on the tools and techniques.
3. know the principle and applications of these techniques.
Unit I 1.1 Electrophoresis: Principle, types, separation of proteins and nucleic acids, buffer,
detection assay, storage, safety of application. Western blotting, Northern blotting,
southern blotting
1.2 Fundamentals of chromatographic separation methods – Definition, Principles of
chromatography, sorption mechanisms - differential migration, partition and
adsorption phenomena; Classification of different chromatographic methods; Methods
of development- Elution development, Gradient elution development, displacement
development and frontal analysis. Dynamics of chromatography-efficiency of
chromatographic column, zone spreading, Height Equivalent to Theoretical plate
(HETP).
1.3 Column chromatography: principles, general aspects, adsorption isotherms,
chromatographic media, nature of forces between adsorbent and solutes, eluents,
(mobile phase), column chromatography without detectors and liquid chromatography
with detectors and applications.
1.4 Paper chromatography: principle, papers as a chromatographic medium, modified
papers, solvent systems, mechanism of paper chromatography, experimental technique,
different development methods-ascending, descending, horizontal, circular spreading,
multiple development, two-dimensional development, reverse phase paper
chromatographic technique visualization and evaluation of chromatograms,
applications.
1.5 Thin Layer Chromatography: Principle, chromatographic media-coating materials,
applications, activation of adsorbent, sample development, solvent systems,
development of chromatoplate, types of development, visualization methods,
documentation, applications in the separation, HPTLC principle, technique,
applications.
Suggested Reading:
1. Schewer M.A. and Zeclinskin.1989. Methods in plant Molecular biology. Academic Press New York.
2. Wilson E and Walker J. 2000. Practical Biochemistry Principles and Techniques. Cambridge publications.
3. Ream W and Field K.G.1999. Molecular Biology Techniques Academic Press London.
4. Plummer, D.T. (1996). An Introduction to Practical Biochemistry. Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi. 3rd edition.
5. Ausubel, F., Brent, R., Kingston, R. E., Moore, D.D., Seidman, J.G., Smith, J.A., Struhl, K. (1995). Short
Protocols in Molecular Biology. John Wiley & Sons. 3rd edition.
6. Douglas A. Skoog, Donald M. West and F. James Holler, analytical chemistry an introduction, Saunders
college publishing, New york, 1990.
7. J. Bassett, R.C. Denny, G. Jeffery and J. Mendham. Vogel’s text book of inorganic Quantitative analysis,
4th edition, Longman group Ltd, Harlow, 1985.
8. Pietrazyk and Frank. Analytical chemistry, 1990.
9. KVSG Muralikrishna, An Introduction to ISO 14000, Environmental Management, 1998.
10. [Link], Quality Assurance and GLP – IGNOU Pub., New Delhi, 1999.
11. Omachonu [Link] Ross J.E. Principles of Total quality, [Link] & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 1997.
12. Werner Funk, Vera Damman, Gerhild Donnervert. Quality Assurance in Analytical Chemistry, VCH
Publishers, New York, NY (USA), 1997.

30

241
 21

13. Bertamd [Link] and Prabhakar Ghani. Quality Control and Applications, Prentice-Hall
Learning Outcome:
Students would be able to-
1. Become expert in laboratory preparation as well as chemical preparations of different concentrations.
2. Apply electrophoresis techniques for biological sample analysis.
3. Standardize the process and techniques on basis of knowledge.
4. Analyze and interpret the results with accuracy.
5. demonstrate the various chromatographic techniques.

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022 Year PG. Programme

Programme [Link]. Botany
Semester II
Code of the Course Subject Title of the Couse/ Subject No. of periods/ week
DSC VI Evolution and Diversity of Bryophytes and Pteridophytes 04
Cos :
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. understand evolutionary diversification of early land plants and morphology and reproduction in
bryophytes, pteridophytes.
2. know the Ecological and Economic Importance of bryophytes, pteridophytes.
3. classify Bryophytes into various groups, study their importance
4. classify Pteridophytes into various groups, study their importance and multiplication of important ferns
5. know the applied aspects of Bryophytes and Pteridophytes.
Unit I: Bryophyta 1. Evolutionary trends in Bryophytes with special emphasis on thallus organization
and sporophyte evolution, fossil Bryophytes, Bryology in India.
2. G. M. Smith (1955) Classification of Bryophyta
3. Thallus Organization; Internal structure and reproduction, Comparative account
and distinguished adoptive feature of: -
Hepaticae:
i. Sphaerocarples
ii. Marchantiales
iii. Anthocerotales
iv. Jungermanniales
v. Metzgeriales
vi. Calobryales
Unit II: Bryophyta 1. Alternation of generation in Bryophytes.
2. Thallus Organization; Internal structure and reproduction with special reference to
key distinguishing characters in: -
Musci:
i. Sphagnales
ii. Andreales
iii. Eubryales
iv. Takakiales
3. Contribution of Shiv Ram Kashyap, Ram Udar and S. C. Srivastava in Bryology.
4. Endemism and endemic liverwort genera of India and conservation of bryophytes.
Unit III: 1. A brief account of origin of pteridophytes, heterospory and seed habit, evolution
Pteridophyta of steler system, telome theory, evolution of sorus, apogamy, apospory and
apomixis.
2. G.M. Smith (1955) Classification of Pteridophyta.
3. A brief account of the following classes with emphasis on evolution:
i. Psilophytopsida: Rhynia, Horneophyton
ii. Psilotopsida: Psilotum.
iii. Lycopsida: Lycopodium, Lepidodendron, Lepidocarpon, Selaginella,
Isoetes.
iv. Sphenopsida: Hyenia, Sphenophyllum, Calamites, Equisetum.
Unit IV: 1. The fertile sporophyte: sporangia: position, ontogeny types, structure.
Pteridophyta 2. Comparative study of Pteropsida: Eusporangiate (Ophioglossales and Marattiales)
with special reference to phylogeny of Ophioglossales.

31

242
 22

3. Protoleptosporongiate (Osmunda, Leptopteris)

4. Leptosporongiate:
a) Filicales (Hymenophyllum, Adiantum, Pteris, Dryopteris)
b) Marsileales (Marsilea)
c) Salvineales (Salvinia, Azolla).
5. Endangered and endemic pteridophytes and their conservation
Unit V: Role and 1. Emerging source for herbal remedies and usability of bryophytic material in
Applications forensic studies.
2. Economic importance of Bryophytes, Bryophytes as monitors of mineral
deposition, Air Pollution Indicators.
3. Diversity of Ferns - an ecological perspective, Cultivation and maintenance of
ornamental ferns.
4. Ethnomedicinal uses of Pteridophytes.
Suggested Reading:
1. Cavers, F. (1976). The inter relationships of the bryophyte. S.R. Technic, Ashok
Rajpath, Patna.
2. Chopra, R. N. and Kumar, P. K. (1988). Biology of bryophytes. John Wiley& Sons, New York,
NY.
3. Kashyap, S. R. (1932). Liverworts of the Western Himalayas and the Panjab plain (illustrated):
Part 2 The Chronica Boanica New Delhi.
4. Kashyap, S. R. (1929). Liverworts Of The Western Himalayas And The Panjab Plain Part 1
Chronica Botanica New Delhi.
5. Parihar, N. S. (1980). Bryophytes: An introduction to Embryophyta Vol I, Bryophya central Book
Depot.
6. Prem puri (1981). Bryophytes: Morphology, Growth and Differentiation, Atma ram and Sons,
New Delhi.
7. Udar, R. (1975). Bryology in India: Chronica Botanica Co., [c], New Delhi.
8. Udar, R. (1970). Introduction to Bryophyta. Shashidhar Malaviya Prakashan Lucknow
9. Watson, E. V. (1971). Structure and life of bryophytes 3rd, Hutchinson University Library
London.
10. Schofield, W.B. (1985). Introduction to Bryology. Macmillan. ISBN, 0029496608,
9780029496602.
11. Vanderpoorten, A. and Goffinet, B. (2009). Introduction to bryophytes. Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge ISBN 978-0-521-70073-3.
12. Goffinet, B. and Shaw, A. J. (Edited) (2008). Bryophyte biology. 2nd ed. – XIV + 565 pp.,
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. ISBN 978-0-521-69322-6.
13. Dyer, A.F. (1979). Experimental biology of ferns. Academic Press
14. Ranker, T.A. and Haufler, C.H. (2008). Biology and Evolution of Ferns and Lycophytes.
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge
15. Mehlereter, K., Walker, L.A. and Sharpe, J.M. (2010). Fern Ecology. Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge
16. Parihar, N.S. 1991, Bryophyta, Central Book Depot, Allahabad.
17. Parihar, N.S. 1996, Biology and Morphology of Pteridophytes. Central Book Depot, Allahabad.
18. Puri, P. 1980, Bryophytes. Atma Ram and Sons, Delhi.
19. Stewart, W.N. and Rothwell, G.W. 1993. Paleobotany and the Evolution of Plants. Cambridge
University Press.
20. Campbell, D.H. (1961) The evolution of Land Plants. Central Book Depot, Allahabad.
21. Smith G.M (1955) Cryptogamic Botany Vol-II. Bryophyta and Pteridophyta McGraw [Link]
Co., New York
22. Ram Udar (1970) An introduction to Bryophyta , Sadashiv Malviya Prakashan, Lucknow.
23. B. R. Vashishta (Revised by A.K. Sinha), Reprint Edition 2005
24. Sporne, K.R.(1976) : Morphology of Pteridophytes.
25. Smith, G.M. (1976): Cryptogamic Botany [Link], Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New
Delhi.
26. Rashid,A (1976): An introduction to Pteridophyta, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.
27. Parihar N.S. (1976): The biology and morphology of the Pteridophyta, Central Book Depot,
Allahabad.
28. Eames, A.J.(1974): Morphology of Vascular Plants- lower groups,Tata Mc-Graw Hill publishing
Co., New Delhi.
Learning Outcome:
Upon successful completion of this course, the student would be able to:
1. Classify Bryophytes into various groups, study their importance
2. Classify Pteridophytes into various groups, study their importance and multiplication of important ferns
3. Create awareness on the threats to biodiversity and sensitize towards the Biodiversity Conservation for
sustainable development.

32

243
 23

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022 Year PG. Programme

Programme [Link]. Botany
Semester II
Code of the Course Subject Title of the Couse/ Subject No. of periods/ week
DSC VII Genetics and Plant Breeding 04
Cos:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. understand the concept of classical and modern genetics clearly.

2. study the inheritance pattern.
3. know the role of chromosomes in evolution and the factors leading to changes in them.
4. study mutations and breeding and their significance in crop improvement.
5. study the variation in populations.
Unit-I Gene Concept, Mendelian vs. neo Mendelian inheritance; codominance, incomplete
dominance, gene interactions, pleiotropy, genomic imprinting, penetrance,
expressivity and phenocopy. Mitochondria and chloroplast Genome, its inheritance
and effect,
Unit-II Chromosome structural aberrations; deletion, duplication, inversion, translocation,
complex translocation.
Chromosomal Numerical aberrations, Aneuploidy and Euploidy and their genetic
implications.
Polyploidy: Types, origin and meiotic behaviour,
Karyotype analysis; method and evolution; banding patterns, applications
Unit-III Gene mutation; types; spontaneous and induced mutations; causes, physical and
chemical mutagens, genetic recombination and repair
Gene mapping methods; Linkage maps, tetrad analysis, restriction mapping
Quantitative genetics: Polygenic inheritance, heritability and its measurements,
QTL mapping
Unit-IV Plant Breeding; history, Breeding methods; self-pollinated crops; mass selection,
pureline selection, pedigree selection, bulk method, backcross method, Clonal
selection, Hybridization
Mutational breeding: chemical mutagenesis, physical mutagenesis, treatments,
selections of mutants. Macro and micro mutants, significance in crop improvement
Role of polyploids in plant breeding, heterosis and inbreeding depression
Unit-V Population genetics: Allele frequencies and genotype frequencies, random mating
and Hardy-Weinberg principle, Implications of Hardy-Weinberg principle, rate of
change in gene, frequency through natural selection, mutation, migration and random
genetic drift.
Biostatistics: samples, data, graphs, frequency distribution, mean, variance and
deviation, Binomial and Poisson distribution and Chi-Square test.
Suggested Reading:
1. Atherly, A.G., Girton, J.R. and Mc Donald, J.F. 1999. The Science of Genetics. Saunders College
Publishing, Harcourt Brace College Publishers, New York
2. Benjamin A. Pierce. 2003. Genetics: A Conceptual Approach. W.H, Freeman and Company,
New York, NY.
3. Gardner E.J., Simmons, M.J., and Snustad, D.P. 1991. Principles of Genetics, (8th edition) John
Wiley & Sons Inc., New York.
4. Griffith A.F. J., Miller, J.H, Suzuki, D.T., Lewontin, R.C., Geibart., W.M, 1993. An Introduction
to Genetic analysis (7th edition). W.H Freeman & Company, New York.
5. HartI D. L., Jones E.W. 2001. Genetics an analysis of Genes and Genomes (5th edition). Jones
& Bartlett Publishers, Boston
6. Klung, W. and Cummings, M. R 2003. Concepts of Genetics. (7th edition) Pearson Education,
Singapore.
7. Russell, P.J. 2005. Genetics A Molecular Approach (2nd edition). Pearson/Benjamin Cummings,
San Francisco.
8. Stansfield 1991. Genetics (3rd edition), Schaum's outline series, McGraw Hill, New York.
9. Weaver, R.F and Hedrick P.W. 1997. Genetics (3rd edition), Wm. C Brown Publishers.
10. Toronto. Fukui, K. and Nakayama, S.1996. Plant Chromosomes: Laboratory Methods. CRC
Press, Boca Raton, Florida.
11. Sharma, A.K. and Sharma, A. 1999. Plant Chromosomes: Analysis, Manipulation and
Engineering. Harwood Academic Publishers, Australia,
12. R.S. Shukla and [Link], 3rd Edition, 2004. Cytogenetics, Evolution and Plant Breeding.
13. Chandrasekaran, S.N. & Parthasarathy. S.V. 1975. Cytogenetics and plant breeding (Revised
Edition) Eds. Krishnaswamy. P. Varadachary & Co., Madras.
14. Elliott. J. 1958. Plant Breeding and Cytogenetics. McGrawHill Publications, London.
15. Goodenough, U. 1984. Genetics. Holt – Sauders International, London
16. Jain, K & Kharkwal, M.C. 2004. Plant Breeding – Mendelian to Molecular Approaches. Narosa
Publishing House, New Delhi.
17. Jorde, B.L., Carey, J.C. Bamshed, M.J. & White, R.L. 2003. Medical Genetics (3rd edition),
Elsevier Scientific Publ. Amsterdam.
18. Sen, S. Kar, D.K. 2005. Cytology and Genetics – Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.
19. Allard, R.W.1960. Principles of Plant Breeding. John Wiley & Sons. Inc. New York.

33

244
 24

20. Backcock., E.B. 2001 Genetics and Plant breeding. Agrobios (India), Jodhpur
21. Basra, A. S.2000. Heterosis and hybrid seed production In Agronomic Crops (Basra, A.S. Ed.).
M.S. Swaminathan Research Foundation, Taraman Industrial Area, Chennai.
22. Bose, T.K., Mitra S.K. & Sadhu, M.K.1986. Propagation of Tropical and Subtropical
Horticultural Crops. Naya Prakash, Calcutta.
23. Briggs, F.N & Knowles, P.F 1967. Introduction to Plant Breeding. Reinhold Publ. Co., New
York/ Amsterdam/ London.
24. Chopra,V. L. 2000. Plant Breeding. Theory and Practicals (2nd edition),Oxford & IBH Publ. Co.
Pvt.. Ltd., New Delhi.
25. Frankel, R & Galum, E.1977. Pollination Mechanisms, Reproduction and Plant Breeding.
Springer-Verlag, Berlin/ Heidelberg/ NewYork.
26. Jain H.K. & Kharkwal, M.C.(Eds.) 2004. Plant Breeding: Mendelian to Molecular Approaches.-
. Narosa Publishing. House, New Delhi, Chennai, Mumbai, Calcutta.
27. Poehlman, J.M & David.A.S.1995. Field Crops (4th edition). Panima Publ. Co., New Delhi/
Bangalore.
28. Poehlman, J.M. & Borthakur, D. 1959. Breeding Asian Field Crops with Special Reference to
Crops of India. Oxford & IBH Publishing Co. New Delhi, Bombay, Calcutta.
29. Russel, G.E. 1985. Progress in Plant Breeding In Russel G E (Ed.) Butter Worth & Co. Publ.
Ltd., Calcutta.
30. Sharma, J R. 1994 Principles and Practice of Plant Breeding, Tata-McGraw-Hill Publ. Co. Ltd,
New Delhi.
31. Simmond, N.W.1976. Evolution of Crop Plants. N.W Simmond (Ed.) Edinburgh School of
Agriculture & Longman Group Ltd.
32. Singh B. D. (2015). Plant Breeding-Principles and Methods (10 th Edition).
Kalyani publishers., Ludhiana.
Learning outcome:
After completion of the course student would be able to-
1. Differentiate the genetics changes and can justify the reasons.
2. signify the maternal inheritance can be very well elaborated.
3. Explain how mutations can lead to variation and lethality.
4. apply their knowledge to the changes in population genetics.

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022 Year PG. Programme

Programme [Link]. Botany
Semester II
Code of the Course Subject Title of the Couse/ Subject No. of periods/ week
DSC VIII Plant Biochemistry and Pharmacognosy 04
Cos:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. study the plant biochemistry and its various aspects.

2. study the metabolism and regulation of bio molecules.
3. understand the medicinal properties of plants and its constituents.
4. study the evaluation and standardization methods of drugs
Unit-I Carbohydrates:
Structure and Physico-chemical properties of carbohydrates, biological
significance, important glycoprotein, Lipids: Classification, structure and
properties of important lipids, biological significance of glycolipids, fatty acid
biosynthesis and storage.
Unit-II Amino acids:
• Uptake, Assimilation and Reduction of Nitrogen
• Amino acid classification, properties, functions
• Biosynthesis of Amino acid
• Proline metabolism for stress tolerance
• Catabolism of Amino acid
Unit-III Lipids:
• Classification, Structure and properties, functions,
• Biosynthesis of Fatty acids,
• Membrane lipids, Structural lipids, Storage lipids,
• Catabolism of lipids,
• Phospholipids, Sphingolipids, derived lipids,
Unit-IV Natural Products:
• Classification, Structure, Properties, of Secondary metabolites
• Occurrence, distribution and Synthesis of Secondary Metabolites
• Analytical tools used for Natural Products
Stability testing, Applied Pharmacognosy
• Ethno-botany: Concept, relevance and classification
• Ethnopharmacology and its application

34

245
 25

• Nutraceutical and Cosmetical: Introduction, classification, formulations,

Botanical Sources, properties and uses
• Crude drugs: Definition, Importance, Standardization, Biomarkers.
• Standardization, quality efficacy, Safety requirements and Assessments
procedures of herbal medicine USFDA
Unit-V Drug Evaluation:
• Concept, consideration, Quality control as per Pharmacopeia and guidelines.
• Comparative study of Intellectual Property, European Pharmacopeia,
Ayurvedic Pharmacopeia.
• Pharmacognostic studies of some drug: Geographical distribution,
Cultivation, Collection, Macroscopic and Microscopic Characters,
Commercial products, Chemical Constituents, tests, therapeutic uses,
Commercial varieties adulterants, Substitutes
• Root Drug: Rhizome, Stem Drug Bark Drug, Leaf Drug: Ocimum sanctum,
Adhathoda vasica, Flower Drug: Coriandrum sativa
Fruits Drug, Seed Drug
Suggested Reading:
26. Bajracharya D. (1998). Experiments in Plant Physiology, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.
27. Bhattacharya A and Vijay Laxmi (2015). Methods and techniques in plant physiology, New
India Publishing Agency, New Delhi
28. Mandal S.C., Mandal V and Das A. K. (2015), Essentials of Botanical Extraction, Academic
Press, London
29. Evans W. C. (2009). Trease and Evans Pharmacognosy, Saunders Elsevier, Edinburgh
30. Wilson, E. & Goulding, K.H. 2000 A Biologists’ Guide to Principles and Techniques of
Practical Biochemistry ELBS.
31. Jayaraman, J. 1985. Laboratory Manual of Biochemistry, Wiley Eastern Limited. New Delhi.
32. Modern Experimental Biochemistry, (3rd Edn.) [Link], Benjamin Cumming, 2000.
33. Practical Biochemistry, Principle and Technique (5th Edn.) K. Wilsen and J. Walker,
Cambridge University press. 2000.
34. Plant Biochemistry, P.M dey and J.B. Harborne, Harcourt Asia Ltd. Academic press, 1997.
35. Horborne. J.B. 1983. Phyto chemical methods. Chapman and Hall. London.
36. Trease. G.E. and Evanes W.C. Pharmacognosy. 12 Edition. Bailliere, Tindall, East Bourne,
U.K. 1983.
37. Kokate. [Link] A.P. and S.B. Gokhale. Pharmacognosy Nivali Prakashan Publication.
38. Miller. L.P. Phyto chemistry. 1-3 volumes Van Nostrand, Reinhold Co. 1973.
39. Lehinger, A.L.(1987) Principles of Biochemistry, Worth Publications, Inc. USA.
40. Noggle, G.R. &.Fritz, G.J 1986. Introductory Plant Physiology, Prentice Hall of India Ltd.,
New Delhi.
41. Sinha, R.K 2004. Modern Plant Physiology, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.
42. Bruneton J., 1999. Pharmacognosy, Phytochemistry, Medicinal Plants, Intercept Ltd., Paris.
43. Dewick P.M., 2002. Medicinal Natural Products: A biosynthetic approach, John Wiley & Sons
Ltd.
44. Evans W.C., 2002, Trease and Evan’s Pharmacognosy, W.B. Saunders.
45. Harborne, J.B., 1998. Phytochemical Methods, Chapman and Hall.
46. Houghton P.J. and A. Raman, 1998. Laboratory handbook for fractionation of natural extracts,
Chapman and Hall.
47. Kokate C.K., 1991. Practical Pharmacognosy, Vallabh Prakashan, Delhi.
48. Samuelsson G., 1999. Drugs of naural origin: A text book of Pharmacognosy,
49. Swedish Pharmaceutical Society, Swedish Pharmaceutical Press, Stockholm, Sweden.
50. Tyler V.E., L.R. Brady and J.E.. Robbers, 1988. Pharmacognosy, Indian Edition, K.M.
Varghese Company, Bombay.
51. Vickery M.L. and B. Vickery, 1981. Secondary Plant Metabolism, The MacMillan Press Ltd.
52. Wallis T. 1967. Text Book of Pharmacognosy, J & A Churchill, London.24
53. Wagner H., S. Bladt and E.M. Zgainski (Translated by A. Scott) 1984, Plant Drug Analysis,
Springer-Verlag.
54. Vermerris Wilfred & Nicholson Ralph, 2006, Phenolic compound Biochemistry
Learning Outcome:
After completion of this course, the student would be able to:
1. Classify Carbohydrates, Lipids, fatty Acids and their importance
2. learn about the techniques of crude drug preparations.
3. expand knowledge domain in tune with Drug development.

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022 Year PG Programme

Programme: M. Sc. Botany

Semester II Code of the Title of the Course/Subject (No. of Periods/Week)

Course/Subject (Laboratory/Practical/practicu
m/hands-on/Activity)
Practical III Practical based on DSC V & 06
DSC-VI

* List of Practical/Laboratory Experiments/Activities etc.

35

246
 26

Plant Physiology: (Only 12 Experiment should be perform to which 8 Major and 6 Minor).
Laboratory Exercises:
Major:
1. Extraction of chloroplast pigments from leaves and preparation of absorption spectrum of chlorophylls and
carotenoid.
2. To determine chlorophyll a, chlorophyll b and total chlorophyll ratio in C3 & C4 plants.
3. Estimation of sodium and potassium in plant material by flame photometry.
4. Determination of Ca: Mg ratio by spectrophotometry in plant tissue.
5. Preparation of the standard curve of proteins (BSA) by Biurette method.
6. Determination of Isoelectric point of Legumin.
7. Effect of GA/IAA on plant growth.
8. Isolation of intact chloroplasts and estimation of chloroplast proteins by spot protein assay.
9. To demonstrate photophosphorylation in intact chloroplasts, resolve the phosphoproteins by SDS-PAGE &
performs Western blotting.
10. Estimation of protein content in extracts of plant material by Lowry’s or Bradford’s method.
11. Principles of colorimetry, spectrophotometry and fluorimetry.
12. Demonstration of an electron transport system.
13. Estimation of carbon dioxide liberated during respiration.
14. To demonstrate the process of antagonism.
15. To demonstrate the process of tissue tension.
16. Detection of amino acids by chromatography.
17. Effect of various salts on the permeability of the plasma membrane.
18. Estimation of Ascorbic Acid in the given material.
Minor:
1. Estimation of reducing, Non-reducing and total sugars.
2. To determine the Osmotic pressure of vacuolar sap of Rheo discolar or Tradescantia leaves by Plasmolytic
method (50% plasmolysis)
3. To determine the diffusion pressure deficit (water potential) of potato tuber tissue by weighing method
4. To determine the structure, size and frequency of stomata in mesophytic and xerophytic leaves
5. To determine the rate of transpiration of plant i. Weight ii. Potometer method
6. To determine the rate of transpiration by Cobalt Chloride paper method and to calculate transpiration index
(TI), Transpiration efficiency (TE) of various leaves
7. To measure the rate of photosynthesis in aquatic plants by Willmotts bubble counting method
8. To study the effect of-i. CO2; ii. Light quality and intensity; iii. Injury; iv. Temperature on the rate of
photosynthesis in leaves of an aquatic / terrestrial plant
9. To extract the major plant pigments from leaves by different solubility method.
10. Demonstration of polyphenoloxidase in plant tissue.
11. Action of invertase on sucrose.
12. Effect of temperature on enzyme activity.
13. Action of salivary enzyme on starch.

Evolution and Diversity of Bryophytes and Pteridophytes:

1. Morphological, anatomical and reproductive studies of following members: Targonia, Cyathodium

Marchantia, Plagiochasma, Deumortiera, Anthoceros, Notothylus; Polytrichum, Pogonatum, Sphagnum,
Funaria.
2. Study of morphology, anatomy and reproductive structure of Pteridophytic forms Psilotum, Lycopodium,
Marsilea, Selaginella. Isoetes, Equisetum, Gleichenia, Pteris, Ophioglossum, Azolla, Salvinia, Adiantum,
Angiospteris.
3. Study of fossil forms: Rhynia, Calamites, Calamostachys, Lepidodendron, Zygopteris.
4. Field study
i. Visits to the field to study distribution of Bryophytic and Pteridophytic forms.
ii. Monographic and photographic presentation of Bryophytic and Pteridophytic material.

36

247
 27

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022 Year PG Programme

Programme: M. Sc. Botany

Semester II Code of the Title of the Course/Subject (No. of Periods/Week)

Course/Subject (Laboratory/Practical/practicu
m/hands-on/Activity)
Practical – IV Practical based on Paper VII 06
and VIII

* List of Practical/Laboratory Experiments/Activities etc.

Genetics and Plant Breeding (Practical’s)

Laboratory Exercises
1. Preparations of Stains, Dyes, Preservatives, Fixatives and pre-treatment agents for the material
2. Preparation of mitosis and meiotic slides from suitable plant materials.
3. To determine mitotic index and mitotic index frequency.
4. Karyomorphological studies from slides/photograph.
5. Banding studies using Giemsa, Orcein, Florescent dyes.
6. Induction of mitotic abnormalities through mutagens.
7. To determine pollen viability and germination using fluorescent dyes and cell wall staining with
Calcoflour.
8. Problem on Mendelian inheritance and interaction of genes, linkage and crossing over.
9. Demonstration of SEM.
10. Feulgen staining.
11. To study polygenic inheritance.
12. Study of quality traits in some local crops cotton, soybeans, Wheat , Brassica etc.
13. Study the Meiotic configurations in maize, Allium, Rheo, Tradescantia, Aloe etc.
14. Study of chromosomal aberrations in irradiated material.
15. Induction of polyploidy through Colchicine in suitable plant material.
16. Study of Floral Biology of some crop plants.

Plant Biochemistry and Pharmacognosy:

1. Study of powdered drugs – physical, chemical and microscopic examinations.

2. Quantitative microscopy of leaf drug – stomatal frequency and stomatal index,
3. .Determination of palisade ratio and vein islet number.
4. Qualitative determination of alkaloids, tannins, steroids and saponins from medicinal plants
5. Determination of water soluble and water insoluble ash from crude drugs.
6. Determination of foaming index from crude drugs
7. Determination of titratable organic acid from leaves and fruits
8. Determination of ascorbic acid from plant sample
9. Estimation of phytic acid
10. Determination of total phenol content from powdered drugs.
11. Determination of free radical scavenging activity of methanolic extracts of powdered drugs.
12. Effect of pH on enzyme activity.
13. Estimation of PPO oxidase from plant sample.
14. Estimation of Ascorbic acid [Calorimetric / volumetric]
15. Estimation of Riboflavin
16. Estimation of Tannins [Folin – Denis / Vanillin hydrochloride]
17. Separation of proteins by SDS-PAGE
18. Determination of Nitrate reductase activity
19. Estimation of ascorbate peroxidase enzyme from plants
20. Estimation of carbohydrate by Anthrone reagent
21. Determination and quantification of tannins.. flavonoids. phenolics. Alkaloids
22. Pharmacological screening of Anti-diabetic Agents.
23. Determination of anti-oxidant activity from local plants.
24. Screening of Crude Drugs for Anti-microbial activity.
25. Phytochemical screening methods: Paper Chromatography, TLC, HPLC, Spectrometry.
26. Identification of amino acids by Paper Chromatography..
27. Identification and Estimation of Lipids
28. Determination of adulteration in crude drugs.
29. Determination of extractive value of crude drugs.
30. Identification of organized and unorganized plant drugs
31. Separation of anthocyanin from flower petals using TLC
32. Quantitative estimation of an alkaloid – Solanine.
33. Extraction and estimation of lycopene.
34. Determination of pH of fresh and dry material of the following plants (Ocimum, Adhatoda leaves,
Terminalia arjuna fruit,)
35. Estimation of curcumin in given sample. Evaluation of natural products – estimation of the ash value and
determination of water soluble and acid soluble ash (Muffle furnace);

37

248
 28

36. Determination of moisture content of sample using moisture balance method; Determination of
microscopic characters
37. Estimation of Rutin

Syllabus Prescribed for 2022 Year PG. Programme

Programme [Link]. Botany
Semester II
Code of the Course Subject Title of the Couse/ Subject No. of periods/ week
BOEC I Floriculture and nursery Management 04
Cos :
Upon the satisfactory completion of class assignments and the classroom experiences provided in the
course, the student would be able to:

1. List and describe procedural steps necessary during floriculture crop production from propagation to
marketing.
2. Identify and define environmental factors that regulate growth and flowering of floriculture crops.
3. Develop production schedules for floriculture crops.
4. Grow several crops in the greenhouse through nursery management.
5. Identify and name some floriculture crops and classify them as potted, cut and/or garden crops.
6. Develop methodology for production of horticultural crops through seeds.
Unit-I Floriculture: Concept, Scope and importance of Floriculture, Scope of
Floriculture in India, Study of Floricultural tools.
Unit-II Common Garden operation using different implements, commercial
floriculture, soil selection, preparation of soil nursery beds, system of
plating, water and nutrient management, bed management, propagation by
cutting, budding, grafting.
Harvesting & Processing of Flowers: Harvesting technique, Postharvest
handling and grading, packing and storage, transportation & marketing
Unit-III commerce.

Unit-IV Nursery Site: Types of Nursery, Factors to be consider for Nursery

establishment, Size of Nursery, Soil type, Production area, Germination
section, Transplanting area.
Unit-V Horticultural crop management: Seeds handling, seed procurement and
storage, viability, Germination process, time of sowing, soil of sowing,
media for growing plants, Soil, Sand, Peat, Sphagnum Moss, Vermiculture,
Cockpit, plant protect in Nursery Management.

Suggested Reading:

1. Hartmann, H.T., Kester D.E., Davis, F.T and R.L Geneve (2010) Plant Propagation: Principles and
practices (8th Edition).
2. Sharma, R.R and Srivastav M (2004): Plant propagation and nursery management (First Edition)
International Book Distributing Co.
3. [Link] and V.K. Kochhar (1985). Vegetative propagation of plants. Kalyani Publisher- New Delhi-
Ludhiana.
4. Bose,[Link], D and Sandhu, M.L.(1998) Propagation of Horticultural crops. Naya Prakash
Publishers, Kolkatta.
5. Hartman, H.T. and Beutel, A (1979). Propagation of temperate zone fruit plants. Leaflet, California,
Agri. Expt. Sta. California.
6. Website URL: http//[Link]/wiki/plant propagation
Learning Outcome:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to
1. learn management practices for wholesale container and field production nurseries.
2. Understand Business development, management, site selection and financial aspects.
3. Acquire knowledge of harvesting and processing of nursery plants.

38

249
 29

39

250
 30

Scheme of Teaching, Learning & Examination leading to the Degree in Master of Science in the Programme Botany
(Two year- Four Semester Degree Programme- C.B.C.S.)
([Link]. Part II) Semester III
S. Subject Subject Teaching & Learning Scheme Duration Examination & Evaluation Scheme
No. Code Teaching Periods Per Credits of Exam Theory Practical Total Minimum
Week Hours Marks Passing
L T P Total L/T Practical Total Theory + Theory Internal External Marks Grade
MCQ Internal
External
1 DSC-IX Systematics and Taxonomy of BOT 4 - - 4 4 - 4 4 80 20 - - 100 40 P
Angiosperms 301
2 DSC-X Paleobotany, Evolution and BOT 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 - - 100 40 P
Diversity of Gymnosperms. 302
3 DSE- I BOTE-I 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 - - 100 40 P
301 to
308
4 DSE -II BOTE- 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 - - 100 40 P
II 301 to
308
5 Lab- 5 Practical Based on DSC IX & X BOL - - 6 6 - 3 3 * - - - 100 100 50 P
301
6 Lab- 6 Practical Based on DSE I & DSE- II BOL - - 6 6 - 3 3 * - - - 100 100 50 P
302-309
7 # Internship/ Field Work/ Work Experience
@
8 Open elective/ GIC/ Open skill/ MOOC* OEC I 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 - - 100 40 P
Post-harvest Technology 303
Total 28 26 600
L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical

# Student may complete their Internship/ Field Work/ Work experience in First or Second or Third semester of Master of Science in the Programme, according to their convenience; @ denotes Non-Examination
credits.

Note: Internship/ Apprenticeship/ Field Work Experience (during vacations of semester I to III. This will carry 2 credits for learning of 60 hours or 3 Credits for learning of 90 hours. Its credits and grades will be
reflected in final semester IV credit grade report.

-OEC (Optional) can be studied during semester I to IV

29

251
 31

29

252
 32

Sr. Course Code

No.
1 DSC-IX Systematics and Taxonomy of Angiosperms BOT 301
2 DSC-X Paleobotany, Evolution and Diversity of Gymnosperms. BOT 302
3 DSE- I BOTE-I
1. PLANT TISSUE CULTURE-I (Elective) 301 to 308
2. BIOINFORMATICS-I (Elective)
3. Angiosperm Taxonomy, Phytochemistry and Pharmacognosy-I
(Elective)
4. Molecular Systematics I (Elective)
5. ADVANCED PLANT PHYSIOLOGY – I (Elective)
6. MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, BIOTECHNOLOGY AND PLANT
BREEDING-I (Elective)
7. REPRODUCTIVE BIOLOGY OF ANGIOSPERMS-I (Elective)
8. PLANT PATHOLOGY-I (Elective )
4 DSE -II BOTE-II
1. PLANT TISSUE CULTURE-II (Elective) 301 to 308
2. BIOINFORMATICS-II (Elective)
3. Angiosperm Taxonomy, Phytochemistry and Pharmacognosy-II (Elective)
4. Molecular Systematics II (Elective)
5. ADVANCED PLANT PHYSIOLOGY –II (Elective)
6. MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, BIOTECHNOLOGY AND PLANT
BREEDING-II (Elective)
7. REPRODUCTIVE BIOLOGY OF ANGIOSPERMS-II (Elective)
8. PLANT PATHOLOGY-II (Elective )
5 Lab- 5 Practical Based on DSC IX & X BOL
301
6 Lab- 6 Practical Based on DSE I & DSE- II BOL
302-309
7 Open elective/ GIC/ Open skill/ MOOC* OEC I 303
Post-harvest Technology

31

253
 33

Scheme of Teaching, Learning & Examination leading to the Degree in Master of Science in the Programme Botany
(Two year- Four Semester Degree Programme- C.B.C.S.)
([Link]. Part II) Semester IV

S. Subject Subject Teaching & Learning Scheme Duration Examination & Evaluation Scheme
No. Code Teaching Periods Per Credits of Exam Theory Practical Total Minimum
Week Hours Marks Passing
L T P Total L/T Practical Total Theory+ Theory Internal External Marks Grade
MCQ Internal
External
1 DSC-XI Applied Botany BOT 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 - - 100 40 P
401
2 DSC-XII Plant Ecology BOT 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 - - 100 40 P
402
3 DSC -XIII Environmental Ecology BOT 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 - - 100 40 P
403
4 SEC- I Plant Biotechnology and Genetic BOTS 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 - - 100 40 P
Engineering 401
5 Lab- 7 Practical Based on DSC XI, XII, BOL - - 6 6 - 3 3 * - - - 100 100 50 P
XIII & SEC-I 401
6 Lab-8 Practical Based on Project BOL - - 6 6 - 3 3 * - - - 100 100 50 P
402
7 # Internship/ Field Work/ Work Experience
@
8 Open elective/ GIC/ Open skill/ MOOC* OEC 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 - - 100 40 P
Gardening and Landscaping 401
Total 28 26 600
L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical

# Student may complete their Internship/ Field Work/ Work experience in First or Second or Third semester of Master of Science in the Programme, according to their convenience; @ denotes Non-Examination
credits.

Note: Internship/ Apprenticeship/ Field Work Experience (during vacations of semester I to III. This will carry 2 credits for learning of 60 hours or 3 Credits for learning of 90 hours. Its credits and grades will be
reflected in final semester IV credit grade report.

-OEC (Optional) can be studied during semester I to IV.

31

254
 34

Sr. Course Code

No.
1 DSC-XI Applied Botany BOT 401
2 DSC-XII Plant Ecology BOT 402
3 DSC -XIII Environmental Ecology BOT 403
4 SEC- I Plant Biotechnology and Genetic Engineering BOTS 401
5 Lab- 7 Practical Based on DSC XI, XII, XIII & SEC-I BOL 401
6 Lab-8 Practical Based on Project BOL 402
7 Open elective/ GIC/ Open skill/ MOOC* Gardening and Landscaping OEC 401

32

255
 1
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty: Science and Technology
Programme: MSc Chemistry (Choice Based Credit System)
Program Outcomes
By the end of the Programme, students would be able to

PO1 Deep subject Apply the subject knowledge to the solution of real-world problems.
Knowledge and
intellectual breadth

PO2 Professional Ethics Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities
and norms of the standard practices.

PO3 Creative & Critical Take informed actions after identifying the assumptions that frame our thinking
Thinking and actions, checking out the degree to which these assumptions are accurate
and valid, and looking at our ideas and decisions (intellectual, organizational,
and personal) from different perspectives.

PO4 Innovation, Research Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex problems
and Problem Solving reaching substantiated and innovative conclusions.
Design solutions for complex problems with appropriate consideration for the
public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations.
Use research-based knowledge and research methods to provide valid
conclusions.
Demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
PO5 Team work and Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse teams,
Communication Skills and in multidisciplinary settings.
Present/communicate research at national/international level, write effective
articles, reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and
give and receive clear instructions.
Communicate disciplinary knowledge to the community and broader public.

PO6 Professionalism and Demonstrate personal accountability and effective work habits, e.g.,
Leadership Readiness punctuality, working productively with others, and time as well as workload
management.
Demonstrate integrity and ethical behavior, act responsibly with the interests of
the larger community in mind, and to learn from his/her mistakes.
Use the strengths of others to achieve common goals, and use interpersonal
skills to coach and develop others.
Assess and manage his/her emotions and those of others; use empathetic skills
to guide and motivate; and organize, prioritize, and delegate work.

PO7 Lifelong learning Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in
independent and lifelong learning in the broadest context of technological
change.

PO8 Competence for Digital Prepare well for living, learning and working in a Digital Society;
World
Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern ICT
tools to complex activities with an understanding of the limitations.
Use existing digital technologies ethically and efficiently to solve problems,
complete tasks, and accomplish goals.
Demonstrate effective adaptability to new and emerging technologies.

PO9 Global Citizenship Act with an informed awareness of global issues.

Engage in initiatives that encourage equity and growth for all.

Program Specific Outcomes:

On completion of [Link]. Chemistry programme, graduates would be able to:

PSO-1: observe, analyze and interpret chemical phenomena and process

Page 1 of 40

256
 2
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

PSO-2: design and develop new molecules/processes with industrial and societal applications

PSO-3: formulate new ideas/concepts in chemical sciences and test them

PSO-4: communicate effectively the principles and practice of chemical sciences

PSO-5: address issues of environment, health and development from a chemical perspective

PSO-6: follow professional ethics in all spheres of activity

PSO-7: function effectively as a member/leader in diverse teams/groups

PSO-8: engage in independent learning in the broadest context of scientific advancement

Page 2 of 40

257
 3
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Employability Potential of MSc (Chemistry):

The scope of [Link] Chemistry is very diverse when taking into consideration the various avenues that are available
for students after graduation. The program MSc (Chemistry) offers the necessary knowledge, skills and attitude to
nurture creativity. Some important skills and abilities honed by chemistry learners include:
• Cutting-edge scientific and numerical skills
• Curiosity to understand and solve
• Attention to collect and analyse details
• Patience and determination
• Research and development skills
• Analytical skills
• Use of ICT enabled techniques
• Written and oral communications skills

Apart from the technical and specific skills, a chemistry graduate also acquires fundamental professional skills
throughout the degree program to pursue careers not directly related to the field. These skills include:
• Effective listening and communication skills
• Presentation and interaction skills
• Data collection, analysis and reporting skills
• Modern ICT enabled skills
• Aptitude to work proficiently independently or in a team
Equipped with a bunch of requisite knowledge, skills and attitude, a degree in chemistry is recognized as a symbol of
quality and commitment by employers within and outside the realm of chemical industries.
The thriving and widely recognized branches of chemistry like Organic, Inorganic, Physical, Analytical, etc. not only
expand critical thinking and the ability to understand other scientific and engineering concepts more easily, but also
open new horizons to pursue career in different fields.
• Organic chemistry offers research and development of organic materials, modify and study carbon-based
materials to develop a product having a specific purpose for wider use. They also accomplish various scientific
studies to identify or find applications for compounds for society. Many industries like pharmaceuticals,
agriculture, paints, dyes, and many more prefer to employ organic chemists.
• Inorganic chemistry has a greater potential in the fields of metallurgy, synthesis of new materials from different
elements, bioinorganic, etc. It focusses on solving the fundamental problems associated with structure of atoms,
molecules and their properties. Analytical chemists find their role for toxicology examinations, quality control
and assessment, analysis of pharmaceuticals, investigations for forensic analysis, development of equipment, etc.
• Analytical chemists work for a particular private or government laboratory or organization, and also develop
particular specialties like food technology, forensics or toxicology, to name a few.
• Physical chemistry enhances critical ability and inculcates problem solving skills among the learners. All
industries rely heavily on physical parameters for manufacturing and quality assurance of products
Apart from the core branches of Chemistry, auxiliary branches like medicinal, industrial, petrochemical, geochemistry
etc also offers a vast array of employability opportunities. Chemistry graduates apply their skills within the areas of
environmental sciences, medical fields, scientific equipment sales, science communication, teaching or academic
research, a few to mention. Thus, a degree in chemistry widens numerous prospects and opportunities for a wide
variety of careers in many different fields like science, research, business and health care, etc.

Some of the areas of work available to students after the [Link] Chemistry course are public relations, blog writing,
research centres, synthetic labs, chemical firms, academic institutions etc.

The scope of [Link] Chemistry is available in both the public and the private sector, with both displaying demands for
[Link] Chemistry graduates. MSc Chemistry promises huge career scope to candidates. After completing the course,
candidates can work as professionals in Pharmaceutical Companies, Laboratories, Research Centers, Medical
Colleges, private clinics, etc. and also opt for the teaching profession as a professor or a teacher

Mentioned below are some of the sectors which offers potential employability to [Link] Chemistry graduates

• Academic Institutions
• Pharmaceutical Industry
• Chemical Firms
• Research Centers
• Public Relations

Some of the employability potentials for [Link]. Chemistry graduates are listed below: after completing MSc
Chemistry,

• Students can take teaching jobs at Universities or Sr. colleges by clearing SET or NET-LS examinations.
• Students can take teaching jobs at Jr. Colleges, Kendriya Vidyalaya, Navodaya Vidyalaya, High Schools
after completing [Link]. or respective eligibility criteria.

Page 3 of 40

258
 4
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

• Students can do Ph.D. at IIT, NIT, IISER, IISc, BARC, TIFR, Universities, Colleges by clearing NET-JRF,
GATE or PET examinations.
• Students can do Ph.D. from foreign Universities, students may get scholarships.
• Students can get jobs as Jr. Scientists, Sr. Scientists, Technicians at BARC, Mumbai
• Research Scientists in various Public Sector Units like ONGC, IOCL, NTPC and Private sector industries.
• Students can become Content Developer for IT industries.
• Students can become Quality Control Chemists/ Food Inspector at Food Co-operation of India, Food Safety
and Standards etc
• Student can become Drug Inspector
• Officer at Geological Survey of India
• Laboratory technicians to look after sophisticated instruments like NMR, Mass Spectrometer, UV-Visible
Spectrophotometer, Single crystal machines, XRD, SEM, AAS, TEM etc
• Technician for repairing sophisticated instruments
• Lab Technologist/ Lab Chemist
• Synthetic Lab Scientist: Many industries and startups have come up in the recent times to cater the need of
R & D and production. These industries hire skilled chemists with a lucrative package.
• Solid State Chemistry Expert : Students skilled in crystallography are hired by the organo- electronics and
semiconductor producing industries
• Chemistry/Biochemistry Research Officer : in R& D units of industries
• Analytical Chemistry Application Specialist in industry
• Chemists at Medical colleges, pathologies
• Research Scientist/ Operations Manager/ Chemists / Quality Manager / Research Manager at various
industries like Pharmaceuticals, Cement, Plastic, Drugs, Paint, Dyes, Agricultural sector, etc.
• Student can become Small or medium scale entrepreneur (own industry)
• Students can become Government officers by clearing UPSC, MPSC, Bank Probationary officers, other
competitive examinations
• Employee at Security Printing and Minting co-operation of India
• Employee at Office of Controller general of Patent design and trade work
• Free-lancer as educational you tube videos maker
• Educational-aid maker
• Free-lancer for creating awareness about superstition eradication
• Free-lancer to create awareness among farmers about soil testing, pesticides uses etc
• Students can work as come up with NGOs for superstition eradication.

Government jobs:
There are a variety of career prospects waiting to be tapped at the government level. Because there is also a wide
scope of research. Some of the government positions that can be considered are-

• Senior Research Associate

• Laboratory Technologist
• Research Analyst
• Research Officer
• Warehouse Supervisor
• Chemists
• Assistant Professor
• Development Supervisor
• Quality Management Analyst

Future Outlook and Scope:

1. If the candidates do not wish to pursue job opportunities after [Link] Chemistry, they can opt for higher
education to polish their skills and gain a higher level of experience. They can pursue PhD at premier
institutes in India and abroad. They can appear for various competitive exams like NET/ GATE (in India)
and JRE/ TOEFEL (Abroad) and avail fellowship for PhD. A significant amount of fellowship is available
for pursuing PhD.
2. Candidates can acquire education in management and then can join industry or can start their own business
or industry.

Page 4 of 40

259
 5
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

APPENDIX – A-1, A-2

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati

Scheme of teaching, learning &Examination leading to the Degree Master of Science (Choice Based Credit System) (Two Years ... Four Semesters Degree Course- C.B.C.S)

([Link]. Part-I) Semester- I, Subject: Chemistry/Industrial Chemistry

Teaching & Learning Scheme Duration of Examination & Evaluation Scheme

Exams Hrs.
Credits Maximum Marks Minimum
Teaching Period Per week Passing
Sr. Subject Theory Internal Practical Total Theory Total Marks Grade
Subjects Ass. + Marks
No Code Theory
L/T M.C.Q Internal Practical
External
L T P Total
Internal External

DSC-I (Inorganic
1 CY101 04 -- -- 04 04 -- 04 03 80 20 -- -- 100 40 P
Chemistry)
DSC-II (Organic
2 CY102 03 -- -- 03 03 -- 03 03 80 20 -- -- 100 40 p
Chemistry)

DSC-III (Physical
3 CY103 04 -- -- 04 04 -- 04 03 80 20 -- -- 100 40 p
Chemistry-I)

DSC-IV (Analytical
4 CY104 04 -- -- 04 04 -- 04 03 80 20 -- -- 100 40 p
Chemistry-I)
AEC-I on DSC-II
5 CY105 01 01 01 01 01 25 -- 25 10 P
(Structural Chemistry)
Lab-I (Physical
6 CY106 09 09 4.5 4.5 06 -- -- 100 100 50 p
Chemistry)

7 Lab-II (Organic Chemistry) CY107 4.5 4.5 06 -- 100 100 50 p

09 09
#Internship/Field
Work/Work Experience@
8
Open elective/GIC/Open
skill/MOOC*
9

Total 09 25 625
15 01 18 34 16

● L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical

● # Students may complete their internship/field work/work experience in first or second or third semester of [Link]. (Chemistry/Industrial) according to their convenience; @denotes non-examination credit

Page 1 of 40

260
 6
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

● Note: Internship/Apprenticeship/field work/work experience (During vacations of semester I to semester III) for duration of minimum 60 hours to maximum 90 hours mandatory to all the students, to be completed during vacations of semester
I to III. This will carry 2 credits for learning of 60 hours or 3 credits for learning of 90 hours. Its credits and grades will be reflected in final semester IV credit grade report.

● OEC (optional) can be studied during semester I to IV.

Suggested Activities for assessment for AEC:

Mini-project, internal evaluation: Class test or surprise test, Demonstration of task or activity assigned, assignment, seminar, or any other innovative pedagogical method.

APPENDIX – A-1,A-2

Page 2 of 40

261
 7
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati

Scheme of teaching, learning &Examination leading to the Degree Master of Science (Choice Based Credit System) (Two Years ... Four Semesters Degree Course- C.B.C.S)

([Link]. Part-I) Semester- ll , Subject : Chemistry/Industrial Chemistry

Teaching & Learning Scheme Duration of Examination & Evaluation Scheme

Exams Hrs.
Credits Maximum Marks Minimum
Teaching Period Per week Passing
Sr. Subject Theory Internal Practical Total Theory Total Marks Grade
Subjects Ass. Marks
No Code + Theory
L/T M.C.Q Internal Practical
External
L T P Total
Internal External

DSC-V (Advance Inorganic

1 CY201 04 -- -- 04 04 -- -- 04 03 80 20 -- -- 100 40 P
Chemistry)
DSC-VI (Organic Reaction
2 CY202 03 -- -- 03 03 -- -- 03 03 80 20 -- -- 100 40 p
Mechanism)

DSC-VII (Physical Chemistry-

3 CY203 04 -- -- 04 04 -- -- 04 03 80 20 -- -- 100 40 p
II)

DSC-VIII (Analytical Chemistry-

4 CY204 04 -- -- 04 04 -- -- 04 03 80 20 -- -- 100 40 p
II)
AEC- II on DSC-VI (Acid and
5 CY205 -- 01 -- 01 01 -- 01 01 -- 25 -- -- 25 10 P
Bases and Virtual Lab)

6 Lab-III (Physical Chemistry ) CY206 09 09 4.5 4.5 06 -- 100 100 50 p

CY207
7 Lab-IV (Inorganic Chemistry ) 4.5 4.5 06 -- 100 100 50 p
09 09
#Internship/Field Work/Work
8
Experience@
9 Open elective/GIC/OpenSkill/MOOC*

Total 16 09 25 625
15 01 18 34
● L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical

● # Students may complete their internship/field work/work experience in first or second or third semester of [Link]. (Chemistry/Industrial) according to their convenience; @denotes non-examination credit

● Note: Internship/Apprenticeship/field work/work experience (During vacations of semester I to semester III) for duration of minimum 60 hours to maximum 90 hours mandatory to all the students, to be completed during vacations of semester
I to III. This will carry 2 credits for learning of 60 hours or 3 credits for learning of 90 hours. Its credits and grades will be reflected in final semester IV credit grade report.

● OEC (optional) can be studied during semester I to IV.

Page 3 of 40

262
 8
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Suggested Activities for assessment for AEC:

Mini-project, internal evaluation: Class test or surprise test, Demonstration of task or activity assigned, assignment, seminar, or any other innovative pedagogical method.

Page 4 of 40

263
 9
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati

Scheme of teaching, learning &Examination leading to the Degree Master of Science (Choice Based Credit System) (Two Years ... Four Semesters Degree Course- C.B.C.S)

([Link]. Part-II) Semester- III , Subject : Chemistry/Industrial Chemistry

Teaching & Learning Scheme Duration of Examination & Evaluation Scheme

Exams Hrs.
Credits Maximum Marks Minimum
Teaching Period Per week Passing
Sr. Subject Theory Internal Practical Total Theory Total Marks Grade
Subjects Ass. + Marks
No Code Theory
L/T M.C.Q Internal Practical
External
L T P Total
Internal External

1 DSC-IX (Spectroscopy-I) CY301 03 -- -- 04 04 -- 04 03 80 20 -- -- 100 40 P

DSC-X (Selected topics in
2 CY302 04 -- -- 04 04 -- 04 03 80 20 -- -- 100 40 p
Chemistry-I)
DSE-I (Bio-inorganic Chemistry/
Organic Synthesis-I /Physical chemistry-I
3 / Heat Transfer, Mass Transfer and unit CY303 04 -- -- 04 04 -- 04 03 80 20 -- -- 100 40 p
processes)

DSE-II (Solid state Chemistry /Natural

Products /Physical Chemistry-II /Fuels
4 CY304 04 -- -- 04 04 -- 04 03 80 20 -- -- 100 40 p
and heavy chemicals)

5 AEC-III on DSC-IX CY305 01 01 01 01 01 -- 25 -- 25 10 P

Lab-V
6 CY306 09 09 4.5 4.5 06 -- -- 100 100 50 p

7 Lab-VI CY307 4.5 4.5 06 -- 100 100 50 p

09 09
#Internship/Field Work/Work
8 Experience@
Open elective/GIC/Open skill/MOOC*
9
Total 16 01 18 35 17 09 26 625

Page 5 of 40

264
 10
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

● L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical

● # Students may complete their internship/field work/work experience in first or second or third semester of [Link]. (Chemistry/Industrial) according to their convenience; @denotes non-examination credit

● Note: Internship/Apprenticeship/field work/work experience (During vacations of semester I to semester III) for duration of minimum 60 hours to maximum 90 hours mandatory to all the students, to be completed during vacations of semester
I to III. This will carry 2 credits for learning of 60 hours or 3 credits for learning of 90 hours. Its credits and grades will be reflected in final semester IV credit grade report.

● OEC (optional) can be studied during semester I to IV.

Suggested Activities for assessment for AEC:

Mini-project, internal evaluation: Class test or surprise test, Demonstration of task or activity assigned, assignment, seminar, or any other innovative pedagogical method.

Page 6 of 40

265
 11
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

APPENDIX – A-1,A-2

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati

Scheme of teaching, learning &Examination leading to the Degree Master of Science (Choice Based Credit System) (Two Years ... Four Semesters Degree Course- C.B.C.S)

([Link]. Part-II) Semester- IV , Subject : Chemistry/Industrial Chemistry

Teaching & Learning Scheme Duration Examination & Evaluation Scheme

of Exams
Hrs.
Credits Maximum Marks Minimum
Teaching Period Per week Passing
Sr. Subject
Subjects Theory Internal Practical Total Theory Total Marks Grade
No Code
Ass. + Theory Marks
L/T M.C.Q Internal Practical
External
L T P Total
Internal External

1 DSC –XI (Spectroscopy-II) CY401 03 -- -- 04 04 -- 04 03 80 20 -- -- 100 40 P

DSC-XII (Selected topics in
2 CY402 04 -- -- 04 04 -- 04 03 80 20 -- -- 100 40 p
Chemistry-II)
DSE-III (Photoinorganic &
Organometallic Chemistry or
3 Material chemistry /Organic CY403 04 -- -- 04 04 -- 04 03 80 20 -- -- 100 40 p
Synthesis- II /Physical Chemistry-III
/Polymer dyes and paints)
SEC (interpenetration of spectra and
4 CY404 04 -- -- 04 04 -- 04 03 80 20 -- -- 100 40 p
Insilico approaches in chemistry )
5 AEC-IV on DSC -XI CY405 01 01 01 01 01 -- 25 -- 25 10 P

Lab-VII (Project)
6 CY406 09 09 4.5 4.5 06 -- -- 100 100 50 p

7 Lab-VIII (Project) CY407 4.5 4.5 06 -- 100 100 50 p

09 09
#Internship/Field Work/Work
8 Experience@
Open elective/GIC/Open skill/MOOC*
9
Total 16 01 18 35 17 09 26 625
● L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical

● # Students may complete their internship/field work/work experience in first or second or third semester of [Link]. (Chemistry/Industrial) according to their convenience; @denotes non-examination credit

Page 7 of 40

266
 12
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

● Note: Internship/Apprenticeship/field work/work experience (During vacations of semester I to semester III) for duration of minimum 60 hours to maximum 90 hours mandatory to all the students, to be completed during vacations of semester
I to III. This will carry 2 credits for learning of 60 hours or 3 credits for learning of 90 hours. Its credits and grades will be reflected in final semester IV credit grade report.

● OEC (optional) can be studied during semester I to IV.

Suggested Activities for assessment for AEC:

Mini-project, internal evaluation: Class test or surprise test, Demonstration of task or activity assigned, assignment, seminar, or any other innovative pedagogical method.

Page 8 of 40

267
 13
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Part B
Syllabus Prescribed for Two Year PG Programme
Programme: MSc (Chemistry)
The examination in theory courses (DSC and DSE) of MSc (Chemistry) shall comprise a theory paper per course and
internal assessment.
The internal assessment will carry 20 marks based on attendance, participation in cocurricular activities (Group
discussion, seminar, industrial visit or visit to academic institutions or any other innovative pedagogical activity) and
performance in unit/internal tests.
Each Theory paper will be of 3 Hrs duration and carry 80 marks.
Each theory paper has been divided into 4 units with equal weightage
There shall be one question of 20 marks on each unit with internal choice
Semester I

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

CY101 Inorganic Chemistry (DSC- 60 hrs (4 hrs/week)

01)

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course students would be able to

1. predict the nature of bond and its properties through various electronic structural methods; bonding
models
2. recognize and assign symmetry characteristics to molecules and objects,
3. understand and analyze structure-property correlation of coordination compounds
4. corelate magnetic properties of complexes with strength of ligand field
5. design new coordination compounds based on a fundamental understanding of their electronic
properties
6. appreciate specialized and advanced topics in inorganic and coordination chemistry
7. Correlate structure and bonding with reactivity of boron clusters
8. analyze ligation of diatomic ligands with metals.

UNIT 1: Structure of molecules 15 hrs

A) VSEPR theory: Postulate of VSEPR theory, the "AXE method" of electron counting in VSEPR, Recap of
shapes of regular geometries. Predicting types of hybridization of central atom in a molecules/ions (Shape or
Geometry and bond angles ) (with and without lone pair of electrons ) like SbF4-, SF5-, SeF3-, ICl2-,IC4-, IF4-, IOF4-
, NH2-, NH4+, I3-, PCl2+, PCl6- ,SO42-,ClF3,IF6-,BrF5, XeOF4, XeF4,XeO3, SOF2,IF5, [BF4]-, [I5]+, [Br3]+, BCl3,
SNF3, XeF2O2,ClO3-,[TeF5]-,[BeF4]-, [SbCl6]3-,[PF6]-etc Advantages and disadvantages (Drawbacks) of VSEPR
theory, Energetic of hybridization, Bent’s rule, d-orbital participation by non-metals, example showing pπ-pπ,
pπ-dπ and dπ-dπ bonds. Some simple reaction of covalently bonded molecule: atomic inversion and Berry
pseudorotation).
B) Molecular Orbital Theory: Molecular orbital representation of polyatomic molecules with special reference
to CH4, NH3, H2O, PF5, SF6, B2H6 and CO and delocalised molecular orbital of ozone, carbon dioxide, nitrite,
nitrate and benzene.
C) Hypervalent (expanded octet) inorganic species/molecules/ions/compounds, Iso-structural and iso-
electronic pair/species/ions: General idea with examples

UNIT 2: Bonding in metal complexes – I: 15 hrs

Crystal Field Theory: Salient features of CFT. d-orbital splitting patterns in regular Octahedral, tetragonally
distorted octahedral, Jahn-Tellar theorem , trigonal bipyramidal, trigonal planar, Pentagonal bipyramidal, and
linear geometries. Concept of weak field and strong fields. - Calculation of crystal field stabilization energies
(CFSE’s) in six and four coordinate complexes. Types of magnetic behavior– magnetic susceptibility –
calculation of magnetic moment from magnetic susceptibility spin only formula,- Quenching of orbital angular
momentum –Determination of magnetic moment from Guoy’s method.. Applications of magnetic moment data
for the determination of oxidation states, bond type and stereochemistry. Spin crossover: High spin, low spin
cross over phenomenon in [Fe(Ophen)2(NCS)2] and [Fe(R2NCS2)3]. Spinels.

UNIT 3: Symmetry of Molecules: 15 hrs

Symmetry Operations – Symmetry Elements: Rotational Axis of Symmetry and Types of Rotational Axes, Plane
of Symmetry and types of Planes, Improper Rotational Axis of Symmetry , Inversion Center and Identity Element
–More about Symmetry Elements – Molecular Point Groups: Definition and Notation of Point Groups,
Classification Molecules in to C1, Cs, Ci, Cn,Cnv, Cnh, C∞v, Dn, Dnh, Dnd, D∞h, Sn(n=even), Td, Oh, Ih, Kh
Groups. Descent in Symmetry with Substitution – Exercises in Molecular Point Groups – Symmetry and Dipole
moment – Symmetry criteria for Optical activity. Group multiplication table, matrix representation of symmetry
elements. Reducible and irreducible representation, character of representation, character of matrix, Conjugate
matrix, Properties of irreducible representations, Great orthogonality theorem (without proof) and its importance,
construction of character table of C2v & C3v point group. Mulliken symbolism rules for irreducible
representations and its applications with examples.

Page 1 of 40

268
 14
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

UNIT 4: Cage and metal cluster 15 hrs

A) Boron Cage compounds
I) Boron Hydride: IUPAC nomenclature, classification (closo, nido, arachno and klado), structure, bonding and
topology of boranes, 4- digit coding (STYX rule and/or Lipsocomb rule) numbers for B2H6, B3H8, B3H9, B4H10,
B5H9, B5H11, B6H10, B6H12, B7H11, B8H12, B12H14 etc, polyhedral skeletal electron pair theory (WADE’S rule) ,
Bronsted acidity of higher boranes.
II) Carboranes and Metallocarboranes: Classifications, nomenclatures, types, cage and geometry according
to WADE’S rule
B) Metal and non-metal carbonyl cluster
I) Metal Carbonyl cluster: Basic idea of (18 electron counting rule, hapticity, ligand contribution to electron
counting including CO as a ligand), preparation, classification and calculation of number of M-M bonds A/C to
WADES rule of metal carbonyl cluster, MO’s of CO; modes of ligation (bonding modes) by CO as a ligand
(Terminal, unsymmetrical, symmetrical and triply bridging), bond order of CO and IR spectroscopy, metal
carbonyl and EAN rule. Iso-electronic and iso-structural properties of metal carbonyl and its related compounds
or cluster of complexes
II) Non-Carbonyl metal cluster: General idea of multiple metal-metal bonds, Quadruple bonding in Di and/or
binuclear cluster (including MO diagrams, bond order, structure, symmetry , conformation and electronic
transition selection rule) Ex: [Mo2Cl8]4-, [Mo2(SO4)4]4-, [Os2Cl8]2-, [Re2Cl9]-,[Re2Cl8]2-,[Re2(Me2PPh)4 Cl4),
[Re2Cl4(PMe2Ph)4]+, [(Bu4N)2Re2Cl8],[W2(OPh)6] ,[W (CH3)8]4-etc, Preparation, properties and structures (A/C
to Wades rules) of Zintl (Naked cluster) anions & cation of the metal Ge, Sn, Pb, Sb, Bi.

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
1. Selected Topics In Inorganic Chemistry: W.U. Malik, G.D. Tuli & R.D. Madan (S. Chand Publications)
2. Symmetry and Spectroscopy of Molecules: K Veera Reddy New Age International publishers, 2014.
3. Group Theory and its Chemical Applications - P.K. Bhattacharya (Himalaya Publishing House) 2003
4. Concise Coordination Chemistry : R Gopalan and V Ramalingam ( Vikas publishing House Pvt Ltd)
5. B.R. Puri, L.R Sharma and K.C. Kalia, Principles of Inorganic Chemistry, Vishal publication, 2016
6. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry - Volume I - Satya Prakash, G.D. Tuli, S K Basu & R.D. Madan (S. Chand
Publications)
7. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry - Volume II - Satya Prakash, G.D. Tuli, S K Basu & R.D. Madan (S. Chand
Publications)

Reference Books:
1. Symmetry and Group theory in Chemistry, Mark Ladd, Marwood Publishers, London (2000).
2. Molecular Symmetry and Group Theory, Robert [Link], John Wiley & Son (1998).
3. Inorganic Chemistry, 5th Edition: Gary L. Miessler, Paul J. Fischer and Donald A. Tarr Pearson Publication.
4. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. [Link], [Link], [Link] and [Link], 6th Edition,
Wiley Interscience, N.Y (1999
5. Inorganic Chemistry, J.E. Huheey, [Link] and [Link] 4 th Edition Harper Cottens College
Publications (1993).
6. Homogeneous Catalysis by Metal complexes Vol I, M M Taqui Khan and A E Martell, Academic Press NY
(1974).
7. Inorganic Chemistry, Keith [Link] and John [Link], Holt-Saunders International Editions, London (1977).
8. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 3rd, 5th & 6th Editions.: F.A. Cotton& G. Wilkinson:
9. Theoretical Approach in inorganic chemistry: A.F. Willims
10. Atomic Structure and chemical Bonding: Mannas Chanda

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

1. Basics of Inorganic Chemistry - [Link]

2. VSEPR- [Link]
3. Symmetery and Group Theory: [Link]
4. Co-ordination chemistry (chemistry of transition elements)- [Link] and
[Link]
5. Ligational Aspects of Diatomic molecules- [Link]

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant: NA

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant: NA

Page 2 of 40

269
 15
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Syllabus Prescribed for Two Year PG Programme

Programme: MSc (Chemistry)
Semester 1
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

CY102 Organic Chemistry (DSC-02) 60 hrs (4 hrs/week)

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course students would be able to

1. Implement rules of aromaticity to organic molecules
2. Sketch organic molecules in different projection formula and assign its configuration.
3. Apply their understanding about the organic reactions of industrial significance with respect to the chemo-
selectivity, regioselectivity and enantioselectivity.
4. Analyze the product distribution and the stereochemistry of various organic products.
5. Evaluate the organic reactions based on the influence of the substituents on substrate molecules
6. Design organic reactions in order to achieve the required product(s)

Unit-I: 15 h
A) Nature and Bonding in Organic Molecule: Delocalized chemical bonding, conjugation, cross conjugation,
resonance, hyper-conjugation, Aromaticity in benzenoid and non-benzenoid compounds, alternant and non-alternant
hydrocarbons Huckel’s rule, energy level of π-molecules orbitals, annulenes, antiaromaticity, homo-aromoaticity.
Aromatic character and chemistry of cyclopentadienyl anion, tropylium cation, tropone and tropolone, Frost Circles
(The Polygon Method) for drawing energy levels in cyclic pi systems.
B) Carbenes: Types of carbenes, Structure and reactivity of carbenes, Generation, structure and reactions, insertion,
addition, rearrangement reactions of carbenes, nucleophilic attack on carbenes, Simmons-Smith reaction, Reimer-
Tiemann reaction, Carbylamine reaction, Shapiro reaction, Bamford-Stevens reaction and Wolff rearrangement
C) Nitrene: Generation, structure and reactions..
Unit-II: 15 h
Stereochemistry: Conformational analysis of cycloalkanes (5-8 membered rings), substituted cyclohexanes, mono
substituted, disubstituted and trisubstituted cyclohexanes, decalin system, effect of conformation on reactivity,
Conformational analysis of n-butane and its derivatives, ethylene glycol, 1,2-dihaloethane and related compounds
Elements of symmetry, Concept of chirality and molecular dissymmetry, molecules with more than one chiral center,
meso compounds, threo and erythro isomers, method of resolution, optical purity, topicity of ligands, enantiotropic
and distereotopic atoms, groups and faces, prochirality, Cahn-Ingold-Prelog System to describe configuration at chiral
centers. Inter conversion of Newman, Sawhorse and Fischer projection.
Asymmetrical synthesis, optical activity in absence of chiral carbon (biphenyl, spiranes and allenes), Chirality due to
helical shape. Chirality of heteroatoms, stereospecific and stereoselective synthesis.
Unit-III: 15 h
A) Reaction mechanism: Types of reaction, Types of mechanism, kinetic and thermodynamic control, Hammond’s
postulate, Curtin-Hammett principle, Potential energy diagrams, transition states and intermediates, methods of
determining mechanisms, trapping of intermediates, checking for common intermediate, competition and cross-
over experiments, isotope effects, Hard and soft acids and bases.
B) Effect of Structure on reactivity: Resonance and field effects, Steric effect, quantitative treatment. The Hammett
equation and linear free energy relationship, substituent and reaction constants, Taft Equation.
C) Aromatic electrophilic substitution
The arenium ion mechanism, orientation and reactivity, energy profile diagrams. The o/p ratio, ipso attack,
orientation in benzene ring with more than one substituents, orientation in another ring system. Friedel-Crafts
reaction, Vilsmeir-Hack reaction, Gatterman-Koch reaction, Pechman reaction, Diazonium coupling, Blanc
chloromethylation, Kolbe–Schmitt reaction
Unit IV: 15h
A) Aliphatic nucleophilic substitution: The SN1, SN2, mixed SN1, SN2 and SET and SNi mechanisms. Nucleophilicty,
effect of leaving group, ambient nucleophiles and ambient substrates regiospecificity, substitution at allylic and vinylic
carbon atoms, Mitsunobu reaction.
B) Concept of neighbouring group participation: Anchimeric assistance with mechanism, neighboring group
participation by π and σ bonds, classical and non-classical carbocations, Intramolecular displacement by hydrogen,
oxygen, nitrogen, sulphur and halogen. Alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl participation, participation in bicyclic system,
migratory aptitude.
C) Aromatic Nucleophilic Substitution: A general introduction to different mechanisms of aromatic nucleophilic
substitution SNAr, SN1, benzyne and SRN1 mechanisms, arynes as reaction intermediate, Reactivity - effect of substrate
structure leaving group and attacking nucleophile. The Von Richter and Smiles rearrangements, Chichibabin
amination reaction. Benzyne: Structure, methods of generations and reactions
Course Material/Learning Resources
Text books:
1. D. Nasipuri, Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds Principles and Applications, New Age International
Publishers, 3rd Edition, 2011
2. J. March and M. B. Smith, March's Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, 6th
Edition, Wiley, 2013.

Page 3 of 40

270
 16
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

3. Peter Sykes, A Guidebook to Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, 6th Edition, Pearson Education Ltd., England,
2013
Reference Books:
1. J. Clayden, N. Greeves, S. Warren and P. Wothers, Organic Chemistry, 1st edition, Oxford University Press,
2001
2. Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds: Ernast Eliel Willey Publication
3. Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds: V K Ahluwalia Springer Publication
4. K. Peter C. Vollhardt and N. E. Schore, Organic Chemistry, W. H. Freeman and Company 1999
5. Organic Chemsitry as a Second Language: David R Klein, Jon Wiley and Sons, 2004
6. L. Finar, Organic Chemistry Vol. I & Vol. II, Longman (Cambridge), 2011.
7. F. A. Carey and R. J. Sundberg, Advanced Organic Chemistry Part B: Reaction and Synthesis, Springer, 5th
Edition, 2010.
8. Organic Chemistry (7th edition) : R.T. Morrison and R.N. Boyd. Pearson Publication
Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:
Introductory Organic Chemistry I- [Link]
Mechanisms in Organic Chemistry- [Link]
Mechanisms in Organic Chemistry : [Link]
Stereochemistry- [Link]
Stereochemistry and Applications- [Link]
Structure, Stereochemistry and Reactivity of Organic Compounds and Intermediates: A Problem solving Approach-
[Link]
Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant: NA
Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:
Stereochemistry: [Link]

Page 4 of 40

271
 17
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Syllabus Prescribed for Two Year PG Programme

Programme: MSc (Chemistry)
Semester 1
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

CY103 Physical Chemistry (DSC-03) 60 hrs (4 hrs/week)

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course students would be able to

1. Understand basic concepts and theories for quantum mechanics, surface chemistry, thermodynamics and
electrochemistry
2. Apply the concepts of quantum mechanics to solve higher order problems associated with shapes, size and
energy of atomic entities.
3. Develop the methodologies to identify and use colloidal substances and micelles.
4. Implement and build theoretical and experimental processes using thermodynamics and electrochemical
concepts
5. Solve numerical problems associated with quantum mechanics, thermodynamics, and electrochemistry

Unit-I Quantum Chemistry

A) The Basic Principles of Quantum Mechanics: The Uncertainty Principle, Wave Mechanics, Functions and
Operators, The General Formulation of Quantum Mechanics (i.e. Postulates) , Expansion Theorems,
Eigenfunctions of Commuting Operators, Hamiltonian Operator.
B) The Quantum Mechanics of Some Simple Systems: The Free Particle, The Particle in a Box, Quantum
Mechanical Tunneling, The Harmonic Oscillator and Rigid Rotor. The Hydrogen Atom, Hydrogen-like
Atoms, Shape of Atomic Orbitals.
Unit-II Quantum Chemistry
A) Approximate Methods of Quantum Mechanics: The Variation theorem, linear variation principle,
perturbation theory up to second order in energy, application of variation and perturbation theory to the
Helium and Heliumlike atoms.
B) Angular Momenta: Ordinary angular momentum, generalized angular momentum, eigenfunctions, and
eigenvalues of angular momentum operator, Ladder operator, addition of angular momenta. Spin,
antisymmetry, Pauli exclusion principle, Slater determinantal wave functions.
Unit-III Surface Chemistry
A) Adsorption : Freundlich adsorption isotherm, Langmuir adsorption isotherm, Gibbs adsorption isotherm,
estimation of surface area (BET equation), surface films on liquids, and catalytic activity at surfaces.
B) Micelles : micellization, hydrophobic interaction, critical micellar concentration (CMC), factors affecting
the CMC of surfactants, counter ion binding to micelles, thermodynamics of micellization-phase separation
and mass models, solubilization, micro emulsion, reverse micelles. Numericals.
Unit-IV Thermodynamics and Electrochemistry
A) The first and second law of thermodynamics, Carathéodory’s principle and its equivalence to the Kelvin
Plank and Clausius statement of the Second law of Thermodynamics, extensive and intensive properties,
derivation of thermodynamic equations of state, Maxwell’s relations, Third law of thermodynamics, Nernst
Heat Theorem, unattainability of absolute zero, calculation of entropy based on third law of thermodynamics,
residual entropy and its application.
B) Ideal and Non-ideal Systems: Partial molar properties. Partial molar free energy, Chemical Potential, Partial
molar volume and Partial molar heat content and their significances. Determination of these quantities
Concept of fugacity, determination of fugacity, excess functions for non- ideal solutions, Entropy of mixing,
Enthalpy of mixing, Activity and activity coefficients, Concept of ion atmosphere and electrophoretic effect,
Debye Hückel theory for activity coefficients of electrolytic solutions, determination of activity and activity
coefficients, ionic strength and dependence of activity coefficients on ionic strength, numerical.

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
1. Elementary Quantum Chemistry by F. L. Pilar, Dover Publications, Inc. NY, 1990. 2nd Ed.
2. Molecular Quantum Mechanics by P. W. Atkins and R. S. Friedman, 3rd Ed., Oxford Univ. Press, 1997.
3. Quantum Chemistry by H Eyring, J Walter, and G E Kimball, John Wiley & Sons 1944
4. J.O’M Bockris and A.K.N Reddy, Modern Electrochemistry 2A: Fundamentals of Electrodics, Vol II,
2001.
5. D. Skoog and [Link] , Principles of Instrumental Analysis, Cengage Learning; 6th edition, 2006

Reference Books:

1. Physical Chemistry - P.W. Atkin, ELBS fourth edition.

2. Physical Chemistry – R.A. Alberty, R.I. Bilby, Johy Wiley – 1995
3. Physical Chemistry – G.M. Barrow, Tata Mc – Graw Hill – 1988
4. Quantum Chemistry, - I . Levine, Fifth edition, Prentice Hall- 19995. Physical Chemistry – Thomas Engel, Philip
Reid
5. Molecular quantum mechanics, Vol. I & II, P. W. Atkins, Oxford University Press, 1970.
6. Statistical thermodynamics, by [Link], Addison Wesley, 1060
Chemical thermodynamics, by F.T. Wall, [Link] & Co. 1965

Page 5 of 40

272
 18
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

7. Irreversible thermodynamics, Theory and applications, by [Link], T. Forland, [Link], Jonny

Witey, 1988.
8. Chemical Kinetics,by K. J. Laidler, 3rd Edition, Harper and row, 1987.
9. Chemical Kinetics-A study of reaction rate in solution, [Link], [Link] 1990.
10. Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, By [Link], J.S. Francisco & [Link], Pritice Hall, 1989.
Kinetics and Mechanism of Chemical transformation, [Link], J. Kucriacose, Mc-Million
Molecular reaction Dynamics and chemical reactivity, [Link] and R.B. Benstin, Oxford University
Press. 1987.
11. Physical Chemistry by Alberty and Silby, Jolly Wiley
12. Quantum Chemistry by Ira N. Levine, Prentice Hall,
13. Introduction to Quantum Chemistry by A. K. Chandra, Tata McGraw Hill.
14. Atkins, P. W.; Paula, J.; Physical Chemistry, Oxford Publications, 8th edition, 2009
15. D.R. Crow, Principles and Applications of Electrochemistry, John Wiley & Sons (New York) 2nd edition, 2001.
16. Bard, A. J.; Faulkner, L. R.; Electrochemical Methods: Fundamentals and Applications, Wiley, 2nd edition, 2000.

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

Quantum Chemistry of Atoms and Molecules: [Link]
Chemistry and Physics of Surfaces and Interfaces: [Link]
Introduction to Chemical thermodynamics and kinetics: [Link]
Concepts of Thermodynamics: [Link]
Thermodynamics: [Link]
Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant: NA
Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant: NA

Page 6 of 40

273
 19
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Syllabus Prescribed for Two Year PG Programme

Programme: MSc (Chemistry)
Semester 1
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

CY104 Analytical Chemistry-I (DSC 60 hrs (4 hrs/week)

04)

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course students would be able to

1. Appraise specific analytical technique based on sample and target analyte
2. Develop analytical ability and critical thinking in selection of statistics and their use in making interpretation
meaningful and productive.
3. Understand the principles of chromatographic techniques.
4. Select proper chromatographic technique among the available techniques.
5. Corelate the use of indicator used in different types of titration
6. Explore electroanalytical techniques based on conductance and emf measurements.
7. Design buffer systems of the required pH

Unit I: Introduction and statistical analysis 15h

A] Introduction to analytical chemistry: Types of analysis-qualitative and quantitative. Classification of analytical

methods- classical and instrumental, basis of their classification with examples.

B] Statistical analysis and validation: Errors in chemical analysis. Classification of errors systematic and random,
additive and proportional, absolute and relative. Accuracy and precision. Mean, median, average deviation and
standard deviation. Significant figures and rules to determine significant figures. Calculations involving significant
figures. Confidence limit, correlation coefficient and regression analysis. Comparison of methods: F-test and T-test.
Rejection of data based on Q-test. Least squares method for deriving calibration graph. Application of Microsoft Excel
in statistical analysis (statistical functions and spreadsheets in MS-Excel). Validation of newly developed analytical
method. Concepts and difference between sensitivity, limit of detection and limit of quantification, role of noise in
determination of detection limit of analytical techniques. Certified reference materials (CRMs). Numerical problems.

Unit II: Separation techniques 15h

A] Chromatography: Definition and Classification. Techniques used in Paper, Thin Layer and Column
chromatography. Applications in qualitative and quantitative analysis.

B] Ion exchange: Principle and technique. Types of ion exchangers. Ion exchange equilibria. Ion

exchange capacity. Effect of complexing ions. Zeolites as ion-exchangers. Applications.

C] Solvent extraction: Principle and techniques. Distribution ratio and distribution coefficient. Factors affecting
extraction efficiency: Ion association complexes, chelation, synergistic extraction, pH. Numericals based on multiple
extractions. Role of chelating ligands, crown ethers, calixarenes and cryptands in solvent extraction. Introduction to
Solid phase extraction (SPE) and Microwave assisted extraction (MAE), Applications.

Unit III: Classical methods of analysis 15h

A] Volumetric analysis: General principle. Criteria for reactions used in titrations. Primary standards and secondary
standards. Theory of indicators. Types of titrations with examples- Acid-base, precipitation, redox and
complexometric. Titration curves for monoprotic and polyprotic acids and bases. Indicators used in various types of
titrations. Masking and demasking agents.

B] Gravimetric analysis: General principles and conditions of precipitation. Concepts of solubility, solubility product
and precipitation equilibria. Steps involved in gravimetric analysis of barium and nickel. Purity of precipitate: Co-
precipitation and post-precipitation. Fractional precipitation. Precipitation from homogeneous solution. Crystalline,
gelataneous and curdy precipitate, peptization phenomena.

Unit IV: Electrochemical methods of analysis-I 15h

A] Conductometry: Concepts of electrical resistance, conductance, resistivity and conductivity. Specific, molar and
equivalent conductance and effect of dilution on them. Measurement of conductance. Kohlrausch’s law, Applications
of conductometry in determination of dissociation constant, solubility product. Conductometric titrations of different

Page 7 of 40

274
 20
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

types. High frequency titrations. Numerical problems.

B] Potentiometry: Circuit diagram of simple potentiometer. Indicator electrodes: hydrogen electrode, quinhydrone
electrode, antimony electrode and glass electrode. Reference electrodes:

Calomel electrode and Ag/AgCl electrode. Theory of potentiometric titrations. Acid-base, redox,

precipitation and complexometric titrations. Nernst equation, standard electrode potential, Determination of cell
potential, n, Kf and Ksp. pH titrations. Buffers and buffer capacity. Calculation of pH of buffer mixtures based on
Henderson-Hasselbalch equation.

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
1. Analytical Chemistry: Problems and Solution- S. M. Khopkar (New Age International Publication)
2. Basic Concepts in Analytical Chemistry: S. M. Khopkar (New Age International Publication)

Reference Books:

1. Quantitative analysis: Day and Underwood (Prentice-Hall of India)

2. Vogel’s Text Book of Quantitative Inorganic Analysis-Bassett, Denney, Jeffery and Mendham (ELBS)
3. Analytical Chemistry: Gary D. Christian (Wiley, India).
4. Instrumental Methods of Analysis: Willard, Merrit, Dean, Settle (CBS Publishers, Delhi, 1986)
5. Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis: Braun (Tata McGraw-Hill)
6. Advanced Analytical Chemistry: Meites and Thomas (McGraw-Hill)
7. Instrumental Methods of Analysis: G. Chatwal and S. Anand (Himalaya Publishing House)
8. Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry: S. A. Skoog and D. W. Wes

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

Analytical Chemistry: [Link]

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant: NA

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant: NA

Page 8 of 40

275
 21
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Ability Enhancement Course on DSC CY102 : 01

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

CY105 Structural Chemistry (AEC-1) 15 hrs
After completion of this course successfully, the students would be able to
1. Provide basic insights into concept of resonance and three dimensional arrangement of molecules
2. Draw and compare the significant resonance contributor, help to assign the correct configuration
3. Draw and name structure using structure drawing software
4. Prepare and present report on a particular topic
5. Develop imagination of molecule in three dimensional space.

A. Use of structure drawing software like Chemoffice, Chemsketch, Kingdsdraw, etc. for
B. Resonance: use of arrows in resonance, Formal charges in Resonance structures, Drawing Resonance structures
for molecules/intermediates, benzenoid and non-benzenoid compounds etc.
C. Stereochemistry: Drawing of different projection formulae (Newman, Sawhorse, Fischer), chemical structures
for Conformations of cycloalkanes, Chiral (molecule with chiral carbon and also other atoms) and Asymmetric
molecules (biphenyl, spiranes and allenes)

Suggested Activity:
1. Draw and name 10 compounds using any of the structure drawing software.
2. Assignment to be submitted drawing chemical structure with correct configuration in suitable projection
formulae (10 molecule)
3. Seminar on any topic as decided by the instructor
Course Material/Learning Resources
Reference Books:
Organic Chemistry as a Second Language: David R Klein, Jon Wiley and Sons, 2004

Page 9 of 40

276
 22
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Syllabus Prescribed for Two Year PG Programme

Programme: MSc (Chemistry)
Semester 1
Code of the Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)
Course/Subject
CY106 Physical Chemistry 90 hrs (9 hrs/week)
(Lab-01)

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course students would be able to

1. Select the proper indicator for a titration
2. Improve scientific skill of data collection and analysis.
3. Create methods for estimation of concentration of electrolytes in mixture using potentiometry.
4. Corelate nature of graphs in conductometric titrations
5. Get awareness about laboratory skills of handling electroanalytical instruments.
6. Apply concept of critical micellar concentration to cleaning power of detergents.

Familiarity with word processing, electronic spreadsheets, data processing, mathematical packages, chemical
structure drawing and molecular modeling.
Part A
1. Determine the specific rate constant for the acid catalyzed hydrolysis of methyl acetate by the Initial Rate
Method. Study the reaction at two different temperatures and calculate the thermodynamic parameters.
2. Compare the strengths of hydrochloric acid and sulphuric acid by studying the rate of hydrolysis of methyl
acetate.
3. Study the saponification of ethyl acetate with sodium hydroxide volumetrically
4. Determine the Critical Micelle Concentration (CMC) of surfactant by surface tension measurements.
5. Determine the Critical Micelle Concentration (CMC) of ionic surfactants by conductivity measurements.
6. Determination of Critical Micelle Concentration (CMC) and Surface Excess concentration of surfactant
using Gibbs adsorption Isotherm
7. To find out the molecular surface energy and association factor of ethyl alcohol
8. Determination of molecular mass of a polymer by viscometry method.
9. To measure refractometrically average polarizability of some common solvents.

Part B
1. Determine the Cell Constant of the given conductivity cell at room temperature and study the equivalent
conductance versus square root of concentration relationship of a strong electrolyte (KCl or NaCl) and weak
electrolyte (acetic acid).
2. Determine the equivalent conductance at infinite dilution for acetic acid by applying Kohlrausch’s law of
independent migration of ions.
3. Determine the equivalent conductance of strong electrolyte at several concentrations and verification of Debye -
Huckel Onsagar principle conductometrically.
4. Study the conductometric titration of hydrochloric acid with sodium carbonate and determine the concentration
of sodium carbonate in a commercial sample of soda ash.
5. Study the conductometric titration of potassium sulphate solution vs. barium chloride solution
6. Study the conductometric titration of (i) Acetic acid vs. sodium hydroxide, (ii) Acetic acid vs. ammonium
hydroxide, (iii) HCl vs. NaOH and comment on the nature of the graphs.
7. Study the stepwise neutralization of a polybasic acid e.g. oxalic acid, citric acid, succinic acid by conductometric
titration and explain the variation in the plots.
8. Determine the dissociation constant of acetic acid potentiometrically.
9. Titrate a mixture of (i) Strong and weak acids (Hydrochloric and acetic acids), (ii) Weak acid (acetic acid) and
dibasic acid (oxalic acid) (iii) Strong acid (hydrochloric acid) and dibasic acid (oxalic acid) versus sodium
hydroxide and comment on the nature of the graph
10. To determine the indicator constant (pKIn) of methyl orange/red spectrophotometrically

CY106 Physical Chemistry (Lab 01)

Time : 6-8 Hrs. (One day Examination) Total Marks : 100

(1) Exercise-1 (Part A) - 40 Marks

(2) Exercise-2 (Part B) - 40 Marks
(3) Record - 10 Marks
(4) Viva-Voce - 10 Marks
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Total -100 Marks

Course Material/Learning Resources

Books Suggested:
1. J. B. Yadav, Practical Physical Chemistry
2. Das and Behra, Practical Physical Chemistry
3. Carl W. Garland, Joseph W. Nibler and David P. Shoemaker, Experiments in Physical Chemistry, Mc-Graw Hill,
8th Edition, 2009.
4. Farrington Daniels, Joseph Howard Mathews, John Warren Williams, Paul Bender, Robert A. Alberty,
Experimental Physical Chemistry, Mc-Graw Hill, Fifth Edition, 1956.

Page 10 of 40

277
 23
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

5. John W. Shriver and Michael George, Experimental Physical Chemistry, Lab Manual and Data Analysis, The
University of Alabama in Huntsville, Fall 2006
6. Jahgirdar D.V: Experiments In Chemistry

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

Page 11 of 40

278
 24
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Syllabus Prescribed for Two Year PG Programme

Programme: MSc (Chemistry)
Semester 1
Code of the Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)
Course/Subject
CY107 Organic Chemistry (Lab-02) 90 hrs (9 hrs/week)

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course students would be able to

1. Design the methodologies to develop ecofriendly and green technology for industry and research.
2. Develop methods and remedies for reactions with environmental pollution.
3. Improve scientific practical information orally and in writing.
4. Get awareness about laboratory safety and handling of chemicals.
5. Apply different purification techniques recrystallization, thin layer chromatography, distillation and solvent
extraction.
Part-A
In the beginning of the chemistry practical 9 hrs will be given for
• Laboratory safety: what precautions should be taken while working in chemistry laboratory (working with
acids and bases)
• Where to get chemicals information (MSDS)
• Introduction of equipment used for chemistry practical.
• Making apparatus for experiments, correct laboratory techniques.
• Introduction to Use of computer, software’s in chemistry, use of OER for virtual practical approach.
• Introduction about Pre lab preparation for every experiment.

Part-B
Organic synthesis will be carried out on reactions involving protection and deprotection, oxidation, reduction, carbon-
carbon multiple bonds, Metals/ metal salts catalyzed coupling reactions, Diels-Alder reactions, aromatic substitution
reactions, diazotization reactions, condensation reactions, hydrolysis reactions etc.

Organic Synthesis: Single Stage Preparations (8 Laboratory Session)

1. Benzaldehyde to cinnamic acid (Perkin Reaction)
2. p-nitrobromobenzene from bromobenzene. (Nitration)
3. m-di-nitrobenzene to m-nitroaniline (Reduction).
4. Diel’s Alder reaction of anthracene and maleic anhydride (furan and maleic acid in water).
5. Adipic acid by nitric acid oxidation of Cyclohexanol.(Oxidation)
6. p- Chlorotoulene from p-Toluidine.(Sandmeyer reaction)
7. Mannich Rection (reaction of primary amine, formaldehyde and carbonyl compound)
8. Synthesis of dihydropyrimidinone by Green Method (Begenneli reaction)
9. Preparation of 1,1-bis-2-napthol by Green Synthesis (Radical Coupling Reaction)
10. Photoreduction of benzophenone to benzopinacol in the presence of sunlight.
11. Synthesis of Paracetamol
12. Synthesis of indigo/Dye and dyeing of cloth
13. Synthesis of biodiesel.
14. Preparation of soap.
15. Synthesis of zeolites and its application as a catalyst for any one reaction.
16. Preparation of urea-formaldehyde resin and Determination of molecular weight by viscometry

Important Note:
i) The preparations should be carried out using (0.02 to 0.05 mole) of the starting material.
ii) The yield, melting point and TLC of the recrystallized product should be recorded.
iii) The sample of the purified product and TLC plate should be submitted for inspection. Draw TLC in the
journal and also calculate the Rf value.
iv) Use of Computer - Chem Draw Chem-Sketch, ISI – Draw: Draw the structure of product synthesized. Get
the correct IUPAC name and interpret of its 1HNMR as obtained from software.
Part-C

Qualitative Organic Analysis: (10 Mixtures)

Separation, purification and identification of binary mixtures by Chemical and physical methods.
The two components may be solid-solid, solid- liquid and liquid-liquid (volatile/nonvolatile). The water soluble
solid/liquid should also be given. Student should purify separated compounds from the mixture and prepare a suitable
derivative of the two compounds to confirm.
CY106 Organic Chemistry (Lab 02)
Time : 6-8 Hrs. (One day Examination) Total Marks : 100

(1) Exercise-1 (Organic Synthesis) - 40 Marks

(2) Exercise-2 (Qualitative Analysis) - 40 Marks
(3) Record - 10 Marks
(4) Viva-Voce - 10 Marks
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Total -100 Marks

Course Material/Learning Resources

Page 12 of 40

279
 25
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Books Suggested:
1. Experiments and technique in organic experiments- D. Pasto, C. Johnson and M. Miller prentice Hall.
2. Macro- scale and micro-scale organic experiments-K.L. Williaman, D. C. Heath.
3. Systematic quantitative organic analysis – H. Middleton, Edward Arnold.
4. Vogel’s Textbook of practical organic chemistry Fifth Edition-Brain S. Furniss, Antoy J. Hannaford, Peter
W,G. Smith, Austin R. Tatchell.
5. Qualitative organic Chemial analysis-A.I. Vogel.
6. Experiment organic chemistry Vol.I &II –P.R. Singh, D. S. Gupta and K.S. Bajpai.
7. The Golden book of chemistry experiments- Robert Brent

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab

1. Detection of functional group: [Link]
2. Detection of element: [Link]
3. Purification by fractional distillation/crystallization-
[Link]
4. Preparation of soap: [Link]

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

1. Procedure for synthesis : [Link]
2. Preparation of urea-formaldehyde resin: [Link]

Page 13 of 40

280
 26
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Syllabus Prescribed for Two Year PG Programme

Programme: MSc (Chemistry)
Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

CY201 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (DSC 60 hrs (4 hrs/week)

06)

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course, student would be able to

1. recollect the principles of electronic structure, bonding and reactivity of coordination complexes
2. understand the concept of synthesis and stability of transition metal organometallic complexes
3. develop the possible catalytic pathways leading to desired products
4. apply the principles of transition metal coordination complexes in understanding functions of biological systems
5. identify the medicinal applications of inorganic compounds
6. unravel and interpret the photochemical properties of coordination complexes

Unit I Reaction mechanisms of transition metal complexes: 15 hrs

A) Ligand substitution reactions: Energy profile of a reaction – Transition state or Activated Complex. Types of
substitution reactions (SE, SN, SN1, SN2). Langford and Grey classification – A mechanism, D Mechanism, Ia, Id, and
Intimate mechanism. Ligand substitution reactions in octahedral complexes: Aquation or Acid hydrolysis reactions,
Factors effecting Acid Hydrolysis , Base Hydrolysis, Conjugate Base Mechanism, Evidences in favour of SN1CB
Mechanism. Substitution reactions without Breaking Metal-Ligand bond. Anation reaction
B) Ligand Substitution reactions in Square-Planar complexes: Mechanism of Substitution in Square-Planar
complexes- Trans-effect, Theories of trans effect [Grienberg’s Polarization theory and pi-bonding theory], cis effect
,cis effect series i.e. cis-influence (ligand effect), uses/ applications of cis and trans-effect in synthesis of Pt (II)
complexes, Kurnakoves test, synthesis of anti-cancer drug cis-platin, factors affecting the rate of substitution reaction
in Pt(II)square planar complexes.
C) Electron Transfer Reactions (or Oxidation-Reduction Reactions) in Coordination compounds: Mechanism of One-
electron Transfer Reactions: Atom (or group) Transfer or Inner Sphere Mechanism, Direct electron Transfer or Outer
Sphere Mechanism. Factors affecting direct electron transfer reactions, Cross reactions and Marcus-Hush theory.

Unit II Bonding in metal complexes –II - Electronic spectra: 15 hrs

A) Ligand Field Theory and MO theory: types of complexes - sigma - pi bonding of complexes, back bonding
(carbonyls) - Nephelauxetic effects.
B) Free ion terms and Energy levels: Configurations, Terms, States and Microstates – Formula for the calculation of
Microstates pn and dn configurations – L-S (Russel-Saunders) coupling scheme – j-j coupling scheme – Determination
of terms for various pn and dn configurations of metal ions. Hole formalism – Energy ordering of terms ( Hund’s rules)
Inter – electron repulsion Parameters ( Racah parameters) Evaluation of Dq, B’ and β parameters (Konig method),
Numericals. – Spin-Orbital coupling parameters. Effect of weak cubic crystal fields on S, P, D and F terms- Orgel
diagrams (d1 -d9 states) and Tanabe–Sugano diagrams of d2 and d8 configurations of an octahedral environment.
Charge transfer spectra & its mechanism, Intensity of change transfer bands.

Unit III Organometallics and Catalysis 15 hrs

A) Types of ligands in organometallic compounds - eighteen Electron rule, isolobal concepts. Chemistry of σ-Bonded
transition metal-alkyls, - aryls, -alkenyls (vinyls), -alkynyls (acetylides), metal-carbenes, -carbynes, and their
reactions.
B) Concept of hapticity, transition metal complexes of alkenes, Ziese salt, allenes, alkynes, allyls, butadienes; cyclic
π-metal complexes of cyclobutadienes, cyclopentadienyls, arenes, cycloheptatrienyls and cyclooctatetraenes;
reactions Metallocenes: Ferrocene, structure & bonding non-rigidity in organometallic compounds and fluxional
compounds, bimetallic and cluster complexes.
C) Catalytic cycles-oxidative addition and reductive elimination. Hydrogenation of olefins - hydroformylation of
olefins - oxidation of olefins to aldehydes and ketones, polymerisation of alkenes - cyclooligomerization of acetylene
and Fischer - Tropsch process, olefin metathesis, Willkinsons catalyst, Vaska’s complex.

Unit IV Bioinorganic chemistry: 15 hrs

A) Overview of Bioinorganic chemistry-biological role of alkali metal ions, ligands, ion transport across the
membrane, Classification as enzymatic and non-enzymatic metals, enzymatic redox metals such as Cu(SOD) and
enzymatic non redox metals such as Zn(Hydrolase).
B) Electron Transfer- Metal-sulfide proteins - Cytochromes, Ferredoxins, Rieske proteins and Rubredoxins -
Hydrogenases and Nitrogenases Hydrolytic Enzymes - Metal-dependent Zn hydrolase enzymes - Carbonic anhydrase
- Carboxypeptidase - Alcohol dehydrogenase. Porphyrin systems:
C) Dioxygen Transport - Hemoglobin, hemerythrin and hemocyanin. Cooperativity in O2 binding, O2 and CO
discrimination. Inorganic model compounds. Oxygen Metabolism - Oxygen atom transfer by cytochromes-P450,
tyrosinase.
D) Metals in photosynthesis- Metal complexes in medicine- cisplatin and its mode of action. Gold and Lithium
compounds as drugs - Metal complexes as probes of nucleic acid, metal ions in genetic regulations, metal DNA and
RNA interaction – Potential binding sites.
Course Material/Learning Resources

Page 14 of 40

281
 27
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Text books:
1. Selected Topics In Inorganic Chemistry: W.U. Malik, G.D. Tuli & R.D. Madan (S. Chand Publications)
2. B.R. Puri, L.R Sharma and K.C. Kalia, Principles of Inorganic Chemistry, Vishal publication, 2016
3. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry - Volume I - Satya Prakash, G.D. Tuli, S K Basu & R.D. Madan (S. Chand
Publications)
4. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry - Volume I - Satya Prakash, G.D. Tuli, S K Basu & R.D. Madan (S. Chand
Publications)
5. Organometallic & Bioinorganic Chemistry (4th edition): Ajai Kumar; Aaryush Education

Reference Books:
1. D.F. Shriver and P.W. Atkins, Inorganic Chemistry, Oxford University Press, 5th Edition, 2010.
2. J. D. Lee, Concise Inorganic Chemistry, Oxford University Press, 5th Edition, 2014. Dieter Rehder. Bioinorganic
Chemistry: An Introduction, Oxford University Press; 1st Edition, 2014
3. D. Rehder, E. Nordlander, Bioinorganic chemistry, Oxford University Press India, 2014.
4. Inorganic Chemsitry: Catherine E., Housecroft and Alan G Sharp (5th edition) Pearson publication
4. Inorganic Chemistry, 5th Edition: Gary L. Miessler, Paul J. Fischer and Donald A. Tarr Pearson Publication.
5. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. [Link], [Link], [Link] and [Link], 6th Edition, Wiley
Interscience, N.Y (1999)
6. The Organomettalic Chemistry of the transition metals (7th Edition): Robert H Crabrtree Willey publications.
7. Inorganic Chemistry, J.E. Huheey, [Link] and [Link] 4 th Edition Harper Cottens College Publications
(1993).
8. Homogeneous Catalysis by Metal complexes Vol I, M M Taqui Khan and A E Martell, Academic Press NY
(1974).
9. Inorganic Chemistry, Keith [Link] and John [Link], Holt-Saunders International Editions, London (1977).
10. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 3rd, 5th & 6th Editions.: F.A. Cotton& G. Wilkinson:
11. Bioinorganic chemistry: Lippard S J Jeremy M Berg Stephen J Lippard, University Science Books ,Mill Valley,
California, 1994.
Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:
Introduction to Organometallic Chemistry- [Link]
Advanced Transition Metal Organometallic Chemistry- [Link]
Advanced Transition Metal Chemistry- [Link]
Bioinorganic chemistry - [Link]
Inorganic Chemistry of Life: Principles and Perspectives- [Link]

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant: NA

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant: NA

Page 15 of 40

282
 28
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Syllabus Prescribed for Two Year PG Programme

Programme: MSc (Chemistry)
Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

CY202 Organic Reaction 60 hrs (4 hrs/week)

Mechanism (DSC 06)

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course students would be able to

1. Predict the orientation and stereochemistry of the product of addition reaction
2. Predict the orientation and stereochemistry of the product of elimination reaction
3. Apply enolate chemistry to achieve molecular complexity
4. Design organic reactions in order to achieve the required product(s).
5. Formulate green chemistry synthesis to increase atom economy
Unit-I 15 h
A) Addition to carbon-carbon multiple bond: Mechanistic and stereochemical aspects of addition reaction
involving electrophiles, nucleophiles and free radicals, regio and chemoselectivity, Orientation and stereochemistry,
Addition to cyclopropanes, Hydrogenation of double bond and triple bonds. Hydrogenation of aromatic rings,
hydroboration-oxidation, epoxidation, Michael addition
B) Elimination reactions: The E1, E2 and E1CB mechanisms. Stereochemistry of E2 elimination. Orientation of the
double bond, Saytzeff and Hoffman’s rule, Effect of substrate structure, attacking base, leaving group and medium,
Mechanism and orientation in pyrolytic elimination involving selenium oxide, Cope and Chugaev elimination
Unit II: 15 h
Addition to carbon-hetero atom multiple bond: Ionization of carbon hydrogen bond and prototopy, Base and acid
catalysed halogenation of ketones, keto-enol equilibria, structure and rate in enolisation, concerted and carbanion
mechanism for tautomerism, geometry of carbanions, kinetic and thermodynamic control in the generation of enolates,
Mechanism of metal hydride reduction of saturated and unsaturated carbonyl compounds, acids, esters, and nitriles,
Wittig reaction, Mechanisms and synthetic applications of condensation reactions involving enolates- Aldol,
Knoevengel, Claisen, Mannich, Benzoin, Perkin, Stobbe reaction, Robinson annulation, Hydrolysis of esters and
amide and Baylis-Hillman reactions.
Unit III: Free radical reactions 15 h
I) Free radical reactions: Introduction of free radical, generation types, structure and stability of free radical reactions
(using ARIO thumb rule), free radical initiator (heat/light/benzoyl or dibenzoyl peroxide/AIBN) and abstracting
reagents (Tributyl tin hydride/triphenyl tinhydride/trimethyl silyl hydride/NBS/SmI2).
II) Free radical related named reactions: Hunsdiecker reaction, allylic and benzylic bromination (Wohl-Ziegler),
methane and vinylic bromination (using NBS), Sandmeyer, Fentons reagents and its applications. The Bergman
cyclization reaction, chlorosulphonation (Reed Reaction)
III) Photo-fragmentation/rearrangements reactions: Barton-nitrite reaction, hypohalite reaction, Barton-
McCombie deoxygenation reaction, Barton-radical decarboxylation reaction, Hoffmann-Loeffler Freytag reaction.
IV) Free radical dimerisation/coupling reactions: i) Ullman reaction, ii) McMurry coupling reaction, iii) Pinacol
type coupling reaction.
V) Applications of tributytin hydride (TBTH): i) Dehalogenation followed by intramolecular radical addition to
carbon-carbon double and triple bonds, Tandem or Cascade radical cyclization , ii) Inter and intramolecular
dehalogenation (Reduction of halides), iii) Reduction of carbonyl to alcohols, iv) opening of the cyclopropane and
epoxide ring
Unit IV 15h
A) Molecular rearrangements and fragmentation reactions:
Molecular rearrangements: Definition and classification of molecular rearrangements involving:
1. electron deficient carbon: Pinacol-Pinacolone, Semi-Pinacol Wagner- Meerwein, Tiffenev –Demjnov ring
expansion, and Arndt-Eistert synthesis, Dienone-phenol rearrangement
2. electron deficient nitrogen: Hofmann, Lossen, Curtius, Schmidt Neber, Stieglitz and Beckmann rearrangements
3. electron deficient oxygen: Baeyer-Villiger oxidation, Dakin reaction
4. Base catalysed rearrangements: Benzil-Benzilic acid, Favorskii, Sommlett-Hauser and Smiles rearrangement
Fragmentation reactions: Electron push and pull requirement, Beckmann, Eschenmoser, Alicyclic-Grobb
fragmentation.
B) Green Chemistry: Designing a green synthesis: Choice of starting material, choice of solvents. Basic principle of
green chemistry, Concept of atom economy with suitable examples, Green Synthesis of styrene, urethane,
caprolactum, paracetamol, Synthesis of Ibuprofen. Microwave induced green synthesis, Ionic liquids as Green
Solvents, Chemical reactions involved in Bhopal gas tragedy, Minamata disease, Seveso (Italy) disaster
Course Material/Learning Resources
Text books:
1. J. March and M. B. Smith, March's Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure, 6th
Edition, Wiley, 2013
2. Electrophilic Additions to Carbon-Carbon Multiple Bonds Part B Reactions & Synthesis Francis A. Carey &
Richard J. Sundberg (Springer)
3. Free Radical in Organic Chemistry Jacques Fossey,Daniel Lefort & Jannie Sorba Willey Publication.
4. Radical Reactions in Organic Synthesis Samir [Link]. Oxford Chemistry Masters.
5. Molecular Rearrangements in Organic Synthesis - Christian M. Rojas
6. Green Chemstry A Text [Link]
7. Introduction to Green Chemistry- Albert [Link], Second Edition
Reference Books:
1. J. Clayden, N. Greeves, S. Warren and P. Wothers, Organic Chemistry, 1st edition, Oxford University Press,

Page 16 of 40

283
 29
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

2001
2. Modern methods of Organic Synthesis [Link] & [Link] 4th Edition Cambridge
3. Modern Organic Synthesis 1st edition by George S. Zweifel, Michael H. Nantz
4. Clayden Organic Chemistry (2nd Edition) Solution Manual
5. Organic Chemistry (7th edition) : R.T. Morrison and R.N. Boyd. Pearson Publication
6. Organic Chemistry by I. L. Finar Vol.I Pearson Publication
7. Molecular Orbitals and Organic Chemical Reactions: Student Edition-Ian Fleming Second Edition.

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

Essentials of Oxidation, Reduction and C_C Bond Formation. Application in Organic Synthesis-
[Link]
Environmental Chemistry- [Link]
Principles Of Organic Synthesis- [Link]
Introductory Organic Chemistry II- [Link]

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant: NA

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:
Introduction to Rearrangement Reactions- [Link]
Radical Chain Polymerization- [Link]
Wagner-Meerwein rearrangment, Pinacol rearrangment, Benzilic acid rearrangement-
[Link]
Rearrangement to electron-Rich carbon- [Link]

Page 17 of 40

284
 30
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Syllabus Prescribed for Two Year PG Programme

Programme: MSc (Chemistry)
Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

CY203 Physical Chemistry-II (DSC 60 hrs (4 hrs/week)

07)

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course students would be able to

1. Understand basic and advanced level statistical thermodynamics, reaction kinetics, photochemistry and
nuclear-chemistry
2. Apply the concepts of statistical thermodynamics and reaction kinetics to solve complex problems.
3. Demonstrate the ability to use chemical dynamics to solve problems associated with enzyme kinetics, fast
reactions and complex reactions
4. Implement and build theoretical models for reaction rates, thermodynamics and nuclear phenomena
5. Solve numerical problems associated with statistical thermodynamics, reaction kinetics, photochemistry
and nuclear chemistry

Unit – I : Statistical Thermodynamics 15Hrs

A) Statistical entropy, microcanonical and canonical ensembles. Ideal monoatomic and diatomic gases
Thermodynamic probability, most probable distribution. Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution law Fermi-Dirac
statistics, distribution law and applications to metals. Bose-Einstein statistics-distribution law and application
to helium. Heat capacities - Einstein theory and Debye theory Applications of statistical thermodynamics to
activated complex theory
B) Partition function- Translational, rotational, vibrational and electronic partition functions, calculations of
thermodynamic properties in terms of partition functions. Applications of partition functions. Numericals
Unit-II : Chemical Dynamics 15 Hrs
A) Kinetics of Complex reactions: Chain reaction (H2+Br2,→ 2 HBr thermal and photo chemical reaction),
Homogeneous catalysis (acid-base and enzymes), oscillating reactions (BelousovZhabotinsky reaction,
Lotka-Volterra mechanism, the brusselator and the oregonator).
B) Enzyme kinetics – Michaelis-Menten kinetics, Multi-substrate reactions, Lineweaver-Burk plot; Kinetics
of fast and complex reactions: flow and relaxation methods; ultrafast reactions.
C) Fast reactions: General features of fast reactions, Stopped flow method, relaxation method, Nuclear
magnetic resonance method, Flash Photolysis, Numericals.

Unit-III : Theories of reaction rates 15 Hrs

A) Theories of reaction rates: Collision theory, collision rates in gases, energy requirement and steric
requirement. Dynamics of molecular collisions. Transition state theory : assumptions, Statistical Mechanics
and Chemical equilibrium, derivations of Eyring equation, Application of transition state theory to reaction
between atoms and molecules (e.g. The reaction H + HBr → H2+Br)
B) Theory of Unimolecular reactions : Lindemann-Christiansen hypothesis and Hinshelwood treatment,
Marcus's extension of the RRK treatment
Unit-IV: Photochemistry and Nuclear Chemistry 15 Hrs
A) Photochemistry:
Basics of Photochemistry and Photophysics, Jablonski diagram. Electronically excited states: electronic,
vibrational and spin levels, unimolecular and bimolecular photophysical processes. Photochemical reactions
and kinetics – energy transfer, electron transfer, excited state quenching – eximer and exiplex
B) Nuclear Chemistry:
General characteristics of radioactive decay, decay kinetics, parent daughter decay growth relationship,
Geiger Nutta Law, classification of reactor, reactor power, Breeder reactor, Reprocessing of spent fuel
Recovery of Uranium and Plutonium nuclear waste management.

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
1. McQuarrie, D. A.; Simon, J. D.; Physical Chemistry: A Molecular Approach, University Science Books, 2011.
2. Atkins, P. W.; Paula, J.; Physical Chemistry, Oxford Publications, 8th edition, 2009.
3. McQuarrie, D. A.; Statistical mechanics, University Science Publishers, 2000

Reference Books:
1. Hill, T. A.; an Introduction to Statistical Thermodynamics, Dover Publications Inc., 1987.
2. Levine, I. N.; Physical Chemistry, McGraw-Hill Science/Engineering/Math, 6th edition, 2008.
3. Laidler, K. J.; Chemical Kinetics, Pearson Education, 3rd edition, 2011
4. Physical Chemistry - P.W. Atkin, ELBS fourth edition.
5. Physical Chemistry – R.A. Alberty, R.I. Bilby, Johy Wiley – 1995
6. Physical Chemistry – G.M. Barrow, Tata Mc – Graw Hill – 1988
7. Quantum Chemistry, - I . Levine, Fifth edition, Prentice Hall- 19995. Physical Chemistry – Thomas Engel, Philip
Reid
8. Molecular quantum mechanics, Vol. I & II, P. W. Atkins, Oxford University Press, 1970.

Page 18 of 40

285
 31
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

9. Statistical thermodynamics, by [Link], Addison Wesley, 1060

Chemical thermodynamics, by F.T. Wall, [Link] & Co. 1965
10. Irreversible thermodynamics, Theory and applications, by [Link], T. Forland, [Link], Jonny
Witey, 1988.
11. Chemical Kinetics,by K. J. Laidler, 3rd Edition, Harper and row, 1987.
12. Chemical Kinetics-A study of reaction rate in solution, [Link], [Link] 1990.
13. Chemical Kinetics and Dynamics, By [Link], J.S. Francisco & [Link], Pritice Hall, 1989.
Kinetics and Mechanism of Chemical transformation, [Link], J. Kucriacose, Mc-Million
Molecular reaction Dynamics and chemical reactivity, [Link] and R.B. Benstin, Oxford University
ress. 1987.
14. Physical Chemistry by Alberty and Silby, Jolly Wiley

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

Approximate Methods In Quantum Chemistry: [Link]
Advanced Chemical Thermodynamics and Kinetics: [Link]
Thermodynamics: Classical to statistical: [Link]
Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:
Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

Page 19 of 40

286
 32
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Syllabus Prescribed for Two Year PG Programme

Programme: MSc (Chemistry)
Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

CY204 Analytical Chemistry-II 60 hrs (4 hrs/week)

(DSC 08)

Course Outcomes: At the end of the course students would be able to

1. Select most suitable modern chromatographic technique for separation of analyte from matrix.
2. Explain various types of columns and detectors used in chromatography.
3. Determine pKa value of indicator using potentiometry
4. Summarize principles and applications of molecular absorption and molecular emission spectroscopy
5. Design experiments based on spectrophotometry and polarographic analysis.
6. Apply the principle involved in radioanalytical techniques and instrumentation therein.
7. Formulate experiments based on optical and electroanalytical techniques.

Unit-I: Modern separation techniques 15h

A] Gas Chromatography: Principle including concept of theoretical plates and van-Deemter equation. Instrumental
set up- carrier gas, sampling system, column and detector. Types of columns, their advantages and limitations.
Detectors in GC analysis. Temperature programmed GC. Factors affecting retention, peak resolution and peak
broadening.

B] Liquid chromatography: Principle, Instrumentation, Advantages and applications of HPLC. Types of columns
and detectors. Principle and applications of size exclusion, gel permeation, ion

retardation, normal phase and reverse phase chromatography.

C] Supercritical fluid chromatography: Introduction and applications.

Unit II: Optical methods of analysis-I 15h

A] Spectrophotometry: Principle. Beer’s law, its verification and deviations. Instrumentation in colorimetry and
spectrophotometry (single and double beam). Sensitivity and analytical significance of molar extinction coefficient
and λmax. Comparison method, calibration curve method and standard addition method for quantitative estimation.
Ringbom plot and Sandell’s sensitivity. Photometric titrations. Determination of pK value of indicator. Simultaneous
determination in binary systems (dichromate and permanganate, mixture of dyes etc). Composition of complex by
Job’s and mole ratio methods. Derivative spectrophotometry. Numerical problems.

B] Fluorometry and phosphorimetry: Principles of fluorescence and phosphorescence. Jablonski diagram.

Concentration dependence of fluorescence intensity. Fluorescence quenching. Instrumentation. Applications.

Unit-III: Electrochemical methods of analysis-II 15h

A] Polarography: Principle of DC polarography. Instrumentation in polarography. Advantages and limitations of

DME. Types of currents- residual current, migration current, diffusion current, limiting current, adsorption current,
kinetic current and catalytic current. Ilkovic equation-diffusion current constant and capillary characteristics.
Derivation of equation of polarographic wave and half wave potential. Experimental determination of half wave
potential. Reversible, quasi reversible and irreversible electrode reactions. Polarographic maxima and maximum
suppressor. Oxygen interference and deaeration. Introduction to pulse, a.c. and oscillographic techniques and their
advantages. Applications of polarography in determination of dissolved oxygen, metal ion quantification and
speciation, simultaneous determination of metal ions, analysis of organic compounds. Limitations of polarography.

B] Amperometric titrations: Principle, types and applications in analytical chemistry.

Unit-IV: Radioanalytical techniques 15h

Radioactivity, Law of radioactive decay, Radiation Units: Curie, Becquerel, Gray, Rad, Sievert, RBE, REM. Half-life
and mean life. Different types of radiations and their interactions with matter. Radiation detectors: principles and
working of Ionization chamber, GM counter, Proportional counter and gamma ray spectrometer. Principles,
instrumentation and applications of Neutron Activation Analysis, Isotope Dilution Analysis, Radiometric titrations,

Page 20 of 40

287
 33
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Radiochromatography, Carbon dating, Numerical problems based on above.

Course Material/Learning Resources

Text books:
1. Essentials of Nuclear Chemistry: H. J. Arnikar (Willey Eastern Ltd)

Reference Books:
1. Sub-stoichiometry in Radioanalytical Chemistry: J. Ruzicka and J Stary (Pergamon Press)
2. Introduction to Radiation Chemistry: J. W. T. Spinks and R. J. Woods
3. Radiochemistry: A. N. Nesmeyanov (Mir Publications)
4. Instrumental Methods of Analysis: Willard, Meriit and Dean(Van Nostrand)
5. Advance Analytical Chemistry: Meites and Thomas: (Mc Graw Hill)
6. An Introduction to Separation Science: L. R. Shyder and C. H. Harvath (Wiley Interscience)
7. Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis: G. W. Ewing

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

Analytical Chemistry: [Link]
Advance Analytical Course: [Link]

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant: NA

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

1. Gas chromatography [Link]

Page 21 of 40

288
 34
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Ability Enhancement Course on DSC : 02

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

CY205 Acids and Bases and Virtual Lab (AEC- 15 hrs
2)

Course Outcome: After completion of this course successfully, the students would be able to……
1. correlate concept of pKa to predict the reaction mechanism
2. apply the basic operations of spreadsheet applications
3. operate various Chemistry software with advanced functions
4. prepare and present report on a particular topic

A) Concept of acids and Bases: SHAB principle, Comparing acidity of two different Hydrogens within or
different molecules (ARIO Principle), Quantitative measurement: pKa (Evans Table), Predicting the position
of equilibrium.
B) Chemistry Software’s (Chemdraw, Chem Sketch etc) Structure drawing, Introduction to advanced functions
of MS office and its Open Office substitutes including tracking changes, inserting page numbers, Spreadsheet
software (Excel), creating a spreadsheet, entering and formatting information, basic functions and formulae,
creating charts, tables and graphs Incorporating tables and graphs into word processing documents, making
of effective PowerPoint presentations.
C) Seminar 15 min (10 minutes presentation and 5 minutes discussion)

Suggested Activity:
1. Assignment on prediction of acidity of different Hydrogens within or different molecules
2. Prepare and submit an assignment in MS word given by the instructor.
3. Seminar on any topic using power point presentation.

Course Material/Learning Resources

Reference Books:
1. Organic Chemistry as a Second Language: David R Klein, Jon Wiley and Sons, 2004

Weblink:
1. Draw chemical structure in MS word: [Link]

Page 22 of 40

289
 35
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Syllabus Prescribed for Two Year PG Programme

Programme: MSc (Chemistry)
Semester 2
Code of the Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)
Course/Subject
CY206 Physical Chemistry (Lab- 90 hrs (9 hrs/week)
03)
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course students would be able to
1. Apply knowledge to determine reaction rate of chemical reactions
2. Create methods for estimation of concentration of electrolytes in mixture using potentiometry.
3. Corelate nature of graphs in conductometric titrations
4. Improve skill to perform experiment in electroanalytical methods
5. Corelate structure property relationship of conjugated systems
6. Design conjugated polymer of desired optoelectronic property.
Part A
1. Determine the specific reaction rate of the potassium persulphate-iodide reaction by the initial rate method.
2. Study the kinetics of the iodination of acetone in the presence of acid by the Initial Rate Method.
3. Study of enzyme-substrate catalysis reaction: the hydrolysis of p-nitrophenyl phosphate as catalysed by alkaline
phosphatase
4. Kinetics of Iodine Clock Reaction
5. Study of an Oscillating Reaction: the oscillating reaction (Belousov-Zhabotinsky) to be studied using the
Ce3+/Ce4+ system; dependence of the oscillation period on the metal ion concentration to be monitored.
6. Ab-initio calculation of rotational barrier between eclipsed and staggered conformation of ethane
7. Calculation of potential energy surface of H2O2 molecule using HF/6-31G(d,p)
8. Particle in 1D Box: Quantum mechanical calculation of HOMO-LUMO gap in ethene, 1,3 butadiene and 1,3,5-
hexatriene.

Part B
1. Titrate conductometrically a moderately strong acid (salicylic/ mandelic acid) by the
a. salt-line method
b. double alkali method.
2. Titrate conductometrically a mixture of copper sulphate, acetic acid and sulphuric acid with sodium hydroxide.
3. Titrate conductometrically a tribasic acid (phosphoric acid) against NaOH and Ba(OH)2 conductometrically.
4. Titrate conductometrically magnesium sulphate against BaCl2 and its reverse titration
5. Estimate the concentration of each component of a mixture of AgNO3 and HNO3 by conductometric titration
against NaOH.
6. Determine the degree of hydrolysis of aniline hydrochloride conductometrically.
7. Determine the solubility and solubility product of an insoluble salt, AgX (X=Cl, Br or I) potentiometrically.
8. Determine the mean activity coefficient (γ±) of 0.01 M hydrochloric acid solution potentiometrically.
9. Study the titration phosphoric acid potentiometrically against sodium hydroxide.
10. Find the composition of the zinc ferrocyanide complex by potentiometric titration.
11. Titrate potentiometrically solutions of mixture of KCl + KBr + KI and determine the composition of each
component in the mixture.
12. Verify the Debye-Hückel theory through the solubility of ionic salts.

CY206 Physical Chemistry (Lab 03)

Time : 6-8 Hrs. (One day Examination) Total Marks : 100

(1) Exercise-1 (Part A) 40 Marks

(2) Exercise-2 (Part B) 40 Marks
(3) Record 10 Marks
(4) Viva-Voce 10 Marks
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total -100 Marks

Course Material/Learning Resources: (to be upod

Books Suggested-
Books Suggested:
1. J. B. Yadav, Practical Physical Chemistry
2. Das and Behra, Practical Physical Chemistry
3. Carl W. Garland, Joseph W. Nibler and David P. Shoemaker, Experiments in Physical Chemistry, Mc-Graw Hill,
8th Edition, 2009.
4. Farrington Daniels, Joseph Howard Mathews, John Warren Williams, Paul Bender, Robert A. Alberty,
Experimental Physical Chemistry, Mc-Graw Hill, Fifth Edition, 1956.
5. John W. Shriver and Michael George, Experimental Physical Chemistry, Lab Manual and Data Analysis, The
University of Alabama in Huntsville, Fall 2006
6. Jahgirdar D.V: Experiments In Chemistry

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

Page 23 of 40

290
 36
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

Page 24 of 40

291
 37
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Syllabus Prescribed for Two Year PG Programme

Programme: MSc (Chemistry)
Semester 1
Code of the Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)
Course/Subject
CY207 Inorganic Chemistry (Lab-04) 90 hrs (9 hrs/week)
Course Outcomes: At the end of the course students would be able to
1. apply knowledge to develop method for qualitative identification elements from the mixture having applications
in industry and research
2. create methods for estimation of element/metal from the complexes.
3. improve skill for separation identification and removal of interfering radicals
4. get idea about development of spot test for the different elements.
5. Understand importance of metal complexes and green methods for the synthesis.

Part-A
Preparation of inorganic compounds. It is expected that preparation should be carried out using tenets of Green
Chemistry. Any one of the prepared compound may be characterized by elemental analysis/estimation or MW
determination or decomposition temperatures or molar conductance studies. (Any Five)
1. Preparation of [VO (acac)2]
2. Preparation of bis(acetylacetonato)copper(II).
3. Preparation of tris (acetylacetonato) iron (III).
4. Preparation of tris (acetylacetonato) manganese (III).
5. Preparation of Isomers of Tris (8-Hydroxyquinolinato) aluminium (III)
6. Preparation of Potassium trioxalatomanganate(III), K3[Mn(C2O4)3]
7. Preparation of Cis and trans isomers of [Co(en)2Cl2]Cl
8. Preparation of Cis/Trans K [Cr (C2O4)2(H2O) 2].2H2O potassium bisoxalatodiaquo chromate(III) dehydrate
9. Preparation of K3 [Fe (C2O4) 3]
10. Preparation of [Co (Py) 2 Cl2]
11. Preparation of [Ni (DMG) 2]
12. Preparation of [Cu2 (CH3COO)4(H2O)2]
13. Preparation of K3 [Al (C2O4)3](H2O)3

Part-B
Quantitative Analysis (Any two)
Quantitative analysis of mixture of cations involving their chemical separation and separate analysis of one cation by
gravimetry and another by volumetric or colorimetric. Quantitative analysis of (Brass, Bronze and Dolamite)

Part-C

Qualitative analysis of Eight mixtures

Qualitative analysis of mixtures containing at least five radicals including interfering radicals (not more than one such
radical in a mixture), rare earth (not more than two rare earths in a mixture)
1. Cations of : Ag, Pb, Hg, Cu, Cd, Sn, Bi, As, Sb, Fe, Al, Cr, Co, Ni, Mn, Zn, Ca, Sr, Ba, Mg, Na and K. +NH4
.
2. Cations of rare elements: W, Tl, Mo, Ce, Ti, Th, Zr, U, V, Be and Li.
3. Interfering radicals: Phosphate, Oxalate, Fluoride and Tartrate.

CY207 Inorganic Chemistry (Lab 04)

Time : 6-8 Hrs. (One day Examination) Total Marks : 100

(1) Exercise-1 (Inorganic preparation) 40 Marks

(2) Exercise-2 (Qualitative Analysis of mixture/ Quantitative analysis of mixture) 40 Marks
(3) Record 10 Marks
(4) Viva-Voce 10 Marks
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total -100 Marks

Course Material/Learning Resources:

Books Suggested-
1. Synthesis and Characterization of Inorganic Compounds, W. L. Jolly, Prentice Hall.
2. Inorganic Experiments, J. Derck Woollins, VCH.
3. Practical Inorganic Chemistry, G. Marrand, B. W. Rockett, Van Nostrand.
4. Instrumental Methods of Analysis, Willard, Merit and Dean (CBS, Delhi)
5. Fundamental of Analytical Chemistry, Skoog D.A. &West D.M Holt Rinehart &Winston Inc.
6. Experimental Inorganic Chemistry, [Link], Cambridge
7. Advance inorganic analysis by Agrawal Keemtilal, A Pragati Prakashan.
8. Advanced Practical Inorganic Chemistry – Gurdeep Raj
9. Vogel, A.I. A text book of Quantitative Analysis, ELBS 1986.
10. G. Marr and B.W. Rockett, Practical Inorganic Chemistry, Van Nostrand Reinhold. 197

Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:

Page 25 of 40

292
 38
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

1. Concentrations: [Link]
2. Concentrations : [Link]
3. Volumetric/gravimetric: [Link]
Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if relevant:
1. Brass: [Link]
2. Gravimetric estimation: [Link]
Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:
1. [Link]
2. [Link]

Page 26 of 40

293
 39
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

General Interest Course :01

Chemistry for All (02 Credit)

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods)

-------------- Chemistry for All 30 hrs

Course Outcome: After completion of this course successfully, the students would be able to……

1. grasp basic insights into concept of atoms and molecules

2. understand Periodic Table trends and functional groups;
3. correlate concept of properties of elements, chemical reactivity and stability.
4. corelate Chemistry with the process of photosynthesis and pollution.
5. apply concepts of chemistry to biomolecules and functions of drugs inside the body.

Foundation: Elements, Atoms, Subatomic particles, Discovery, Periodic Table, Radioactive Elements, Stability and
reactivity, Molecules, Characterization, Properties and Chemical Reactions. Chemical compounds and functional
groups (for students with non-chemistry background). Solids, liquids and gases; properties.

Environment and Impact on Daily Life: Sun (nuclear fusion), Liquid water – Importance of H–bond (potable, hard
and soft), Importance of trees and plants, Photosynthesis – oxygen supply to air and water. Greenhouse effect,
Atmospheric chemical pollution and its impact. Nuclear waste, Industrial chemical pollution, Pesticides – fertilizers,
organic farming etc. Chemistry in the Living Beings, Healthy food pyramid, Essential chemical components (Fe, Ca,
Na K, Vitamins, Proteins, Fat) – in relation to eye, blood, bones, brain, heart etc. Chemistry of food and food products.

Medicines: Common drugs and their function inside the body, Side effect of Drugs.

Course Material/Learning Resources: To be provided by the instructor

Useful Weblinks :

1. [Link]
anytime/[Link]?gclid=CjwKCAjw5NqVBhAjEiwAeCa97dl77-Xu0i2ZElRYmMOK-
0NV47kmzcVbnPE6Lcz6DnisrwLofcDfERoC_pIQAvD_BwE
2. [Link]
[Link]
3. [Link]

Page 27 of 40

294
 40
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

General Interest Course :02

History of Chemistry in ancient and Medieval India (02 credit)

Course objective: Main objective is to highlight the development of chemistry and alchemy in ancient India.

Course Outcome: After completion of this course successfully, the students would be able to

1. understand application of science & technology in ancient Indian civilization

2. get insight of Indian Contribution to World in Chemistry
3. corelate ancient health management systems through home remedies
4. apply concepts of Indology of chemistry to biomolecules and functions of drugs inside the body.

Preamble: Ancient India, an important role in the development of chemistry was made by Ayurveda which used a
variety of minerals. Science and technology in ancient and medieval India covered all the major branches of human
knowledge and activities. In any, early civilization, metallurgy has remained an activity central to all civilizations
from the Bronze Age and the Iron Age, to all other civilizations that followed. The Indus valley civilization was the
earliest society, the story of early chemistry in India begins from here. Traces of cement had been ford in the era of
Mohanjodaro. According to RigVeda, tanning of leather and dyeing of cotton was practiced during this period. After
Vedas classical texts which give valuable information about the chemical activities of this period. The major chemical
products of this period were glass, paper, soap, dyeing, cosmetics and perfumes, alcoholic lacquers, pharmaceuticals,
gun powder and saltpetre. Nagarjuna (metallurgist) and Kanada were chemist of ancient period. Indian and Persian
army used arrows tipped with iron. In the Gupta age metallurgical operations were found. Nataraja statue the god of
dance is made of five metals Pancha Dhatu and Iron Pillar, Delhi is as a silent witness to assert the
striking metallurgical skill of the Hindus. Paintings found on walls of Ajanta and Ellora also testify to the high level
of chemical science achieved in ancient India

Contents:
1. Chemistry in Prehistoric India: Pre-Harappan Period and Indus Valley Civilization
2. Chemistry in Vedic and Ayurvedic Period
3. Chemistry in Translational Period
4. Chemistry in Iatrochemical Period
5. Chemistry in Practical Art

References:

1. History of chemistry in ancient and medieval India / [edited by Priyadaranjan Ray] ; incorporating the 'History
of Hindu chemistry' by Acharya Prafulla Chandra Rây. Praphulla Candra Ray; Priyadarañjana Ray, 2004, :
Chowkhamba Krishnadas Academy Varanasi.
2. Subbarayappa, B.V. 1999. Indian Alchemy: its Origin and Ramifications. In Chemistry and Chemical
Techniques in India (Ed.) Subbarayappa, B.V., Delhi: Centre for Studies in Civilisations.
3. Deshpande, Vijaya Jayant. 1998. History of Chemistry and Alchemy in India from Pre-historic to Pre- Modern
Times. In History of Indian Science and Technology an Culture AD 1000-1800 (Ed) A. Rahman. Delhi: Oxford.
4. Habib, Irfan. 2000. Joseph Needham and The History of Indian Technology. Indian Journal of History of
Science 35(3): 245-274.
5. Needham, Joseph. Science and Civilisation in China. Vols. IV (2), V(4). Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press. (Especially pages 85-6,97,104-7 and 131-2).
6. Ray, P.C. 1909. History of Hindu Chemistry. Vols. I & II. London: Williams and Norgate
7. Useful weblinks:

Useful Weblinks:

[Link]

[Link]

[Link]

Page 28 of 40

295
 1

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty of Science and Technology

Programme: M Sc Computer Science

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

Upon completion of the programme successfully, students would be able to

PO1: Problem Analysis

Identify, formulate, review research literature and analyze complex engineering problems in Computer
Science and Engineering reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural
sciences and engineering sciences.
PO2: Design / Development of Solutions
Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or processes of
Computer Science and Engineering that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for
public health and safety, cultural, societal and environmental considerations.
PO3: Conduct Investigations of Complex Problems
Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments in Computer
Science and Engineering, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to
provide valid conclusions.
PO4: Modern tool usage
Create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern engineering and IT tools
including prediction and modeling to complex activities related to Computer Science with an
understanding of the limitations.
PO5: The services to the society
Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal
and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering
practice in Computer Science and Engineering.
PO6: Project Management
Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the computer science and management principles and
apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in
multidisciplinary environments.

PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)

Upon completion of the programme successfully, students would be able to

PSO 1: deliver efficient solutions for emerging challenges in the computation domain through
continuous learning

PSO2
design, develop, implement computer programs and use knowledge in various domains to identify
research gaps and hence to provide solution to new ideas and innovations.

296
 2

Employability Potential in [Link]. Computer Science

If you’ve studied computer science, you will have gained many technical and non-technical skills
which are highly valued by employers, from leadership to programming. The increasing scope of
computer science means you have plenty of choice in a wide variety of highly specialized areas.
Computer technologies are integral to modern life, so you’re likely to find your computer science
skills in high demand across many different industries. These include financial organizations,
management consultancy firms, software houses, communications companies, data warehouses,
multinational companies, governmental agencies, universities and hospitals.
As always, it’s extremely beneficial to have completed relevant work experience. You should also
consider compiling a portfolio of your own independent projects outside of your degree, which could be
in the form of programming, moderating online or even building an app. This will demonstrate to
employers your interest in the subject and your problem-solving skills, creativity and initiative.

• Application analyst.
• Applications developer.
• Cyber security analyst.
• Data analyst.
• Forensic computer analyst.
• Game designer.
• Games developer.
• Machine learning engineer

• Cyber security analyst

• Data analyst
• Forensic computer analyst
• Game designer
• Games developer
• Machine learning engineer
• Penetration tester
• Software engineer
• Systems analyst
• UX designer
• Web designer & Developer
• Business analyst

• IT sales professional
• IT trainer
• Nanotechnologist
• Network Engineer
• Telecommunications researcher
• Database Manager/ Administrator

Common employers are IT consultancies and IT service providers. However, as most businesses rely
on computers to function effectively, there are also opportunities within the IT departments of major
organisations in sectors such as:

• Aerospace and Defence

• Agricultural
• Financial Services
• Healthcare
• Manufacturing
• Public And Third Sectors
• Telecommunications
297
 3

• Banking
• E-Commerce
• Medical
• Defence
• Education
• Communication
• Automobile Industry
• Printing Industry
• Film Industry
• Entertainment Industry
• E- Governance
• Satellite Launching
• Simulators
• Research & Development
• And Lot More...

You can also find opportunities with a range of small to medium-sized enterprises (SMEs).

Another option is to set up your own business, providing IT services such as web design and
consultancy.

Computing degrees combine theoretical study and practical projects, teaching you subject-specific
skills including:

• Programming Languages
• Hardware Architecture And Construction
• Network Design and Engineering
• Software Engineering
• Multimedia Design
• Software Tools and Packages.

You'll learn how to specify, design and construct computer-based systems, evaluate and recognise
potential risks and design creative solutions.

You'll also get more generic skills from your computing degree including:

• Teamwork and Leadership

• Communication
• Problem Solving
• Negotiation
• Time Management and Organisation
• Report Writing
• Numeracy
• Commercial Awareness.

Continuing professional development (CPD) is especially important when you're working with
computers as technology and software develops at such a rapid pace.

298
 4

Prescribed Syllabus
Semester-I
Core Subjects

Course Code 1MCS1

Course Name 1 Computer System Design
Total Credits 4
Course Outcomes Course Outcome:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. Understand the theory and architecture of central processing unit.

2. Analyze some of the design issues in terms of speed, technology, cost,
performance.
3. Design a simple CPU with applying the theory concepts.
4. Use appropriate tools to design verify and test the CPU architecture.
5. Understand the theory of memory system design
6. Understand the architecture and functionality of central processing unit.
7. Exemplify in a better way the I/O and memory organization.
Units Contents Total Hrs
I Computer System Technology: 10
From Components to Applications, Computer Systems and Their Parts, Generations
of Progress, Processor and Memory Technologies, Peripherals, I/O, and
Communications, Software Systems and Applications
Computer Performance:
Cost, Performance, and Cost/Performance, Defining Computer Performance,
Performance Enhancement and Amdahl's Law, Performance Measurement vs
Modelling, Reporting Computer Performance, The Quest for Higher Performance
Instructions and Addressing: 10
II Abstract View of Hardware, Instruction Formats, Simple Arithmetic and Logic
Instructions, Load and Store Instructions, Jump and Branch Instructions, Addressing
Modes
Procedures and Data:
Simple Procedure Calls, Using the Stack for Data Storage, Parameters and Results,
Data Types, Arrays and Pointers, Additional Instruction
Assembly Language Programming
III Number Representation: 10
Positional Number Systems, Digit Sets and Encodings, Number-Radix Conversion,
Signed Integers, Fixed-Point Numbers, Floating-Point Numbers
Adders and Simple ALUS:
Simple Adders, Carry Propagation Networks, Counting and Incrementation, Design
of Fast Adders, Logic and Shift Operations, Multifunction ALUS
Multiplier and dividers, Floating-Point Arithmetic
IV Instruction Execution Steps: 10
A Small Set of Instructions, The Instruction Execution Unit, A Single-Cycle Data
Path Branching and Jumping, Deriving the Control Signals, Performance of the
Single-Cycle Design
Control Unit Synthesis: A Multicycle Implementation, Clock Cycle and Control
Signals, The Control State Machine, Performance of the Multicycle Design,
Microprogramming, Dealing with Exceptions
V Main Memory Concepts: 10
Memory Structure and SRAM, DRAM and Refresh Cycles, Hitting the Memory Wall,
Pipelined and Interleaved Memory, Non-volatile Memory, The Need for a Memory

299
 5

Hierarchy
Cache Memory Organization: The Need for a Cache ,What Makes a Cache Work?,
Direct-Mapped Cache , Set-Associative Cache , Cache and Main Memory, Improving
Cache Performance
Mass Memory Concepts ,Virtual Memory and Paging
VI Input/output Devices : 10
Input/output Devices and Controllers ,Keyboard and Mouse ,Visual Display Units ,
Hard-Copy Input/output Devices ,Other Input/output Devices , Networking of
Input/output Devices
Input/output Programming : I/O Performance and Benchmarks ,Input/Output
Addressing , Scheduled I/O: Polling, Demand-Based I/O: Interrupts , I/O Data
Transfer and DMA ,Improving I/O Performance
Buses, Links, and Interfacing, Context switching, interrupts
Text Books:
1)Computer Architecture From Microprocessors to supercomputers by Behrooz
Parhami Oxford
Reference Books:
1. Digital Logic and Computer Design Morris Mano, Pearson Education
2. Carl Hamacher, Z. Varnesic and S Zaky," Computer Organization". Tata McGraw-
Hill, 5th Edition, ISBN: 13 9781259005275.
3. Stallings, William Computer organization and architecture designing for
performance. Pearson Education India, 2000. 2. M. Morris, R. Mano Logic
Fundamentals and Computer Design, Prentice Hall of India, 4 th Edition, 2007.
4. David A. Patterson and John L. Hannessy Computer Organization and Design: The
Hardware and Software Interface, Morgan Kaufmann, Elsevier, 4th Edition, 2012.
5. John Hayes, Computer Architecture and Organization, Tata McGraw Hill, 5 th
Edition, 1996.2002.

Course Code 1MCS2

Course Name 2 Data Structure with OOP
Total Credits 4
Course Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to
Outcomes
1. Learn the concepts of linear data structures such as arrays, linked lists,
stacks and queues.
2. Learn the concepts of non-linear data structures such as trees& Graph.
3. Learn and understand various data searching and sorting methods with its
complexity.
4. Demonstrate operations such as insertion, deletion, searching and
traversing on data structures.
5. analyse and apply specific sorting and searching methodsdepending
upon factors like type of data, volume of data.
6. Learn &Understand B-tree indexing, hashing,
collisionsprocessing and its applications.
7. Learn the fundamental concepts of data structures.
8. Identify and Apply the fundamental concepts of data structures
9. Apply Academic Skills & Critical Thinking Skills
Unit Content Total Hrs

300
 6

Unit I Arrays, Matrices and Linked List, Arrays, Arrays the Abstract Data 10
Type, Array Representation, Matrices, Special Matrices, The Linear
List- Array Representation, Data Objects and Structures, The Linear
List Data structure, Array Representation, Vector Representation,
Multiple List in a Single Array,
Linear Lists- Linked Representation, Singly Linked Lists and Chains,
Circular

301
 7

Lists and Header Nodes, Doubly Linked Lists, Sparse Matrices and
its
Representation, Searching in Array & Linked List.
Unit II Stacks and Queues, Stack: Definition and Application, Array 10
Representation, Linked Representation, Applications, Queues:
Definition and Application, Array Representation, Linked
Representation, Applications, Priority Queue,
Definition and Application.
Unit II Trees: Terminology and Concepts, Binary and Other Trees, Trees, 10
Binary Trees, Properties of Binary Trees, Representation of Binary
Trees, Common Binary Trees Operations, Binary Trees Traversal, The
ADT Binary Trees, The Class linked Binary Trees, Application,
Binary Search Trees, Definition, Abstract Data Types, Binary Search
Trees Operations and Implementation,
Balanced Search Trees, AVL Trees.
Unit IV Sorting: Internal Sorting, Optimal Sorting Time, Sorting Objects, 10
Insertion Sort, Selection Sort, Merge Sort, Quick Sort, Heap Sort,
Radix Sort, External
Sorting: Run Generation, Sorting with Tapes, Sorting with Disks.(10
Unit V Graphs: Definition, Representation of Graphs, Graph Implementation, 10
Graph Traversals, Application of Graph Traversals, Minimum Cost
Spanning Trees, Shortest Path Problems, All Pair Shortest Paths.
(10
Unit VI Indexing: Indexed Binary Search Trees, B-Trees: Indexed Sequential 10
Access Method (ISAM), m-Way Search Trees, B-Trees of Order m,
Height of a B- Tree, Searching a B-Tree, Inserting into a B-Tree,
Deletion from a B-Tree, Node Structure, Hashing: Hash Function,
Collision Resolution, Rehashing,
Extensible Hashing.(10
Text books:
1. “Data structure algorithms and Applications in C++” : Sartaj Sahani
(Second Edition Universities Press)
Reference Books:
1. “Introduction to Data Structures” - Bhagat Singh & T.L. Naps.
2. “Data structures using C”-Tanenbaum, Langsam, Augenstein PHI
3. “Classic Data Structures”, - D. Samanta PHI
4. “Data structure and Program design in C” - Kruse, Leung, Tondo
(PHI)
5. “Data structure” - Tenenbaum
6. “Data structure and algorithm analysis in C++ “: Mark Allan
Welss,
Addison Wesley

Course 1MCS3
Code
Course 3 Data Base Management Technologies
Name
Total Credits 4

302
 8

Course Course Outcomes: On completion of this course, students would be able to:
Outcomes CO1:Analyze Database Management System & its Architecture and design ER model.
CO2: Implement database queries using database languages and normalize the
database design using normal forms.
CO3: Write queries and PL/SQL Code blocks for given requirements, using different
SQL and PL/SQL concepts.
CO4: Apply different query processing, optimizing, indexing and hashing techniques
in real-time database.
CO5: Apply Transaction Management concepts, concurrency control concepts and

303
 9

deadlock handling concepts in real-time situations

CO6: Use advanced database Programming concepts like Parallel databases,
Distributed database & Object-based database for processing data.
Unit Contents Total
Hrs
Unit I Introduction to Database System and Data Modelling: 10
Introduction to Database Management Systems, Purpose of Database Systems,
Database-System
Applications, View of Data, Data Models, Database Languages, Relational
Databases, Database Architecture/ Structure.
Database Design and Data Modelling using ER model & EER model : Entity &
its types, Attributes, Relationships, Constraints, Keys, Design Process, Entity
Relationship Model, ER Diagram, Design Issues, Extended E-R Features,
Converting E-R & Enhanced -ER diagram into tables.
Case Study: Design ER Model for any real time application and convert the same into
tables
on paper.
Unit II Relational Database Design: 10
Introduction to Relational Data Model: Structure of Relational Databases,
Database Schema, Keys, Schema Diagrams, Relational Query Languages,
Relational Operations, Attributes and Domains, CODD's Rules.
Relational Integrity Constraints: Key Constraint, Referential Integrity constraint,Entity
Integrity constraint, Domain constraint.
Relational Database Design: Features of Good Relational Designs, Normalization,
Atomic Domains and First Normal Form, Decomposition using Functional
Dependencies, Algorithms for Decomposition, 2NF, 3NF, BCNF.
Case Study: Convert ER-Diagram of Unit 1 to Relational Database and apply
Normalization.
Unit III SQL and PL/SQL: 10
SQL: Characteristics and Advantages, SQL Data Types and Literals, DDL, DML,
DCL, TCL,SQL Operators. Tables: Creating, Modifying, Deleting, Updating. SQL
DML Queries: SELECT Query and clauses, Index and Sequence in SQL. Views:
Creating, Dropping, Updating using Indexes, Set Operations, Predicates and Joins,
Set membership, Tuple Variables, Set comparison, Ordering of Tuples, Aggregate
Functions, SQL Functions, Nested Queries. Relational Algebra and Relational
[Link]/SQL: Concept of Stored Procedures and Functions, Cursors, Triggers,
Assertions, Roles and Privileges.
Case Study: Implementation of unit 1 case study using SQL/PLSQL.
Unit IV Storage and File Structure: Overview of Physical Storage, Magnetic Disk and Flash 10
Storage, RAID, Tertiary Storage, File Organization ,Organization of Records in Files,
Data-Dictionary Storage, Database Buffer,
Indexing and Hashing: Ordered Indices, B+-Tree Index Files and its Extensions,
Static Hashing and Dynamic Hashing, Comparison of Ordered Indexing and Hashing,
Bitmap Indices, Some General Issues Concerning Indexing.
Query Processing and Optimization: Measures of Query Cost, Query Operation:
Selection, Sorting and Join Operation, Evaluation of Expression ,Transformation of
Relational
Expressions, Estimating Statistics of Expression Results, Choice of Evaluation Plans.

304
 10

Unit V Transaction Management: Transaction concept, Transaction states, ACID properties, 10

Transaction and Schedules, Concurrent Execution of Transactions, Lock Based
Concurrency Control .
Concurrency control and Recovery System: ,Serializability and
Recoverability, Lock management, Specialized locking techniques,
Concurrency control without locking, Dealing Deadlocks: Deadlock handling,
detection, prevention & Recovery.
Recovery System: Shadow-Paging Recovery and Log-Based Recovery,
Checkpointing, Crash recovery. Database Security: Database Security Issues,
Discretionary Access Control Based on Grant & Revoking Privilege, Mandatory
Access Control and Role Based Access
Control for multilevel security.
Unit VI Advances in Databases Emerging Databases: 10
Parallel Database: I/O Parallelism, Interquery Parallelism ,Intraquery
Parallelism, Intraoperation Parallelism, Interoperation Parallelism, Query
Optimization.
Distributed Databases: Homogeneous and Heterogeneous Databases, Distributed
Data Storage, Distributed Transactions, Commit Protocols, Concurrency Control in
Distributed Databases, Availability, Distributed Query Processing, Heterogeneous
Distributed Databases, Cloud-Based Databases.
Object-Based Databases: Complex Data Types, Structured Types and Inheritance in
SQL, Table Inheritance, Array and Multiset Types in SQL, Object-Identity and
Reference Types in SQL , Implementing O-R Features, Object-Relational Mapping.
Case Study-Use of NoSQL/MapReduce/Hadoop/MongoDB databases for processing
unstructured data from social media with Nested Data Types like : JSON/ XML/
Object- Relational Database System/ Spatial Data
Text books:
1. “Database System Concepts”, 6th Edition by Abraham Silberschatz, Henry [Link], S.
Sudarshan, McGraw-Hill.

Reference Books:
1. [Link], “Database Systems : Concepts, Design and Application”.
2. C. J. Date, "An Introduction to Database Systems", Addison-Wesley, 8th Edition
3. Connally T, Begg C., "Database Systems- A Practical Approach to Design,
Implementation and Management", Pearson Education, 5th Edition.
4. Elmasri and S B Navathe,“Fundamentals of Database Systems” 7th edition, Pearson.
5. Ivan Bayross, "SQL, PL/SQL the Programming Language of Oracle", BPB Publications.
6. Kevin Roebuck, "Storing and Managing Big Data - NoSQL, HADOOP and More".

Course Code 1MCS4

Course Name 4 Computer Network & Wireless Communications
Total Credits 4
Course Outcomes Course Outcome:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. Apply cellular concepts to evaluate the signal reception performance

in a cellular network and traffic analysis to design cellular network
with given quality of service constraints.
2. Determine the type and appropriate model of wireless fading
channel based on the system parameters and the property of the
305
 11

wireless medium.
3. Analyse and design receiver and transmitter diversity techniques.
4. Determine the appropriate transceiver design of multi-antenna
systems and evaluate the data rate performance.
5. Design wireless communication systems with key 3G (e.g.,
CDMA) and 4G (OFDM) technologies.
6. Describe and differentiate four generations of wireless standard
for cellular networks.

Units Contents Hrs

I Introduction to Wireless Communication Systems: 10
Examples of Wireless Communication Systems: Paging Systems, Cordless Telephone
Systems, Cellular Telephone Systems How a Cellular Telephone Call is Made,
Comparison of Common Wireless Communication Systems, Trends in Cellular Radio and
Personal Communications.
modern wireless communication system: Wines Local Loop (WIL) and LMDS,
Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN) ,Bluetooth and Personal Area Networks (PANs)
The Cellular Concept-System Design Fundamentals: Introduction Frequency
Reuse, Channel Assignment Strategies ,Handoff Strategies ,Practical Handoff
Considerations
Mobile Radio Propagation: Large-Scale Path Loss : Introduction to Radio Wave
Propagation, Free Space Propagation Model ,Relating Power to Electric Field The Three
Basic Propagation Mechanisms
Mobile Radio Propagation: Small-Scale Fading and Multipath : Small- Scale
Multipath Propagation, Factors Influencing Small-Scale Fading , Doppler Shift Impulse
Response Model of a Multipath Channel, Relationship Between Bandwidth and Received
Power, Small-Scale Multipath Measurements , Direct RF Pulse System, Spread Spectrum
Sliding Correlator Channel Sounding
Frequency Domain Channel Sounding
Modulation Techniques for Mobile Radio: frequency modulation vs. 10
II Amplitude modulation.
Equalization ,Diversity, and Channel Coding : Introduction, Fundamentals of
Equalization, Training A Generic Adaptive Equalizer , Algorithms for Adaptive
Equalization, Zero Forcing Algorithm, Least Mean Square Algorithm, Recursive Least
Squares Algorithm ,Summary of Algorithms, Fractionally Spaced Equalizers , Diversity
Techniques, Derivation of Selection Diversity Improvement, Derivation of Maximal Ratio
Combining Improvement, Practical Space Diversity Considerations, Selection Diversity,
Feedback or Scanning Diversity, Maximal Ratio Combining, Equal Gain Combining,
Polarization Diversity, Frequency Diversity, Time Diversity, Interleaving, Fundamentals
of Channel Coding, Convolutional Codes, Decoding of Convolutional Codes, The Viterbi
Algorithm ,Other Decoding Algorithms for Convolutional
Codes),Coding Gain .

306
 12

III Speech Coding :Introduction, Characteristics of Speech Signals, Quantization 10

Techniques , Uniform Quantization, Non-uniform Quantization, Adaptive Quantization ,
Vector Quantization, Adaptive Differential Pulse Code Modulation (ADPCM) , Frequency
Domain Coding of Speech, Sub-band Coding, Adaptive Transform Coding, Vocoders,
Channel Vocoders, Formant Vocoders, Cepstrum Vocoders , Voice-Excited Vocoder,
Linear Predictive Coders, LPC Vocoders, Multipulse Excited LPC, Code-Excited LPC,
Residual Excited LPC, Choosing Speech Codes for Mobile Communications, The GSM
Codec, The USDC Codec, Performance Evaluation of Speech Coders.

IV Multiple Access Techniques for Wireless Communications: Introduction, Introduction to 10

Multiple Access , Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA), Time Division Multiple
Access (TDMA) , Spread Spectrum Multiple Access, Frequency Hopped Multiple Access
(FHMA), Code Division Multiple Access(CDMA), Hybrid Spread Spectrum Techniques,
Space Division Multiple Access(SDMA) , Packet Radio, Packet Radio Protocols , Pure
ALOHA, Slotted ALOHA, Carrier Sense Multiple Access (CSMA) Protocols, Reservation
Protocols, Reservation ALOHA, Packet Reservation Multiple Access (PRMA),Capture
Effect in Packet Radio, Capacity of Cellular Systems, Capacity of Cellular CDMA,
Capacity of CDMA with Multiple Cells, Capacity of
Space Division Multiple Access.
V Wireless Networking : Introduction to Wireless Networks, Differences Between 10
Wireless and Fixed Telephone Networks, The Public Switched Telephone Network
(PSTN), Limitations in Wireless Networking, Merging Wireless Networks and the PSTN ,
Development of Wireless Networks, First Generation Wireless Networks, Second
Generation Wireless Networks ,Third Generation Wireless Networks, Fixed Network
Transmission Hierarchy , Traffic Routing in Wireless Networks, Circuit Switching, Packet
Switching, The X.25 Protocol, Wireless Data Services, Cellular Digital Packet Data
(CDPD), Advanced Radio Data Information Systems (ARDIS), RAM Mobile Data
(RMD),Common Channel Signaling (CCS),The Distributed Central Switching Office for
CCS, Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN), Broadband ISDN and ATM, Signaling
System No. 7 (SS7), Network Services Part (NSP) of SS7, Message Transfer Part (MTP)
of SS7, Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP) of SS7, The SS7 User Part,
Integrated Services Digital Network User Part (ISUP), Transaction Capabilities
Application Part (TCAP),Operation Maintenance and Administration Part (OMAP),
Signaling Traffic in SS7,SS7 Services , Performance of SS7,An Example of SS7-Global
Cellular Network Interoperability, Personal Communication Services/Networks
(PCS/PCNs) , Packet vs. Circuit Switching for PCN, Cellular Packet-Switched
Architecture Network Functionality in Cellular Packet-Switched Architecture, Protocols
for Network Access, Packet Reservation Multiple Access (PRMA), Network Databases,
Distributed Database for Mobility Management, Universal
Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS)
VI Wireless Systems and Standards: AMPS and ETACS, AMPS and ETACS 10
System Overview, Call Handling in AMPS and ETACS, AMPS and ETACS Air

307
 13

Interface, N-AMPS ,United States Digital Cellular 11.2.1 USDC Radio Interface (IS-54
and IS-136), United States Digital Cellular Derivatives (IS-94 and 15- 136) ,Global
System for Mobile (GSM),GSM Services and Features, GSM System Architecture, GSM
Radio Subsystem, GSM Channel Types, GSM Traffic Channels (TCHS) , GSM Control
Channels (CCH),Example of a GSM Call, Frame Structure for GSM, Signal Processing in
GSM, CDMA Digital Cellular Standard (18-95),Frequency and Channel Specifications
,Forward CDMA Channel, Convolutional Encoder and Repetition Circuit, Block
Interleaver, Long PN Sequence ,Data Scrambler Power Control Subchannel, Orthogonal
Covering, Quadrature Modulation Reverse CDMA Channel, Convolutional Encoder ,
Block Interleaver Orthogonal Modulation and Symbol Repetition, Variable Data Rate
Transmission, Direct Sequence Spreading
,Quadrature Modulation, IS-95 with 14.4 kbps Speech ,CT2 Standard for Cordless
Telephones Coder [ANS95],CT2 Services and Features , The CT2 Standard, Digital
European Cordless Telephone (DECT) ,Features and Characteristics, DECT Architecture,
DECT Functional Concept, DECT Radio Link, PACS Personal Access Communication
Systems ,PACS System Architecture, PACS Radio Interface, Pacific Digital Cellular
(PDC), Personal Handy phone System (PHS), US PCS and ISM Bands, US
Wireless Cable
Television, Summary of Standards Throughout the World.
Text Books:
Theodore S. Rappaport : Wireless Communication (II Edition), Pearson

Reference Books:
1. Vern A.D.”Wireless Data Technologies” : Wiley
2. Ray ES : “Space/Terrestrial Mobile Network Internet access & QOS, :Wiley
3. Rai Zing : “Multihop Wireless Networks, Wiley
4. Yu Kwang, Ricky Klark, [Link] : wireless Internet & Mobile
ComputingInteroperability & Performance” : Wiley

Skill-I

Course 1MCS5
Code
Course 4-Advanced Java/ Ns2/ Tools
Name
Credits
Course 1. Advanced Java:
Outcomes Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. become familiar with the advanced features of Java Language

2. Design a desktop application which can used for many kind of clients.
3. Gain the knowledge of J2EE architecture, MVC Architecture.
4. Design a web application which can work as a dynamic web with the help
of JDBC.

308
 14

[Link] an application which can also be connected with the database.

[Link] understand Java Servlets and their life cycle
7. To understand Java server Pages (JSP) technology
8. To develop JSP Custom tags and use them in JSP pages
2. NS-2 Tool:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. demonstrate operation of network

2. simulate and demonstrate the performance of GSM and CDMA
3. implement data link layer and transport layer protocols.
4. Demonstrate Installation procedure of the required software in groups and
document the same in the journal.

Sr. Contents Total

No. Hrs
The following information can be used as guidelines for basic
understanding of Advance Java Programming and NS-2 tool.
Advanced Java:
It is an advanced technology or advance version of Java specially designed to
develop web-based, network-centric or enterprise applications. It includes the
concepts like Servlet, JSP, JDBC, RMI, Socket programming, etc. It is a
specialization in specific domain. Most of the applications developed using
advance Java uses tow-tier architecture i.e. Client and Server. All the
applications that run on Server can be considered as advance Java applications.

JEE (advance Java) provides libraries to understand the concept of Client-

Server architecture for web- based applications. It is also important understand
the advance Java if you are dealing with trading technologies like Hadoop,
cloud-native and data science. There is a number of advance Java frameworks
like, Spring, Hibernate, Struts, that enables us to develop secure transaction-
based web applications such as banking application, inventory management
application.

Topic covers: Basics of a Web application, Web Container and Web

Application Project Set up, J2EE and Web Development, Advance Networking, ,
Java Server Pages, Hibernate Framework , Java Web Frameworks: Spring MVC,
Spring Boot Framework, Java Server Faces, Session Management, JSP Tag
library

Examples:

309
 15

1) Write a client program to send any string from its standard input to the
server program. The server program reads the string, finds number of
characters and digits and sends it back to client program. Use connection-
less communication.
2) Write down Five Basic steps to establish JDBC connection from Java
Application. Also mention sample code for each step.
3) Write down the Program for testing the Servlet and study deployment
descriptor.
4) Write down the Program which displays the simple JSP file.
5) Create database of student subject-wise data and retrieve all data using JSP
and generate xml structure along with DTD and XML Schema definition
6) Using Spring Template manages Database and Transaction.

Use JSF Standard Components and Facelets Tags.

NS-2 tool:
NS2 stands for Network Simulator Version 2. It is an open-source event-
driven simulator designed specifically for research in computer communication
networks.
Features of NS2:
1. It is a discrete event simulator for networking research.
2. It provides substantial support to simulate bunch of protocols like
TCP,FTP, UDP, https and DSR.

3. It simulates wired and wireless network.

4. It is primarily Unix based.
5. Uses TCL as its scripting language.
6. Otcl: Object oriented support
7. Tclcl: C++ and otcl linkage
8. Discrete event scheduler

Basic Architecture:

NS2 consists of two key languages: C++ and Object-oriented Tool Command
Language (OTcl). While the C++ defines the internal mechanism (i.e., a backend)
of the simulation objects, the OTcl sets up simulation by assembling and
configuring the objects as well as scheduling discrete events. The C++ and
the OTcl are linked together
using TclCL

310
 16

Following steps illustrate how to install the packages separately

1. All the files will be zip format

2. Now let's begin with installing Tcl.
3. Install Tk
4. Install OTcl:
5. Install Tclcl-1.19
6. Install ns-2.34:
7. Install NAM
8. Install xgraph

Examples:
1) To create scenario and study the performance of token bus
protocolthrough NS2 simulator.
2) To create scenario and study the performance of token ring
protocols through NS2 simulator.
3) To Simulate and to study stop and Wait protocol by using NS-2
Simulator.
4) To simulate and study the Distance Vector routing algorithm by using
NS-2 Simulator.
5) To simulate and study the link state routing algorithm by usingNS-2
Simulator.
6) To create scenario and study the performance of CSMA / CD
protocol through NS-2 Simulator.
7) To Simulate and to study of Go Back N protocol through NS-2
Simulator.
8) To simulate a wireless sensor network using NS2.
9) To simulate a Mobile Adhoc network (MANET) using NS2.
10) To implement a Transport Control Protocol in sensor network through
the Network Simulator -2

Elective-I

Course 1MCS6(1)
Code
Course Discrete Mathematical Structure
Name
Credits 4

311
 17

Course Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

Outcomes
1. discuss fundamental concepts and tools in discrete mathematics
2. Understand sets and perform operations and algebra on sets. Determine
properties of relations, identify equivalence and partial order relations,
sketch relations. Identify functions and determine their properties.
3. assess the curricular skills acquired by students at college level through
Assignments, Unit test, Internal Test, Group Discussion/Seminar/Mini
Project, Study Tour
4. Discuss fundamental concepts and tools in discrete mathematics with
emphasis on their applications to computer science.
5. Use mathematically correct terminology and notation.
6. Construct correct direct and indirect proofs.
7. Apply logical reasoning to solve a variety of problems.
Unit Content Total
hours
Unit I Mathematical logic: Introduction, statements and notations, connectives – 10
negation, conjunction, disjunction, Statement formulas and truth tables,
conditional, bi- conditional, well formed formulas, Tautologies, Equivalence of
formulas, Duality law, Tautological implications, functionally complete sets of
connectives, other connectives, Normal and principal normal forms, completely
parenthesized infix and polish notations, Theory of inference for statement
calculus – validity using truth table, rules
of inference, consistency of premises and indirect method of proof.
Unit II Set theory: Basic concepts of set theory, representation of discrete 10
structures, relations and ordering: relations, properties of binary relations in a
set, relation matrix and graph of a relation, partition and covering of a set,
equivalence relation, compatibility relations, composition of binary relations,
Functions – composition of functions, Inverse function.

Unit III Algebraic Structures: Algebraic systems: Examples and general 10

properties, Semigroups and monoids, Grammar and Languages, Polish
expressions and their compilation, Groups Definition and examples, subgroups
and homomorphism, cosets and Lagrange’s theorem, Group codes – the
communication model and basic notions,
generation of codes by using parity checks, error recovery in group codes
Unit IV Lattices and Boolean algebra: Lattice as POSETs, definition, examples and 10
properties, Lattice as algebraic systems, sublattices, Direct product and
homomorphism, Special lattices, Boolean algebra - definition and examples,
subalgebra, Direct product and homomorphism, Boolean functions,
representation and minimization of Boolean Finite state machines.
Unit V Graph theory: Basic concepts of graph theory – definitions, paths, 10
reachability and connectedness, matrix representation, Storage representation
and manipulation of graphs- trees, representation and operations, list structures
and graphs, Simple precedence grammars-syntax terminology, a view of
parsing, notion and use of
precedence relations, formal definition of precedence relations.
Unit VI Fault detection in combinational switching circuits – Faults in 10
combinational circuits, Notions of Fault detection, Algorithm for generating a
fault matrix, procedure for detection of faults; Introduction to computability
theory: Finite-state acceptors and
regular grammars, Turing machines and partial recursive functions

312
 18

Text books:
1. Discrete Mathematical Structures – Bernard Kolman, Robert Busby, S.C.
Ross and Nadeemur- Rehman (Pearson Education)

Reference Books:
1. Discrete Mathematical Structures with applications to computer science- J.
P. Tremblay &R.. Manohar (McGraw Hill Editions)
2. Discrete mathematics - Semyour Lipschutz, Marc Lipson (MGH), Schaum’s
outlines.
3. Discrete mathematics and its applications - Kenneth H. Rosen (AT&T Bell
Labs)([Link]/ rosen)
Course Material/Learning Resources
Weblink to Equivalent MOOC on SWAYAM if relevant:
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
[Link]
5217

Weblink to Equivalent Virtual Lab if

relevant:
[Link]
ml
[Link]
dev/labs/mit_bootcamp/signals/labs/exp1/[Link]
[Link]

Any pertinent media (recorded lectures, YouTube, etc.) if relevant:

[Link]
Yc YsfJ27O0dvuMwafS3X8CecqUg
[Link]
Wd7 aiH2wwES9vPWsEL6ipTaUSl3
[Link]
bM
[Link]
W8 [Link]
wUF3yig

Course Code 1MCS6(2)

Course Name Entrepreneurship Development
Total Credits 04

313
 19

Course Outcomes Course Outcome:

Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

o understand the Key concepts underpinning entrepreneurship and its

application
o analyse the recognition and popularizatio n of product/ service/
process opportunities.
o apply new ideas, methods and ways of thinking
o create new business plan and marketing it.
o investigate the issues associated with securing and managing
financial resources in new and established organisations.
o design creative strategies for pursuing, exploiting and further
developing new opportunities.

Units Contents Total

Lectures
I The Nature and Importance of Entrepreneurs: Nature and Development
of Entrepreneurship, Definition of Entrepreneur today, The Entrepreneurial
Decision Process, Types of Startups, Role of Entrepreneurship in Economic
Development, Entrepreneurial Careers and Education, Ethics and Social
Responsibility of Entrepreneurs, The Future of Entrepreneurship.
10
The Entrepreneurial and Intrapreneurial Mind: The Entrepreneurial
Process, Managerial versus Entrepreneurial Decision Making, Causes for
Interest in Intrapreneurship, Corporate versus Intrapreneurial Culture, Climate
for Intrapreneurship, Intrapreneurial Leadership Characteristics, Establishing
Intrapreneurship in the Organization, Problems and Successful Efforts.
The Individual Entrepreneur: Entrepreneurial Feelings, Entrepreneur
II Background and Characteristics, Motivation, Role Models and Support
Systems, Male versus Female Entrepreneurs, Minority Entrepreneurship,
Entrepreneurs versus Inventors
10
International Entrepreneurship Opportunities: The Nature of
International Entrepreneurship, The Importance of International Business to the
Firm, International versus Domestic Entrepreneurship, Entrepreneurial Entry
into International Business, Barriers to International Trade

III Creativity and the Business Idea: Sources of New Ideas, Methods of
Generating Ideas, Creative Problem Solving, Opportunity Recognition, Product
Planning and Development Process, E-Commerce and Business Start-Up
10
Legal Issues for Entrepreneur: Intellectual Property, Need for a Lawyer,
Selecting a Lawyer, Legal Issues in Setting Up the Organization, Patents,
Business Method Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, Trade Secrets, Licensing,
Product Safety and Liability, Insurance, Contracts
IV The Business Plan: Creating And Starting The Venture: Planning as
Partof the Business Operation, Write the Plan,Scope and Value of the Business
Plan-Read the Plan, Potential Lenders and Investors Evaluate the Plan,
Presenting the Plan, Information Needs, Using the Internet as a Resource Tool,
Writing the Business Plan, Using and Implementing the Business Plan,
Investigating the failure of Business Plan. 10

The Marketing Plan: Industry Analysis, Marketing Research for the New
Venture, Understanding the Marketing Plan, Characteristics of a Marketing
Plan, The Marketing Mix, Steps in Preparing the Marketing Plan, Contingency
Planning, Why Some Plans Fail
314
 20

V The Organizational Plan: Developing the Management Team, Legal Forms

of Business, Tax Attributes of Forms of Business, The Limited Liability
Company versus the S Corporation, S Corporation, The Limited Liability
Company, Designing the Organization, Building the Management Team and a
Successful Organization Culture, The Role of a Board of Directors, The Board
10
of Advisors ,The Organization and Use of Advisors

The Financial Plan: Operating and Capital Budgets, Pro Forma Income
Statement, Pro Forma Cash Flow, Pro Forma Balance Sheet , Break-Even
Analysis , Pro Forma Sources and Applications of Funds , Software Packages
VI Sources Of Capital: An Overview, Personal Funds, Family and Friends,
Commercial Banks, Role of SBA in Small Business Financing, Research and
Development Limited Partnerships, Government Grants, Private Placement,
Bootstrap Financing
10
Informal Risk Capital and Venture Capital: Financing the Business,
Informal Risk-Capital Market, Venture Capital, Valuing Your Company, Deal
Structure
Text Books:
Robert D. Hisrich, Michael P. Peters, Dean A. Shepherd: “Entrepreneurship”
(Sixth Edition) Tata McGraw Hill Education Private Limited, Special Indian
Edition.
Reference Books:
i. Rajeev Roy “Entrepreneurship” Oxford HigherEducation.
ii. Colombo Plan Staff College for Technical Education, Manila
“Entrepreneurship Development” Tata McGraw-Hill.
iii. Vasant Desai “Entrepreneurship Development” Himalaya
Publishing House.

Course 1MCS6(3)
Code
Course
Research Methodology
Name
Total
Credits 4
Course
Outcomes Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. draw upon foundational knowledge, learn, adapt and successfully apply analytical and
computational approaches on changing societal and technological challenges
2. Demonstrate the ability to choose methods appropriate to research aims and
objectives.
3. Understand the limitations of particular research methods.
The curricular skills acquired by students should be assessed at college/university
department level through Assignments, Unit test, Internal Test, Group
Discussion/Seminar/Mini Project, Study Tour
Unit Content Total Hrs

315
 21

Unit I Introduction: Meaning of Research, Objectives of Research, Motivation 10

in Research, Types of Research, Research Approaches, Significance of
Research, Research Methods versus Methodology, Research and Scientific
Method, Importance
of Knowing How Research is Done, Research Process, Criteria of Good
Research
Unit II Defining the Research Problem: What is a Research Problem, Selecting 10
the Problem, Necessity of Defining the Problem, Technique Involved in
Defining a Problem
Research Design: Meaning of Research Design, Need for Research
Design, Features of a Good Design, Important Concepts Relating to
Research Design,
Different Research Designs, Basic Principles of Experimental Designs
Unit III Methods of Data Collection: Collection of Primary Data, Observation 10
Method, Interview Method, Collection of Data through Questionnaires,
Collection of Data through Schedules, Difference between Questionnaires
and Schedules, Some Other Methods of Data Collection, Collection of
Secondary Data, Selection of Appropriate
Method for Data Collection
Unit IV Processing and Analysis of Data: Processing Operations, Some Problems in 10
Processing, Elements/Types of Analysis, Statistics in Research, Measures of
Central Tendency, Measures of Dispersion, Measures of Asymmetry
(Skewness), Measures of Relationship, Simple Regression Analysis, Multiple
Correlation and Regression, Partial Correlation, Association in Case of
Attributes, Other Measures
Unit V Sampling Design: Census and Sample Survey, Implications of a Sample 10
Design, Steps in Sampling Design, Criteria of Selecting a Sampling
Procedure, Characteristics of a Good Sample Design, Different Types of
Sample Designs, Select a Random Sample, Random Sample from an Infinite
Universe, Complex Random Sampling
Designs
Unit VI Interpretation of Data and Paper Writing: Layout of a Research Paper, 10
Journals in Computer Science, Impact factor of Journals, When and where to
publish ? Ethical
issues related to publishing, Plagiarism and Self-Plagiarism.
Text books:
1. Handbook of Research Methodology- Dr. Shanti Bhushan Mishra,
Dr. Shashi Alok Educreation Publishing

Reference Books:
1. Business Research Methods – Donald Cooper & Pamela Schindler,
TMGH, 9th edition
2. Business Research Methods – Alan Bryman & Emma Bell, Oxford
University Press.
3. Research Methodology – C.R. Kothari

Course Code 1MCS6(4)

Course Name Management Information System
Total Credits 04

316
 22

Course Outcomes Course Outcome:

Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. Understand the leadership role of Management Information Systems in

achieving business competitive advantage through informed decision
making.
2. Analyze and synthesize business information and systems to facilitate
evaluation of strategic alternatives.

317
 23

3. Effectively communicate strategic alternatives to facilitate decision

making. Evaluate the role of information systems in today's competitive
business environment.
4. Assess the relationship between the digital firm, electronic commerce,
electronic business and internet technology.

Units Contents Total

Lectures
I MIS concepts, definition, Role, Impact of MIS, MIS and computers, MIS and 10
academics, MIS support to Management, Role and importance of management. MIS
and process of management MIS in organization structure and strategic management
business.
Basics of MIS: Decision making, Decision methods, behavioural concepts, 10
II organizational decision making, MIS and decision make concepts, Information;
concepts and classification, Methods of data and information collection: value of
information, organization and information. Humans an information processor.
Development of MIS and choice of IT.
III Applications of MIS: Applications in manufacturing sector, applications in service 10
sector, Introduction to service, sector, Creating a destructive services, MIS applications
in service industries and role of MIS in source industries. DSS: Concepts and
philosophy, deterministic systems and knowledge based expert systems. MIS and role
of DSS. MIS in Enterprise Management System.
IV Technology in MIS: Data processing, Transaction processing, Application 10
processing, Information System processing, TQM of IS. DBMS: Object Oriented
Technologies, client Server Arch. And MIS.
V MIS and Networks: Network Topology, LAN, Data Communication, ATM 10
Technology, Business Process Reengineering: Introduction BP, Process Model of
organization, Value stream model, Delays in BP, Relevance of IT, MIS and BPR.
VI MIS and Data warehouse: Architecture, Design and Justification of data warehouse, 10
organization. Management and implementation of data -warehousing, E-Business:
Models, WWW, E-payment, security in E-business, MIS and E-business.
Text Books:
W. S. Jawadekar : Management Information System (II Edition), (TMH)

Reference Books:
1. Kenneth C. Landon & J. P. Landon.: Management Information System, 8th Ed.
Pearson Education.
2. Voichdan, Homer, Information Systems for operation & Mgmt.
3. A. [Link] and J.K. Sharma: Management of Systems (Macmillan)

Course Code 1MCS6(5)

Course Name Data Science and Analytics
Total Credits 04
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

Course Outcomes 1. Analyze and interpret data using an ethically responsible

318
 24

approach
2. Use appropriate models of analysis, assess the quality of input, derive
insight from results, and investigate potential issues
3. Apply computing theory, languages, and algorithms, as well as
mathematical and statistical models, and the principles of optimization to
appropriately formulate and use data analyses
4. Formulate and use appropriate models of data analysis to solve hidden
solutions to business-related challenges
5. Interpret data findings effectively to any audience, orally, visually, and
in written formats

Units Contents Total

Lectures
I The Art of Data Science: Volume, Velocity, Variety, Machine Learning , 10
Supervised and Unsupervised Learning, Predictions and Forecasts , Innovation
and Experimentation, The Dark Side- Big Errors, Privacy, Theories, Models,
Intuition, Causality, Prediction, Correlation

Review of Maths : Exponentials, Logarithms, and Compounding , Normal 10

II Distribution ,Poisson Distribution, Moments of a continuous random variable,
Combining random variables , Vector Algebra Statistical Regression ,
Diversification , Matrix Calculus , Matrix Equations

III Open Source: Modelling in R: System Commands , Loading Data, Matrices, 10

Descriptive Statistics, Higher-Order Moments, Quick Introduction to Brownian
Motions with R , Estimation using maximum- likelihood, GARCH/ARCH Models
,Introduction to Monte Carlo, Portfolio Computations in R , Finding the
Optimal Portfolio, Root Solving, Regression, Heteroskedasticity, Auto-regressive
models, Vector Auto-Regression , Logit , Probit ,Solving Non-Linear Equations,
Web- Enabling R Functions

IV MoRe: Data Handling and Other Useful Things: Data Extraction of stocks 10
using quantmod , Using the merge function , Using the apply classof functions ,
Getting interest rate data from FRED ,Cross-Sectional Data (an example) ,
Handling dates with lubridate ,Using the [Link] package , Another data set:
Bay Area Bike Share data ,Using the plyr
package family
V Being Mean with Variance: Markowitz Optimization: Quadratic 10
(Markowitz) Problem, Solving the problem with the quadprog package, Tracing
out the Efficient Frontier, Covariances of frontier portfolios: rp,rq ,
Combinations, Zero Covariance Portfolio ,Portfolio Problems with Riskless
Assets, Risk Budgeting

319
 25

VI Learning from Experience: Bayes Theorem: Introduction, Bayes and Joint 10

Probability Distributions, Correlated default (conditional default), Continuous and
More Formal Exposition , Bayes Nets , Bayes Rule in Marketing ,Other
Applications

Text Books:
Data Science : Theories, Models, Algorithms and Analytics by
Sanjiv Ranjan Das
Reference Books:
I. Beginning Data Science in R by Thomas Mailund , Apress Publications
II. Getting Started with Data Science, making sense of data with analytics by
Murtaza Haider,Published by Pearson plc

Laboratories

Course Code 1MCS7

Course Name Lab-I 1,2 - Programming(C/C++/Java/ALP)
Total Credits --
Course Outcomes Course Outcome:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. Demonstrate the use of various OOPs concepts with the help of

programs.
2. Describe the procedural and object oriented paradigm with
concepts of classes, functions, data and objects.
3. Demonstrate the programs for the implementation of
constructors,destructors and function overloading.
4. Use the syntax and semantics of java programming language.
5. Design event driven GUI and web related applications which mimic
the real word scenarios.
6. Get Familiarized with the assembly level programming.
Contents Total
Hours
The sample list of programs is given below. This list can be used as a guideline for
problem statements but the scope of the laboratory should not be limited to the same. Aim
of the list is to inform about minimum expected outcomes.
1. Write a program in C to perform various operations to implement Arrays.
2. Write a program in C to perform various arithmetic operations for implementing
Pointers.
3. Write a program in C to implement Structure Programming.
4. Write a program in C to implement various File Handling operations.
5. Write a program in C to implement various loops and a control statement.
6. Write a program in C++ to implement Class and Object.
7. Write a program in C++ to implement function overloading.
8. Write a program in C++ to implement constructor and destructor.
9. Write a program in C++ to implement abstract base classes.
10. Write a program in C++ to implement Inline function.
11. Write a program in JAVA that connects to a database using JDBC.

320
 26

12. Write a program in JAVA for handling Mouse events and Key events.
13. Write a program in JAVA that implements a multi-thread application.
14. Write a program in JAVA that simulates a traffic light using GUI.
15. Write a program in JAVA that computes factorial value using Applet.
16. Write a program in JAVA to implement Concept of matrices.
17. Write a program in JAVA to create user defined package.
18. Programs in JAVA to implement Exception Handling.
19. Write an ALP program to implement reverse of a given string.
20. Write a program in ALP for addition of two 16-bit number using 16-bit registers.
21. Write a program in ALP to exchange of two 8-bit number using XCHG
instructions.
22. Write a program in ALP to increment and decrement of two 8-bit number
23. Write an ALP program to find the LCM & HCF of given numbers.
24. Write an ALP program to move a block of data from one memory location to the
other.
25. Write an ALP program to perform multi byte addition and subtraction.

321
 27

GIC

Course Code 1MCS8

Course Name Lab-II 3-SQL/ DBMS tools, MS-SQL, My Sql

Total Credits --
Course Outcomes Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. Demonstrate the Basics Concepts and SQL Queries of Database

Management System.
2. Apply the Conceptual Design Model and Database Hierarchical
Structure to construct the real-world requirement.
3. Analyze the various constraints to populate the database through
SQL Queries.
4. Implement different working concepts of DBMS using SQL
Queries.
5. Present the result of database creation and querying process,
document it.

Contents Total
Hours
The sample list of programs is given below. This list can be used as a guideline for
problem statements but the scope of the laboratory should not be limited to the same. Aim
of the list is to inform about minimum expected outcomes.
1. Implementation of Creating and managing SQL table.
2. Concept Design with E-R Model
3. Different data types and its implementation
4. Implementation of Relational Operators
5. Implementation of Logical operator
6. Implementation of Aggregate function
7. Implementation of Constraints
Not null, Unique, Primary key, Foreign key, Check, Default, Create index
8. Implementation of DDL commands
9. Implementation of DML and DCL commands
10. Implementation of TCL commands
11. Perform Join ,Inner join, Outer join, Natural join
12. Implementation of Advance queries, Subquery and Grouping
13. Implementation of Cursors
14. Implementation of Triggers
15. Implementation of Procedures and functions
16. Implementation of Views
17. Creating Database /Table Space
• Managing Users: Create User, Delete User
• Managing roles:-Grant, Revoke.
322
 28

Course Name GIC1: User Experience Design

Unit Contents

Unit I What is UX Strategy?, The Four Tenets of UX Strategy, Validating the Value
Proposition, Conducting Competitive Research.
Unit II Conducting Competitive Analysis, Storyboarding Value Innovation, Creating Prototypes for
Experiments.

Unit III Conducting Guerrilla User Research, Designing for Conversion, Strategists in the Wild

Reference Book: UX Strategy by Jaime Levy, Foreword by Jason Calacanis, SPD ORILLY
Publication.

Course Name GIC2: Effective Email Communication

Units Contents
Unit I Why Email:
• Email: The Hearth of the Internet,
• Email’s Undeserved Bad Rap,
• The different Types of Email Communication: Email Newsletters, Catalog
Emails,Announcement Emails, Press Releases, Sales and Sign-up Process
Emails.
Unit II Planning and Email Campaign:
• Planning is Essential,
• Meeting Our Client: The Modern Henchman Magazine Client Briefing,
• Setting Goals,
• Measuring Success,
• Planning Your Content: An Email: An Email is Not a Website, Email in the
Real World, Planning the Modern Henchman Newsletter.
Unit III Design for the Inbox:
• Does Email really need Designing?,
• Designing Plain Text Email: Guidelines for a Readable Plain Text Email,
• The Plain Text Version of the Modern Henchman Newsletter,
• The Case for HTML Email,
• Designing HTML Email: The Design Environment for Email, Essential Elements of
an Effective Email, Adapting a Website Design in to an Email Design, Layout
Possibilities, Designing to Meet Business Goals.
Reference Book: Creating Stunning HTML Email by Mathew Patterson, sitepoint SPD
publication.

Semester-II
Core Subjects

Course Code 2MCS1

Course 1 Operating System Algorithms

323
 29

Name
Total Credits 4
Course Course Outcome:
Outcomes Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. Analyze basic components of Operating Systems and various types of Operating Systems.
2. understand and implement the mechanism of an OS to handle multiple processes and
threads and their communication.
3. analyze different mechanisms involved in memory management OS.
4. find the loopholes in the system to resolve the problem of deadlock.
5. study the components and management aspects of concurrency management
6. study and analyze the problems in distributed Operating System.
Units Contents Total
Lectures
I Design Techniques I : Design Techniques, Interface Design-Overview, Motivation, Applicability, 10
Consequences, Related Design Techniques, Connection in Protocols- Overview, Motivation,
Operating System Examples, Computer Science Examples, Applicability, Consequences,
Implementation issues and variations, related design techniques.
Implementing Processes:- The system call interface, Implementation of Processes:- Process
Creation, Process States, Process Dispatching, The System Stack, Timer Interrupts, System call
interrupt handling- copying messages between address spaces, Implementation of Waiting-
Waiting for Messages, Waiting inside a system Call, suspending System Calls
Parallel Systems- Parallel Hardware, An Operating System for a Two-Processor, Race Conditions
with a Shared Process Table, Atomic Actions, A Multiprocessor Operating System, The current
process variable, dispatching with a shared process table, busy waiting, handling the queues,
grouping of shared variables, a general solution, using two process tables.
Interprocess Communication patterns- Patterns of Interprocess communication- Competing and 10
II Cooperating
Processes:-Everyday Scheduling, First-Come. First-Served Scheduling ,Shortest Job- First
Scheduling, highest-Response-Ratio-Next Scheduling, Priority Scheduling, Deadline Scheduling,
Round-Robin Scheduling, Summary, Preemptive Scheduling Methods - Scheduling Overview,
Round-Robin Scheduling, Heavily Loaded Systems, Two Queues, Multiple Queues, Two phase
locking, starvation, Message Passing Variations- Using PIDs as Message, Message passing with non
blocking sends, remote procedure calls, Semaphores:- Specifications of Semaphores operations,
Implementation of Semaphore, an analogy, mutual exclusion with Semaphores, Rendezvous with
Semaphores, procedure- consumer with Semaphores, counting Semaphores, procedure consumer
with Semaphores,
Semaphores and messages
III Design Techniques II:- Indirection- overview, motivation , operating system examples, 10
computer science example, discussion, applicability, consequences, Using State Machines -
overview, operating system examples, computer science example,
applicability, consequences, implementation issues and variations, Win Big, Then Give Some Back
- overview, operating system examples, computer science example,

324
 30

applicability, consequences, Using Models for Inspiration- overview, operating system examples,
computer science example, applicability, consequences
Memory Management- Levels of Memory Management, Linking and loading a process–
creating a load module, loading a load module, allocating memory in a running process, Dynamic
memory allocation, Examples of dynamic memory allocation- logical and physical memory,
allocating memory to processes, static memory management, handling variable sized processes,
Multiprogramming Issues, Memory protection, memory management system calls- static allocation
of memory to processes, dynamic of memory to processes, What about New and Malloc, Freeing
Memory at Each Level, A
Different Memory Management system call

IV Virtual Memory - Sharing the processor and sharing the money, swapping-efficient resources use 10
and user needs, Overlays- Overlays in PC, Implementing Virtual Memory- hardware required to
support virtual memory, software required to support virtual memory, What is the cost of Virtual
Memory- Paging more than one process, locality, virtual memory management, Daemons and
Events, File Mapping- the system call interface, an example of using file mapping, advantages of
file mapping, memory and fle mapping on the IBM 801
Virtual Memory Systems - Global Page replacement algorithms - measuring the performance of
page replacement algorithm, optimal page replacement, theories of program paging behavior,
random page replacement, First In first out FIFO Page, Least Recently Used Page Replacement,
Approximations of LRU, Clock Algorithm, Paging the operating system address space- locking page
in memory, page sizes- reason for large page size, reason for small page size, clustering pages,
Segmentation- What is segment, virtual memory with segmentation, segmentation with paging,
history of segmentation,
segmentation terminology
V Design Techniques III :- Multiplexing - overview, operating system examples, computer 10
science example, applicability, consequences
I/O Devices:- I/O system software- Device driver, device driver interface, the two categories of
device drivers, the block device interface, the character device interface, Device numbers,
Unification of files and I/O devices,
Generalised disk device drivers- Partitioning large disk, combining disks into a large logical
disk, RAM disk, Memory as a device, Pseudo-ttys, Disk Caching
File System:- File system Organization - What is a file system, File system structure, the file
system descriptor, variations in file system layout, file system in disk partitions, combining file
system, network mounting of file systems

VI Design Techniques IV - Caching- overview, motivation , operating system examples, computer 10

science example, discussion, applicability, consequences, implementation issues and variations,
related design techniques,
Resource Management - Integrated Scheduling, Queuing models of Scheduling, Real time
operating system, protection of resources- users and processes, the importance of protection of
resources, resources that needs protection, what we are protecting against, authorization,
authentication, security and protection analogies, general strategy for protection, parts of protection
system, User Authentication - Password, system architecture, other methods of authentication,
password variations, identifying objects, identifying as a person
Client - Server Model - Three modes of communication, system processes- Overview,

325
 31

the initial process, system constant, initialization, interrupt handling, handling system calls, the
system calls handling code, user knowledge of message queue identifiers, protection of resources,
disk interrupt handler, Disk I/O system process, Server Data Structure,
Micro kernel Operating system - Tradeoffs of the client server model, Object oriented operating
systems

Text Books:
1. Operating System - A design oriented approach Charles Crowley Tata McGraw
Hill Edition
Reference Books:
1. Modern Operating Systems, Pearson Education A. S. Tanenbaum
2. Advanced Concepts in Operating System M. Singhal & N. Shivaratri
3. Distributed Operating System by A. S. Tanenbaum
4. Linux Kernel, 2nd Edition By Daniel P. Bovet, Oreilly
5. The Design of Unix Operating System Maurice Bach, Pearson

Course 2MCS2
Code
Course 2 Graphics Application programming
Name
Total 4
Credits
Course Course Outcome:
Outcomes Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. Learn the fundamental concepts of Computer Graphics.

2. Identify and Apply the fundamental concepts of Computer Graphics in
Animation, Virtual Reality.
3. Apply Academic Skills & Critical Thinking Skills
4. understand the mathematical modelling of graphical objects to be
drawn/used in different kind of applications.
5. Learn and understand the concepts of computer graphics, including viewing,
projection, perspective, modelling and transformation in 2D & 3D.
6. Learn and understand the algorithms to generate line segments, polygon and its
transformations, windowing and clipping.
7. Demonstrate operations such as various Transformation and Projection.
8. Demonstrate various algorithms for scan conversion and filling of basic objects
and their comparative analysis.
9. Implement display control, 3D geometry, primitives and conversions,
algorithms for hidden surfaces and lines, concepts of shading and curves.
Units Contents Total
Lectures
Unit I Geometry and line generation: Introduction, Points and Lines, Planes and 10
Coordinates, Line segments, Perpendicular line segments, Vectors, Pixels and
Frame Buffers, Vector generation, Character generation,
Displaying the frame buffer. Graphics primitive: Introduction, Display devices,
Primitive operations, The Display-File Interpreter, Normalized

326
 32

device coordinates, Display-file structure, Display control.

Unit II Polygon: Introduction, Polygon , Polygon representation, Entering polygon, An 10
inside test, Filling polygon, Antialiasing. Transformations: Introduction, matrices,
scaling transformations, sin and cos, sum of angles, identifiers, rotation,
homogeneous coordinates and translation, rotation about an arbitrary point,
other transformations, display
procedures.

Unit II Segments: Introduction, the segment table, segment creation, closing a segment, 10
deleting a segment, renaming a segment, visibility, image transformations, saving
and showing segments, other display file structures, Some Raster techniques,
Windowing and clipping: Introduction, viewing transformation,
implementation, clipping, clipping
the polygon, Adding Cclipping to the system, Generalized Clipping.
Unit IV Interaction : Introduction, hardware, input devices-handling Algorithm, Event 10
handling, Sample devices, The delectability attributes, Simulating a Locator
with a Pick and Pick with a Locator, Echoing, Interactive Techniques. Three
dimensions: Introduction, 3D Geometry, Primitives and Transformations,
Rotation about an arbitrary axis, Parallel projection, Perspective projection,
Viewing parameters, Conversion to
View Plane Coordinates, The 3D Viewing Transformation.

Unit V Hidden Surfaces and Lines: Introduction, Back face removal &algorithm, Z 10
Buffers, Scan-Line algorithm, The Painter’s algorithm,
Comparison Techniques, Warnock’s algorithm, Franklin algorithm, Hidden
Linemethod, Binary Space Partition, An Application.
Unit VI Shading: Introduction, diffusion, illumination, point source illumination, specular 10
reflection, transparency and shadows. Curves: Introduction, curve generation,
implementation, interpolating polygons, E-splines, B-
Splines and Curves.
Text books:
1. “Computer Graphics A Programming approach”- Steven
Harington PHI
Reference Books:
1. “Computer Graphics, C Version” - Donald Hearn, M. Pauline Baker
–
2. (Prentice Hall Press)
3. “Interactive Computer Graphics”- Newmann and Sproul
4. “Computer Graphics”- Rogers.

327
 33

Course Code 2MCS3

Course Name 3 Software Engineering
Total Credits 4
Course Outcomes Course Outcome:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. identify the need for engineering approach to software development and various
processes of requirements analysis for software engineering problems.
2. Analyse various software engineering models and apply methods for design and
development of software projects.
3. Work with various techniques, metrics and strategies for Testing software projects.
4. Identify and apply the principles, processes and main knowledge areas for Software
Project Management
5. Proficiently apply standards, CASE tools and techniques for engineering software
projects

Units Contents Total

Lectures
I The Software Process: 10
Prescriptive Process Models: The Waterfall Model, Incremental Process Models, Evolutionary
Process Models, Concurrent Models, A Final Word on Evolutionary Processes. Agile Development:
What is an Agile Process?, Agility Principles, The Politics of Agile Development, Human Factors.
Extreme Programming (XP): XP Values, The XP Process, Industrial XP, The XP Debate.
Requirements Modeling : Scenarios, Information And Analysis Classes: Requirements
Analysis: Overall Objectives and Philosophy, Analysis Rules of Thumb, Domain Analysis,
Requirements Modeling Approaches, Scenario-Based Modeling: Creating a Preliminary Use Case,
Refining a Preliminary Use Case, Writing a Formal Use Case, Design Concepts: Design within the
Context of Software Engineering, The Design Process: Software Quality Guidelines and
Attributes, The Evolution of Software Design, Design Concepts: Abstraction, Architecture, Patterns,
Separation of Concerns, Modularity, Information Hiding, Functional Independence, Refinement,
Aspects, Refactoring, Object-Oriented Design Concepts, Design Classes, Architectural Design:
Software Architecture: What is Architecture?, Why Is Architecture Important?, Architectural
Descriptions, Architectural Decisions, Architectural Genres, Architectural Styles: A Brief
Taxonomy of Architectural Styles, Architectural Patterns, Organization and Refinement,
Architectural Design: Representing the System In Context, Defining Archetypes, Refining the
Architecture Into Components, Describing Instantiations of the System, Component- Level
Design: What Is a Component? An Object-Oriented View, The Traditional View, A Process Related
View, Designing Class-Based Components, Basic Design Principles, Component-Level Design
Guidelines, Cohesion, Coupling, User Interface Design: The Golden Rules: Place the User in
Control, Reduce the User's Memory Load, Make the Interface Consistent, User Interface Analysis
and Design: Interface Analysis and Design Models, The Process, Pattern-Based Design: Design
Patterns, Kinds of Patterns, Frameworks, Describing a Pattern, Pattern Languages and Repositories,
WebApp Design: WebApp Design Quality, Quality Management: Quality Concepts: What Is
Quality?,
Software Quality, Garvin’s Quality Dimensions, McCall's Quality Factors, Targeted

328
 34

Quality Factors, The Transition to a Quantitative View

II Software Quality Assurance: 10
Elements of Software Quality Assurance, SQA Tasks, Goals and Metrics: SQA Tasks, Goals,
Attributes, and Metrics, Formal Approaches to SQA: Statistical Software Quality Assurance: A
Generic Example, Six Sigma for Software Engineering, Software Reliability: Measures of
Reliability and Availability, Software Safety, Software Testing Strategies: A Strategic Approach
to Software Testing: Verification and Validation, Organizing for Software Testing, Software Testing
Strategy The Big Picture, Criteria for Completion of Testing, Strategic Issues, Test Strategies for
Conventional Software: Unit Testing, Integration Testing, Test Strategies for Object-Oriented
Software: Unit Testing in the OO Context, Integration Testing in the OO Context, Testing
Conventional Applications: Software Testing Fundamentals, Internal and External Views of
Testing, White Box Testing, Basis Path Testing: Flow Graph Notation, Independent Program
Paths, Deriving Test Cases, Graph Matrices, Control Structure Testing: Condition Testing, Data
Flow Testing, Loop Testing, Black Box Testing: Graph Based Testing Methods, Equivalence
Partitioning, Boundary Value Analysis, Orthogonal Array Testing,
Model Based Testing

III Testing Web Applications: 10

Testing Concepts for WebApps: Dimensions of Quality, Errors within a WebApp Environment,
Testing Strategy, Test Planning, The Testing Process-An Overview, Content Testing: Content
Testing Objectives, Database Testing, User Interface Testing: Interface Testing Strategy, Testing
Interface Mechanisms, Testing Interface Semantics, Usability Tests, Compatibility Tests,
Component-Level Testing, Navigation Testing: Testing Navigation Syntax, Testing Navigation
Semantics, Formal Modeling And Verification: The Cleanroom Strategy, Functional
Specification: Black Box Specification, State Box Specification, Clear Box Specification,
Cleanroom Design: Design Refinement, Design Verification, Cleanroom Testing: Statistical Use
Testing, Certification, Software Configuration Management: An SCM Scenario, Elements of a
Configuration Management System, Baselines, Software Configuration Items, The SCM Repository:
The Role of the Repository, General Features and Content, SCM Features, The SCM Process:
Identification of Objects in the Software Configuration, Version Control, Change Control,
Configuration Audit, Status Reporting, Configuration Management for WebApps: Dominant
Issues, WebApp Configuration Objects, Content
Management, Change Management, Version Control, Auditing and Reporting

IV Product Metrics: 10
A Framework for Product Metrics: Measures, Metrics, and Indicators, The Challenge of
Product Metrics, Measurement Principles, Goal-Oriented Software Measurement, The Attributes of
Effective Software Metrics, Metrics for the Requirements Model: Function-Based Metrics,
Metricsfor Specification Quality, Metrics for the Design Model: Architectural Design Metrics,
Metrics for Object-Oriented Design, Class-Oriented Metrics-The CK Metrics Suite, Class-Oriented
Metrics-The MOOD Metrics Suite, OO Metrics Proposed by Lorenz and Kidd, Component
Level DesignMetrics, Operation- Oriented Metrics, User Interface Design Metrics, Managing
Software Projects:Project Management Concepts: The Management Spectrum: The People,
The Product, The Process, The Project, The Product: Software Scope, Problem
Decomposition, The Process: Melding the Product and the Process, Process Decomposition,
Process And

329
 35

Project Metrics: Metrics in the Process and Project Domains: Process Metrics and Software
Process Improvement, Project Metrics, Software Measurement: Size-Oriented Metrics, Function-
Oriented Metrics, Reconciling LOC and FP Metrics, Object-Oriented Metrics, Use Case-Oriented
Metrics, WebApp Project Metrics, Metrics for Software
Quality: Measuring Quality, Defect Removal Efficiency
V Estimation For Software Projects: 10
Observations on Estimation, The Project Planning Process, Software Scope and Feasibility,
Resources: Human Resources, Reusable Software Resources, Environmental Resources, Software
Project Estimation, Decomposition Techniques: Software Sizing, Problem-Based Estimation, An
Example of LOC-Based Estimation, An Example of FP- Based Estimation, Process-Based Estimation,
An Example of Process-Based Estimation, Estimation with Use Cases, An Example of Use Case-
Based Estimation, Reconciling Estimates, Project Scheduling: Basic Concepts, Project
Scheduling: Basic Principles, The Relationship Between People and Effort, Effort Distribution,
Defining a Task Set for the Software Project: A Task Set Example, Refinement of Software
Engineering Actions, Scheduling: Time-line Charts, Tracking the Schedule, Tracking Progress for
an OO Project, Scheduling for WebApp Projects, Risk Management: Reactive versus Proactive
Risk Strategies, Software Risks, Risk Identification: Assessing Overall Project Risk,
Components and Drivers, Risk Projection: Developing a Risk Table,
Assessing Risk Impact, Risk Refinement

VI Maintenance And Reengineering: 10

Software Maintenance, Software Supportability, Reengineering, Business Process Reengineering,
Business Processes, A BPR Model, Software Reengineering: A Software Reengineering Process
Model, Software Reengineering Activities, Reverse Engineering: Reverse Engineering to
Understand Data, Reverse Engineering to Understand Processing, Reverse Engineering User
Interfaces, Restructuring: Code Restructuring, Data Restructuring, Forward Engineering:
The Economics of Reengineering
Software Process Improvement:
What Is SPI?: Approaches to SPI, Maturity Models, Is SPI for Everyone?, The SPI Process:
Assessment and Gap Analysis, Education and Training, Selection and Justification,
Installation/Migration, Evaluation, Risk Management for SPI, Critical Success Factors, The
CMMI, The People CMM, Other SPI Frameworks, SPI Return on
investment, SPI Trends

Text Books:
1. Software Engineering: A Practitioner’s Approach. Roger S. Pressman, Seventhedition
McGraw Hill International Edition.
Reference Books:
1. Software Engineering, A Precise Approach, Pankaj Jalote, Wiley India, 2010.
2. Software Engineering: A Primer, Waman S Jawadekar, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008
3. Fundamentals of Software Engineering, Rajib Mall, PHI, 2005
4. Software Engineering, Principles and Practices, Deepak Jain, Oxford University Press.
5. Software Engineering1: Abstraction and modeling, Diner Bjorner, Springer
Internationaledition, 2006.
6. Software Engineering2: Specification of systems and languages, Diner Bjorner,

330
 36

Springer International edition 2006.

7. Software Engineering Foundations, Yingxu Wang, Auerbach Publications, 2008.
8. Software Engineering Principles and Practice, Hans Van Vliet, 3rd edition, John Wiley
&SonsLtd.
10. Software Engineering 3: Domains, Requirements, and Software Design, D. Bjorner, Springer
International Edition.
10. Introduction to Software Engineering, R. J. Leach, CRC Press.

Course Code 2MCS4

Course Name 4 Data Mining and Data Warehousing
Total Credits 04
Course Outcomes Course Outcome:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. use basic concepts and techniques of Data Mining

2. develop skills of using recent data mining software for solving practical
problems.
3. gain experience of doing independent study and research.
4. study the methodology of engineering legacy databases for data
warehousing and data mining to derive business rules for decision support
systems.
5. Develop and apply critical thinking, problem-solving, and decision- making
skills.
Units Contents Total
Lectures
I Introduction, Data Mining Functionalities, Data Preprocessing: Data Cleaning, 10
Data Integration and Transformation, Data Reduction, Data Discretization and
Concept Hierarchy Generation.
Data Warehouse and OLAP Technology: Overview, A Multidimensional Data 10
II Model, Data Warehouse Architecture, Data Warehouse Implementation, From
Data Warehousing to Data Mining.
Data Cube Computation and Data Generalization: Efficient Methods for Data
Cube Computation, Data Generalization and Concept Description.
III Mining Frequent Patterns, Associations, and Correlations: Basic Concepts, 10
Efficient and Scalable Frequent Itemset Mining Methods, Mining Various Kinds
of Association Rules, From Association Mining to
Correlation Analysis, Constraint-Based Association Mining.
IV Classification and Prediction: Issues, Classification by Decision Tree Induction, 10
Bayesian Classification, Rule-Based Classification, Classification by
Backpropagation. Prediction: Linear Regression, Nonlinear Regression, Accuracy
and Error Measures, Evaluating the
Accuracy of a Classifier or Predictor.

331
 37

V Cluster Analysis: Partitioning Methods, Hierarchical Methods, Density-Based 10

Methods, Grid-Based Methods, Model-Based Clustering Methods, Clustering
High-Dimensional Data. Mining Time-Series Data, Mining Sequence Patterns in
Biological Data.

VI Graph Mining, Social Network Analysis and Multirelational Data 10

Mining. Mining Object, Spatial, Multimedia, Text, and Web Data, Data
MiningApplications, Trends in Data Mining.
Text Books:
Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques - J. Han, M. Kamber
Reference Books:
1.. Data Mining: Introductory and Advanced Topics – Margaret [Link],
Pearson Education
2. Data Warehousing in the real world - Sam Anahory, Dennis Murry,
Pearson Education
3. Principles of Data Mining - David Hand, Heikki Manila, Padhraic
Symth, PHI
4. Data Warehousing, Data Mining & OLAP, Alex Bezon, Stephen J.
SmithMcGraw-Hill Edition
5. Data Warehousing Fundamentals, Paulraj Ponniah, Wiley-
Interscience Publication

SKILL-II

Course 2MCS5
Code
Course 1-Operating system (Windows/Android/Linux)
Name
Credits 4
Course 1. Operating system Algorithm:
Outcomes Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. implement the mechanism of an OS to handle multiple processes

and threads and their communication.
2. simulate and demonstrate the performance mechanisms involved
in memory management OS.
3. demonstrate the loopholes in the system to resolve the problem
ofdeadlock.
4. simulate and demonstrate the performance the components
and management aspects of concurrency management
5. simulate and demonstrate the performance of the problems
in distributed Operating Systems.

2. Java:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. become familiar with the advanced features of Java

332
 38

Language
2. Design a desktop application which can be used for many kinds of
clients.
3. Gain the knowledge of J2EE architecture, MVC Architecture.
4. Design a web application which can work as a dynamic web withthe
help of JDBC.
5. Develop an application which can also be connected with the
database.
6. apply Java Servlets and their life cycle
7. use Java server Pages (JSP) technology
8. develop JSP Custom tags and use them in JSP pages

S Contents Total
r. Hrs
No.
The following information can be used as guidelines for basic understanding of
Operating system Algorithms using Java.
UNIX: It is a multi-user operating system. Developed at AT & T Bell Industries,
USA in 110610. Ken Thomson and Dennis Ritchie developed it from the
MULTICS (Multiplexed Information and Computing Service) OS. By11080,
UNIX had been completely rewritten using C language.
LINUX: It is similar to UNIX, which is created by Linus Torualds. All UNIX
commands work in Linux. Linux is open source software. The main feature of
Linux is coexisting with other OS such as Windows and UNIX.
STRUCTURE OF A LINUX SYSTEM: It consists of three parts. a)UNIX
kernel b) Shells c) Tools and Applications UNIX KERNEL: Kernel is the core of
the UNIX OS. It controls all tasks, schedules all Processes and carries out all the
functions of the OS. Decides when one program tops and another starts.
SHELL: Shell is the command interpreter in the UNIX OS. It accepts command
from the user and analyses and interprets them
Topics Cover:-FCFS, SJF, Priority, Round robin CPU Scheduling algorithm,
resource allocation, producer – consumer problem using semaphores, First fit/Best
Fit / Worst Fit memory allocation algorithms, FIFO, LRU and Optimal Page
Replacement algorithm, FCFS Disk Scheduling algorithm, Deadlock detection
algorithm, SCAN and CSCAN Disk Scheduling algorithm, system calls of the
operating system.
1. Write a program to demonstrate the use of FCFS CPU Scheduling
algorithm.
2. Write a program to demonstrate the use of SJF CPU Scheduling
algorithm.
3. Write a program to demonstrate the use of Priority CPU
Scheduling algorithm.
4. Write a program to demonstrate the use of Round Robin CPU
Scheduling algorithm.

333
 39

5. Write a program to demonstrate the use of resource allocation to

identify whether the system is in safe state.
6. Write a program to implement the producer – consumer problem
using semaphores.
7. Write a program to demonstrate the use of First fit/Best Fit / Worst
Fit memory allocation algorithms.
8. Write a program to demonstrate the use of FIFO Page
Replacement algorithm.
9. Write a program to demonstrate the use of LRU Page Replacement
algorithm.
10. Write a program to demonstrate the use of Optimal Page
Replacement algorithm.
11. Write a program to demonstrate the use of FCFS Disk Scheduling
algorithm.
12. Write a program to demonstrate the use of the Deadlock detection
algorithm.
13. Write a program to demonstrate the use of SCAN Disk Scheduling
algorithm.
14. Write a program to demonstrate the use of CSCAN Disk
Scheduling algorithm.
15. Write a program to demonstrate the system calls of the operating system.

Elective-II

Course Code 2MCS6(1)

Course Name (1)Theory of Computation
Total Credits 4
Course Outcomes Course outcomes:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. use basic concepts of formal languages of finite automata techniques

2. Design Finite Automata’s for different Regular Expressions and Languages
3. Construct context free grammar for various languages
4. solve various problems of applying normal form techniques, push down automata and
Turing Machines
Units Contents Total
Hours
Unit I Strings, alphabets and languages, Graphs and trees, Inductive proofs, set 10
notations, relations, Finite automata and regular Expression: Finite state system, Non
deterministic finite automata, Finite automata with €-moves. Deterministic finite
automata, equivalence between NFA and DFA,
Conversion of NFA to DFA.

334
 40

Unit II Regular set and regular expression, Two way finite automata, finite automat 10
with output, Applications of finite automata. Equivalence of RE and FA, Inter
conversion, pumping lemma, closure property of regular sets, Regular grammars,
Right linear and Left linear grammar, equivalence between Regular linear grammar
and FA inter conversion between RE and
RG.

Unit III Context free grammar, derivation trees, Chomsky Normal Form, Greibach 10
Normal Form. Push Down Automata: Definition, model, acceptance of CFL,
equivalence of CFL and PDA, Interconversion,
Enumeration of properties of CFL.

Unit IV Turing Machine: Definition, model, Design of Turing machine, 10

computablelanguages and function, Techniques of Turing machine
construction, Modifications of Turing machine, Church’s Hypothesis.
Unit V Chomsky Hierarchy of languages, Linear bounded automata and 10
context sensitive languages, Introduction of DCFL and DPDA,
Decidability of problems.
Unit VI Undecidability: Properties of recursive & non recursive enumerable languages, 10
universal Turing machine, post correspondence problem,
introduction to recursive function theory.
Text books:
1. “Introduction to Automata theory, Languages and Computation”-
Hopcraft J.E.& Ullman J.D.
Reference Books:
1. “An Introduction to Formal Languages and automata”- Peter Liz.
2. “Introductory theory of Computer Science”- V. Krishnamurthy(EWP)
3. “Elements of Theory & Computations”- Lavis and Padadimitron-PHI.

Course Code 2MCS6(2)

Course Name 2 Computer System Architecture
Total Credits 04
Course Outcomes Course Outcome:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. Understand the theory and architecture of central processing unit.

2. Analyze some of the design issues in terms of speed, technology,
cost,performance.
3. Design a simple CPU with applying the theory concepts.
4. Use appropriate tools to design verify and test the CPU architecture.
5. apply the concepts of parallel processing, pipelining and
interprocessor communication.
6. Understand the architecture and functionality of central
processing unit.
7. Exemplify in a better way the I/O and memory organization.

335
 41

8. Define different number systems, binary addition and subtraction,

2’s complement representation and operations with this
representation.
Un Contents Total
its Lectures
I Instruction Set Architectures :Levels of Programming Languages, Language 10
Categories ,Compiling and Assembling Programs, Assembly Language
Instructions ,Instruction Types, Data Types ,Addressing Modes ,Instruction
Formats, Instruction Set Architecture Design, A Relatively Simple Instruction Set
Architecture , Introduction To Computer Organization: Basic Computer
Organization , System Buses, Instruction Cycles, CPU Organization, Memory
Subsystem Organization and Interfacing, Types of Memory, Internal Chip
Organization , Memory
Subsystem Configuration, I/0 Subsystem Organization and Interfacing

Register Transfer Languages: Micro-Operations and Register Transfer 10

II Language, Using RTL to Specify Digital Systems, Specification of Digital
Components, Specification and implementation of Simple System, More
Complex Digital Systems and RTL, Module 6 Counter, Toll Booth Controller,
CPU DESIGN: Specifying a CPU, Design and Implementation of a Very Simple
CPU, Specifications for a Very Simple CPU ,Fetching Instructions from Memory,
Design and Implementation of a Relatively Simple CPU, Specifications for a
Relatively Simple CPU
,Fetching and Decoding Instructions, Executing Instructions, Establishing Data
Paths, Design of a Relatively Simple ALU, Designing
the Control Unit Using Hardwired Control, Design Verification

III Microsequencer Control Unit Design: Basic Microsequencer Design, 10

Microsequencer Operations, Microinstruction Formats, Design and
Implementation of a Very Simple Microsequencer, The Basic Layout,
Generating the Correct Sequence and Designing the Mapping Logic , Generating
the Micro-Operations Using Horizontal Microcode, Generating the Micro-
Operations Using Vertical Microcode, Design and Implementation of a Relatively
Simple Microsequencer, Modifying the State Diagram, Designing the Sequencing
Hardware and Microcode, Completing the Design Using Horizontal Microcode,
Reducing the Number of Microinstruction, Microsubroutines, Microcode Jumps,
Microprogrammed Control vs. Hardwired Control, Complexity of the
instruction Set, Ease of Modification ,Clock Speed

IV Computer Arithmetic: Unsigned Notation, Addition and Subtraction, 10

Multiplication, Division, Signed Notation, Signed-Magnitude Notation, Signed-
Two's Complement Notation, Binary Coded Decimal, BCD Numeric Format ,
Addition and Subtraction, Multiplication and Division, Floating Point Numbers,
Numeric Format ,Numeric Characteristics, Addition and Subtraction,
Multiplication and Division, Memory Organization: Hierarchical Memory
Systems, Cache Memory
,Associative Memory , Cache Memory with Associative Mapping ,Cache
Memory with Direct Mapping , Cache Memory with Set-Associative

336
 42

Mapping, Virtual Memory, Paging, Segmentation, Memory Protection

V Input/Output Organization: Asynchronous Data Transfers, Source- initiated 10

Data Transfer, Destination-Initiated Data Transfer, Handshaking, Programmed
I/O, New Instruction, New Control Signals, New States and RTL Code, Modify
the CPU Hardware for the New Instruction, Make Sure Other Instructions Still
Work, Interrupts, Transferring Data Between the CPU and I/O Devices , Types
of interrupts, Processing interrupts, Interrupt Hardware and Priority, Implementing
interrupts inside the CPU, Direct Memory Access , Incorporating Direct Memory
Access into a Computer System ,DMA Transfer Modes, Modifying the CPU to
Work with DAM, 1/0 Processors
,Serial Communication, Serial Communication Basics ,Universal Asynchronous
Receiver/ Transmitters (UARTs)

VI Reduced Instruction Set Computing : RISC Rationale ,Fixed Length 10

Instructions, Limited Loading and Storing Instruction Access Memory, Fewer
Addressing Modes, Instruction Pipeline , RISC Instruction Sets, Instruction
Pipelines and Register Windows, Instruction Pipelines ,Register Windowing and
Renaming, Instruction Pipeline Conflicts ,Data Conflicts, Branch Conflicts,
Introduction To Parallel Processing :Parallelism in Uniprocessor Systems,
Organization of Multiprocessor Systems , Flynn's Classification System
Topologies , MIMD System Architectures Communication in Multiprocessor
Systems, Fixed Connections, Reconfigurable Connections, Routing on
Multistage Interconnection Networks

Text Books:
Computer System Organization & Architecture – Johnd.
Carpinelli, Publisher Pearson- Addison Wesley Longman
Reference Books:
1. Computer Fundamentals Architecture and Organization” by Ram B
2. Fundamentals of Computer Organization and Architecture (Wiley Series on
Parallel and Distributed Computing)” by Mostafa Abd–El–Barr and Hesham El–
Rewini
3. Fundamental of Computer Organization and Design” by Sivarama P
Dandamudi
4. Computer Fundamentals, Third Edition: Architecture and Organization”
by Ram B

337
 43

Course Code 2MCS6(3)

Course Name (3)Enterprise Resource Management

Credits 04
Course Outcomes (COs) Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be
able to

(1) build an understanding of the fundamental concepts of ERP systems,

their architecture, and working of different modules in ERP.
(2) develop and design the modules used in ERP systems, and can
customize the existing modules of ERP systems.
(3) Analyze the strategic options for ERP identification and adoption.
(4) Design the ERP implementation strategies.
(5) Apply reengineered business processes for successful ERP
implementation.
(6) Implement ERP system with different approaches

Units Contents Tot

al Hrs
I Enterprise Resource Planning- An Introduction: 10
Defining Enterprise Resource Planning, Functional Modules in ERP Systems, Evolution of
ERP Systems, Characteristics of ERP, Process Integration with ERP Systems, Benefits of ERP
Applications, Technology Behind ERP Systems, Implementation Costs, Challenges Faced
During ERP Implementation, Facts about
ERP Implementation, Examples of ERP Implementation in India.
II ERP Mrket and Vendors: 10
ERP Market, ERP Vendors, Services-Oriented Architecture, ERP Package Features:
Comparison and Selection Criteria, ERP Packages: The Big Players.
Extended ERP Services:
Defining Extended ERP, SCM and ERP, ERP and BI, ERP and E-commerce.
III Business Process Re-engineering and ERP: 10
Defining Business Process Re-engineering, Enterprise Redesign Principles, Business
Process Re-engineering (Process Innovation) versus Total Quality Management (Process
Improvement), BPR and Change Management, Different Approaches in BPR
Implementation, Methodology for BPR Implementation, Role
of IT in BPR, BPR and ERP systems, BPR Success/ Failure Factors, BPR Implementation
Cases.
IV Planning for ERP: 10
Planning for ERP Implementation, Understanding organizational Requirements,
Understanding Economic and Strategic Justification, Analysing Project Scope and Broad
Implementation Approach, Determining Resources, Comprehending Top Management
Commitment, Realizing Organizational Commitment to Change and
Implementation,
V Planning : Matching Business Processes with the Right ERP Systems, Creating a Budget 10
for ERP Implementation, Selecting the Right ERP Packages, Preparing Organizations for ERP
Implementation.
Implementation of ERP:

338
 44

Design of ERP Systems, ERP Implementation Approaches, ERP Implementation

Life Cycle, Examples: ERP Implementation Life Cycle
VI Managing ERP Projects: 10
Risk/ Failure Factors in ERP Implementation, Examples of ERP failure, Mitigating
Implementation Risks: Critical Success Factors, Management and Complexity of Large-scale
ERP Projects, Training Users to Use ERP Systems,
Evaluating ERP Projects.
Text Book : Enterprise Resource Planning by Ashim Raj Singla,CENGAGE
Learning

Reference Book :
1) Concept of Enterprise Resource Planning, Third Edition, by Ellen [Link]
and Bret J. Wagner, CENGAGE Learning.
2) Enterprise Resource Planning by Alexis Leon, Tata McGraw-Hill Education
3) Enterprise Resource Planning, Fourth Edition by Alexis Leon, Tata McGraw-Hill
4) Enterprise Resource Planning: Text & Cases by Rajesh Ray, Tata McGraw-
Hill

Course Code 2MCS6(4)

Course Name (4)Mobile Computing
Total Credits 4
Course Outcomes Course Outcome:
Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to

1. Explain the basics of mobile Computing

2. Describe the functionality of Mobile IP and Transport Layer
3. Classify different types of mobile telecommunication systems
4. Demonstrate the Adhoc networks concepts and its routing protocols
5. Make use of mobile operating systems in developing mobile applications
Un Contents Hrs
its
I Mobile Communications: An Overview 1 Mobile Communications, Mobile 10
Computing, Mobile Computing Architecture, Mobile Devices, Mobile System Networks,
Data Dissemination, Mobility Management, Security.
Mobile Devices and Systems
Mobile Phones, Digital Music Players, Handheld Pocket Computers, Handheld
Devices: Operating System, Smart Systems, Limitations of Mobile Devices, Automotive
Systems
GSM-Services and Similar Architecture 10
II GSM-Services and System Architecture, Radio Interfaces, Protocols, Radio Interfaces ,
Localization, Calling Handover, Security, New Data Services

339
 45

,General Packet Radio Service , High-speed Circuit Switched Data, DECT Wireless
Medium Access Control and CDMA-based Communication Medium Access
Control ,Introduction to CDMA-based Systems, Spread
Spectrum in CDMA Systems ,Coding Methods in CDMA IST, IS-105 cdma One System,
IMT-2000, i-mode, OFDM
III Mobile IP Network Layer 10
Mobile IP Network Layer, IP and Mobile IP Network Layers ,Packet Delivery and
Handover Management , Location Management, Registration, Tunneling and
Encapsulation, Route Optimization, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
Mobile Transport Layer
Conventional TCP/IP Transport Layer Protocols , Indirect TCP , Snooping TCP
Mobile TCP, Other Methods of TCP-layer Transmission for Mobile, Networks
TCP Over 2.5G/3G Mobile Networks

IV Databases 10
Database Hoarding Techniques, Data Caching, Client-Server Computing and Adaptation
,Transactional Models, Query Processing, Data Recovery Process Issues relating to Quality
of Service
Data Dissemination and Broadcasting Systems
Communication Asymmetry, Classification of Data-Delivery Mechanisms, Data
Dissemination Broadcast Models ,Selective Tuning and Indexing
Techniques, Digital Audio Broadcasting,
V Data Synchronization in Mobile Computing System 10
Synchronization, Synchronization Software for Mobile Devices, Synchronization
Protocols, SyncML-Synchronization Language for Mobile Computing Sync4J (Funambol)
,Synchronized Multimedia Markup Language (SMIL)
Mobile Devices: Server and Management
Mobile Agent , Application Server, Gateways ,Portals ,Service Discovery ,
Device Management, Mobile File Systems, Security

VI Mobile Ad-hoc and Sensor Networks 10

Introduction to Mobile Ad-hoc Network , MANET, Wireless Sensor Networks,
Applications
Mobile Application Languages –XML Java,J2ME,and Java Card Introduction
,XML, JAVA, Java 2 Micro Edition (J2ME) ,JavaCard Mobile
OperatingSystems
Operating System, PalmOS, WindowsCE, Symbian OS, Linux for Mobile
Devices
Text Books:
Mobile Computing: Raj Kamal (Oxford)
Reference Books:
1) Mobile Communication: Jochen Schiller (PE)
2) Principles of mobile communication: Gordon L. Stuber (Springer)
3) Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice: Theodore S. Rappaport(Pearson)

340
 46

Course 2MCS6(5)
Code
Course (5)Compiler Construction
Name
Total 4
Credits
Course Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able to
Outcomes
1. explore the principles, algorithms, and data structures involved in the design and
construction of compilers.
2. write the machine dependent code
3. draw the flow graph for the intermediate codes.
4. Design a compiler for a simple programming language.
Units Contents Total
Hour
s

Unit I Introduction to Compilers: Overview, typical compiler Structure, 10

implementation. Programming Language Grammars: Elements of formal
language grammars, derivation, reduction, syntax tree, ambiguity, regular grammars and
expressions.
Unit II Scanning and Parsing Techniques: The scanner, top-down and bottom-up 10
parsing,syntax directed translation, Symbol table organization, Hash table
organization, Linked List and Tree structured symbol tables, symbol table organization
for structures and records.
Unit III Memory Allocation: Static and dynamic memory allocation, array allocation 10
and access, allocation for strings, structure allocation, common and equivalence
allocation. Compilation of expressions.
Unit IV Compilation of control structures: Control transfers, procedural calls, 10
conditional execution, iteration control constructs.
Unit V Error detection, indication and recovery. Compilation of I/O statements: 10
Compilation of I/O list, compilation of FORMAT list, the I/O routine, file
control.
Unit VI Code optimization: Major issues, optimizing transformations, local 10
optimizations, program flow analysis, Global optimization, writing compilers.
Text books:
1. Compiler construction – D.M. Dhamdhere, Macmillan India Ltd.
Reference Books:
1. Principles of Compiler Design – Alfred V. Aho, Jeffrey D. Ullman
2. The Theory and Practice of Complier Writing – J.P. Trembly, P.G. Sorenson
McGraw Hill Publication.
3. Engineering a compiler – K.D. Cooper and Linda Torczon, Elsevier Direct Publ.

341
 47

Laboratories
Course Code 2MCS7
Course Name Lab-III 3,4-SE-Tools/DM Tools

Credits 2

Course Outcomes Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able
to

1. Identify different actors and use cases from a given problem statement
and draw use case diagram to associate use cases with different types of
relationship.
2. Draw a class diagram after identifying classes and association among
them.
3. Graphically represent various UML diagrams and associations among
them and identify the logical sequence of activities undergoing in a
system, and represent them pictorially.
4. use modern engineering tools for specification, design, implementation
and testing
5. translate end-user requirements into system and software requirements
6. generate a high-level design of the system from the software
requirements.
7. Provide a formal basis for understanding the modeling language.
8. apply standard data mining methods and techniques
such as association rules, data clustering and
classification.
9. Learn new, advanced techniques for emerging applications (e.g. social
network analysis, stream data mining).
10. Gain practical intuition about how to apply these techniques on datasets
of realistic sizes using modern data analysis frameworks.

Sr. No. Contents Total Hrs

The following list of can be used as guidelines for basic understanding but the scope of the laboratory
should not be limited to this list. Aim of the list is to inform about minimum
expected outcomes.
1 To prepare PROBLEM STATEMENT for any project.
2 Identifying the Requirements from Problem Statements.
3 Estimation of Project Metrics.
4 Modeling UML Use Case Diagrams and Capturing Use Case
Scenarios.
5 Estimation of Test Coverage Metrics and Structural Complexity.
6 Designing Test Suites.

342
 48

7 To draw a sample ENTITY RELATIONSHIP DIAGRAM for real

project or system by using IBM Rational Rose software.
8 To draw the Use Case Diagram using Rational Rose.
10 To draw a sample activity diagram for real project or
System IBM RationalRose software.
10 To prepare STATE CHART DIAGRAM for any project IBM
Rational Rose Software.
11 To draw the Sequence Diagram using IBM Rational Rose software.
12 To draw the collaboration Diagram using IBM Rational Rose
software.
13 To draw class diagram for any project by using IBM Rational Rose
Software
14 Create a use- case diagram for tour management system and
library domain model by using Dia software.
15 To create an ER diagram for hotel management system by using
Dia software.
16 To create a component diagram for Bank management system by
using Diasoftware.
17 Create a use- case diagram for tour management by using
Diasoftware.
18 To create a library domain model by using Dia software.
110 To find out complexities & create route testing for ATM
transaction using Dia software.
20 To test load with the help of burst strategy in Soap UI tool.
21 To perform the load testing with thread strategy in Soap UI tool.
22 To perform a simple load testing by using Soap UI tool.
23 To measures the load with variance strategy in Soap UI tool.
24 Study and usage of any Design phase CASE tool
25 Performing the Design by using any Design phase CASE tools.
26 Develop test cases for unit testing and integration testing.
27 Prepare a SRS document in line with the IEEE recommended
standards.
Data mining Tools used : Weka / Rapid miner
1. Create an Employee Table with the help of Data Mining Tool.
Description:
We need to create an Employee Table with training data set which
includes attributes like name, id, salary, experience, gender, phone
number.
2. Create a Weather Table with the help of Data Mining Tool.
Description:
We need to create a Weather table with training data set which
includes attributes like outlook, temperature, humidity, windy,
play.
3. Apply Pre-Processing techniques to the training data set of
Weather Table

343
 49

Description:
Real world databases are highly influenced to noise, missing and
inconsistency due to their queue size so the data can be pre-
processed to improve the quality of data and missing results and it
also improves the efficiency. There are 3 pre- processing
techniques they are:
1) Add
2) Remove
3) Normalization
4. Apply Pre-Processing techniques to the training data set of
Employee Table
Description:
Real world databases are highly influenced to noise, missing and
inconsistency due to their queue size so the data can be pre-
processed to improve the quality of data and missing results and it
also improves the efficiency. There are 3 pre- processing
techniques they are:
1) Add
2) Remove
3) Normalization
5. Normalize Weather Table data using Knowledge Flow.
Description:
The knowledge flow provides an alternative way to the explorer as a
graphical front end to WEKA’s algorithm. Knowledge flow is a
working progress. So, some of the functionality from explorer is not
yet available. So, on the other hand there are the things that can be
done in knowledge flow, but not in explorer. Knowledge flow
presents a dataflow interface to WEKA. The user can select WEKA
components from a toolbar placed them on a layout campus and
connect them together in order to form a knowledge flow for
processing and analyzing the data.
6. Normalize Employee Table data using Knowledge Flow.
Description:
The knowledge flow provides an alternative way to the explorer as a
graphical front end to WEKA’s algorithm. Knowledge flow is a
working progress. So, some of the functionality from explorer is not
yet available. So, on the other hand there are the things that can be
done in knowledge flow, but not in explorer. Knowledge flow
presents a dataflow interface to WEKA. The user can select WEKA
components from a toolbar placed them on a layout campus and
connect
them together in order to form a knowledge flow for

344
 50

processing and analyzing the data.

7. Finding Association Rules for Buying data.
Description:
In data mining, association rule learning is a popular and well
researched method for discovering interesting relations between
variables in large databases. It can be described as analyzing and
presenting strong rules discovered in databases using different
measures of interestingness. In market basket analysis association
rules are used and they are also employed in many application
areas including Web usage mining, intrusion detection and
bioinformatics.
8. Finding Association Rules for Banking data.
Description:
In data mining, association rule learning is a popular and well
researched method for discovering interesting relations between
variables in large databases. It can be described as analyzing and
presenting strong rules discovered in databases using different
measures of interestingness. In market basket analysis association
rules are used and they are also employed in many application
areasincluding Web usage mining, intrusion detection and
bioinformatics.
9. Finding Association Rules for Employee data.
Description:
In data mining, association rule learning is a popular and well
researched method for discovering interesting relations between
variables in large databases. It can be described as analyzing and
presenting strong rules discovered in databases using different
measures of interestingness. In market basket analysis association
rules are used and they are also employed in many application
areasincluding Web usage mining, intrusion detection and
bioinformatics.
10. To Construct Decision Tree for Weather data and classify it.
Description:
Classification & Prediction:
Classification is the process for finding a model that describes
thedata values and concepts for the purpose of Prediction.
Decision Tree:
A decision Tree is a classification scheme to generate a tree
consisting of root node, internal nodes and external nodes. Root
nodes representing the attributes. Internal nodes are also the
attributes. External nodes are the classes and each branch represents
the values of the attributes
Decision Tree also contains set of rules for a given data set;

345
 51

there are two subsets in Decision Tree. One is a Training dataset

and second one is a Testing data set. Training data set is previously
classified data. Testing data set is newly generated data.
11. To Construct Decision Tree for Customer data and classify it.
Description:
Classification & Prediction:
Classification is the process for finding a model that describes
the data values and concepts for the purpose of Prediction.
Decision Tree:
A decision Tree is a classification scheme to generate a tree
consisting of root node, internal nodes and external nodes. Root
nodes representing the attributes. Internal nodes are also the
attributes. External nodes are the classes and each branch represents
the values of the attributes
Decision Tree also contains set of rules for a given data set; there
are two subsets in Decision Tree. One is a Training dataset and
second one is a Testing data set. Training data set is previously
classified data. Testing data set is newly generated data.
12. To Construct Decision Tree for Location data and classify it.
Description:
Classification & Prediction:
Classification is the process for finding a model that describes
the data values and concepts for the purpose of Prediction.
Decision Tree:
A decision Tree is a classification scheme to generate a tree
consisting of root node, internal nodes and external nodes. Root
nodes representing the attributes. Internal nodes are also the
attributes. External nodes are the classes and each branch represents
the values of the attributes
Decision Tree also contains set of rules for a given data set; there
are two subsets in Decision Tree. One is a Training dataset and
second one is a Testing data set. Training data set is previously
classified data. Testing data set is newly generated data.
13. Write a procedure for Visualization for Weather Table.
Description:
This program calculates and has comparisons on the data set
selection of attributes and methods of manipulations have been
chosen. The Visualization can be shown in a 2-D representation of
the information.
14. Write a procedure for Visualization of Banking Table.

346
 52

Description:
This program calculates and has comparisons on the data set
selection of attributes and methods of manipulations have been
chosen. The Visualization can be shown in a 2-D representation of
the information.
15. Write a procedure for cross-validation using J48 Algorithm for
weather table.
Description:
Cross-validation, sometimes called rotation estimation, is a technique
for assessing how the results of a
statistical analysis will generalize to an independent data set. It is
mainly used in settings where the goal is prediction, and one wants
to estimate how accurately a predictive model will perform in
practice. One round of cross-validation involves partitioning a
sample of data into complementary subsets, performing the analysis
on one subset (called the training set), and validating the analysis
on the other subset (called the validation set or testing set).

Course Code 2MCS8

Course Name Lab-IV 2 Graphic Programming & Tools

Credits 2
Course Outcomes Upon completion of this course successfully, students would be able
to

1. Apply the basic concepts of C programming in developing the

codefor various Graphics applications.
2. Individually Apply C programming concepts to do the
Programing for Computer Graphics.
3. Identify and apply a suitable transformation for a given application.
* List of Practical
1. Write a program to draw a line using Bresenham’s line drawing algorithm
2. Write a program to draw a line using DDA line drawing algorithm.
3. Write a program to draw a circle using ARCDDA algorithm.
4. Write a program to draw a rectangle.
5. Write a program to draw a ellipse using ARCDDA algorithm.
6. Write a program to rotate a object about origin.
7. Write a program to rotate a object about any arbitrary point.
8. Write a program to implement 2D Scaling Transformation.
9. Write a program to implement 3D Scaling Transformation.
10. Write a program to implement 2D Translation Transformation.

347
 53

11. Write a program to implement 3D Translation Transformation.

12. Write a program to move an image (ball) on the screen.
13. Write a program to generate a Cubic Bezier Curve.
14. Write a program to draw a Polygon using Absolute and Relative
commands.
15. Write a program to clip user defined area of a screen.
16. Write a program to clip line segment.
17. Write a program to clip polygon.
18. Write a program to demonstrate rotation of point.
19. Write a program to fill area by given pattern.
20. Write a program to fill the closed area using flood fill method.
21. Write a program to fill the closed area using Scan line method.
22. Write a program to draw a line using simple DDA line drawing
algorithm.

GIC

Course Name GIC3: Webpage Design Techniques

Units Contents
Unit I The Environment and the Tools:
• Introduction
• The Internet and the World Wide Web
• Ways to Access the Internet
• Types of Websites
• Web Design Tools
• Web Design Roles
Unit II Web Publishing Fundamentals:
• Introduction
• Advantages of Web Publishing
• Basic Web Design Principles
• Color as Web Design Tool
• Writing for the Web
• Web Publishing Issues
Unit III Planning a Successful Website:
• Introduction
• The Website Development Planning Process
• Step 1: Define the Website’s Purpose and Audience
• Step 2: Determine the Websites General Content
• Step 3: Select the Websites Structure
Reference Book: Introductory Web Design by Jennifer T. Campbell, CENGAGE Publication

Course Name GIC4: Automation with Robotics

Units Contents

348
 54

Unit I FUNDAMENTALS OF ROBOT:

Robotics-Philosophical Considerations, Definition and Advantages of Robotics, Laws of
Robotics, Motivating Factors for the Introduction of Robotics System to the Industrial
World, Robot, History of Robots, Objectives of using Industrial Robots, Advantages and
Disadvantages of Robots, Types of Industrial Robots., Robotic Systems, Robot
Classifications, Mechanical Design of a Robot, Types of Mechanical Joints, Robot Arms,
Robot Hands, Robots Qualities,
Robot Specifications, Robots Performance Testing

Unit II ROBOTICS OPERATIONS AND CONTROL:

• Robots Kinematic Control: Robot arm kinematics, Robot arm dynamics, Kinematic
chains - The manipulator, Robot control systems, Types of controllers used in
robotics, Trajectory Planning and motion control manipulator
• Conversion of Motion
• Techniques of Robot Calibration
• Robot Sensing and Vision
• Robot Programming Languages

Unit III INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION:

General Aspects, Advantages and Limitations of Automation, Applications of Automation,
Elements of Automation, Aims of Automation, Mechanization and Automation, Types of
Automation, Low Cost Automation, Assembly Automation Equipment - Transfer Devices
and Feeders, Flexible Manufacturing System (FMS), Computer Integrated Manufacturing
(CIM), Mechatronics and Concurrent Engineering, Computer Aided Process Planning
(CAPP) system, Group
Technology

Reference Book: Robotics and Industrial Automation by R. K. Rajput S. CHAND Publication

349
 55

Appendix-A
Master of Science ([Link]. Computer Science ) Full Time Two Years Degree Programme :-

1) A Student shall have to be admitted every year in the respective Institute/ College/University Department for completion of an academic year of this two year Degree program.
2) The [Link]. Degree shall consist of four semesters i.e. Semester I & II in the first academic year, Semester III & IV in the second academic year.
3) Student has to complete all four Semesters successfully for the award of Degree of Master of Science and fulfill conditions as per Ordinance No. 19.
4) Every Semester of [Link]. Computer Science Program shall be of at least 90 teaching days in a semester and shall be of at least 180 teaching days in an academic year.
5) The Examinations shall consist of the subjects as indicated in the Scheme of Examinations as per Appendix – ‘A1 to A4’.

6) The Semester wise structure of the program is as follows.

350
 56
Appendix- A1

351
 57
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati
Scheme of Teaching, Learning & Examination leading to the Degree Master of Science (Computer Science)
(Two Years- Four Semesters Degree Programme- C.B.C.S)
(M. Sc. Part-I) Semester- I

S.
N. Teaching & Learning Scheme Examination & Evaluation Scheme
Maximum
Subject Type Subje Marks Minimu
Durati
Code ct Teaching m
PeriodPer Credi onOf Theor Practical
Passin
Week ts Exam y Tota g
Hours l
Theory
Core Subject L T P Total L Practica Total Theory Intern Extern Mar Mar Grad
+ MCQ
/ l Internal al al ks ks e
Extern
T al
1 1MCS1 DSC1 1 Computer System Design 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 10 40 P
0
2 1MCS2 DSC2 2 Data Structure with OOP 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 10 40 P
0
3 1MCS3 DSC3 3 Data Base Management Technologies 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 10 40 P
0
4 1MCS4 DSC4 4 Computer Network & Wireless 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 10 40 P
Technology 0
Skill-1
5 1MCS5 SEC1 4-Advanced Java/ NS2/ tools - 2 2 4 4 - 4 3 - - 25 25 50 25 P
Elective-1
6. 1MCS6(1) DSE1 (1) Discrete Mathematical Structure
7. 1MCS6(2) DSE2 (2) Entrepreneurship Development
8. 1MCS6(3) DSE3 (3)Research Methodology 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 100 40 P
9. 1MCS6(4) DSE4 (4)Management Information System
10. 1MCS6(5) DSE5 (5)Data Science and Analytics
Laboratories
11 1MCS7 Lab-I 1,2 - Programming(C/C++/Java/ALP) - - 4 4 - 2 2 3 - - 25 25 50 25 P
12 1MCS8 Lab-II 3-SQL/ DBMS tools, MSsql, My Sql - - 4 4 - 2 2 3 - - 25 25 50 25 P
Internship
13 1MCS9 #Internship/Field Work/Work
Experience@
TOTAL 20 2 10 32
Open Elective(Apendix-5)
14 1MCS10 OE1 Open elective (OE) /GIC/Open - 2 - 2 - 1 1 - 25 25 50 25 P
skill/MOOC*
TOTAL 20 4 10 34 24 5 29
GIC
GIC1 User Experience Deign
GIC2 Effective Email Communication
L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical
352
 58
# Students may complete their Internship/Field Work/Work Experience in First OR Second OR Third Semester of M. Sc. (Computer Science ) according to their convenience; @ denotes Ancillary Credit
Note : Internship /Apprenticeship/Field Work / Work Experience (During vacations of Semester I to Semester III) for duration of minimum 60 hours to maximum 90 hours mandatory to all the
students, to be completed during vacations of Semester I to III. This will carry 2 Credits for learning of 60 hours or 3 Credits for learning of 90 hours. Its credits and grades will be reflected in
final semester IV credit grade report.
- OEC can be studied during semester I to IV-As per Appendix 5

Appendix- A2

353
 59
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati
Scheme of Teaching, Learning & Examination leading to the Degree Master of Science (Computer Science)
(Two Years- Four Semesters Degree Programme- C.B.C.S)
(M. Sc. Part-I) Semester- II

S.
N. Teaching & Learning Scheme Examination & Evaluation Scheme
Maximum
Subject Type Subje Durati Marks Minimu
Code ct Teaching onOf m
PeriodPer Credi Theor Practical
Exam Tota Passin
Week ts y
Hours l g
Theory Mar
L + MCQ Theory Intern Mar
Core Subject L T P Total / Practica Total Internal al Extern ks ks Grad
l Extern al e
T al
1 2MCS1 DSC1 1 Operating System Algorithms 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 10 40 P
0
2 2MCS2 DSC2 2 Graphics Application programming 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 10 40 P
0
3 2MCS3 DSC3 3 Software Engineering 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 10 40 P
0
4 2MCS4 DSC4 4 Data Mining and Data Warehousing 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 10 40 P
0
Skill-2
5 2MCS5 SEC2 1 -OS (Windows / Android /Linux) - 2 2 4 4 - 4 3 - - 25 25 50 25 P
Elective-2
6. 2MCS6(1) DSE1 (1)Theory of Computation
7. 2MCS6(2) DSE2 (2)Computer System Architecture
8, 2MCS6(3) DSE3 (3)Enterprise Resource Management 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 100 40 P
9. 2MCS6(4) DSE4 (4)Mobile Computing
10. 2MCS6(5) DSE5 (5)Compiler Construction
Laboratories
11 2MCS7 Lab-III 3,4 -SE tools/ DM tools - - 4 4 - 2 2 3 - - 25 25 50 25 P
12 2MCS8 Lab-IV 2- Graphics programming and tools - - 4 4 - 2 2 3 - - 25 25 50 25 P
Internship
13 2MCS9 #Internship/Field Work/Work
Experience@
TOTAL 20 2 10 32
Open Elective(Appendix 5)
14 2MCS10 OE2 Openelective (OE) - 2 - 2 - 1 1 - 25 25 50 25 P
/GIC/Openskill/MOOC*
TOTAL 20 4 10 34 24 5 29
GIC
GIC3 Web Page Design Techniques
GIC4 Automation With Robotics
L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical
# Students may complete their Internship/Field Work/Work Experience in First OR Second OR Third Semester of M. Sc. (Computer Science ) according to their convenience; @ denotes Ancillary Credit
354
 60
Note : Internship /Apprenticeship/Field Work / Work Experience (During vacations of Semester I to Semester III) for duration of minimum 60 hours to maximum 90 hours mandatory to all the
students, to be completed during vacations of Semester I to III. This will carry 2 Credits for learning of 60 hours or 3 Credits for learning of 90 hours. Its credits and grades will be reflected in
final semester IV credit grade report.

- OEC can be studied during semester I to IV- As per Appendix 5

Appendix A3

355
 61
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati
Scheme of Teaching, Learning & Examination leading to the Degree Master of Science (Computer Science)
(Two Years- Four Semesters Degree Programme- C.B.C.S)
(M. Sc. Part-II) Semester- I

S.
N. Teaching & Learning Scheme Examination & Evaluation Scheme
Maximum
Subject Type Subje Durati Marks Minimu
Code ct Teaching onOf m
PeriodPer Credi Theor Practical
Exam Tota Passin
Week ts y
Hours l g
Theory Mar
L + MCQ Theory Intern Mar
Core Subject L T P Total / Practica Total Internal al Extern ks ks Grad
l Extern al e
T al
1 3MCS1 DSC1 1 Algorithms and Design 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 10 40 P
0
2 3MCS2 DSC2 2 Web Computing 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 10 40 P
0
3 3MCS3 DSC3 3 Artificial Intelligence and Machine 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 10 40 P
0
Learning
4 3MCS4 DSC4 4 Distributed Computing 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 10 40 P
0
Skill-3
5 3MCS5 SEC3 1 Programming on algorithms and - 2 2 4 4 - 4 3 - - 25 25 50 25 P
Design
Elective-3
6. 3MCS6(1) DSE1 (1)Optimization Techniques
7. 3MCS6(2) DSE2 (2)Digital Forensics
8, 3MCS6(3) DSE3 (3)Software Project Management 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 100 40 P
9. 3MCS6(4) DSE4 (4)E-Commerce
10. 3MCS6(5) DSE5 (5)Network Security
Laboratories
11 3MCS7 Lab-V 2 HTM/ JS/ CSS/ .net/ PHP - - 4 4 - 2 2 3 - - 25 25 50 25 P
12 3MCS8 Lab-VI 3 AI programming. Tools/ Python - - 4 4 - 2 2 3 - - 25 25 50 25 P
Internship
13 3MCS9 #Internship/Field Work/Work
Experience@
TOTAL 20 2 10 32
Open Elective
14 3MCS10 OE3 Openelective (OE) - 2 - 2 - 1 1 - 25 25 50 25 P
/GIC/Openskill/MOOC*
TOTAL 20 4 10 34 24 5 29
GIC
GIC5
GIC6
356
 62
L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical
# Students may complete their Internship/Field Work/Work Experience in First OR Second OR Third Semester of M. Sc. (Computer Science ) according to their convenience; @ denotes Ancillary Credit
Note : Internship /Apprenticeship/Field Work / Work Experience (During vacations of Semester I to Semester III) for duration of minimum 60 hours to maximum 90 hours mandatory to all the
students, to be completed during vacations of Semester I to III. This will carry 2 Credits for learning of 60 hours or 3 Credits for learning of 90 hours. Its credits and grades will be reflected in
final semester IV credit grade report.

- OEC can be studied during semester I to IV- As per Appendix 5

357
 63
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati Appendix A4
Scheme of Teaching, Learning & Examination leading to the Degree Master of Science (Computer Science)
(Two Years- Four Semesters Degree Programme- C.B.C.S)
(M. Sc. Part-II) Semester- II

S.
N. Teaching & Learning Scheme Examination & Evaluation Scheme
Maximum
Subject Typ Subje Durati Marks Minimu
Code e ct Teaching onOf m
PeriodPer Credi Theor Practical
Exam Tota Passin
Week ts y
Hours l g
Theory Mar
L + MCQ Theory Intern Mar
Core Subject L T P Total / Practica Total Internal al Extern ks ks Grad
l Extern al e
T al
1 4MCS1 DSC1 1 Cloud Computing 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 10 40 P
0
2 4MCS2 DSC2 2 Big Data 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 10 40 P
0
3 4MCS3 DSC3 3 ES, Internet of Things(IOT) 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 10 40 P
0
4 4MCS4 DSC4 4 Block Chain Technology 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 10 40 P
0
Skill-4
5 4MCS5 SEC4 Android Programming - 2 2 4 4 - 4 3 - - 25 25 50 25 P
Elective-4
6. 4MCS6(1) DSE1 (1)Parallel Computing
7. 4MCS6(2) DSE2 (2)Image Processing
8, 4MCS6(3) DSE3 (3)Cyber Security 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 100 40 P
9. 4MCS6(4) DSE4 (4)OOSE
10. 4MCS6(5) DSE5 (5)Robotics& AI
Laboratories
11 4MCS7 Lab-VII 3,4 – Block Chain / IoT tools - - 4 4 - 2 2 3 - - 25 25 50 25 P
12 4MCS8 Lab-VIII 1,2 - Cloud Computing and Big Data - - 4 4 - 2 2 3 - - 25 25 50 25 P
13 4MCS9 Seminar 2 1 1 25 25 50 25 P
14 4MCS10 Project 4 2 2 50 50 10 50 P
0
Internship
15 4MCS11 #Internship/Field Work/Work
Experience@
TOTAL 22 2 14 38 25 6 31
Open Elective
16 4MCS12 OE4 Openelective (OE) - 2 - 2 - 1 1 - 25 25 50 25 P
/GIC/Openskill/MOOC*
TOTAL 22 40 25 7 32
GIC
GIC7
GIC8
358
 64
L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical
# Students may complete their Internship/Field Work/Work Experience in First OR Second OR Third Semester of M. Sc. (Computer Science ) according to their convenience; @ denotes Ancillary Credit
Note : Internship /Apprenticeship/Field Work / Work Experience (During vacations of Semester I to Semester III) for duration of minimum 60 hours to maximum 90 hours mandatory to all the
students, to be completed during vacations of Semester I to III. This will carry 2 Credits for learning of 60 hours or 3 Credits for learning of 90 hours. Its credits and grades will be reflected in
final semester IV credit grade report.
- OEC can be studied during semester I to IV-As per Appendix 5
Total Credits: 119

359
 65
Appendix- 5
Common Instructions for all the Semesters regarding Choice Baked Credits (CBC)/Open Electives (OE) are as under:
The titles of broad activity those can be undertaken by the students in every semester and their respective credits are listed in the table given below. Student has to undertake one or more activitiesout of these table so as to avail at least 2
credits per semester

The Subjects/Modules Activity to be undertaken by the Student under the Open Electives approved by the Department Institute. The schedule of approval will be declared by theDepartment/Institute at the beginning of the Semester (1
July) as per details given below:

One Faculty Member will work as a Coordinator for Open Electives for which 01 Hour of Theory period will be considered as a weekly work load against this work. All Coordinators has to do counselling of respective Open electives, do
the Students Registration process and allot them to faculty members (will be working as a mentor). All these electives are internally accessed by respective Coordinators & Guides based on Minimum 03 Class Tests/ Final Objective Test/
Demo/ Report Submission/Certificate issued by competent authority Viva Voce and other methods asdecided by the Department/Institute.

The Mentor shall conduct Tutorial Classes for Workload counting purpose, it should be noted that: 01 Tutorial hour is equal to 01 Theory Hour. For Tutorial, Batch of Maximum 20 Students will beconsidered and the Tutorial Batch should
not be comprised of Less than 04 Students.

Coordinator shall take care that the students are not repetitively opting for same type of Electives in every Semester.

Summary of conduction of Choice Based Credits (CBC)/Open Electives (OC) Electives for all Semesters

i. Electives Selection Process starts at beginning of the Semester,

ii. Declare the names of Coordinator for Open Electives.
iii. Counselling of Students by Coordinators for selection of Open Electives
iv. Registration of Students by Coordinators under respective Open Electives
v. Allotment of Registered Students to Mentor from Department.
vi. Guidance/Counselling to Students by Mentor throughout the Semester
vii. General Counselling by Coordinators over the Semester, whenever required.
viii. Final Assessment of Students by Coordinators & Mentor for Allotment of Final Credits
ix. Submission of Credits gained by Students to the Head of Department from Coordinators

The Open Elective and Credit Assigned Credit

Successful completion of Online Course of 4 weeks 4
Project activity 4
Seminar Activity 1
Paper/poster presentation 1
Completion of soft skill programme of one week 1
Internship of 30 Hrs 2
Field Visit of 15 Hrs 1
Startup recognized and approved by the department 2

360
 66
Participation in Unnat Bharat Abhiyan 1 for 15days,
maximum 4

Yoga Meditation camp of 1 week 1

Completion of course/activity of similar credits proposed by the department from among theavailable 4
courses/activities from other department/faculty in the college/university

361
 1

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty of Science and Technology
Programme: M. Sc. Electronics Science

Programme: M. Sc. Electronics Science

POs:

At the end of the programme, students would be able to

PO1 (Deep subject Knowledge and intellectual breadth) Apply the subject knowledge to the solution of real-
world problems.

PO2 (Professional Ethics) Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities
and norms of the standard practices.

PO3 (Creative & Critical Thinking) Take informed actions after identifying the assumptions that frame our
thinking and actions, checking out the degree to which these assumptions are accurate and valid, and looking at our
ideas and decisions (intellectual, organizational, and personal) from different perspectives.

PO4 (Innovation, Research and Problem Solving) Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze
complex problems reaching substantiated and innovative conclusions. Design solutions for complex problems with
appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental
considerations. Use research-based knowledge and research methods to provide valid conclusions. Demonstrate the
knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.

PO5 (Team work and Communication Skills) Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or
leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings. Present/communicate research at national/international
level, write effective articles, reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive
clear instructions. Communicate disciplinary knowledge to the community and broader public.

PO6 (Professionalism and Leadership) Readiness Demonstrate personal accountability and effective work
habits, e.g., punctuality, working productively with others, and time as well as workload management. Demonstrate
integrity and ethical behavior, act responsibly with the interests of the larger community in mind, and to learn from
his/her mistakes. Use the strengths of others to achieve common goals, and use interpersonal skills to coach and
develop others. Assess and manage his/her emotions and those of others; use empathetic skills to guide and
motivate; and organize, prioritize, and delegate work.

PO7 (Lifelong learning) Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in
independent and lifelong learning in the broadest context of technological change.

PO8 (Competence for Digital World) Prepare well for living, learning and working in a Digital Society;
Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern ICT tools to complex activities with an
understanding of the limitations. Use existing digital technologies ethically and efficiently to solve problems,
complete tasks, and accomplish goals. Demonstrate effective adaptability to new and emerging technologies.

PO9 (Global Citizenship) Act with an informed awareness of global issues. Engage in initiatives that
encourage equity and growth for all.

362
 2

PSOs:

Upon successful completion of the Programme, students would be able to

1. Apply knowledge of electronics to solve problems of the society.

2. Design electronics circuits/systems and analyze them

Employability potential in Electronics:

Some of the job profiles that students can opt for are mentioned below:

Engineering Manager.
Project Manager.
Service Maintenance Engineer.
Research and development engineer
Marketing manager
Industrial Engineer
X-Ray technician
Medical technician
Hardware engineer in banking sector
Engineer in mobile and communication sector
Teaching sector
Research sector
Software development
Sound technician
Technical support executive
Electrical supervisor
Software test engineer
Automation engineer
Field service engineer

Aspirants pursuing M. Sc. Electronics Science have a lot of scope in diverse industries. These graduates can
work in both private and public organizations in the fields of design, manufacture, operation, and
maintenance of electronics equipment and practices.

A few of those employment areas are listed below:

Areas of employment include but not limited to

● IT sector

363
 3

● Hardware manufacturing industry

● Telecommunication industry
● Defense sector
● Banking sector
● Tourism industry
● Education sector
● Research sector
● Automobile sector

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Name of the Programme :-[Link]. Subject: Electronics Science

Programme Specific Outcome (PSO)

Name of the course (Paper) : 1SEM 1( [Link]. I Semester I)

[Link] Course: Code, Title and Description What the student will be able to do
after completing the Course
successfully (Knowledge/ Skill
achieved OR Application of
Knowledge /Skill to do what)/ COs
1 1ELE1-Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices Upon completion of the Course,
students will be able to know

364
 4

Unit I : Conduction in semiconductor • Design and Analysis of basic

semiconductor circuits.
Unit II : Junction and Interface
• Applications of semiconductor
Unit III : Special Semiconductor Devices. devices in microwave
communication.
Unit IV: Bipolar and unipolar semiconductor devices
• Components for Amplifier and
switching circuit.
Unit V: Semiconductor Technology & Measurements

1ELE2- Instrumentation and Measurement • Different fabrication process and

Techniques applications.

• Knowledge of different display

Unit I: Display Devices and Printers
devices and printers
Unit II: Digital Instruments
• Digital instruments knowledge.
Unit III: General Electronic Test Equipment
• Applications of Transducer.
Unit VI: Measurement set-up
• Set up for microwave frequency
measurements.
Unit V: Transducers and Signal conditioning
• Medical Instrumentation system
1ELE3- Biomedical Instrumentation basic.

Unit I: Fundamentals of Biomedical Instrumentation • Knowledge of Bioelectrical

signals and electrodes.
Unit II: Bioelectric Signals and Electrodes
• Knowledge of different
Unit III: Biomedical Recorders biomedical recorders.

Unit IV: Magnetic Resonance Imaging System • Basic knowledge and applications
of MRI system.
Unit V: Radio-therapy Equipment
• Knowledge of radiation sources
1ELE4- Optical Electronic Devices and Applications and instruments.

Unit I: Introduction • Knowledge of optical system and

different parameters of optical
Unit II: Fundamental of Optics fibers.

Unit III: Photo Detectors • Principles and applications of

different photo detectors.
Unit IV: Optical Instruments.
• Knowledge of optical instrument
for measurements.
Unit V: Lasers and Applications
• Knowledge of different lasers and
its applications.

Name of the Semester : 1SEM2 ([Link]. I Semester II)

365
 5

[Link] What the student will be able to do

Course: Code, Title and Description after completing the Course
successfully (Knowledge/ Skill
achieved OR Application of
Knowledge /Skill to do what)/ COs
1 2ELE1- Analog Circuit Design And Analysis Upon completion of the Course,
students will be able to know
Unit I : Operational Amplifiers
• Knowledge of different OPAMP
Unit II : Op-amp with Negative Feedback circuits and types of amplifier
circuit.
Unit III : Frequency Response and Linear applications of
• Knowledge of different
applications of OPAMP.
Op-amp

Unit IV : Active Filters, Comparators and convertors • Filters circuits, Comparators and
converters knowledge
Unit V : Specialized IC Applications
• Multivibrator and regulators
applications
2ELE2- Microprocessor and Microcontroller
• Knowledge of microprocessor
Unit I : Introduction basics and pin description of 8086
microprocessor.
Unit II : System Configurations: Pin Diagram of 8086,
• 8051 microcontroller family basic
Minimum Mode knowledge and Pin description of
8051 microcontroller and
Unit III : 8051 Microcontrollers addressing modes

Unit IV : I/O Port programming & Addressing Modes • Knowledge of Instruction set of
8051 microcontroller.
Unit V : JUMP, LOOP, and CALL Instructions.
• Logical development of student
2ELE3- Digital IC’S & Design about digital circuits.

Unit I : Combinational Logic Design • Designing of various integrated

circuits using 74XX series.
Unit II : Combinational logic design using 74/54 series
• Applications of memories with
microprocessor and
Unit III : Combinational logic design using ROM
microcontroller.

Unit IV : Design of counter and sequential networks

• Development of digital display
circuits and Asynchronous
Unit V : Analysis of asynchronous sequential networks analysis.

2ELE4- Mechatronics • Introductory knowledge of

Mechatronics system and Control
Unit I : Mechatronics system basic concepts.

366
 6

Unit II : Closed loop Controllers • Introductory knowledge PLC

language and Communication
Unit III : Programmable Logic Controller system.

Unit IV : Communication Systems • Fault finding concepts in

mechanical instruments.
Unit V : Fault Finding

Name of the Semester : 2SEM3 ([Link]. II Semester III)

[Link] What the student will be able to do

Course: Code, Title and Description after completing the Course
successfully (Knowledge/ Skill
achieved OR Application of
Knowledge /Skill to do what)/ COs
1 3ELE1- Antenna and Mobile Communications Upon completion of the Course,
students will be able to know
Unit I : Antennas
• Design of Antenna, different
Unit II : Antenna types parameters and different Antenna
types.
Unit III : Mobile Communications
• Basic knowledge of mobile
Unit IV : Mobile Radio Environment communication.

• Knowledge of different
Unit V : Multiple access Techniques
modulation techniques.
3ELE2- Power Electronics
• Multiple access techniques
knowledge.
Unit I : Power Electronic Systems
• Basic knowledge of power
Unit II : Power Devices electronics system.

Unit III : Rectifiers , AC Controllers and Resonant • Knowledge of different devices in

power electronics, Rectifier,
converters controller and converter.

Unit VI : Choppers and Inverters • Knowledge of Choppers and

Inverters.
Unit V : Applications Power Supplies, Motor Drives-
• Different applications of Power
3ELE3- Advanced Microcontroller and Embedded electronics system.
system
• Design and development of
Unit I : PIC Microcontroller & Interfacing embedded system for society and
Industry.
Unit II : ARM & AVR Processors
• Selection of processor for
Unit III : Introduction to Embedded Systems embedded system.

367
 7

Unit IV : Embedded system Hardware • Applications of embedded system.

Unit V : Development tools for embedded systems • Skill for development of hardware
for embedded system.
3ELE4- COMPUTER HARDWARE AND
• Debugging of embedded system
INTERFACING skill.

Unit I : CPUAND MEMORY • Knowledge of CPU and Memory

peripherals.
Unit II : MOTHERBOARDS
• Deep knowledge of internal
structure of Motherboards.
Unit III : STORAGE DEVICES

• Knowledge of different storage

Unit IV : I/O PERIPHERALS
devices.
Unit V : BUS ARCHITECTURE
• Interfacing standards and
peripherals knowledge.

• Different Bus architecture

knowledge.

Name of the Semester: 2SEM4 ([Link]. II Semester IV)

[Link]. What the student will be able to do

Course: Code, Title and Description after completing the Course
successfully (Knowledge/ Skill
achieved OR Application of
Knowledge /Skill to do what)/ COs
1 4ELE1- VLSI Design and VHDL Programming Upon completion of the Course,
students will be able to know
Unit I : Introduction
• Design of components using
Unit II : CMOS system design And Design Methods VLSI.

Unit III: ASIC construction And CMOS Design • Knowledge of designing of IC

chip.
Unit IV: Introduction to VHDL
• Skill of design and development
Unit V: Design of combinational blocks tools for fabrication of IC.

• Programming skill for VHDL and

4ELE2- Virtual Instrumentation
Various combinational circuits
design and development using
Unit I: Virtual Instrumentation VHDL.

Unit II: Virtual Instrument Programming Techniques • Detailed idea about VI

programming and environment.
Unit III: Data Acquisition Basics

368
 8

Unit IV: Virtual Instrument Chassis Requirements • Knowledge of DAQ system

interfacing and Communication of
Unit V: Virtual Instrument Analysis Toolsets VI system.

4ELE3- Numerical Methods and C Programming • Application and sensor technology

knowledge.
Unit I: Basic structure of C programme
• Knowledge of C tokens for
programming.
Unit II: Arrays and User defined function

• Knowledge of Array, Function,

Unit III: Structures and Pointers
structures and Pointers for
programming.
Unit IV: Roots of Nonlinear equation
• Knowledge of numerical methods
Unit V: Curve fitting, Regression of problem solving

4ELE4- Fuzzy logic and Neural Networks • Utility and introduction to

different sets in fuzzy logic.
Unit I: Introduction Classical and Fuzzy sets and
Classical • Knowledge to different classical
and fuzzy sets.
and Fuzzy relation)
• Knowledge of Programming
Unit II: Properties of Membership function, Fuzzification concept related to fuzzy system.
&
• Knowledge of Neural network.
Defuzzification and logic & Fuzzy System Different laws for Neural
functioning.
Unit III: Fuzzy System Simulation, Rule-Base reduction
methods

and decision making with fuzzy

Unit IV: Neural and Fuzzy machine Intelligence and

Neural

Network theory

Unit V: Unsupervised learning in Neural Networks:

Syllabus:

[Link]. First Year Electronics Semester-I

Paper-I : 1ELE1-Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices

369
 9

Paper-II : 1ELE2- Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques

Paper-III : 1ELE3-Biomedical Instrumentation

Paper-IV : 1ELE4: Optical Electronic Devices and Applications

Practical-I : At least 8 Experiments based on Paper-I & II

Practical-II : At least 8 Experiments based on Paper-III & IV

[Link]. First Year Electronics Semester-II

Paper-V : 2ELE1-Analog Circuit Design And Analysis

Paper-VI : 2ELE2-Microprocessor and Microcontroller

Paper-VII : 2ELE3-Digital IC’S & Design

Paper-VIII : 2ELE4- Mechatronics

Practical-III : At least 8 Experiments based on Paper-V & VI

Practical-IV : At least 8 Experiments based on Paper-VII & VIII

[Link]. Second Year Electronics Semester-III

Paper-IX : 3ELE1- Antenna and Mobile Communications

Paper-X : 3ELE2-Power Electronics

Paper-XI : 3 ELE 3-Advanced Microcontroller and Embedded system

Paper-XII : 3ELE4 - Computer Hardware and Interfacing

Practical V : At least 8 Experiments based on Paper-IX & X

Practical VI : At least 8 Experiments based on Paper-XI & XII

[Link]. Second Year Electronics Semester-IV

Paper-XIII : 4 ELE 1- VLSI Design and VHDL Programming

Paper-XIV : 4ELE2- Virtual Instrumentation

Paper-XV : 4ELE3- Numerical Methods and C Programming

Paper-XVI : 4ELE4- Fuzzy logic and Neural Networks

Practical-VII : At least 8 Experiments based on Paper-XIII, XIV, XV & XVI

370
 10

Project Work : Practical-VIII

Programme: M. Sc. Electronics Science

Sem-I/ Paper -I

1ELE1-Fundamentals of Semiconductor Devices

Unit I : Conduction in semiconductor : semiconductors, brief idea about band theory of semiconductor, conduction
mechanism, carrier concentration and mobility, effect of temperature on electrical conductivity , intrinsic
semiconductors , carrier concentration in an intrinsic semiconductor , conduction and valance band , carrier
concentration in terms of band gap ,electrical conductivity, generation and recombination of charges, extrinsic
semiconductor- P type and N type , Hall effect

Unit II : Junction and Interface: p-n junction , linearly graded and abrupt junctions, diode equation , static I-V
characteristics, break-down mechanisms in pn-junction , dynamic behaviour of pn -junction, effect of temperature on
pn-junction diode.

Unit III : Special Semiconductor Devices : Gunn effect and diode, Zener effect and Zener diode, Tunnel diode, PIN
diode, varactor diode Schottky diode.

Unit IV : Bipolar and unipolar semiconductor devices: Bipolar junction transistor(BJT) , principle of operation ,
fabrication methods and doping profile , analysis of ideal and real transistor, static I-V characteristics in active region
, charge control equation .Junction and metal semiconductor field effect transistors, principle of operation , I-V
characteristics, MOSFET -basic structure and operating principle, I-V characteristics, charge coupled devices,
MESFET’s.

Unit V : Semiconductor Technology & Measurements: semiconductor devices & integrated circuit technology, wafer
preparation , doping , growth of dielectric layers, measuring and lithography , pattern definition , methods of isolation
planner technology Semiconductor measurements : conductivity, resistivity, Hall effect measurements, drift mobility,
minority carrier life time, diffusion length.

Recommended Books :

1) Sanjeev Gupta : Electronic Devices and Circuits

2) B. L . Thereja : Principles of EDC

3) Jacob Millman : Microelectronics ( 2nd edition )

Sem -I/ PAPER II

1ELE2- Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques

Unit I : Display Devices and Printers Digital display system and indicators , classification of displays , display devices,
LED, LCD , touch screen displays, Printers : Classification , printer character set , Drum printer , Dot matrix printers,
character at a time Dot matrix Impact printer, Non- Impact Dot matrix (NIDM) printer .

Unit II : Digital Instruments Digital multimeters , Digital frequency meter , Digital Tachometer, Digital pH meter ,
Automation in Digital Instruments , Digital phase meter , Digital capacitance meter , Microprocessor based
Instrumentation .

371
 11

Unit III : General Electronic Test Equipment Cathode -Ray oscilloscope, Digital voltmeter & multimeter , Electronic
counters , AC millivoltmeter , wave analyzers and spectrum analyzer , signal generators ,lock in amplifiers , Frequency
response analyzer.

Unit IV : Transducers and Signal conditioning Electrical transducers, Resistive transducers , Strain Gauges ,
Thermistor , LVDT , Piezo electric transducer, Temperature transducers , Mechanical transducers. Introduction of
signal conditioning, block diagram of signal conditioning , Types of filters.

Unit V : Measurement set-up Measurement of microwave frequencies , Resonant co-axial lines , cavity wave meters
, RF/UHF field strength meter , measurement of sensitivity, intermodulation method , measuring frequency response
in Audio amplifiers , measuring amplitude modulation using CRO .

Recommended Books :

1) H. S. Kalsi : Electronic Instrumentation

2) Malestat: Electronics Measurements.

3) G. R. Sarma Instrumentation devices & Systems (2nd edition )

4) [Link] : Measurement Systems, Application and Design

5) Villiam D. Cooper : Modern Electronic Instrumentation & Measurement techniques

Sem-I/ Paper III

1ELE3-Biomedical Instrumentation

Unit I : Fundamentals of Biomedical Instrumentation: Basic medical instrumentation system , Performance

requirements of Medical Instrumentation System , Intelligent Medical Instrumentation System, biometrics.

Unit II : Bioelectric Signals and Electrodes: Origin of Bioelectric signals , Recording Electrodes , Silver Chloride
Electrodes , Electrodes for ECG , EEG and EMG .

Unit III : Biomedical Recorders: Electrocardiograph (ECG), vector cardiograph ( VCG ) , Phonocardiograph ( PCG
), Electroencephalograph ( EEG ) , Electromyograph ( EMG ) ,cardiac pacemakers .

Unit IV: Magnetic Resonance Imaging System : Principles of NMR Imaging System , Image Reconstruction
Techniques , Basic NMR Components , Biological Effect of NMR Imaging , Advantages of NMR , Imaging System
,principle of MRI.

Unit V : Radio-therapy Equipment : Use of high voltage X-ray Machines , Development of Betatron , Cobolt-60
Machine , Medical Linear Accelerator Machine , X-ray tomography, short wave , microwave and surgical diathermy.

Recommended Book:

1) R. S. Khandpur ( 2nd Addition ) ( McGraw Hill publication ) : Biomedical Instrumentation

Sem I / PAPER IV

1ELE4: OPTICAL ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND APPLICATIONS

372
 12

Unit I : Introduction Classification of optical fiber ,Principal of light transmission through fiber, Fabrication of optical
fibers ,Material consideration ,Loss and band width limiting mechanism , Mechanical and thermal characteristics ,
Light sources for fiber optics , Photo detectors , Source coupling , Splices and connectors.

Unit II : Fundamental of Optics Polarization ,diffraction , interference , dispersion holograms. Optical Sources: Light
Emitting Diodes (LEDs) : Structure, Materials, Characteristics, Efficiency. Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)

Unit III : Photo Detectors Thermal detectors ,Photo detectors, Vacuum photo diode, Photo multiplier tube Photo
conductive detector, LDR, PIN diode.

Unit IV : Optical Instruments Optical pyrometer , Infrared thermometer , Polarimeter , Light intensity meter Spectro
photo meter , Spectrum analyzer , X-ray fluoroscopic instruments, Periscope, Optical filters ,Beam splitters.

Unit V : Lasers Different types of lasers : Gas laser, Liquid lasers, Semiconductor lasers. Use of Lasers : For
measurement of distance , For measurement of velocity , For measurement of acceleration, For measurement of length.
Industrial Application of Laser : Laser heating, Laser melting, Laser welding.

RECOMMENDED BOOKS

1. Optical fiber Communication by John M Senior, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi

2. Optical fiber Communication by J. Gower , Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi

3. Optical fiber Communication by ‘ Gerd Keiser, McGraw Hill International Editions

4. Optical Communications – Components and Systems by JH Franz and VK Jain, Narosa Publishing House, New
Delhi

5. Optical fiber Communication Systems by GP Agrawal, John Wiley & Sons, New Delhi

6. Optical fiber Communication and its Applications by S C Gupta, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi

Sem-II/ Paper V

2ELE1-Analog Circuit Design And Analysis

Unit I : Operational Amplifiers : Difference Amplifier, Op-amp- block diagram , schematic symbol , Characteristics
of Op-amp , the ideal Op-amp ,equivalent circuit , open-loop Op-amp configurations.

Unit II : Op-amp with Negative Feedback :Block diagram of feedback configurations , voltage-series feedback
amplifier ,voltage shunt feedback amplifier ,Differential amplifiers , output resistance and bandwidth of differential
amplifiers with feedback.

Unit III : Frequency Response and Linear applications of Op-amp : Open loop voltage gain as a function of frequency
, closed loop frequency response ,circuit stability , slew rate ,DC and AC amplifiers , Differential I/P and O/P amplifier
, voltage to current convertor with floating load and grounded load , current to voltage convertor , the Integrator ,
Differentiator , Adder and Subtractor .

Unit IV : Active Filters, Comparators and convertors : Active filters , First and second order Low -pass and High
pass, Butterworth filter , Band-Pass filters , Basic comparator , Zero crossing detector , Schmitt trigger , comparator
characteristics , limitations of comparator , window detector , voltage to frequency and frequency to voltage convertor
, Clippers & Clampers, A to D convertor and D to A convertor.

373
 13

Unit V : Specialized IC Applications : The 555 timer as Monostable, Astable & Bistable multivibrator. PLL : operating
principles, monolithic PLL , 565 PLL applications. Voltage Regulators : fixed voltage regulator , Switching regulators
, Special regulators.

Recommended Books :

1) Ramakant Gaikwad : Linear Integrated Circuits

2) Analog & Digital techniques: Navneeth, Kale & Gokhale

Sem-II/ Paper VI

2ELE2-Microprocessor and Microcontroller

Unit I : Introduction: Features , Architecture of 8086 , Addressing modes : Register and Immediate Modes, Addressing
modes for Accessing data in Memory(Memory Modes) , Addressing Modes Accessing I/O Ports(I/O Modes ) Relative
Addressing Mode, Implied Addressing Mode, Instruction Set.

Unit II : System Configurations: Pin Diagram of 8086 , Minimum Mode : Pin definitions in minimum mode,
Minimum Mode Configuration, Bus Timing for Minimum Mode, Maximum Mode: Pin Definitions in maximum
mode, Maximum mode Configuration, Bus Timing For Maximum mode. Input/output Interfacing: I/O mapped I/o ,
memory mapped I/O.

Unit III : 8051 Microcontrollers: Microcontrollers and embedded processors, overview of the 8051 family, Inside
8051, 8051 flag bits and the PSW register, 8051 register banks and stack, the program counter and ROM space in the
8051, Data types and Directives.

Unit IV : I/O Port programming & Addressing Modes : Pin description of the 8051,Addressing modes: Immediate &
register addressing mode, Accessing Memory using various addressing modes , Bit Addresses for I/O and RAM,
Introduction to 8051 Assembly programming, Assembling and running an 8051 program.

Unit V : JUMP,LOOP, and CALL Instructions: Loop and jump instructions, Call instructions , Time delay for various
8051 chips. ARITHMATIC, LOGIC INSTRUCTIONS: Arithmetic instructions, signed number concepts and
arithmetic operations, Logic and compare instructions, Rotate instruction and data serialization.

Recommended Books:

1) A.P. Godse : Microprocessor Techniques 8085 & 8086

2) [Link] : Microprocessor 8085 & 8086

3) Muhammad Ali Mazidi : The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems

Sem-II/Paper VII

2ELE3-Digital IC’S & Design

UNIT-I : Combinational Logic Design: Function of binary variables, Boolean Algebraic theorems, standard form of
logical functions, K-map up to five variables, Quine McCluskey method, Don’t care conditions and its effects,
Synthesis using AND - OR gates.

374
 14

UNIT-II : Combinational logic design using 74/54 series MSI chip series concerning to multiplexers, demultiplexers,
decoders, encoders, comparators, code converters, priority encoders parity generator/ checker & BCD-Seven segment
decoder.

UNIT-III: Combinational logic design using ROM array, PLA, PAL, preliminary design concepts using FPGA’s N-
bit binary adder using 7480, Look-ahead carry adder construction.

UNIT–IV: Design of counter and sequential networks: Analysis of clocked sequential networks, General models of
sequential machines, Equivalence and minimization networks, Deviation of state graph and tables, reduction of state
assignments, S.M. Chart.

UNIT-V : Analysis of asynchronous sequential networks, derivation and reduction of primitive flow tables, state
assignments and realization of flow tables, hazards, asynchronous sequential network design.

Recommended Books:

1. Charles H. Roth : “Fundamental of Logic Design” , 4th ed. Jaico Publication.

2. Lee S.C. : “Digital Circuit and Logic Design”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi

3. Jain R.P. : “Modern Digital Electronics Circuits and Systems”, Macmillan Press, London

4. Fleatcher : An Engineering approach to Digital System Design “, PHI

5. Morris N.M. : “Digital Electronics Circuits & Systems”, Mac Millan Press, London

6. Digital IC reference data manual

7. Texas Instru. Incorporated : Designing with TTL IC’s.

8. Parag K. Lala : Fault Tolerant and Fault Testable Hardware Design, B.S. Publication, Hyderabad

Sem-II / Paper -VIII

2ELE4- Mechatronics

Unit I : Mechatronics: What is mechatronics , design process, systems, measurement systems, control systems,
Programmable logic controller.

Unit II : Closed loop Controllers: continuous and discrete control processes , Terminology , Two step mode ,
Proportional mode , Derivative control , Integral control , PID controller , Digital controllers , Controller tuning ,
velocity control, Adaptive control.

Unit III : Programmable Logic Controller : Programmable logic controller , basic PLC structure , I/P- O/ P Processing
, Ladder programming , Instruction lists ,latching and integral relays , sequencing , timers and Counters, Shift registers,
Master and jump controls, data handling.

Unit IV : Communication Systems : Digital communications , Centralised , Hierarchical and Distributed control,
Networks, Protocols, open systems Interconnection communication model, Serial Communication interfaces, Parallel
Communication Interfaces, Wireless protocols

375
 15

Unit V : Fault Finding : Fault - detection Techniques , Watchdog timer , Parity and error coding checks, Common
hardware faults, Microprocessor Systems, Emulation and simulation, PLC systems.

Recommended Book:

1) W. Bolton ( 4th edition ) : Mechatronics

SEM –III/paper IX

3ELE1- Antenna and Mobile Communications

Unit I : Antennas

Theory and design of antennas, Antenna parameters -radiation, current elements, radiation resistance, antenna gain,
directivity, effective length, antenna aperture; reciprocity theorem

Unit II : Antenna types Short dipole antenna, antenna arrays:

two-element arrays, broadside and end fire arrays, linear arrays, binomial arrays, folded dipole, Yagi-Uda array;
traveling wave antenna, rhombic antenna, V-antenna; Horn Antennae, parabolic reflectors, helical antenna, lens
antenna, micro-strip and antenna; antenna measurements such as impedance, radiation pattern, gain, antennas for
mobile communication

Unit III : Mobile Communications Cellular concepts:

Introduction to cellular mobile systems, frequency reuse, channel assignment and land off strategy, elements of
cellular radio system design, switching and traffic, data links and microwaves, system evaluation

Unit IV : Mobile Radio Environment:

Causes of propagation loss, causes of fading; modulation techniques – BPSK, QPSK, QAM and GMSK; fundamentals
of equalization, space polarization, frequency and time diversity techniques, channel coding

Unit V : Multiple access Techniques:

Introduction to digital system, digital cellular system, GSM & CDMA systems- service features, GSM architecture,
GSM channel types, GSM frame structure, intelligent cell concept and applications; Features of handset, SMS,
security; Interfacing of mobile with computer, application of mobile handset as modem, data storage device,
multimedia device; Measurement of signal strength.

Recommended Books:

1. Mobile Cellular Telecommunication: William C. Y. Lee (MGH Inc., 1995)

2. Mobile communication : Jochen Schiller (2nd edition, Pearson Education, 2004)

3. Electromagnetic waves and radiation systems: E. C. Jordan and K.E. Balmain

4. Antennas; J. D. Krauss (2nd edition, TMH, New Delhi, 1999)

376
 16

5. Handbook of Antenna: Jasik

6. Wireless Communications and networking : Jon W. Mark & Weihua Zhuang

7. Antennas and Radiowave Propagation: R. E. Collin (MGH, International Edition)

8. Wireless Digital Communications: Modulation and Spread Spectrum Applications: Dr. Kamilo Feher (PHI, New
Delhi, 1999)

9. Antenna Theory: Analysis and Design : Balanis (2nd edition), Wiley Eastern India

Sem-III/Paper X

3ELE2-Power Electronics

Unit-I : Power Electronic Systems:

Introduction-History, Applications and Interdisciplinary Nature. Power Electronic Systems Block Diagram , Types of
Converter Circuits, Peripheral Effects ,Thermal Management and Design Aspects. Performance Parameter such as
Efficiency, Total Harmonic Distortion, Power Factor and Reliability.

Unit-II : Power Devices :

Ideal Requirements For Power Electronic Devices. Construction, Principle of Operation , I-V Characteristics
,Specifications and Ratings, Selection Criteria and Applications , Turn On and Turn Off Methods . i) Power Diodes-
PIN DIODE, SHOTTKEY DIODE, ii) Thyristor Devices-SCR,TRIAC,GTO, iii) Power Transistor Devices-POWER
BJT,POWER MOSFET,IGBT Comparison Of all Power Devices

Unit-III : Rectifiers ,AC Controllers and Resonant Converter Rectifiers:

Performance Parameters, Single Phase Bridge Rectifier with R and RL Load, Three Phase Bridge Rectifier with R
and RL Load, Three Phase Fully Controlled Bridge Rectifier with R and RL Load, Comparison of all Rectifier Circuits.
AC Controllers : Principle of on-of and Phase Control, Single Phase Bidirectional Controller with R and RL Load,
Three Phase Bidirectional Controller, Cycloconverter. Resonant Converter: Need of Resonant Converters, their
Advantages and Disadvantages, Comparison between PWM and Resonant Converters, Zero Current Switching
Converters(ZCS) , Zero Voltage Switching Converter (ZVS),Comparison between ZCS and ZVS Converters.

Unit-IV : Choppers and Inverters Choppers :

Principle of Operation-Step Up and Step Down Choppers, Performance Parameter, Step Down Converter with RL
Load , Step Up Converter with RL Load ,Converter Classification and Operation, Chopper Circuit Design Inverters :
Principle Of Operation, Performance Parameter, Single Phase Inverter ,Three Phase Inverter, Modulation Technique
for Inverters, Inverter Circuit Design

Unit-V : Applications

I) Power Supplies: DC Power Supplies- i)Switching Regulators–Buck, Boost and Buck-Boost Regulators , ii)SMPS-
Flyback, Push-Pull, Bridge Converter. AC Power Supplies- UPS-Online, Offline and Interactive.

II) Motor Drives:

377
 17

Comparison Of Motors, Types of Motor Drives, Equivalent Circuits, Mathematical Equations, Principle of Operation,
Torque-Speed Characteristics, Selection Criteria, Performance Parameter. i) AC Motor Drives-Squirrel-Cage
induction motor. ii) Dc Motor Drives(chopper drives)- Separately Excited Dc Motor, PMDC. iii) Synchronous Motor
(PWM Inverter)Drives – BLDC,PMSM.

Recommended Books :

1) [Link]: Power Electronics-Circuits, Devices and Applications

2) [Link]: Power Electronics

3) Ned Mohan : Power Electronics-Converters, Applications and Design

Sem III/Paper XI

3 ELE 3-Advanced Microcontroller and Embedded system

Unit –I : PIC Microcontroller & Interfacing:

Introduction, architecture (PIC 16C6X), registers, instruction set, addressing modes, timers, interrupt timing, i/o port
expansion-serial peripheral interface, LCD display, I2C bus operation, serial EPROM, DAC, Temp. Sensors, ADC,
UART, oscillator configuration, low power operation, serial programming & parallel slave port.

Unit-II : ARM & AVR Processors:

RISC, ARM design philosophy, ARM fundamentals, instruction sets, thumb instruction sets, exception & interrupt
handling, efficient C programming, optimizing ARM assembly code, AVR architecture, instruction set, hardware
interfacing, communication links & design issues.

Unit-III : Introduction to Embedded Systems:

Introduction to Embedded system, features of embedded system, components of embedded system, processor
selection, device drivers, interrupt servicing mechanism. examples of embedded system application.

UNIT IV: Embedded system Hardware:

Interfacing: I/O devices (LCD, Keyboard, ADC, DAC, Stepper motor, PWM, etc.), Data converters, DMA, UART,
SPI, PWM, WDT, Memories, serial, parallel Asynchronous and synchronous communication. Communication
standards: – RS 232, I2C, USB, SPI, CAN, PCMCIA, IrDA.

UNIT V : Development tools for embedded systems:

Software development tools- Editor, Assembler, linker, simulator, compiler Hardware development tools:
programmer (EPROM programmer, microcontroller programmer, universal programmer), Logic analyzer, General
purpose evaluation Boards. Hardware and Software combination Tools1. In circuit emulator 2. Debugger.

Recommended Books:

1) Mazidi & Mazidi, “ 8051 Microcontroller & Embedded Systems”. Pearson education. (Latest edition) 2) Keneth
H. Ayala, “The 8051 Microcontroller”, Penram International

378
 18

3) Rajkaml, “Embedded System-architecture, Programming And Design”, TMH Publications, edition 2003 4) David
Simon, “An Embedded Software Primer”, Pearson education, Asia

5) John Peatman, “Design With PIC Microcontroller”, Pearson education, Asia 6) Jonarttan W. Valvano, Brooks,
Cole “Embedded Microcomputer Systems-Realtime Interfacing”, Thomson Learning

SEM III/XII

3ELE4 - COMPUTER HARDWARE AND INTERFACING

UNIT-I : CPU AND MEMORY CPU:

essentials – processor modes – modern CPU concepts – Architectural performance features – the Intel’s CPU ,
Essential memory concepts – memory organizations – memory packages – modules logical memory organizations –
memory considerations – memory types – memory techniques – selecting and installing memory.

UNIT II : MOTHERBOARDS:

Active motherboards – sockets and slots – Intel D850GB – Pentium4 mother board – expansion slots – form factor –
upgrading a mother board – chipsets , CMOS – CMOS optimization tactics – configuring the standard CMOS setup
– motherboard BIOS – POST – BIOS features – BIOS and Boot sequences – BIOS shortcomings and compatibility
issues – power supplies and power management – concepts of switching regulation – potential power problems –
power management. UNIT III: STORAGE DEVICES The floppy drive – magnetic storage – magnetic recording
principles – data and disk organization – floppy drive – hard drive – data organization and hard drive – sector layout
– IDE drive standard and features – Hard drive electronics – CD-ROM drive – construction – CDROM electronics –
DVDROM – DVD media – DVD drive and decoder.

UNIT IV: I/O PERIPHERALS:

Parallel port – signals and timing diagram – IEEE1284 modes – asynchronous communication - serial port signals –
video adapters – graphic accelerators – 3D graphics accelerator issues – DirectX – mice – modems – keyboards –
sound boards – audio bench marks.

UNIT V : BUS ARCHITECTURE:

Buses – Industry standard architecture (ISA), peripheral component Interconnect (PCI) – Accelerated Graphics port
(AGP) – plug-and-play devices – SCSI concepts – USB architecture.

Recommended Books :

1. Stephen [Link], “Trouble Shooting, maintaining and Repairing PCs”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2001.

2. Mike Meyers, “Introduction to PC Hardware and Trouble shooting”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2003.

3. [Link], “IBM PC and Clones hardware trouble shooting and maintenance”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New
Delhi, 2002.

Sem. IV/ Paper XIII

4 ELE 1- VLSI Design and VHDL Programming

379
 19

UNIT-1 : Introduction to CMOS / VLSI Circuits, MOS transistor switch, Realization of universal gates and
compound gates using MOS transistors, Fundamentals of circuit characterization and performance estimation, Basics
of R, L and C estimation, CMOS circuits and Logic design, Transistor sizing, basic physical design of simple logic
gates.

UNIT2 : CMOS system design And Design Methods, CMOS testing, CMOS subsystem design, Floor planning,
Placement ,Physical design flow, Information Formats, Global Routing, Detailed Routing, Special Routing.

UNIT 3 : ASIC construction And CMOS Design:-Physical design, CAD tools, System Partitioning, Estimating ASIC
size, Power dissipation, FPGA partitioning methods,

UNIT 4 : Introduction to VHDL, Behavioral Modeling, sequential Processing, data types, attributes, configurations,
synthesis and synthesis issues, RTL simulation, place and route. Introduction to VERILOG.

UNIT 5 : Design of combinational blocks such as multibit address, ALU, MUX, DEMUX , encoders, decoders,
Design of Sequential circuits, asynchronous and synchronous design Issues

Recommended Books :

1) Neil Weste - K. Eshraghian : Principle of CMOS / VLSI Design (Person Education).

2) J. Bhaskar : “VHDL Primer”, (Person Education)

3) Douglas L. Perry : VHDL (3rd Ed.) , McGraw Hill

Sem-IV/Paper XIV

4ELE2- Virtual Instrumentation

Unit I : Virtual Instrumentation Traditional bench top instruments, general functional description of a digital
instrument, block diagram of a virtual instrument, user interface, advantages of virtual instrument over conventional
instruments, architecture of a virtual instrument & its relation to the operating system, data flow techniques, other
virtual programming environments

Unit II : Virtual Instrument Programming Techniques VIs and sub VIs, loops and charts, arrays, clusters and graphs,
case and sequence structures, formula nodes, local and global variables, string and file I/O, instrument drivers.

Unit III : Data Acquisition Basics Introduction to data acquisition on PC, concepts of data acquisition and
terminology, sampling fundamentals, I/O techniques and buses, ADC, DAC, digital I/O, counters and timers, DMA,
buffered I/O, real time data acquisition, calibration, resolution, data acquisition interface requirements

Unit IV : Virtual Instrument Chassis Requirements Common instrument interface: Current loop, RS232/RS485, GPIB
systems basics; interface basics: USB, PCMCIA, VXI, SCXI, PXI, Firewire; PXI system controllers; Ethernet control
of PXI;

Unit V : Virtual Instrument Analysis Toolsets Distributed I/O modules, Applications of VI, Instrument control,
simulations of systems, Fourier Transform, power spectrum, correlation methods, windowing & filtering, P, PI, and
PID module handling, virtual system design in temperature, pressure, humidity, image acquisition and processing,
motion control, database programming.

Recommended Books:

380
 20

1. Virtual Instrumentation using Lab VIEW : Sanjay Gupta and Joseph John (TMH, New Delhi, 1st edition, 2005)

2. Virtual Instrumentation using Lab VIEW : Jovitha Jerome (PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2007)

3. Lab VIEW for Everyone: Lisa K. Wells & Jeffrey Travis (Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1997)

4. Lab VIEW Graphical Programming: Gary Johnson (Second edition MGH, New York, 1997)

5. Lab VIEW for Data Acquisition: Bruce Mihura (PHI, New Delhi)

6. PC Based Instrumentation: Concepts & Practice: N. Mathivanan (PHI, New Delhi, 2007)

Sem-IV/Paper XV

4ELE3- Numerical Methods and C Programming

Unit I : Basic structure of C programme, programming style, executing C programme, constants, variables & data
types, operators, I/P and O/P operations, Branching & looping.

Unit II : Arrays : One dimensional, two dimensional , multidimensional , their declaration & initialization. Character
& Strings : Declaring & initializing string variables , reading & writing of string variables, arithmetic operations on
characters, comparison of strings. User-defined function : Need, definition, return values & their types, function calls,
declaration, nesting of functions, passing arrays & string to function .

Unit III : Structures : Definition , declaration initialization , copying and comparing structure variable ,arrays of
structure, structures and functions, size of structures. Pointers : Introduction , accessing the address of variables ,
initialization of pointer variables , chain of pointer, pointer expression , pointers & arrays , pointers & character strings
, pointer to function & structure File management in C .

Unit IV : Roots of Nonlinear equation : Introduction , method of solution , Iterative method , false position method,
Newton Rapson method. Direct solution & Linear equation : Need and scope, existence of solution, solution by
elimination , Basic Gauss elimination method with pivoting, Jacobi’s Iteration method, Gauss seidel method .

Unit V : Curve fitting : Interpolation: introduction, polynomial, forms , linear interpolation , spline interpolation .
Regression : Introduction, fitting linear equation, fitting transcendental equation, fitting a polynomial function.
Numerical Differential Integration : Need & S Need & Scope, Differentiating, continuous function, Differentiating
Tabulated function, Trapezoidal Rule, Taylors series method, Euler’s method.

Recommended Books :

1) E. Balguruswami : ANCII C

2) E. Balguruswami : Numerical Methods

3) Shastri : Numerical Methods

Sem-IV/Paper XVI

4ELE4- Fuzzy logic and Neural Networks

Unit I : Introduction: Utility of Fuzzy systems, uncertainty and information, fuzzy sets and Membership, chance
versus fuzziness. Classical set and fuzzy sets: Classical set, operation on classical set, properties of classical set, fuzzy

381
 21

set, fuzzy set operation, properties of fuzzy sets, non interactive fuzzy sets. Classical Relation and Fuzzy relation:
Cartesian product, crisp relation, operation on crisp relation, properties of crisp relations, operation on fuzzy relations,
properties of fuzzy relation.

Unit II : Properties of membership function, Fuzzification & Defuzzification: Features of the membership function,
fuzzification, defuzzification to crisp set. Logic & Fuzzy Systems: Classical Logic, Fuzzy Logic, Fuzzy(rule-based)
systems, graphical techniques of inference. Development of membership function: Membership value assignment,
membership function generation.

Unit III : Fuzzy Systems simulation: introduction, fuzzy relational equations, non-linear simulation using fuzzy
systems, Fuzzy Associative Memories (FAMs). Rule-Base reduction methods: Fuzzy systems theory and rule
reduction methods. Decision making with fuzzy information: introduction, fuzzy synthetic evaluation, fuzzy ordering,
non transitive ranking, preferences and consensus, multiobjective decision making, fuzzy Bayesian decision making,
decision making under fuzzy states and fuzzy actions.

Unit IV : Neural and Fuzzy machine Intelligence: Neural and fuzzy systems as function estimators, neural network
as trainable dynamical system. Neural network Theory: Neurons as functions, signal monotonicity, biological
activation & signals, Neuron fields, neuronal dynamical system, additive neural dynamics, additive neural feedback,
additive activation model, additive Bivalent model.

UNIT V : Unsupervised learning in Neural Networks: Four unsupervised learning laws, probability spaces and
random processes, stochastic unsupervised learning and stochastic equilibrium, signal Hebbian learning, competitive
learning, differential Hebbian learning.

Recommended Books:

1. Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications, 2e. Timothy Ross, Wiley India. (ISBN: 978-81-265-1337-3)

2. Fuzzy sets and Fuzzy Logic Theory and Applications, George J. Klir, Bo Yuan, PHI (ISBN: 978-81-203-11367)

3. Neural Networks and Fuzzy systems, Bart Kosko, PHI(ISBN: 81- 203-0868-9)

382
 1

Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University, Amravati

Faculty: Science and Technology

Programme: [Link]. Mathematics

POs
At the end of the programme, students would be able to
• Apply knowledge of Mathematics, in all the fields of learning including higher research and its extensions.
• Innovate, invent and solve complex mathematical problems using critical understanding, analysis and
synthesis.
• Adjust themselves completely to the demands of the growing field of Mathematics by lifelong learning.
• Effectively communicate about their field of expertise on their activities, with their peer and society at large,
such as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective
presentations
• Crack lectureship and fellowship exams approved by UGC like CSIR – NET and SET.

PSOs
Upon completion of the programme successfully, students would be able to
• Develop problem-solving skills and apply them independently to problems in pure and applied mathematics.
• Understand advanced mathematical knowledge and skills that prepare them to pursue further studies and
research.
• Understand advanced and pure mathematical concepts and research.
• Create knowledge, capability in formulating and analyzing mathematical models of real life applications.
• Analyze the latest advances in applied mathematics such as numerical computations and mathematical modeling
in physical sciences.

Employability Potential of the Programme :

After completing [Link]. in Mathematics, career will be more stable and successful. The private and government sectors
both have thousands of job options available. The government sector also wants a good mathematician, who can
manage the data and business mode. Every business requires financial activity and data management for better
improvement and success. Various companies have a position like numerical operation and accountant. So career
after [Link]. Mathematics is very fruitful.
The job profile option after completing the [Link]. Mathematics as follows:

1. Assistant Professor in Mathematics.

Many of the colleges and Universities/Institutes can offer job as a Assistant professor after clearing SLET/ CSIR-
NET examination or Ph.D. degree.

2. Junior Research Fellow.

Junior research fellow exam is now conducted by NTA. Normally only top candidates acquire the JRF post after
clearing the NET/GATE exam.

3. Scientific Officer.

Students can apply for a scientific office job in the industry such as ISRO (the Indian Space research Organization),
DRDO (Defense Research and Development Organization), TIFR ( Tata Institute of Fundamental Research) and
NAL (National Aeronautics Limited).

4. Operational Research.

Students can also become operational researcher if they are good at mathematics. Under this profession basically, they
have to solve the business profitability, improve efficiency, and complex organization problems. Also have to

383
 2

understand the assigned assignment in deep. And they have to use mathematical programming, analyst techniques,
optimization, and so on for enhancing the project planning and skills.

5. Statistical Research.

A career in statistical research is very interesting. It presents the company’s statistical businesses at a modest and
technical level. Under this profession, students will get the chance of analyzing, researching, using mathematical tools,
algorithms, and theories, and become a professor.

6. ICT

Information and communication technology is playing a big role in this platform. ICT always offer a new role for
Mathematics Post Graduate students. Such as the development of ICT, Regular Maintenance, Manufacturing and
design part, general part, and so on.

7. Data Science Modelers.

The demand for data science specialists is huge because every company wants to convert its data into the required
information. Making good information sheet help company decision-maker to take the best decision for the company.

8. Banking – Investment Banking.

Many famous investment banks provide financial advice to the customer. These professions help to increase the equity
and debt market. A career in investment banking is a very high-profile post along with good stability. In this
profession, students have to deal with the clients and the market. Some basic skills required for an investment banker.
Integrity, knowledge of finance and the markets, interpersonal skills, communication, etc. Job opportunity comes
from varies area such as finance, wells Fargo, American Express, Deutsche bank, CICNA, Barclay’s bank, AIG, JP
Morgan, Goldman Sachs, etc.

Syllabus Prescribed for the year 2022-23 ,PG Programme

Programme : [Link].-I ( Mathematics)

Semester- I

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods/week)

DSC-I / Mathematics Real Analysis 06

COs:

On successful completion of this course, students would be able to

• restate the ideas and concept of Riemann – Stieltjes integral with some of its properties and apply the
fundamental theorem of integration.

• apply the Weierstrass M-test, Abel’s and Dirichlet’s tests for uniform convergence of sequences.

• differentiate between uniqueness theorem for power series, Abel’s limit theorem and Tauber’s first
theorem.

• recognize the functions of several variables, linear transformation, partial and higher order derivatives in
an open subset of R.

384
 3

• demonstrate the inverse function theorem, implicit function theorem and solve problems on maxima and
minima of a function.

Unit Content

Unit I Definition and existence of Riemann Stieltjes integral, properties of the integral, Integration
and differentiation, the fundamental theorem of calculus, integral of vector valued function,
rectifiable curves. (11 Hrs.)

Unit II Sequences and uniform convergence, Cauchy criterion for uniform convergence, Weierstrass
M-test, Abel’ s and Dirichlet’s tests for uniform convergence, uniform convergence and
continuity , uniform convergence and integration, uniform and differentiation, Weierstrass
approximation theorem. (10 Hrs.)

Unit III Rearrangement of terms of a series, Riemann’s theorem. Power series, Uniqueness theorem for
power series, Abel’s limit theorem, Tauber’s first theorem. (11 Hrs.)

Unit IV Functions of several variables, linear transformation, derivatives in an open subset of Rn,
chain Rule, partial derivatives, interchange of order of differentiation, Derivatives of higher
order, Taylor’s theorem. (11 Hrs.)

Unit V Inverse function theorem. Implicit function theorem, Jacobians, Extremum problems with
constraints, Lagrange’s multiplier method, Examples on Maxima and Minima,
Differentiation of integrals. (11 Hrs.)

Text Book:

(1)Walter Rudin, Real and Complex Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New

Delhi.

References Books :

(1) Apostol T .M., Mathematical Analysis, Narosa Publishing House,New Delhi, 1985.
(2) Eurl [Link] : Infinite series, The Macmillan Company , New York.
(3) Friedman A., Foundations of Modern Analysis, Holt Rinehart and Winston, Inc, New
York, 1970.
(4) Hewitt E. and Starmberg, Real and Abstract Analysis, Berlin, Springer 1969.
(5) Jain P .K. and Gupta V. P., Lebesque Measure and Integration, New Age international (P)
Ltd., Published, New Delhi, 1986, (Reprint2000)
(6) Gabriel Klambaucer , Mathematical Analysis Marcel Dekkar , Inc.,New York, 1975.
(7) Natanson I.P ., Theory of Function of real variables, Vol.-I, Frederick Ungar Publishing
Co.1961.
(8) Parthasarathy K.R., Introduction to Probability and Measure,Macmillan Company of
India, Delhi, 1977.
(9) Royden H.L., Real Analysis, Macmillian Pub. Co. Inc., 4th Edition,New York, 1993.
(10) [Link] g : Real Analysis, Oxford & I.B.H. Publishing Co., New Delhi - 1970.
(11) Serge Lang, Analysis I & II, Addison - Wesley Publishing CompanyInc., 1969.
(12) [Link] and Savita Arora: Mathematical Analysis, Wiley Fastern Ltd., New Delhi.
(13) [Link] and Savita Arora : Mathematical Analysis, New Age International (P.)
Ltd.2010, Fourth Edition.
(14) Shani Narayan : A Course of Mathematical Analysis, [Link] and Company, New
Delhi.
(15) White A.J., Real Analysis, an introduction.
(16) Karade T .M. and Salunke J.N., Lectures on Advanced Real Analysis, Sonu Nilu
Publication, 2004.
(17) Robert ,[Link],Donald [Link]:Introduction to Real Analysis Wiley India Edition
2010
(18) [Link] and [Link]: Mathematical Analysis, Narosa Publishing House,
New Delhi
(19) [Link] , Real Analysis:Golden Math Series (2011)Publish by Firewall Media
(20) Walter Rudin; Principles of Mathematical Analysis, Mc Graw Hill Books Company,
Third Edition 1976, international student edition.

385
 4

Syllabus Prescribed for the year 2022-23, PG Programme

Semester- I

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods/week)

DSC-II / Mathematics Advanced Abstract Algebra 06

COs:

On successful completion of this course, students would be able to

• recall the concepts of coset and normal subgroup and to prove elementary propositions involving these
concepts.
• recognize different types of subgroups such as normal subgroups, cyclic subgroups and understand the
structure and characteristics of these subgroups.
• demonstrate the homomorphism, Sum and direct sum of ideals, maximal and prime ideals, nilpotent and
nil ideals.
• translate the transition of important concepts of homomorphisms and isomorphisms from discrete
Mathematics to advanced abstract Mathematics.
• interpret the Definition and examples of modules and Sub modules ,quotient modules, completely
reducible modules and free modules.
Unit Content

Unit I Normal Subgroups and quotient groups, Isomorphism theorems, Automorphisms, Conjugacy and G-
sets, Normal series, Solvable groups, Nilpotent groups. (14 Hrs.)

Permutation groups, cyclic decomposition, Alternating group An, Simplicity of An, structure theorems
Unit II of groups, Direct products, Finitely generated abelian groups, invariants of a finite abelian group,
Sylow theorems, Groups of order p2, pq. (15 Hrs.)

Unit III Ideals, Homomorphism, Sum and direct sum of ideals, Maximal and prime ideals, Nilpotent and Nil
ideals, Zorn’s lemma. (15 Hrs.)

Unit IV Unique factorization domain, Principle ideal domain, Euclidean domain, Polynomial rings over UFD.
(14 Hrs.)

Unit V Modules- Definition and examples, Sub modules and direct sums, R-homomorphism and quotient
modules, completely reducible modules, free modules. (14 Hrs.)

Text Book:
1) [Link] and Bhambri ,A Course in Abstract Algebra , Vikas Publication House
Pvt. Ltd. (2010).
2) [Link], [Link], [Link], Basic Abstract Algebra

Reference Books:

1) I.N. Herstein, Topics in Algebra, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 1975.
2) M. Artin, Algebra, Pretice-Hall of India, 1991.
3) P.M. Cohn, Algebra, Vols. I, II & III, John Wiley & Sons, 1982,1989,1991.
4) N. Jacobson, Basic Algebra, Vols. I & II, W.H. Freeman, 1980.
5) S. Lang, Algebra, 3rd edition, Addison – Wesley, 1993.
6) I.S. Luthar and I.B.S. Passi, Algebra, Vol. I-Groups, Vol. II – Rings, Narosa Publishing
House.
7) D.S. Malik, J.N. Mordenson, and M.K. Sen, Fundamentals of Abstract Algebra, McGraw-
Hill, International Edition, 1997.
8) K.B. Datta, Matrix and Linear Algebra, Pretice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2000.
9) S.K. Jain, [Link] and P.B. Bhattacharya, Basic Linear Algebra with MATLAB,
Key College Publishing (Springer – Verlag), 2001.
10) S. Kumarsena, Linear Algebra, a Geometric Approach, Prentice Hall of India, 2000.
11) Vivek Sahai and Vikas Bist, Algebra, Narosa Publishing House, 1999.
12) I. Stewart, Galois Theory, 2nd Edition, Chapman and Hall, 1989.
13) J.P. Escofier, Galois Theory, GTM Vol.204, Springer, 2001.

386
 5

14) T.Y. Lam, Lectures on Modules and Rings. GTM Vol.189, Springer Verlag, 1999.
15) D.S. Passman, A Course in Ring Theory, Wadsworth and Brooks/ Cole Advanced Books
and Softwares, Pacific Groves, California, 1991.
16) J.A. Gallian, Contemporary Abstract Algebra, Narosa Publication.
17) A.R. Vashistha, Modern Algebra, Krishna Prakashan Media (P) Ltd.
18) John B. Fraleigh, a First Course in Abstract Algebra (Seventh Edition).
19) Abstract Algebra (Third Edition) By David S. Dummit, Richard M. Foote, Wilay India
Edition.

Programme: [Link].-I (Semester-I) , Mathematics

Syllabus Prescribed for the year 2022-23, PG Programme

Programme : [Link].-I

Semester- I

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods/week)

DSC-III / Mathematics Complex Analysis 06

COs:

On successful completion of this course, students would be able to

• identify Cauchy integral formula apply to find the value of function at inside point of the region.
• express the function in series of positive and negative power of variable in a given region.
• record the concept of singularities to find integral of complex valued function on some simple
connected region and multi connected region.
• apply the residue theorem to compute several kinds of real integrals.
• recognize about everywhere differentiable function and they will learn how it helps them to decide
analyticity of function.

Unit Content

Unit I Complex Integration : Power Series representation of analytic functions, Cauchy’ s integral formula,
higher order derivatives, Cauchy’ s inequality , Zeros of Analytic function, Liouvilles theorem,
Fundamental theorem of algebra. (15 Hrs.)

Unit II Taylor’s theorem, Maximum Modulus theorem, Morera’s theorem, Counting of zeros, open Mapping
theorem, Cauchy Goursat theorem, Schwarz’s lemma. (14 Hrs.)

Unit III Singularities, Isolated singularities, classification of isolated singularities, Laurent’s series
development, Casorti Wierstrass theorem, Argument principle, Rouche’s theorem. (14 Hrs.)

Unit IV Residue, Cauchy’s residue theorem, Evaluation of integration by using residue theorem, Branches of
many valued function (Specially arg z, log z, z), Hadamard’s three circle theorem, Spaces of continuous
functions, spaces of analytic functions, Hurwitz theorem. (15 Hrs.)

Unit V Analytic continuation, uniqueness of direct analytic continuation, uniqueness of analytic continuation
along a curve, power series method of analytic continuation, Schwartz reflection theorem, Weierstrass
factorization principle. (14 Hrs.)

Text Book:

1) [Link], Functions of One Complex Variable , Springer Verlag International Students

Edition, Narosa Publishing House, 1980.
2) [Link] Foundation of Complex Analysis , Narosa Publishing House, 1967.

387
 6

Reference Books:
1) H. S. Kasana, Complex variables: Theory and Application, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi.
2) Schaum’s outline series Complex Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi (2010).
3) J. N. Sharma, Complex Variables, Pragati Publication,Meerut.
4) A. R. Vashistha, Complex Variables, Krishna Publication.
5) Murray R. Spiegel, Seymour Lipschutz, Jon J. Schiller, Dennis Spellman., Schaum’s
outline series Complex Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 3rd Edition, New
Delhi 2010.
6) Walter Rudin, Real & Complex Analysis, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1966.
7) J. Ward Brown, Ruel V. Churchill, Complex variables and Application, McGraw Hill
International Edition (2009).
8) H. A. Priestly, Introduction to Complex Analysis, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1990.
9) Liang-Shin Hahn & Bernhard Epstein, Classical Complex Analysis, Jones & Berlett
Publishers. International London, 1996.
10) L. V. Ahlfors, Complex Analysis, McGraw Hill, 1979.
11) S. Lang, Complex Analysis, Addison Wesley, 1977.1998.
12) D. Sarason, Complex Function Theory, Hindustan Book, Agency, Delhi, 1994.
13) Mark J. Ablowitz and A. S. Fokar, Complex variables: Introduction & Application,
Cambridge University Press, South Asian Edition, 56.
14) E. Hille, Analytic Function Theory (2 Vols), Gonn & Co. 1959.
15) W. H. J. Fuchs, Topics in the Theory of Function of Complex Variable, D. Van Nostrand
Co., 1967.
16) C. Carathedory, Theory of Functions (2 Vols), Chelsea Publishing Company, 1964.
17) M. Heins, Complex Function Theory, Academic Press, 1968.
18) S. Saks & A. Zygmund, Analytic Functions, Monografie, Matematyczne, 1952.
19) E. C. Titchmarsh, the Theory of Functions, Oxford University Press, London.
20) W. A. Veech, A Second Course in Complex Analysis, W. A. Benjamin, 1967.
21) Complex variables and Applications, Jams Ward Brown, Ruel V. Churchill, McGraw
Hill International Edition (2009).
22) Dennis G. Zill, Patrick D. Shanhan Jones and Burtlett, A First Course in Complex
Analysis with application (Second edition) Publisher (2010).
23) John Mathew and Howell, Complex Analysis for Mathematician and Engineers.

Programme: [Link]. –I (Semester-I), Mathematics

Syllabus Prescribed for the year 2022-23, PG Programme

Programme : [Link].-I

Semester- I

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods/week)

DSC-IV / Mathematics Topology –I 06

COs
On successful completion of this course, students would be able to
• identify the cardinal and ordinal numbers and their role in building up the topology.
• demonstrate the concepts such as topological spaces ,open and closed sets, interior, closure and
boundary.
• categories some important concepts like continuity, compactness, connectedness, projection mapping etc
and prove related theorems.
• relates the basic concepts of countability axiom, separation axioms and convergence in topological
spaces.
• distinguish between the regular , normal and completely regular spaces .

Unit Content

Unit I Cardinal and Ordinal Numbers : Equipollent sets, cardinal numbers, order types, ordinal numbers,
Axiom of choice. (14 Hrs.)

388
 7

Unit II Topological Spaces : Definition and examples of topological spaces. Open sets and Limit points. Closed
sets and closure. operators and neighbourhoods. Bases and Relative Topologies. (15 Hrs.)

Unit III Connectedness, Compactness and Continuity : Connected sets and components, compact and countably
compact spaces. Continuous functions. Homeomorphisms. Arcwise connectivity . (15Hrs.)

Unit IV Separation and Countability Axioms : T0, T1 & T2 spaces. T spaces and sequences. First and Second
axiom spaces, separability. (14 Hrs.)

Unit V Separation and Countability Axioms (Contd.): Regular and normal spaces, Completely regular spaces. (14
Hrs.)

Text Book:
(1) William J. Pervin , Foundations of General Topology by, Publisher, Academic Press.

References Books :

(1) Semour Lipshutz , Theory and Problems of Set Theory and Related Topics , Publisher:
Schaum Publishing Co., New York.
(2) J.R. Munkres, Topology : A First Course Publishers Prentice Hall of India.
(3) [Link], Introduction to General Topology, Publisher , Wiley Eastern Ltd.
(4) [Link] ,A Text Book on Topology, Publisher : [Link] & Company .
(5) J.N. Sharma, General and Algebric Topology, Krishna Prakashan, Meerut.

Programme: [Link].-I (Semester-I), Mathematics

Syllabus Prescribed for the year 2022-23, PG Programme

Programme : [Link].-I

Semester- I

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods/week)

DSE-V / Mathematics Advanced Discrete Mathematics-I (Optional) 06

COs

On successful completion of this course, students would be able to

• design the graphs, paths, circuits, cycles and subgraphs.

• determine Circuit, Fundamental Circuit, cut sets, fundamental cut sets of the graph.
• illustrate chromatic number
• describe introductory computability theory its techniques.
• apply graph theory to grammars and languages .

Unit Content

Graph Theory : Definition of (undirected) graphs, paths, circuits, cycles and subgraphs, Induced
Unit I subgraphs, Degree of a vertex , Connectivity planar graphs and their properties, Trees, Euler formula
for connected planar graphs, Complete and complete bipartite graphs, Kuratowski’ s theorem
(statement only) and its use. (15 hrs.)

Graph Theory (Continue): Spanning trees, Circuit, Fundamental Circuit, cut sets, fundamental cut sets,
and cycles, Minimal spanning trees and Kruskal’s Algorithm, Matrix representations of graphs, Euler
Unit II ’s theorem on the existence of Eulerian paths and circuits, Directed graphs, Indegree and outdegree of
a vertex, Weighted undirected graphs, Dijkstra’ s algorithm, Strong connectivity and Warshall’s
algorithm. (15 hrs.)

Unit III Chromatic Number: Chromatic Partitioning, Chromatic Polynomial, Matchings, Coverings, The Four
Color Problem. (14 hrs.)

389
 8

Introductory Computability Theory : Finite state machines and their transition table diagrams,
Unit IV Equivalence of finite state machines, Reduced machines, Homomorphism, Finite automata acceptors,
Moore and Mealy machines. (14 hrs.)

Grammars and Languages: Phrase structure grammars, Rewriting rules, Derivations, sentential forms,
Unit V Language generated by a grammar, Regular, context free and context sensitive grammars and
languages. (14 hrs.)

Text Book:

1. N. Deo, Graph Theory with applications to Engineering and Computer Sciences, Prentice Hall
of India.

2. J.P. Tremblay and R. Manohar , Discrete Mathematical Structure with Application to

Computer Science, McGraw Hill Book Co. 1997.

References Books:

(1) Seymour Lipschutz, Finite Mathematics (International Edition 1983).McGraw Hill Book
Company .
(2) S. Wiitala, Discrete Mathematics - A Unified Approach, McGraw Hill Book Co.
(3) J.L. Gersting : Mathematical Structure for Computer Science (3rd Edition), Computer
Science Press, New York.
(4) [Link], Elements of Discrete Mathematics, McGraw Hill Book Co.

Programme: [Link].-I (Semester-I), Mathematics

Syllabus Prescribed for the year 2022-23, PG Programme

Programme : [Link].-I

Semester- I

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods/week)

DSE-V / Mathematics Differential Geometry (Optional) 06

COs
On successful completion of this course, students would be able to
• discuss the local intrinsic properties of a surface, curves on a surface, surfaces of revolution.
• design arguments in the geometric description of family of curves and surfaces in order to establish basic
properties of geodesics.
• apply Geodesics theorem and restate the Gaussian Curvature, Surface of constant curvature, conformal and
Geodesic mappings.
• recognize the tensor calculus, tensor product of vector spaces, transformation formulae, contraction
special tensors, and inner product.
• apply covariant differentiation, of tensors and use absolute derivation of tensorial forms and tensor
connexion.
Unit Content

Unit I Local Intrinsic properties of a surface, Definition of surface, curves on a surface, surfaces of Revolution,
Helicoids, Metric, Direction Coefficients. (15 Hrs.)

Unit II Families of curves, Isometric correspondence, Intrinsic properties, Geodesics, Canonical Geodesic
Equation, Normal Properties, Geodesic Existance theorems, Geodesic parallels. (14 Hrs.)

Unit III Geodesic curvature, Gauss-Bonnet Theorem, Gaussian Curvature, Surface of constant curvature,
conformal mapping, Geodesic mapping. (14 Hrs.)

Review of tensor calculus, Vector spaces, the dual space, Tensor product of vector spaces,
Unit IV Transformation formulae, contraction special tensors, Inner product. Associated tensors Exterior
Algebra. (14 Hrs.)

390
 9

Unit V Differential manifolds, Tangent vectors, Af fine Tensors and Tensorial forms, Connexions, covariant
differentiation, Absolute derivation of Tensorial forms, Tensor connexions. (15 Hrs.)

Text Book:

(1) T .[Link], An Introduction to Differential Geometry Oxford University Press (1959).

References Books:

(1) W .Klingenberg (Springer), A course in Differential Geometry.

(2) Weatherburn, C. Riemannian Geometry and Tensor Calculus.
(3) T. M. Karade, G.S. Khadekar, Maya S. Bendre, Lectures on General relativity, Sonu-Nilu
Publication, 2004.
(4) D. Somasundaram, Differential Geometry a first course, Narosa Publishing House,2008.

Syllabus Prescribed for the year 2022-23, PG Programme

Programme : [Link].-I ( Mathematics)

Semester- I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods/week)
AEC on DSC-I / Mathematics AEC on Real Analysis 02 ( T)

COs:

On successful completion of this course, students would be able to

• Create the interest to solving the problems and grasp new techniques.
• Analyze various concepts of Sequence and Series.
Problems on; Sets, relation function, countable and uncountable sets, Archimedean
property, completeness of R, Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem, ordered field, infinite
Unit-I limits and limits at infinity of a function, the epsilon-delta definition of continuity and
the algebra of continuous functions, monotonic functions, types of discontinuities with
examples. (9 Hrs.)

Problems on; Sequence and Series of function: Point-wise-convergent, Uniform

Convergent, Cauchy Criterion for uniform convergence, Mn-Test, Uniform
Unit-II Convergence and continuity, Uniform Convergence and Differentiation, Uniform
Convergence and Integration, Weierstrass M-Test, Abel’s test and Dirichlet’s test’s for
uniform convergence. (9 Hrs.)

Text Book:

(1) Walter Rudin, Real and Complex Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., New
Delhi.

References Books :

(1) Apostol T .M., Mathematical Analysis, Narosa Publishing House,New Delhi, 1985.
(2) Eurl [Link] : Infinite series, The Macmillan Company , New York.
(3) Friedman A., Foundations of Modern Analysis, Holt Rinehart and Winston, Inc, New
York, 1970.
(4) Hewitt E. and Starmberg, Real and Abstract Analysis, Berlin, Springer 1969.
(5) Jain P .K. and Gupta V. P., Lebesque Measure and Integration, New Age international (P)
Ltd., Published, New Delhi, 1986, (Reprint2000)
(6) Gabriel Klambaucer , Mathematical Analysis Marcel Dekkar , Inc.,New York, 1975.
(7) Natanson I.P ., Theory of Function of real variables, Vol.-I, Frederick Ungar Publishing
Co.1961.
(8) Parthasarathy K.R., Introduction to Probability and Measure,Macmillan Company of
India, Delhi, 1977.
(9) Royden H.L., Real Analysis, Macmillian Pub. Co. Inc., 4th Edition,New York, 1993.
(10) [Link] g : Real Analysis, Oxford & I.B.H. Publishing Co., New Delhi - 1970.
(11) Serge Lang, Analysis I & II, Addison - Wesley Publishing CompanyInc., 1969.
(12) [Link] and Savita Arora: Mathematical Analysis, Wiley Fastern Ltd., New Delhi.
(13) [Link] and Savita Arora : Mathematical Analysis, New Age International (P.)
Ltd.2010, Fourth Edition.
(14) Shani Narayan : A Course of Mathematical Analysis, [Link] and Company, New
Delhi.
(15) White A.J., Real Analysis, an introduction.

391
 10

(16) Karade T .M. and Salunke J.N., Lectures on Advanced Real Analysis, Sonu Nilu
Publication, 2004.
(17) Robert ,[Link],Donald [Link]:Introduction to Real Analysis Wiley India Edition
2010.
(18) [Link] and [Link]: Mathematical Analysis, Narosa Publishing House,
New Delhi.
(19) [Link] ,Real Analysis:Golden Math Series (2011)Publish by Firewall Media.
(20) Walter Rudin; Principles of Mathematical Analysis, Mc Graw Hill Books Company,
Third Edition 1976, international student edition.

Programme: [Link]. –I (Semester-II) , Mathematics

Syllabus Prescribed for the year 2022-23, PG Programme

Programme : [Link].-I (Mathematics)

Semester- II

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods/week)

DSC-I / Mathematics Measure And Integration Theory 06

COs:

On successful completion of this course, students would be able to

• analysis Lebesgue outer measure, regularity and Lebesgue measurability

• explain integration and non-negative function, the general integral, Riemann and Lebesgue integrals
• demonstrate the concepts of four derivatives, differentiation and integration
• discuss the measure and outer measure
• express completion of measure, measure spaces, Holder and Minkowski inequality

Unit Content

Unit I Lebesgue outer measure, measurable sets, Regularity, Measurable functions, Borel and Lebesgue
measurability. (15 Hrs.)

Unit II Integration of Non-negative function, the general integral, integration of series, Riemann and Lebesgue
integrals. (14 Hrs.)

Unit III The Four derivatives, continuous non-differentiable functions, functions of bounded variation, Lebesgue
differentiation theorem, differentiation and integration. (15 Hrs.)

Unit IV Measures and outer measures, Extension of a measure, The Lp uniqueness of Extension, Completion of
measure. (14 Hrs.)

Unit V Measure spaces, integration with respect to a measure. spaces, convex functions, Jensen’s inequality.
Holder and Minkowski inequality. Completeness of convergence in measure. Almost Uniform
convergence. (14 Hrs.)

Text Book:

(1) G. de Barra, Measure Theory and Integration. Wiley Eastern Limited, 1981.

References Books :
(1) Bartle R.G ., The Elements of Integration, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,New York, 1966.
(2) Halmos P .R. Measure Theory, Van Nostrand Princeton, 1950.
(3) Hawkins T. G., Lebesgue’ s Theory of Integration, its origins and Development, Chelsea,
New York, 1979.

10

392
 11

(4) Inder K. Rana, An Introduction to Measure and Integration, Narosa Publishing House,
Delhi, 1997.
(5) Karade T .M., Salunke J.N., Lectures on Advanced Real Analysis, Sonu Nilu Publication,
Nagpur, 2004.
(6) Royden H.L., Real Analysis, Macmillan Pub. Co. Inc., 4th Edition,New York, 1993.
(7) P.K. Jain and [Link], Leabegue Measure and integration, June 2010.

Programme: [Link]. –I (Semester-II), Mathematics

Syllabus Prescribed for the year 2022-23 , PG Programme

Programme : [Link].-I

Semester- II

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods/week)

DSC-II / Mathematics Advanced Linear Algebra and Field Theory 06

COs:

On successful completion of this course, students would be able to

• recall the concepts of eigen values , eigen vectors and polynomials.

• explain quadratic form, linear transformation, canonical and normal form.
• describe the concepts of algebraic extension of fields.
• discuss normal and separable extension of Group.
• understand the concepts of Galois theory and its application.

Unit Content

Canonical forms: Eigen values and eigenvectors. The minimal polynomial, Diagonalizable and
Unit I triangular operators, The Jordan form, The rational form.

(15 Hrs.)

Quadratic forms, Linear transformation, Congruence of matrices, Reduction of real quadratic form,
Unit II Canonical or Normal form of a real quadratic form, Signature and index of a real quadratic form,
Sylvester’s law of inertia, Definite and semi-definite real quadratic Forms, Hermitian forms. (15 Hrs.)

Unit III Algebraic extension of fields: Irreducible polynomials and Einstein criterion, Adjunction of roots,
Algebraic extension, Algebraically closed fields. (14 Hrs.)

Unit IV Normal and separable extension: Splitting fields, Normal extension, multiple roots, finite fields,
Separable extension. (14 Hrs.)

Galois theory and Applications: automorphism groups and fixed fields, Fundamental theorem of Galois
Unit V theory, Fundamental theorem of algebra, Roots of unity and cyclotomic polynomials, Cyclic extension,
Polynomials solvable by radicals, Symmetric functions, Ruler and compass constructions. (14 Hrs.)

Text Book:

1) P.B. Bhattacharya, S.K. Jain, S.R. Nagpaul, Basic Abstract Algebra.

2) I. N. Herstein, Topics in Algebra, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 1975.

Reference Books:

1) M. Artin, Algebra, Pretice-Hall of India, 1991.

2) P.M. Cohn, Algebra, Vols. I, II & III, John Wiley & Sons, 1982, 1989, 1991.
3) N. Jacobson, Basic Algebra, Vols. I & II, W.H. Freeman, 1980.
4) S. Lang, Algebra, 3rd edition, Addison – Wesley, 1993.
5) I.S. Luthar and I.B.S. Passi, Algebra, Vol. I-Groups, Vol. II – Rings, Narosa Publishing
House.
6) D.S. Malik, J.N. Mordenson, and M.K. Sen, Fundamentals of Abstract Algebra, McGraw-
Hill, International Edition, 1997.
7) K.B. Datta, Matrix and Linear Algebra, Pretice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2000.
8) S.K. Jain, [Link] and P.B. Bhattacharya, Basic Linear Algebra with MATLAB,

11

393
 12

Key College Publishing (Springer – Verlag), 2001.

9) S. Kumarsena, Linear Algebra, a Geometric Approach, Pretice Hall of India, 2000.
10) Vivek Sahai and Vikas Bist, Algebra, Narosa Publishing House, 1999.
11) I. Stewart, Galois Theory, 2nd Edition, Chapman and Hall, 1989.
12) J.P. Escofier, Galois Theory, GTM Vol.204, Springer, 2001.
13) T.Y. Lam, Lectures on Modules and Rings. GTM Vol.189, Springer Verlag, 1999.
14) D.S. Passman, A Course in Ring Theory, Wadsworth and Brooks/ Cole Advanced Books
and Softwares, Pacific Groves, California, 1991.
15) J.A. Gallian, Contemporary Abstract Algebra, Narosa Publication.
16) A.R. Vashistha, Modern Algebra, Krishna Prakashan Media (P) Ltd.
17) V.K. Khanna and Bhambri, a Cource in Abstract Algebra, Vikas Publication, House (P)
Ltd. (2010).
18) John B. Fraleigh, a First Course in Abstract Algebra (Seventh Edition).
19) David S. Dummit, Richard M. Foote , Abstract Algebra (Third Edition) , Willey India
Edition.
20) A.R. Vashistha and A. K. Vashistha, Matrices, Krishna Publication, Meerut.

Programme: [Link].-I (Semester-II), Mathematics

Syllabus Prescribed for the year 2022-23, PG Programme

Programme : [Link].-I

Semester- II

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods/week)

DSC-III / Mathematics Integral Equations 06

COs:

On successful completion of this course, students would be able to

• understand the type of integral equations.

• categorize Volterra integral equations of first and second kinds.
• determine the solution of Fredholm integral equations of the second kinds.
• define the concepts of iterated kernels and reciprocals kernels.
• explain solution of Volterra integral equations of second kinds.

Unit Content

Definition of integral equations, Types of integral equations: Fredholm integral equations of the first and
second kind, homogeneous Fredholm integral equations of the second kind, Volterra integral equations
of first and second kind, Homogeneous Volterra integral equations of the second kind, special kinds of
Unit I kernels, symmetric kernels, separable and degenerate kernels, Leibnitz rule, solution of integral
equations, solved examples, Method of converting an initial value problem into integral equations,
solved examples, method of converting a boundary value problems into a Fredholm integral equations.
Solved examples. (14 Hrs.)

Eigen values and Eigen functions: (a) Solution of homogeneous Fredholm integral equations of the
second kind with separable kernels, solved examples based on (a).
Unit II
(b) Solution of Fredholm integral equation of the second kind with separable kernels, Solved examples
based on (b). (14 Hrs.)

Definition of iterated kernels or functions, definition of resolvent kernels or reciprocal kernel, solution
of Fredholm integral equation of the second kind by successive substitutions, solution of Volterra
integral equation of the second kind by successive substitutions, Neumann’s series, some important
Unit III theorems, determination of iterated kernels, determination of resolvent kernels for Fredholm integral
equations, solution of Fredholm integral equation with the help of resolvent kernels, solution of
Fredholm integral equations by method of successive approximation to find solutions up to third order.
Solve examples. (15 Hrs.)

Solution of Volterra integral equations of second kind, determination of resolvent kernels for Volterra
Unit IV integral equations, solution of Volterra integral equations with the help of the resolvent kernels, solved
examples, Neumann’s series, Method of successive approximation for solving Volterra integral
equations of second kind, Volterra integral equations of first kind , solution of Volterra integral equations

12

394
 13

of the first kind, solved examples, some fundamental properties of Eigen values and Eigen functions for
symmetric kernels. (15 Hrs.)

Applications of integral equations and Green’s function to ordinary differential equations, definition of
Green’s functions, Important theorems, constructions of Green’s functions, solved examples, solution
Unit V of boundary value problems using Green’s functions, solved examples, solution of boundary value
problems using Green’s functions, solved examples, the case of homogeneous and conditions of
boundary value problems. (14 Hrs.)

Text Book:

1) M. D. Raisinghania, Integral equations and boundary value problems, S. Chand

Publication.

2) Shanti Swaroop, Shiv Raj Singh, Integral equations.

Reference books:
1) R.P. Kanwal, Linear Integral Equation, Theory and Techniques, Academic Press, N.Y.
(1971).
2) S.G. Mikhlin, Linear Integral Equations, Hindustan Book Agency, (1960).
3) A.M. Viazwaz, A First Course in Integral Equations, World Scientific (1997).
4) L.I.G. Chambers, Integral Equation: A Short Course, International Text Book Company
Ltd. (1976).
5) Larry Andrews, Bhimsen Shiramoggo, Integral Transform for Engineers, Prentice Hall of
India (2003).

Programme: [Link].-I (Semester-II), Mathematics

Syllabus Prescribed for the year 2022-23, PG Programme

Programme : [Link].-I

Semester- II

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods/week)

DSC-IV / Mathematics Topology–II 06

COs:

On successful completion of this course, students would be able to

• categorize some important concepts of metric spaces.

• restate the ideas and concepts of complete metric spaces.
• interpret the definition and examples of product spaces.
• express the function and quotient spaces.
• discuss the metrization and paracompactness.

Unit Content

Unit I Metric Spaces : Metric Spaces as topological spaces. Topological properties. Hilbert (L2) space. Frechet
space. Space of continuous functions. (14 Hrs.)

Unit II Complete Metric Spaces: Cauchy sequences, completions, Equivalent conditions, Baire category
Theorem. (14 Hrs.)

Unit III Product Spaces: Finite Products, product invariant properties. Metric Products. Tichonov Topology,
Tichonov Theorem. (15 Hrs.)

Unit IV Function and Quotient Spaces: Topology of pointwise convergence. Topology of compact convergence.
Quotient topology. (14 Hrs.)

13

395
 14

Unit V Metrization and Paracompactness: Urysohn’s metrization theorem, paracompact spaces, Nagata-
Smirnov metrization theorem. (15 Hrs.)

Text Book:

(1) William J. Pervin , Foundation of General Topology, Publisher: Academic Press.

Reference Books :

(1) [Link], Topology: A First Course, Publisher : Prentice Hall of India.

(2) [Link] Introduction to General Topology, Publishers : WileyEastern Ltd.

Programme: [Link].-I (Semester-II), Mathematics

Syllabus Prescribed for the year 2022-23, PG Programme

Programme : [Link].-I

Semester- II

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods/week)

DSE-V / Mathematics Advanced Discrete Mathematics-II (Optional) 06

COs:

On successful completion of this course, students would be able to

• develop the logical tools among the students.

• interpret the concepts of Semigroups and Monoids.

• categorize the concepts of Lattice and sublattice.

• apply the Boolean algebra to switching circuits.

Unit Content

Unit I Formal Logic: Statements, symbolic representation and Tautologies. Quantifiers, Predicates and
validity. Propositional logic. (14 hrs.)

Semigroups and Monoids : Definitions and examples of semigroups and monoids (including those
Unit II pertaining to concatenation operation). Homomorphism of semigroups and monoids. Congruence
relation and Quotient semigroups. Subsemigroups and submonoids. Direct products. Basic
Homomorphism theorem. (14 hrs.)

Lattice Theory : Lattices are partial ordered sets. Their properties. Lattices as algebraic systems.
Unit III Sublattices. Direct products and Homomorphisms. Some special lattices, e.g. complete, complemented
and distributive lattices. (15 hrs.)

Unit IV Boolean Algebras : Boolean algebra as a lattice. Various Boolean identities. The switching algebra
examples. Subalgebras. Direct products and Homomorphisms. Joint irreducible elements. (14 hrs.)

Boolean Algebras (Continue) :Atoms and minterms. Boolean forms and their equivalence. Minterm
Unit V Boolean forms. Sum of products. Canonical forms. Minimization of Boolean functions. Applications of
Boolean algebra of switching theory .(Using AND, OR and NOT gates). (15 hrs.)

Text Book:

14

396
 15

(1) [Link] and R. Manohar , Discrete Mathematical Structure with Application to

Computer Science, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1997

(2) [Link], Graph Theory with Applications to Engineering and Computer Sciences, Prentice
Hall of India.

References Books :

(1) J.E. Hopcroft and [Link], Introduction to Automata Theory, Language and
Computation, Narosa Publishing House.
(2) C.L. Liu, Elements of Discrete Mathematics, McGraw Hill Books co.
(3) F.H. Harary - Graph Theory, Narosa Publishers, New Delhi (1989)
(4) [Link] , Basic Graph Theory (TMH)

Programme: [Link]. –I (Semester-II), Mathematics

Syllabus Prescribed for the year 2022-23, PG Programme

Programme : [Link].-I

Semester- II

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods/week)

DSE-V / Mathematics Riemannian Geometry (Optional) 06

COs:

On successful completion of this course, students would be able to

• discuss the properties of Christoffel symbols, divergence, gradient and Laplacian.

• demonstrate the concepts of parallel vector field.
• interpret the concepts of curvature tensor.
• categorize some concepts like Ricci tensor, curvature invariant and Einstein tensor.
• summarize the concepts of Riemannian curvature , space of constant curvature, intrinsic symmetric and
killing vectors.

Unit Content

Riemannian metric, metric tensor , Christoffel symbol, Christoffel symbol of first kind, second kind,
Unit I properties of Christoffel symbols. Computations of Christoffel’s symbols for static and non-static
spherically symmetric and R-W spacetimes , transformation of Christoffel symbols, derivatives of
tensor, absolute derivative. Covariant derivatives, divergence, gradient, Laplacian. (15 Hrs.)

Parallel Vector Fields: Parallel vector field of constant magnitude, parallel displacement of covariant
Unit II vector field, parallelism of a vector field of variable magnitude Geodesic, Differential equations of a
geodesic, special co-ordinate system , Local Cartesians, Riemannian co-ordinates, Normal co-
ordinates, Geodesic normal co-ordinates. (14 Hrs.)

Curvature Tensor : Covariant curvature tensor of Riemann tensor , curvature tensor in Riemannian co-
Unit III ordinates, properties of curvature tensors, on a cyclic property, number of independent components of
R. (14 Hrs.)

Ricci tensor, curvature invariant, Einstein tensor, Computations of Einstein’s tensor for static and non-
Unit IV static spherically symmetric and R-W space times, the Bianchi identity. Geodesic deviation : Equations
of Geodesic deviation. (14 Hrs.)

Unit V Riemannian curvature, space of constant curvature, flat space, tensor derivatives, dual tensors, intrinsic
symmetries and killing vectors. (14 Hrs.)

15

397
 16

Text Book:

(1) T. J. Willmore , An Introduction in Differential Geometry, Dover Publication, London, 2012

Reference Books :

(1) J. L. Synge, Tensor Calculus – Schild.

(2) C.E. Weatherburn, An introduction to Riemannian geometry and tensor calculus,
Cambridge university press, (1963)
(3) L.P. Eisenhard, Riemannian geometry, University press Princeton (1926)
(4) J.A. Schouten, Ricci Calculus, Springer Verlag, Berlin
(5) T.Y. Thomas, Concepts from tensor analysis and differential geometry, Academic press,
New York
(6) W. Boothby, Introduction to differentiable manifold and Riemannian geometry,
Academic press, 1975
(7) S. Kobayashi and K. Nomizu, Foundations of differential geometry, Vol. I and II Wiley
Interscience publisher 1963 (Vol.I), 1969 (Vol. II)
(8) [Link], [Link], [Link], [Link], [Link],[Link], Elements of
Riemannian Geometry, Sonu Nilu Einstein Foundation, International, 2022.

Programme: [Link].-I (Semester-II), Mathematics

Syllabus Prescribed for the year 2022-23, PG Programme

Programme : [Link].-I

Semester- II

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject (Total Number of Periods/week)

AEC on DSC-II / Mathematics AEC on Advanced Linear Algebra and Field Theory 02 (T)

COs:

On successful completion of this course, students would be able to

• understand the concepts of Advanced Linear Algebra

• develop the mental ability to solve the problems.

Unit Content

Examples and Properties of eigen values and eigen vectors, minimal polynomial with examples,
Unit I relation of algebraic multiplicity and geometric multiplicity with examples, Examples of
diagonalizable matrices, problems on Jordon- Canonical forms, Examples of Quadratic forms.

Unit II Examples of extension fields, problems on reducible and irreducible polynomial, various test for
irreducible polynomial, properties with examples of finite fields, Roots of unity.

Text Book:

1) P.B. Bhattacharya, S.K. Jain, S.R. Nagpaul, Basic Abstract Algebra.

2) I. N. Herstein, Topics in Algebra, Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 1975.

Reference Books:

1) N. Jacobson, Basic Algebra, Vols. I & II, W.H. Freeman, 1980.

2) K.B. Datta, Matrix and Linear Algebra, Pretice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2000.
3) S.K. Jain, [Link] and P.B. Bhattacharya, Basic Linear Algebra with MATLAB,
Key College Publishing (Springer – Verlag), 2001.
4) S. Kumarsena, Linear Algebra, a Geometric Approach, Pretice Hall of India, 2000.
5) Vivek Sahai and Vikas Bist, Algebra, Narosa Publishing House, 1999.
6) J.A. Gallian, Contemporary Abstract Algebra, Narosa Publication.

16

398
 17

7) A.R. Vashistha, Modern Algebra, Krishna Prakashan Media (P) Ltd.

8) V.K. Khanna and Bhambri, a Cource in Abstract Algebra, Vikas Publication, House (P)
Ltd. (2010).
9) A.R. Vashistha and A. K. Vashistha, Matrices,Krishna, Publication, Meerut.

17

399
 18

General Scheme
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati
Scheme of Teaching, Learning & Examination leading to the Degree Master of Science (Mathematics)
(Two Years ... Four Semesters Degree Course- C.B.C.S)
(M. Sc. Part-I) Semester- I

S. Subject Subject Teaching & Learning Scheme Duration Examination & Evaluation Scheme
N. Code Of
Exam Maximum Marks Minimum
Teaching Period Credits Hours Theory Practical Total Passing
Per Week Marks
L T P Total L/T Practical Total Theory+ Theory Internal External Marks Grade
MCQ Internal
External
1 DSC I (MTH-1) 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 100 40 P
AEC on DSCI - 2 - 2 2 - 2 2 40 10 - - 50 20 P
(MTH-1)
2 DSC II(MTH-2) 6 - - 6 6 - 6 3 80 20 100 40 P
3 DSC-III (MTH-3) 6 - - 6 6 - 6 3 80 20 100 40 P
4 DSC IV (MTH-4) 6 - - 6 6 - 6 3 80 20 100 40 P
5 DSE V (MTH-5 or 6 - - 6 6 - 6 3 80 20 100 40 P
MTH-6)
6 #Internship/Field
Work/Work
Experience@
7 Open elective/
GIC/Open skill
course/MOOC*
TOTAL 30 30

L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical

# Students may complete their Internship/Field Work/Work Experience in First OR Second OR Third Semester of M. Sc. (Mathematics) according to their convenience; @ denotes Non-Examination/Ancillary Credit
Note : Internship /Apprenticeship/Field Work / Work Experience (During vacations of Semester I to Semester III) for duration of minimum 60 hours to maximum 90 hours mandatory to all the students, to be completed during vacations of Semester I to
III. This will carry 2 Credits for learning of 60 hours or 3 Credits for learning of 90 hours. Its credits and grades will be reflected in final semester IV credit grade report.

- OEC (Optional) can be studied during semester I to IV

18

400
 19

General Scheme
Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University Amravati
Scheme of Teaching, Learning & Examination leading to the Degree Master of Science (Mathematics)
(Two Years ... Four Semesters Degree Course- C.B.C.S)
(M. Sc. Part-I) Semester- II

S. Subject Subject Teaching & Learning Scheme Duration Examination & Evaluation Scheme
N. Code Of
Exam Maximum Marks Minimum
Teaching Period Credits Hours Theory Practical Total Passing
Per Week Marks
L T P Total L/T Practical Total Theory+ Theory Internal External Marks Grade
MCQ Internal
External
1 DSC I (MTH-7) 4 - - 4 4 - 4 3 80 20 100 40 P
2 AEC on DSC I - 2 - 2 2 - 2 2 40 10 - - 50 20 P
(MTH-7)
3 DSC II(MTH-8) 6 - - 6 6 - 6 3 80 20 100 40 P
4 DSC-III (MTH-9) 6 - - 6 6 - 6 3 80 20 100 40 P
5 DSC IV (MTH-10) 6 - - 6 6 - 6 3 80 20 100 40 P
6 DSE V (MTH-11 or 6 - - 6 6 - 6 3 80 20 100 40 P
MTH-12)
7 #Internship/Field
Work/Work
Experience@
8 Open elective/
GIC/Open skill
course/MOOC*
TOTAL 30 30

L: Lecture, T: Tutorial, P: Practical

# Students may complete their Internship/Field Work/Work Experience in First OR Second OR Third Semester of M. Sc. (Mathematics) according to their convenience; @ denotes Non-Examination/ Ancillary Credit

19

401
 20

20

402
 Sant Gadge Baba Amravati University
Part A
Faculty : Commerce & Management Programme : Master of Commerce

Programme Objectives :
1) To enable the student to acquire the process of managerial economics, demand analysis, production theory,
price determination and prizing practices, etc.
2) To acquaint the student with basic issues in services marketing and customer relationship management.
3) To enable the student to understand & master the accounting concepts as well as tools and techniques used
for taking managerial decisions.
4) To impart the knowledge of ratio analysis, cash flow and budgetory control.
5) To enhance decision making abilities of students in situation of uncertainty in dynamic business
environment.
6) To help the student to understand and master the conceptual framework of Management and organizational
behavior.
7) To provide understanding of computer operating system and application of relevant softwares in
managerial decision making
8) To impart the knowledge of commercial banks and its transactions, nature and scope of insurance and its
kinds.

Programme Outcomes :-
The student would be able-
1) To acquire a job as an Economist, Market Research Analyst, a banker, management consultant,
stockbroker/trader, Actuary, Financial analyst, Financial advisors or Advisor to Tax Law Court etc.
2) To acquire the process of managerial economics, demand analysis, production theory, price determination
and prizing practices, etc.
3) To acquire proficiency in the accounting concepts as well as tools and techniques used for taking
managerial decisions.
4) To master the knowledge of ratio analysis, cash flow and budgetory control.
5) To achieve decision making abilities in the situation of uncertainty in dynamic business environment.
6) To master the conceptual framework of Management and organizational behavior.
7) To attain understanding of computer operating system and application of relevant softwares in managerial
decision making.
8) To gain the knowledge of commercial banks and its transactions, nature and scope of insurance and its
kinds.

Employability Potential of the Programme

Master of Commerce is a 2 Year PG Degree programme a student’s who is done graduation in Commerce and
Management i.e [Link] & BBA can take admission in [Link] it is one of the PG course which helps to get
knowledge of subject such as accounting , International Business Management finance Banking Economics etc
Some of the high paying jobs are as below
There are many jobs after completing after Masters of commerce degree

1) Economics: Jobs after holding an [Link] degree can get the jobs as an Economist, Market Research Analyst,
Credit Analyst, Statistician, Financial Analyst, Lecturer, etc.
2) Accounting: Candidates having a [Link] degree and knowledge of Tally can get the job in accounting field
3) Banking and Insurance : With an [Link] specialization of Banking and Insurance, one can get jobs in
banking sector such as at cash counter, loan department as well as insurance sector
4) Educational Institute : A students after [Link] Degree can pursue Ph.D. In Commerce, Management
and Economics. Even they can appear for NET/SET examination on the basis of which they can get the
job of lectureship and eligible for Assistant Professor
5) Finance: With an [Link] degree, one can become a banker, management consultant, stockbroker/trader,
Actuary, Financial analyst, among other job roles.
6) Accounting And Auditing : with [Link] degree one can get the job as a internal auditor or an accounting an
accountant at various business and services sector.
7) Taxation : With [Link] degree one can get a Jobs of an tax advisor to file income tax return at GST return
Taxation: Graduates with an [Link] degree specialising in Taxation can get jobs as Financial advisors or Advisor
to Tax Law Court. In addition, one can become a financial analyst, tax accountant, or tax consultant

Employment Sector After [Link]

· Insurance Industry
· Educational Institutes
· Customs Department
· Economic Consulting Firms
· Commercial Banking
· International Banking
· Investment Banking
· Accounting and auditing
· Tax advisory services
· Financial services
· Insurance services
· Government service

403
[Link] Specialisations with Job Opportunities
There are innumerable jobs after completing a commerce degree. Job opportunities after M Com majorly depend
upon the specialisation of the PG degree course. Some of the MCom specialisations that help in landing a high
paying job are as follows.
8) Finance: With an [Link] degree majoring in finance, one can become a banker, management consultant,
stockbroker/trader, Actuary, Financial analyst, among other job roles.
9) Banking and Insurance: With an [Link] specialisation of Banking and Insurance, one can get a decent
paying job as Internal Auditor, Development Officer, Insurance Manager, Investment Analyst, Loan
Counsellor, Loss Control Specialist, etc.
10) International Accounting: Candidates holding an [Link] degree with International Accounting as a major
can get several job opportunities as an accountant in international firms.
11) Economics: Jobs after holding an [Link] degree majoring in Economics include becoming an Economist,
Market Research Analyst, Credit Analyst, Statistician, Financial Analyst, Lecturer, etc.
12) Taxation: Graduates with an [Link] degree specialising in Taxation can get jobs as Financial advisors or
Advisor to Tax Law Court. In addition, one can become a financial analyst, tax accountant, or tax consultant.

Career Options After [Link]

With an [Link] degree, candidates become well-equipped for the job position of an Auditor, Business Analyst,
Company Secretary, Consultant, Tax Accountant, Finance Officer, Stock Broker, Sales Analyst, and Economist. In
addition, an [Link] graduate can also appear for government exams to get public sector jobs. Some of the high
paying job roles offered to [Link] graduates are as follows.

Cost Accountant
A Cost Accountant is a financial expert who is involved in evaluating the cost associated with a service or its
manufacturing. Primary roles of a cost accountant include evaluating overall profit and loss statement, analysing a
position and suggesting a budget to make the same profitable. In addition, a Cost Accountant takes into account the
costs incurred in manufacturing, shipping and administration.
Even though the knowledge obtained during an [Link] degree course is apt to land a decent job as a cost
accountant, one can pursue professional courses to delve deeper knowledge of Cost and Management Accounting.
Also Read: Career as Cost Accountant

Tax Consultant
A Tax Consultant or a career in taxation revolves around professionals guiding individuals with their tax-related
queries and helps them in short term and long term tax optimisation. Taxation refers to imposing a tax by a taxing
authority generally the Government. Taxes can include income, estate, capital gains, etc. Tax consultants generally
hold a degree in law, accounting, finance or any related field. To establish a career as a tax consultant, one will need
an understanding of accounting practice and theory, tax laws, and finance management.
With an [Link] degree, one can get a job in a taxation consultancy firm; however, individuals with an LLB degree
are preferred by taxation firms to manage legal tax matters.
Also Read: Career as Consultant

Certified Public Accountant

Certified Public Accountant is a designation given to licensed accounting professionals. CPA is a financial advisor
who helps businesses, and individuals plan and reach their financial goals. CPAs are generally confused with
accountants; however, not all accountants are CPAs, but all CPAs are accountants. The primary difference between
a CPA and an accountant is education and certification. One holding an [Link] degree can proceed for a CPA
certification imparted by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA).
The services of a CPA are required by the smallest start-up to the Fortune 500 companies. CPAs are hired by
businesses and industries as corporate accountants, government, not-for-profit government organisations among
other entities. Reviewing a company's financial information, preparing finance-related documentation, performing
audits, and filing taxes are the primary roles of a CPA.

Sales Analyst
A sales analyst is a professional hired by an organisation to evaluate and identify the past trends of sales. Sales
analysis is required to boost business by analysing the industry data. Sales analysts prepare a defined plan in the
form of weekly/monthly reports and present the same to the Senior Management and sales team. Besides preparing
reports, a sales analyst is responsible to identify new sales trends in the industry and undertake relevant marketing
campaigns.
A sales analyst takes into consideration a company's manufacturing, supply chain, and marketing systems to analyse
the shortcomings. The job position of a sales analyst is a perfect fit for candidates with a keen interest in sales and
marketing with an M Com degree. The [Link] degree holder has adequate knowledge of finance to prepare a
suitable plan of action.

Investment Banker
An investment banker is a professional who helps organisations, governments, or other entities to raise capital via
different sources. Investment bankers are the professionals hired by financial institutions to examine the financial
health of an organisation, its capital needs, and goals. In addition, an investment banker’s role includes
recommending strategies to manifest them. Besides laying out problems and suggesting strategies, the primary role
of an investment banker is to act as a bridge between organisations that are in need to raise money and
individuals/organisations looking to make financial investments.
With an interest in the investment sector, an [Link] degree holder can land a high paying job after completing the
degree. Candidates can also proceed for specialised investment banking courses to land a job as an investment
banker.
Also Read: Career as Investment Banker

404
 Financial Analyst
A financial analyst studies the financial health of an organisation and prescribes measures to fulfil the interests of a
company’s stakeholders. Studying market trends along with microeconomic factors are the key responsibilities of
the financial analyst. A study by the financial analyst in turn helps companies make smart investment and business
decisions. The professional can also advise an organisation to issue bonds, release IPO/ split stocks and other
finance consultancies. Besides helping organisations in their future investment plans, a financial analyst studies how
and where a company has invested, along with its security and viability.
Good knowledge in finance is a way to become a financial analyst. Although, an individual with a [Link]
Hons. degree majoring in finance gets a job as a financial analyst, an [Link] majoring in Finance is preferred.
Besides bachelors or a masters degree, an individual can complete levels 1, 2, and 3 of the CFA course by appearing
for the CFA exam conducted by a US-based CFA institute.
Also Read:
· Career as Financial Analyst
· All about CFA Placement

Chartered Accountant
A Chartered Accountant in other words is a certified accountant who is responsible to handle all the financial reports
to be produced by the business. Chartered Accountant, commonly known as CA, reviews financial reports/bills and
organises the finances for easy knowledge of an organisation about its spending and investments. With the help of a
CA, senior management finds it easy to make business decisions to reduce spending and upscale production to
increase revenue.
Aspirants need a certification of Chartered Accountancy to practice as a professional CA in India. One needs to
qualify for three levels of the ICAI CA exam conducted by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI).
Some prefer to pursue Chartered Accountancy with a bachelor’s degree in Commerce, while some prefer the same
with an MCom degree.
Also Read: Career as Chartered Accountant
Internal Auditor
Internal Auditors, as the name suggests, are responsible to check the internal affairs of the companies. Internal audits
by the professionals help find strengths and weaknesses within the organisational framework. Internal Auditors
generally report to upper-level management such as the Board of Directors. The role of an auditor varies across
businesses. Internal auditors evaluate certain business standards including sales, manufacturing, the performance of
an employee, etc. Typically, accounting is an area where internal auditors are placed.
With an [Link] degree becoming an internal auditor in the field of accounting is a piece of cake. Big 4 companies
hire accounting professionals for the role of internal auditors. Being the expertise required, hiring a bachelor’s
degree holder is not preferable by several companies. Some companies tend to hire individuals with a bachelor’s
degree holder and are Certified Internal Auditors.

Corporate Secretary
A Corporate Secretary, also known as Company Secretary (CS), is a position held by an individual who is certified
to handle all key aspects of the firm as per the rules and regulations laid by the government. Filing company’s tax
returns, keeping financial records, advising Board of Directors on financial aspects of the company.
Corporate Secretaries are expected to hold a bachelor’s degree along with a Company Secretary certification
regulated by the Institute of Company Secretaries of India (ICSI). With the knowledge obtained by an [Link]
degree, qualifying the ICSI CS exam becomes easier.
Also Read: Career as Company Secretary

Stock Broker
Stock Brokers are shareholders registered representatives are individuals who provide financial advisory services. In
addition, stockbrokers execute stock trades on behalf of the shareholders such as the sale or purchase of stocks,
debentures, and other financial securities. In return, the stockbrokers charge a commission or fee for their services.
Individuals or organisations providing such services are termed, stockbrokers.
Stockbrokers help their clients manage their portfolios and provide investment advisory in the best interest of the
clients. Stockbrokers need to have excellent interpersonal and communication skills to work in sync with the client’s
interests. A [Link] and [Link] degree is not a prerequisite of becoming a stockbroker; however, it can help
individuals gain knowledge of the debt and security markets.
Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Post Graduate Programme
Programme : Master of Commerce Semester I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
MCOM – 11 Managerial Economics 75
Course Outcomes
1. Application of concepts of Managerial Economics in the process of business decision making
2. Application of demand supply concepts towards consumer choices
3. Compare economies and dis-economies scale of production in real life situation
4. Assessment of Production process determinationin various industries
5. Impact of business cycles in Agriculture, Industry, Services and Share Market
6. Application of pricing practices in various markets and bargaining tendencies thereof.

Unit Content No. of Periods

I Concepts of Managerial Economics, Nature & scope of Managerial Economics: 15

405
 Economic theory & Managerial theory. Role & responsibilities of Managerial
Economists. Fundamental Principles: Opportunity Cost Principle, Equi Marginal
Principle.
II Demand Analysis Individual & market, Law of demand. Elasticity of demand its 15
meaning and importance. Price elasticity, Income elasticity& Cross elasticity, Use
of elasticity in Managerial decisions.
Theory of consumer choice: Indifference approach-theory of consumer choice
under risk. Demand estimation & forecasting.
III Production Theory: Production function. Production with one and two variable 15
inputs. Economics and dis-economics of scale. Short & Long run cost functions.
Law of variable proportions. Law of supply, Cost and Managerial Decisions.
IV Price determination & pricing practices. Characteristics of different market 15
structures, Objectives of firm. Price determination in short-run and long run under
perfect competition. Monopolistic competition, oligopoly and monopoly. Price-
discrimination.
V Business cycles: Nature and phases of business cycle. Theories of business cycles. 15
Monetary innovation. Samuelson and Hicks theories.
Inflation: Characteristics and types. inflation in terms of demand pull and cost
push factors. Effects of Inflation

BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Chopra O.P/. Managerial Economics: Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi
2. Petersen, H. Craig and [Link] Liwis: Managerial Economics, Prentice Hall, Delhi
3. Varshney R.L. and Maheshwari K.L.: Managerial Economics Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi
4. Dwivedi D.N. : Managerial Economics, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi
5. Adhikary M.: Managerial Economics, Excel Books, New Delhi
6. Mehta P.C. : Managerial Economics, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi
7. Baumol W.J. : Economic Theory and operations Analysis, Prentice hall of India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi
8. Dwivedi K.K.: Modern Economic Theory
9. BºÉ.{ÉÒ. nÖù¤Éä, Ê´É.ºÉÒ. ʺÉx½þÉ - +lÉǶÉɺjÉ Eäò ʺÉrùÉÆiÉ
10. b÷Éì. BºÉ.BSÉ. +OÉ´ÉÉ±É - +lÉǶÉɺjÉ Eäò ʺÉrùÉÆiÉ
11. b÷Éì. ¸ÉÒÊxÉ´ÉÉºÉ JÉÉnäù´ÉɱÉä – Ëeò¨ÉiÉ ÊºÉrùÉÆiÉ
12. Eäò³ýEò®ú ´É ¦ÉÉ´Éä - ¨ÉÖ±ªÉ ʺÉrùÉÆiÉ
13. |ÉÉ. ®úɨÉnùÉºÉ ¨ÉɽþÉä®äú - ´ªÉÉ{ÉÉ®ú SÉGòÉÆSÉä ʺÉrùÉÆiÉ
14. ¸ÉÒ ºÉɤɳäý ´É ºÉÉè. ºÉɤɳäý - ´ªÉÉ{ÉÉ®ú SÉGòÉSÉä ʺÉrùÉÆiÉ
=================================================================================
Part B
Syllabus prescribed for 1st Year Post Graduate Programme
Programme : Master of Commerce Semester I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
MCOM – 12 Service Marketing & Customer 75
Relationship Management

Course Outcome
· Students will understand seven phases of marketing of service in depth.
· Student will understand strategic issues peculiar of service marketing.
· Students will understand an importance of new and innovative concepts of CRM, especially E-CRM.
· Demonstrate idea creation and implementation of CRM for different service sector.

Unit Content No. of Periods

I SERVICES MARKETING 15
1.1 Nature and type of services.
1.2 Difference between services and goods marketing.
1.3 Services marketing triangle.
1.4 Micro and macro environment for services marketing.
II SERVICES MARKETING PROCESS. 15
2.1 Service market segmentation, Targeting and positioning.
2.2 Services marketing mix-Need, Pricing of services.
2.3 Promotion and Distribution of services.
2.4 Matching of demand for supply of services.
III SERVICE MARKETINGAPPLICATIONS. 15
3.1 Marketing of financial services.
3.2 Marketing of hospital.
3.3 Marketing of tourism.
3.4 Marketing of educational services.
IV CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT 15
4.1 Relationship marketing- Meaning, nature and scope.
4.2 Types of relational exchanges.
4.3 Attributes and determinants of relational exchange.
4.4 Reasons for relationship marketing.
V DEVELOPINGAND MANAGING RELATIONSHIP 15

406
 5.1 Customer Expectation and Perception
5.2 Relationship strategies.
5.3 Implementing customer relationship management.
5.4 Corporate social Responsibility and CRM.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED
* The Essence of Services Marketing, by Payne and Adrian. Prentice Hall.
* Services Marketing, by Zeithaml. McGraw Hill,Inc,New York.
* Services Marketing by S.M. Jha. Himalaya Publishing House.
* Customer Relationship Management, by Jagdish Seth et. al. Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi
* Customer Relationship Management Essentials,by John W. Gosney. Prentice Hall
* Services Marketing and Customer Relationship Management, By Dr. L.K. Karangale & Dr. P.N. Ladhe; Payal
Prakashran Nagpure
=================================================================================
Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Post Graduate Programme
Programme : Master of Commerce Semester I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
MCOM – 13 Advanced Financial & Cost 75
Accounting
Course Outcomes :
1. Investments are assets held by an enterprise for earning income
2. Final Accounts gives an idea about the profitability and financial posting of business to its management, owners
and other interested parties.
3. The cost sheet is prepared to ascertain cost of product/job/operation or to give autatier or to determine tender
price for supply of goods or providing service
4. Operating result the operating result is the surplus or deficit for the year under the Accounting Standard
framewotk an geeting result recognises all revenues and operating espenditure
5. Accounting for construction contracts is the allocator of contract revenueand contract.
Unit Content No. of Periods
Final Accounts of Companies (an overview)
I 15
Final Accounts and Financial Statement of Companies ( Schedule VI Part I & II)
Investment Accounting (as per AS-13)
II 15
1) Cost Accounting :- Meaning importance and scope of Cost Accounting.
III 15
2) Typical Problems on ascertainment to total cost Net Profit and Selling Prices.
Unit costing, Batch costing & service costing (Operating)
IV 15
1) Job & Contract costing
V 15
2) Cost Audit ,Concept and definition, scope kind of Audit Distinction between
financial and cost Audit. Cost Audit Procedure Programme and Report Advantages of
Cost Audit.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. Advanced Accounting : By – [Link] & [Link]
2. Advanced Financial Accounting : By [Link]
3. Financial Accounting : A Managerial Perspective by [Link]
4. Advanced Cost Accounting : By [Link] Nigam & [Link]
5. Cost Accounting : By [Link]
6. Cost Accounting : By Bigg.
7. Cost Accounting & Costing Methods : By Wheldon.
===========================================================================

Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Post Graduate Programme
Programme : Master of Commerce Semester I
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
MCOM – 14 Banking & Insurance Services 60
Course Outcomes :
1. Application of CIBIL Score in qualifying the proposal of advances
2. Impact of Monetary Policy on various industries
3. Impact of PMJJBY & PMSBY
4. Assessment of Claim Settlement Procedure of Life Insurance
5. Assessment of Claim Settlement Procedure of General Insurance
Unit Content No. of Periods
I COMMERCIAL BANKS: 12
Functions, Credit Creation, Priority Sectors, Mobilization of Resources,
Current trends in giving loans-CIBIL. NPA-Bad bank concept and functions,

407
 Merger of Banks-Concept, Importance, Advantages & Disadvantages.
II R.B.I: Functions, Instruments of credit control: Quantitative& Qualitative, 12
Monetary PolicyImportance and Limitations and its role in economic
development.
NABARD : Functions, Importance& in its role in agriculture and rural
development.
III Insurance: Concept, Definition and General Principles. 12
Life Insurance: Need and importance,Selection of Life Insurance policy and
Settlement of policy claims.
Term Insurance: Concept, Need and importance
Health Insurance: Concept, Need and importance
PMJJBY & PMSBY Scheme:Concepts and features
IV General Insurance 12
Fire Insurance, Marine Insurance, Crop Insurance, Livestock Insurance, Motor,
Personal, Accident, Theft: Concepts, Importance, Scope, Coverage & Claim
Settlement Procedure.
V IRDA: Introduction, Structure, Functions, Importance, and its role in 12
regulation of insurance industry.
LIC and GIC: Introduction, Structure, Functions & Importance
BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Banking systems: Beck Hart : Times of India, Mumbai
2. Indian Banks, Their Portfolios, Profits and Policy : Donald D. Hester, University of Mumbai
3. Monetary policy and Reseve Bank of India : K.N. Raj.
4. Public sector Banking : K.N. Kabra and R.R. Suresh, People Publishing House.
5. Corporation finance : Principles and problems, S.C Kuchhal.
6. The Reserve Bank of India, functions and working : Reserve Bank of India Publication.
7. Theory and practice of Development Banking : S.K. Basu, Asia Publication.
8. Comparative Banking Systems : Backhart.
9. ¤ÉÄÊEòMÉSÉÒ iÉi´Éä +ÉÊhÉ ¤ÉìËEòMÉ {ÉvnùiÉÒ- ±ÉäJÉEò ®ú.{ÉÖ. EÖò®ú³ýEò®ú, ¨É.Ê´É.OÉÆ.Ê´É.¨ÉÆ.
10. ¤ÉÄEò ´ªÉ´ÉºÉÉªÉ +ÉÊhÉ Ê´ÉkÉÒªÉ ºÉƺlÉÉ- ±ÉäJÉEò-Eò´Ébä÷
11. +ÊvÉEòÉä¹É +ÉÊhÉ ¨ÉÖpùÉ ¤ÉÉVÉÉ®ú- ±ÉäJÉEò-{ÉÉ]õÒ±É, b÷¤ÉÒ®ú, ¨ÉÆMÉä¶É |ÉEòɶÉxÉ, xÉÉMÉ{ÉÖ®ú
12. Insurance in India : R. M. Roy
13. Insurance, Principles and practice : R.S. Sharma
14. Marine Insurance : Keats.
15. Principles and practice of fire Insurance : Godwing.
16. Life Insurance Corporation Act, 1956
17. ʴɨÉÉ ´ªÉ´ÉºÉɪÉ- |ÉÉ. MÉÖVÉ®úÉlÉÒ, |ÉÉ.Ê´É.Ê´É ¨ÉÉäVÉ®úEò®ú
18. Chartered Insurance : Insititue marine Insurance.
19. Federation of Insurance Institute : Fire Insurance.
20. +ɪÉÖ̴ɨÉÉ Ê´ÉGòÒ ¨ÉÆjÉ +ÉÊhÉ iÉÆjÉ- ±ÉäJÉEò- [Link]É. ʶɮúÉä³ýEò®ú

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods

MCOM – 14 Banking & Insurance Services 15
Ability Enhancement Course

Course Material for AEC :-

1) Application of CIBIL score

2) Procedure of Loan Disbursement
3) Procedure of Claim Settlement of all types of insurances

408
 Part B
st
Syllabus prescribed for 1 Year Post Graduate Programme
Programme : Master of Commerce Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
MCOM – 21 Accounting for Managerial 60
Decision
Course Outcomes :
1) Ratio analysis compares line item data from a companys financial statements to reveal regarding
profitability inidividually operated ... and solvency.
2) A cash flow analysis determines a companys working capital the amountof money available to run business
operation and complete transaction. That is Calculate as current assets and current liabilities
3) The outcome of Anovit in the statistics This ratio shows the difference between the with in group variance
and which uttimatley produces a figure which allows a conclusion that the hypothesis is supported or
rejected.
4) BEO fells you how many units of a product must be sold to cover the fix3d and variable cost of production
The BEP is considered to measure of the margin of
5) Budgetory control is the process of preparation of budgets for various activities and company the budget
figures for arriving at devition of any which to be elimental in future. Thus budget is a means and
budgetary control is the end result.

Unit Content No. of Periods

I 1) Introduction toManagement Accounting :- 12
Management Accounting as a area of Accounting, Objective, Nature and Scope of
Financial Accounting. Cost Accounting and Management Accounting. Management
Accounting and Manageral Decision, Management Accountant’s Position, Role and
responsibility.
2) Analysis and interpretation of Financial Statement
Ratio Analysis & Compalision
Definition, objects, important necessity, limitation, classification and interpretation of
ratio. Computation of various ratio, Capital gearing.
II Cash flow statement 12
Defination object and utility of cash flow statement
Praparation of Cash flow statement as per AS-3
III 1) Standard Costing : 12
Standard Costing as control technique, method of Cost Control objects of standard
costing method, Relationship between Standard Costing and Budgetory control, setting of
standard and their revision. Advantage and limitation of standard costing method.
2) Analysis of Variance:
Meaning importance, kind of variance and their uses material, labour and over head
variance, disposal of variance, Relevance of variance, analysis to budgeting and standard
costing.
IV Marginal Costing and Break even analysis :- 12
Concept of Marginal Costing and obsorption Costing, marginal Costing various direct
costing, cost volume profit analysis. Break even analysis, Assumption and practical
application of Break even analysis, decision regarding sales mix, make or buy decision
and discontinuation of a product line etc.
V Budget :- 12
1) Budgeting :- Definition of Budget, essential of budgeting, Type of Budget,
Functional, Master,etc. Fixed and flexible budget, problems on cash budget and flexible
budget.
2) Reporting to Management
Definition, objectives of reporting. Reporting need at different managerial level, Types of
Reports, Modes of Reporting, reporting atdifferent level of Management.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1 Management Accounting : By Anthony, Robert (Publisher – Tarapore-wala,Mumbai)
2 Introduction to Management Accounting : By Homgran,[Link], [Link] & William O. Stration
(Publisher – Prentice Hall,Delhi)
3 Cost Accounting : A Managerial emphasis : By Homgran, Charies T.,George Foster & Shikant [Link],
(Publisher –Prentice Hall,Delhi)
4 Management Accounting : By PandeyI.M. (Publisher Vani Publication ,Delhi)
5 Principles of Management Accounting By Man Mohan,[Link]\
6 Management Accounting By Hingorani
7 Fundamentals of Management Accounting : By [Link] & [Link]
8 Outline of Management Accounting : By [Link]

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods

MCOM – 21 Accounting for Managerial 15
Decision
Ability Enhamcement Course

409
Course Material for AEC:-
Visit to nearest Jinning Pressing, Dal Mill, Oil Mill, Unit. Prepare cost sheet and ascertain per unit cost of output
and prepare visit report.
==================================================================================
Part B
Syllabus prescribed for 1st Year Post Graduate Programme
Programme : Master of Commerce Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
MCOM – 22 Strategic Management 75

Course outcome
1. Demonstrate decision making ability and dynamism.
2. Will understand major theories, background work, concept and research output in the field of strategies
management.
3. Demonstrate a proper meaning of the tools and technique used by executives in executing strategies and
will appreciate its integrative and interdisciplinary nature.
4. Demonstrate practical situation for diagnosing and solving organizational issues.
5. Relate theories and device application of it.

Unit Content No. of Periods

I CONCEPT OF STRATEGY 15
1.1 Definition of strategy, objective and goals
1.2 Approaches to strategic decision-making.
1.3 Mission and purpose
1.4 Functional levels strategies.
II ENVIRONMENTALANALYSIS AND DIAGNOSIS. 15
2.1 Concepts of environment and components of environment
2.2 Environment scanning and appraisal
2.3 Organizational appraisals
2.4 Strategic advantage analysis and diagnosis.
2.5 SWOT analysis.
III STRATEGY FORMULATION AND CHOICE. 15
3.1 Modernization and diversification.
3.2 Integration, merger, and take over.
3.3 Disinvestments and Liquidation.
3.4 Factor affecting strategic choice.
IV FUNCTIONAL STRATEGIES 15
4.1 Marketing policies.
4.2 Production policies.
4.3 Personal policies.
4.4 Financial policies.
V IMPLEMENTATION OF EVALUATION OF STRATEGIES 15
5.1 Issues in strategy implementation.
5.2 Interrelationship between strategy formulation and implementation.
5.3 Strategic control- Techniques of strategic evaluation of Control

BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1) Business Organisation Management – Mr. Mahesh Choudhari
2) Business Organisation & Management – Kaul V.
3) Business Organisation & Management – Tulsain P. and Pandey V.
==================================================================================
Part B
Syllabus prescribed for 1st Year Post Graduate Programme
Programme : Master of Commerce Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
MCOM – 23 Management Concept & 75
Organisational Behaviour

Course OutcomeS :
· Student Understand decision making process both at individual level and in group.
· Student Understand Power, Politics, and Accomplishing organizational goals.
· Students demonstrate ability to manage conflicts.
· Students will determine Leadership style according to the situation.

Unit Content No. of Periods

I EVOLUATION OF SCHOOL OF MANAGEMENT THOUGHT 15
1.1 Scientific, process, human behavior & social system school.
1.2 Contribution of Tayler, Fayol, Elton Mayo.
1.3 Management by objective.
1.4 Contingency theory of management.
1.5 Functions of a manager.

410
 II MANAGERIAL FUNCTION. 15
2.1 Planning - concept, significance and types
2.2 Organizing - concept, principle, types and importance
2.3 Staffing – defination, concept, function and nature
2.4 Directing and co-coordinating
2.5 Control- nature, process and techniques
III INDIVIDUAL BEHAVIOUR 15
3.1 Attitudes - meaning and formation
3.2 Perception-concept, process.
3.3 Learning - meaning and theories.
3.4 Personality - meaning and traits
3.5 Transactional analysis - concept, types of transactions
3.6 Motivation - meaning and Maslow and Herzberg theories.
IV GROUP BEHAVIOUR 15
4.1 Group dynamics - meaning and importance.
4.2 Types of groups and group formation
4.3 Leadership Style- Meaning and Concept.
4.4 Principle centered approach to team development
V ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR 15
5.1 Organizational communication - process, types and barriers
5.2 Organizational conflict -meaning, sources and types.
5.3 Resolution of conflict - measures.
5.4 Organizational change - concept, need, and resistance to Change
5.5 Organizational diagnosis - concept and technique.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED
1. Organizational Behavior by [Link] & Company.
2. Organizational Behavior, by Newsroom and Davis. Tata McGraw Hill.
==================================================================================

Part B
Syllabus prescribed for 1st Year Post Graduate Programme
Programme : Master of Commerce Semester II
Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods
MCOM – 24 Computer Application in Business 45
(Skil Enhancement Course)

Course outcomes:
1) Word processing allows students to interpret and process to understand higher standard of word processing.
Students can perform the practical parts and remove mistakes on word documents.
2) Students should be able to demonstrate and understanding of accounting theory. Apply accounting procedure by
using computer accounting software. Perform accounting reports and records.
3) Enable students to gain expert knowledge, principles and procedure of computerize accounting and taxation.
Critical thinking and problem solving skills in analyzing financial information and taxation.
4) Student should know basic data types in spreadsheets. Is able to determine database and convert them. Know
basic functions to calculate mathematical, statistical and logical operations. Have skills of data visualizing
depending on data and task types.
5) Understand how to start MS –Excel and SPSS. Enter basic data into SPSS and Carry out statistical analysis that
can test hypothesis. Develop various required graphs.

Unit Content No. of Periods

I Word Processing:( 08 Periods) 09
Working with MS Word 2013/ Higher: Working with MS-Word Basic Commands,
Formatting-text and Documents, Sorting and Tables, Working with Graphics, Mail-
merge.
Insert: Endnotes, Footnotes, Page Numbers, Index, Equations, Symbols, Smart Arts,
Shapes, Word Arts, Signature Line, Date& Time, Hyperlink, Bookmark, Picture, Clip
Arts & Charts.
Create: Table of Contents, Citation & Bibliography, Protect Document.
II Computerized Accounting: ( 07 Periods) 09
Accounts info: Groups, Ledgers, Budgets, Scenarios, Currencies, Voucher Types.
Payroll Info: Pay Heads, Employees Groups, Employee's salaries Details, Units
(Works), Attendance, Production Types, Voucher Types.
Inventory Info: Stock Groups, Stock Categories, Stock Items, Unit of Measures,
Godown, Price List, Reorder Level, and Voucher Types.
III Computerized Accounting & Taxation: ( 07 Periods) 09
Transactions: Accounting, Payroll and Inventory Vouchers.
Tally Volt & Security Control: Restoring Data and SecurityControl.
Statutory Info: TDS, Nature of Payments and Dedicatee Types.
StatutoryReports: GST, [Link]: Trial Balance,Day Book, Account Books,
Statement of Accounts, Inventory Books, Statement of Inventory, Cash/Fund Flow, List
of Accounts, Exceptional Report, Purchase Order, Sales Order, Invoice.
IV Spread Sheet: ( 07 Periods) 09
3

411
 Working with MS Excel 2013/Higher
Formatting, Chart Features, Graphics, Using Worksheets asDatabase in Accounting,
Marketing, Finance and personnel Areas. Creating a Dynamic Worksheet, Absolute and
RelativeCell Reference.
Functions:
Mathematical: ABS, CELLING EVEN, GCD, INT, LCM, LN, LOG LOG10, ODD,
POWER, ROUND, SQRT, SUM and SUMIF.
Statistical: AVERAGE, CORREL, COUNT, FREQUENCY, GEOMEAN,
HARMEAN, MAX, MEDIAN, MIN, MODE, PEARSON, PERCENTILE, RANK,
SKEW, STDEV and STDEVP.
Logical: AND, FALSE, IF, NOT, OR and TRUE.
V Analysis and Decision Making Tools: ( 07 Periods) 09
Analysis in MS Excel 2013/Higher:ANOVA, Correlation,Covariance, Descriptive
statistics, Exponential Smoothing, F-Test, Fourier Analysis, Histogram, Moving
Average Random Number Generation, Rank and Percentile, Regression, Sampling, t-
Test, Z-Test, What-if Analysis, Goal seek, Pivot Table,& Charts.
Introduction to SPSS 20 or Higher: Features, Uses andApplication.
Descriptive Statistics: Frequencies, Descriptive, Explore, Crosstab, Ratio.
Regression: Automatic Linear Modeling.

BOOKS RECOMMENDED :
1. Date C.J.: An Introduction to Database Systems, Addison Wesley, Massachusetts.
2. Dienes, Sheila S: Microsoft office, Professional for Windows 95; Instant Reference, BPPublication, Delhi.
3. Norton, Peter: Working with IBM-PC, BPB Publication, Delhi.
4. O'Brian, J.A.: Management information systems, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
5. Ullman, J.O.: Principles of Database Systems, Galgotia Publications, New Delhi.
6. Moseley / Boodey: BPB- MS- Office 2013
7. Courter: BPB MS-Office 2013
8. E Balagurusamy: Programming in TURBO C, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing.
9. Byron Crottried: Programming with C, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing.
10. Mans field Ron :The Compact Guide to Microsoft Office, BPB Publication, Delhi.
11. Programming in ANSI "C" - E. Balagurusamy, Yashwant Kanetkar Information Technology & its .
applications in Business-By [Link], Himalaya Publishing House, Mumbai.
12. Tally . ERP 9 : Ashok K. Nadhani, BPB Publications,
13. Tally CCL, Shraddha Singh, Navneet Mehra , V & S Publishers,

Code of the Course/Subject Title of the Course/Subject Total Number of Periods

MCOM – 24 Computer Application in Business (Practical) 30
Skill Enhancement Course

Course outcomes:
Upon complition of the practical course student will be able to-
1. Describe what micro soft word 2013 and how it is useful in both personal and professional life.
2. Create a new document, work with a document, format text insert and work with clip arts and pictures, use
the mail merge, print a documents and create high quality document designs and layouts.
3. Enter the accounting transactions in computerized format and gate the financial results.
4. Acquire the skill of financial decision making and interpret the financial statements as well as evaluation of
stock of the end.
5. Apply the micro soft office Excel program and modify a worksheet. Work with cell references.
6. Learn to use functions and formulas. Create and edit tables, charts and graphs. Import and export data .

List of Practical’s:
1. M S Word-2013: (08 Periods)
Word Basic Commands, Formatting-text and Documents, Sorting and Tables, Working with Graphics,
Mail-merge.
Endnotes, Footnotes, Page Numbers, Index, Equations, Symbols, Smart Arts, Shapes, Word Arts,
Signature Line, Date& Time, Hyperlink, Bookmark, Picture, Clip Arts & Charts.
Table of Contents, Citation & Bibliography, Protect Document.
2. Tally ERP- 9.0 : (08 Periods)
Accounts info: Groups, Ledgers, Budgets, Scenarios, Currencies, Voucher Types.
Payroll Info: Pay Heads, Employees Groups, Employee's salaries Details, Units (Works), Attendance,
Production Types, Voucher Types.
Inventory Info: Stock Groups, Stock Categories, Stock Items, Unit of Measures, Godown, Price List,
Reorder Level, and Voucher Types.
Statutory Reports: GST, [Link]. Display: Trial Balance,Day Book, Account Books, Statement of
Accounts, Inventory Books, Statement of Inventory, Cash/Fund Flow, List of Accounts, Exceptional
Report, Purchase Order, Sales Order, Invoice.

3. M S Excel- 2013: (08 Periods)

Formatting, Chart Features, Graphics, Using Worksheets as Database in Accounting, Marketing, Finance
and personnel Areas. Creating a Dynamic Worksheet, Absolute and Relative Cell Reference.

412
 Division of Marks for Practical’s
Record Preparation 10 Marks
Practical Performance 10 Marks
Viva-Voce 10 Marks
Description 10 Marks
Practical Total 40 Marks

413